Index

A

AgentHeaderDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore: Encapsulates the custom GAPIC header information.
ApiException — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore: Represents an exception thrown during an RPC.
ApiStatus — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
ArrayTrait — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore: Provides basic array helper methods.
$Parser#accept — Property in class Parser
$ParserAction#action — Property in class ParserAction
$ParserCachedAction#action — Property in class ParserCachedAction
$ParserState#actions — Property in class ParserState
ParserSymbol::addAction() — Method in class ParserSymbol
AgentHeaderMiddleware — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Middleware: Middleware which configures headers for the request.
GeneratedTest::assertProtobufEquals() — Method in class GeneratedTest
MockStubTrait::addResponse() — Method in class MockStubTrait: Add a response object, and an optional status, to the list of responses to be returned via _simpleRequest.
Advice — Class in namespace Google\Api: Generated advice about this change, used for providing more information about how a change will affect the existing service.
AuthProvider — Class in namespace Google\Api: Configuration for an anthentication provider, including support for JSON Web Token (JWT).
AuthRequirement — Class in namespace Google\Api: User-defined authentication requirements, including support for JSON Web Token (JWT).
Authentication — Class in namespace Google\Api: Authentication defines the authentication configuration for an API.
AuthenticationRule — Class in namespace Google\Api: Authentication rules for the service.
AuthorizationConfig — Class in namespace Google\Api: Configuration of authorization.
AuditLog — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Audit: Common audit log format for Google Cloud Platform API operations.
AuthenticationInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Audit: Authentication information for the operation.
AuthorizationInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Audit: Authorization information for the operation.
AppProfile — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: A configuration object describing how Cloud Bigtable should treat traffic from a particular end user application.
AppProfile_MultiClusterRoutingUseAny — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Read/write requests may be routed to any cluster in the instance, and will fail over to another cluster in the event of transient errors or delays.
AppProfile_SingleClusterRouting — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Unconditionally routes all read/write requests to a specific cluster.
AcceleratorConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: AcceleratorConfig represents a Hardware Accelerator request.
AddonsConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: Configuration for the addons that can be automatically spun up in the cluster, enabling additional functionality.
AutoUpgradeOptions — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: AutoUpgradeOptions defines the set of options for the user to control how the Auto Upgrades will proceed.
AcceleratorConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: Specifies the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instances of an instance group (see GPUs on Compute Engine).
AliasContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\DevTools\Source\V1: An alias to a repo revision.
AliasContext_Kind — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\DevTools\Source\V1: The type of an Alias.
Agent — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: Represents a conversational agent.
Agent_MatchMode — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: Match mode determines how intents are detected from user queries.
AgentsGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way.
AudioEncoding — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: Audio encoding of the audio content sent in the conversational query request.
$ExportAgentResponse#agent — Property in class ExportAgentResponse
$ImportAgentRequest#agent — Property in class ImportAgentRequest
$RestoreAgentRequest#agent — Property in class RestoreAgentRequest
Action — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: A task to execute on the completion of a job.
$Action#action — Property in class Action
Action_PublishSummaryToCscc — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Publish the result summary of a DlpJob to the Cloud Security Command Center (CSCC Alpha).
Action_PublishToPubSub — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Publish the results of a DlpJob to a pub sub channel.
Action_SaveFindings — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: If set, the detailed findings will be persisted to the specified OutputStorageConfig. Only a single instance of this action can be specified.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Result of a risk analysis operation request.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Result of the categorical stats computation.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Generated from protobuf message google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.CategoricalStatsResult.CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Result of the k-anonymity computation.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityEquivalenceClass — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: The set of columns' values that share the same ldiversity value
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Generated from protobuf message google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.KAnonymityResult.KAnonymityHistogramBucket
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Result of the reidentifiability analysis. Note that these results are an estimation, not exact values.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: A KMapEstimationHistogramBucket message with the following values: min_anonymity: 3 max_anonymity: 5 frequency: 42 means that there are 42 records whose quasi-identifier values correspond to 3, 4 or 5 people in the overlying population. An important particular case is when min_anonymity = max_anonymity = 1: the frequency field then corresponds to the number of uniquely identifiable records.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationQuasiIdValues — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: A tuple of values for the quasi-identifier columns.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Result of the l-diversity computation.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: The set of columns' values that share the same ldiversity value.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Generated from protobuf message google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.LDiversityResult.LDiversityHistogramBucket
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Result of the numerical stats computation.
$CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig#alphabet — Property in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
$CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment#adjustment — Property in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment
ArrayValue — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: An array value.
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The entity analysis request message.
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The entity analysis response message.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The entity-level sentiment analysis request message.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The entity-level sentiment analysis response message.
AnalyzeSentimentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The sentiment analysis request message.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The sentiment analysis response message.
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The syntax analysis request message.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The syntax analysis response message.
AnnotateTextRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The request message for the text annotation API, which can perform multiple analysis types (sentiment, entities, and syntax) in one call.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: All available features for sentiment, syntax, and semantic analysis.
AnnotateTextResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The text annotations response message.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::AnalyzeSentiment() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient: Analyzes the sentiment of the provided text.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::AnalyzeEntities() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient: Finds named entities (currently proper names and common nouns) in the text along with entity types, salience, mentions for each entity, and other properties.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::AnalyzeEntitySentiment() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient: Finds entities, similar to [AnalyzeEntities][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.LanguageService.AnalyzeEntities] in the text and analyzes sentiment associated with each entity and its mentions.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::AnalyzeSyntax() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient: Analyzes the syntax of the text and provides sentence boundaries and tokenization along with part of speech tags, dependency trees, and other properties.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::AnnotateText() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient: A convenience method that provides all syntax, sentiment, entity, and classification features in one call.
Aggregation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: Describes how to combine multiple time series to provide different views of the data. Aggregation consists of an alignment step on individual time series (alignment_period and per_series_aligner) followed by an optional reduction step of the data across the aligned time series (cross_series_reducer and group_by_fields). For more details, see Aggregation.
Aggregation_Aligner — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The Aligner describes how to bring the data points in a single time series into temporal alignment.
Aggregation_Reducer — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: A Reducer describes how to aggregate data points from multiple time series into a single time series.
AlertPolicy — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: A description of the conditions under which some aspect of your system is considered to be "unhealthy" and the ways to notify people or services about this state. For an overview of alert policies, see Introduction to Alerting.
AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The AlertPolicyService API is used to manage (list, create, delete, edit) alert policies in Stackdriver Monitoring. An alerting policy is a description of the conditions under which some aspect of your system is considered to be "unhealthy" and the ways to notify people or services about this state. In addition to using this API, alert policies can also be managed through Stackdriver Monitoring, which can be reached by clicking the "Monitoring" tab in Cloud Console.
AlertPolicy_Condition — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: A condition is a true/false test that determines when an alerting policy should open an incident. If a condition evaluates to true, it signifies that something is wrong.
AlertPolicy_ConditionCombinerType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: Operators for combining conditions.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: A condition type that checks that monitored resources are reporting data. The configuration defines a metric and a set of monitored resources. The predicate is considered in violation when a time series for the specified metric of a monitored resource does not include any data in the specified duration.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: A condition type that compares a collection of time series against a threshold.
AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: Specifies how many time series must fail a predicate to trigger a condition. If not specified, then a {count: 1} trigger is used.
AlertPolicy_Documentation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: A content string and a MIME type that describes the content string's format.
AcknowledgeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1: Request for the Acknowledge method.
SubscriberGrpcClient::Acknowledge() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient: Acknowledges the messages associated with the ack_ids in the AcknowledgeRequest. The Pub/Sub system can remove the relevant messages from the subscription.
$RecognitionAudio#audio_source — Property in class RecognitionAudio
AsyncRecognizeMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1: Describes the progress of a long-running AsyncRecognize call. It is included in the metadata field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
AsyncRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1: The top-level message sent by the client for the AsyncRecognize method.
AsyncRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1: The only message returned to the client by AsyncRecognize. It contains the result as zero or more sequential SpeechRecognitionResult messages. It is included in the result.response field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
$RecognitionAudio#audio_source — Property in class RecognitionAudio
SpeechGrpcClient::AsyncRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient: Performs asynchronous speech recognition: receive results via the [google.longrunning.Operations] (/speech/reference/rest/v1beta1/operations#Operation) interface. Returns either an Operation.error or an Operation.response which contains an AsyncRecognizeResponse message.
$RecognitionAudio#audio_source — Property in class RecognitionAudio
AcknowledgeTaskRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2: Request message for acknowledging a task using [AcknowledgeTask][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.AcknowledgeTask].
AppEngineHttpRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2: App Engine HTTP request.
AppEngineHttpTarget — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2: App Engine HTTP target.
AppEngineRouting — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2: App Engine Routing.
AttemptStatus — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2: The status of a task attempt.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::AcknowledgeTask() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient: Acknowledges a pull task.
AttributeValue — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2: The allowed types for [VALUE] in a [KEY]:[VALUE] attribute.
AnnotateVideoProgress — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Video annotation progress. Included in the metadata field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
AnnotateVideoRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Video annotation request.
AnnotateVideoResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Video annotation response. Included in the response field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient::AnnotateVideo() — Method in class VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient: Performs asynchronous video annotation. Progress and results can be retrieved through the google.longrunning.Operations interface.
AnnotateVideoProgress — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1: Video annotation progress. Included in the metadata field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
AnnotateVideoRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1: Video annotation request.
AnnotateVideoResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1: Video annotation response. Included in the response field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient::AnnotateVideo() — Method in class VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient: Performs asynchronous video annotation. Progress and results can be retrieved through the google.longrunning.Operations interface.
AnnotateVideoProgress — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Video annotation progress. Included in the metadata field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
AnnotateVideoRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Video annotation request.
AnnotateVideoResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Video annotation response. Included in the response field of the Operation returned by the GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient::AnnotateVideo() — Method in class VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient: Performs asynchronous video annotation. Progress and results can be retrieved through the google.longrunning.Operations interface.
AnnotateFileResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Response to a single file annotation request. A file may contain one or more images, which individually have their own responses.
AnnotateImageRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Request for performing Google Cloud Vision API tasks over a user-provided image, with user-requested features.
AnnotateImageResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Response to an image annotation request.
AsyncAnnotateFileRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: An offline file annotation request.
AsyncAnnotateFileResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: The response for a single offline file annotation request.
AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Multiple async file annotation requests are batched into a single service call.
AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Response to an async batch file annotation request.
ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient::AsyncBatchAnnotateFiles() — Method in class ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient: Run asynchronous image detection and annotation for a list of generic files, such as PDF files, which may contain multiple pages and multiple images per page. Progress and results can be retrieved through the google.longrunning.Operations interface.
AuditData — Class in namespace Google\Iam\V1\Logging: Audit log information specific to Cloud IAM. This message is serialized as an Any type in the ServiceData message of an AuditLog message.

B

BidiStream — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore: BidiStream is the response object from a gRPC bidirectional streaming API call.
GapicClientTrait::buildMethod() — Method in class GapicClientTrait
Parser::begin() — Method in class Parser
RequestBuilder::build() — Method in class RequestBuilder
TransportFactory::build() — Method in class TransportFactory: Builds a transport given an array of arguments.
UriTrait::buildUriWithQuery() — Method in class UriTrait
Backend — Class in namespace Google\Api: Backend defines the backend configuration for a service.
BackendRule — Class in namespace Google\Api: A backend rule provides configuration for an individual API element.
Billing — Class in namespace Google\Api: Billing related configuration of the service.
Billing_BillingDestination — Class in namespace Google\Api: Configuration of a specific billing destination (Currently only support bill against consumer project).
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Service for creating, configuring, and deleting Cloud Bigtable Instances and Clusters. Provides access to the Instance and Cluster schemas only, not the tables' metadata or data stored in those tables.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Service for creating, configuring, and deleting Cloud Bigtable tables.
BigtableGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2: Service for reading from and writing to existing Bigtable tables.
Breakpoint — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2: Represents the breakpoint specification, status and results.
Breakpoint_Action — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2: Actions that can be taken when a breakpoint hits.
Breakpoint_LogLevel — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2: Log severity levels.
BatchCreateEntitiesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [EntityTypes.BatchCreateEntities][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.BatchCreateEntities].
BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [EntityTypes.BatchDeleteEntities][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.BatchDeleteEntities].
BatchDeleteEntityTypesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [EntityTypes.BatchDeleteEntityTypes][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.BatchDeleteEntityTypes].
BatchDeleteIntentsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [Intents.BatchDeleteIntents][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Intents.BatchDeleteIntents].
BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The response message for [EntityTypes.BatchCreateEntities][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.BatchCreateEntities].
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [EntityTypes.BatchUpdateEntityTypes][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.BatchUpdateEntityTypes].
BatchUpdateEntityTypesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The response message for [EntityTypes.BatchUpdateEntityTypes][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.BatchUpdateEntityTypes].
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [Intents.BatchUpdateIntents][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Intents.BatchUpdateIntents].
BatchUpdateIntentsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The response message for [Intents.BatchUpdateIntents][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Intents.BatchUpdateIntents].
EntityTypesGrpcClient::BatchUpdateEntityTypes() — Method in class EntityTypesGrpcClient: Updates/Creates multiple entity types in the specified agent.
EntityTypesGrpcClient::BatchDeleteEntityTypes() — Method in class EntityTypesGrpcClient: Deletes entity types in the specified agent.
EntityTypesGrpcClient::BatchCreateEntities() — Method in class EntityTypesGrpcClient: Creates multiple new entities in the specified entity type (extends the existing collection of entries).
EntityTypesGrpcClient::BatchUpdateEntities() — Method in class EntityTypesGrpcClient: Updates entities in the specified entity type (replaces the existing collection of entries).
EntityTypesGrpcClient::BatchDeleteEntities() — Method in class EntityTypesGrpcClient: Deletes entities in the specified entity type.
IntentsGrpcClient::BatchUpdateIntents() — Method in class IntentsGrpcClient: Updates/Creates multiple intents in the specified agent.
IntentsGrpcClient::BatchDeleteIntents() — Method in class IntentsGrpcClient: Deletes intents in the specified agent.
BigQueryKey — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Row key for identifying a record in BigQuery table.
BigQueryOptions — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Options defining BigQuery table and row identifiers.
BigQueryOptions_SampleMethod — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: How to sample rows if not all rows are scanned. Meaningful only when used in conjunction with rows_limit. If not specified, scanning would start from the top.
BigQueryTable — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Message defining the location of a BigQuery table. A table is uniquely identified by its project_id, dataset_id, and table_name. Within a query a table is often referenced with a string in the format of: <project_id>:<dataset_id>.<table_id> or <project_id>.<dataset_id>.<table_id>.
BoundingBox — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Bounding box encompassing detected text within an image.
BucketingConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Generalization function that buckets values based on ranges. The ranges and replacement values are dynamically provided by the user for custom behavior, such as 1-30 -> LOW 31-65 -> MEDIUM 66-100 -> HIGH This can be used on data of type: number, long, string, timestamp.
BucketingConfig_Bucket — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Bucket is represented as a range, along with replacement values.
ByteContentItem — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Container for bytes to inspect or redact.
ByteContentItem_BytesType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Protobuf enum Google\Privacy\Dlp\V2\ByteContentItem\BytesType
BatchGetDocumentsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: The request for [Firestore.BatchGetDocuments][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.BatchGetDocuments].
BatchGetDocumentsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: The streamed response for [Firestore.BatchGetDocuments][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.BatchGetDocuments].
BeginTransactionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: The request for [Firestore.BeginTransaction][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.BeginTransaction].
BeginTransactionResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: The response for [Firestore.BeginTransaction][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.BeginTransaction].
FirestoreGrpcClient::BatchGetDocuments() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient: Gets multiple documents.
FirestoreGrpcClient::BeginTransaction() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient: Starts a new transaction.
Binding — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iam\V1: Associates members with a role.
BindingDelta — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iam\V1: One delta entry for Binding. Each individual change (only one member in each entry) to a binding will be a separate entry.
BindingDelta_Action — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iam\V1: The type of action performed on a Binding in a policy.
BeginTransactionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1: The request for [BeginTransaction][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.BeginTransaction].
SpannerGrpcClient::BeginTransaction() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Begins a new transaction. This step can often be skipped: [Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read], [ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql] and [Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit] can begin a new transaction as a side-effect.
BatchWriteSpansRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2: The request message for the BatchWriteSpans method.
TraceServiceGrpcClient::BatchWriteSpans() — Method in class TraceServiceGrpcClient: Sends new spans to new or existing traces. You cannot update existing spans.
BoundingBox — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1: Bounding box.
BatchAnnotateImagesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Multiple image annotation requests are batched into a single service call.
BatchAnnotateImagesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Response to a batch image annotation request.
Block — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Logical element on the page.
Block_BlockType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Type of a block (text, image etc) as identified by OCR.
BoundingPoly — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: A bounding polygon for the detected image annotation.
ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient::BatchAnnotateImages() — Method in class ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient: Run image detection and annotation for a batch of images.
BadRequest — Class in namespace Google\Rpc: Describes violations in a client request. This error type focuses on the syntactic aspects of the request.
BadRequest_FieldViolation — Class in namespace Google\Rpc: A message type used to describe a single bad request field.

C

ApiException::createFromStdClass() — Method in class ApiException
BidiStream::closeWrite() — Method in class BidiStream: Inform the server that no more requests will be written. The write() function cannot be called after closeWrite() is called.
BidiStream::closeWriteAndReadAll() — Method in class BidiStream: Call closeWrite(), and read all responses from the server, until the streaming call is completed. Throws an ApiException if the streaming call failed.
Call — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore: Contains information necessary to manage a network request.
ClientStream — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore: ClientStream is the response object from a gRPC client streaming API call.
GapicClientTrait::close() — Method in class GapicClientTrait: Initiates an orderly shutdown in which preexisting calls continue but new calls are immediately cancelled.
GapicClientTrait::createCallStack() — Method in class GapicClientTrait
GapicClientTrait::configureCallOptions() — Method in class GapicClientTrait
GapicClientTrait::configureCallConstructionOptions() — Method in class GapicClientTrait
$Parser#conditionStack — Property in class Parser
$Parser#conditionStackCount — Property in class Parser
$Parser#conditions — Property in class Parser
Parser::currentRules() — Method in class Parser
OperationsGapicClient::cancelOperation() — Method in class OperationsGapicClient: Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED. Clients can use [Operations.GetOperation][google.longrunning.Operations.GetOperation] or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an [Operation.error][google.longrunning.Operation.error] value with a [google.rpc.Status.code][google.rpc.Status.code] of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.
OperationResponse::cancel() — Method in class OperationResponse: Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it will throw an ApiException with code \google\rpc\Code::UNIMPLEMENTED. Clients can continue to use reload and pollUntilComplete methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation.
PageStreamingDescriptor::createFromFields() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
PathTemplate::count() — Method in class PathTemplate
RetrySettings::constructDefault() — Method in class RetrySettings
$MockStatus#code — Property in class MockStatus
MockStubTrait::create() — Method in class MockStubTrait
MockStubTrait::createWithResponseSequence() — Method in class MockStubTrait: Creates a sequence such that the responses are returned in order.
MockTransport::close() — Method in class MockTransport: Closes the connection, if one exists.
TransportFactory::createSslChannelCredentials() — Method in class TransportFactory: Construct ssl channel credentials. This exists to allow overriding in unit tests.
RestTransport::close() — Method in class RestTransport: Closes the connection, if one exists.
TransportInterface::close() — Method in class TransportInterface: Closes the connection, if one exists.
ChangeType — Class in namespace Google\Api: Classifies set of possible modifications to an object in the service configuration.
ConfigChange — Class in namespace Google\Api: Output generated from semantically comparing two versions of a service configuration.
Context — Class in namespace Google\Api: Context defines which contexts an API requests.
ContextRule — Class in namespace Google\Api: A context rule provides information about the context for an individual API element.
Control — Class in namespace Google\Api: Selects and configures the service controller used by the service. The service controller handles features like abuse, quota, billing, logging, monitoring, etc.
CustomHttpPattern — Class in namespace Google\Api: A custom pattern is used for defining custom HTTP verb.
CheckValidCredsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1: A request to determine whether the user has valid credentials. This method is used to limit the number of OAuth popups in the user interface. The user id is inferred from the API call context.
CheckValidCredsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1: A response indicating whether the credentials exist and are valid.
CreateTransferConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1: A request to create a data transfer configuration. If new credentials are needed for this transfer configuration, an authorization code must be provided. If an authorization code is provided, the transfer configuration will be associated with the user id corresponding to the authorization code. Otherwise, the transfer configuration will be associated with the calling user.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::CreateTransferConfig() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient: Creates a new data transfer configuration.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::CheckValidCreds() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient: Returns true if valid credentials exist for the given data source and requesting user.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::CreateInstance() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient: Create an instance within a project.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::CreateCluster() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient: Creates a cluster within an instance.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::CreateAppProfile() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient: Creates an app profile within an instance.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::CreateTable() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient: Creates a new table in the specified instance.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::CreateTableFromSnapshot() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient: Creates a new table from the specified snapshot. The target table must not exist. The snapshot and the table must be in the same instance.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::CheckConsistency() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient: Checks replication consistency based on a consistency token, that is, if replication has caught up based on the conditions specified in the token and the check request.
CheckConsistencyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for [google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.CheckConsistency][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.CheckConsistency]
CheckConsistencyResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Response message for [google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.CheckConsistency][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.CheckConsistency]
Cluster — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: A resizable group of nodes in a particular cloud location, capable of serving all [Tables][google.bigtable.admin.v2.Table] in the parent [Instance][google.bigtable.admin.v2.Instance].
Cluster_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Possible states of a cluster.
ColumnFamily — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: A set of columns within a table which share a common configuration.
CreateAppProfileRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.CreateAppProfile.
CreateClusterMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: The metadata for the Operation returned by CreateCluster.
CreateClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.CreateCluster.
CreateInstanceMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: The metadata for the Operation returned by CreateInstance.
CreateInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.CreateInstance.
CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: The metadata for the Operation returned by CreateTableFromSnapshot.
CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for [google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.CreateTableFromSnapshot][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.CreateTableFromSnapshot] Note: This is a private alpha release of Cloud Bigtable snapshots. This feature is not currently available to most Cloud Bigtable customers. This feature might be changed in backward-incompatible ways and is not recommended for production use. It is not subject to any SLA or deprecation policy.
CreateTableRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for [google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.CreateTable][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.CreateTable]
CreateTableRequest_Split — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: An initial split point for a newly created table.
BigtableGrpcClient::CheckAndMutateRow() — Method in class BigtableGrpcClient: Mutates a row atomically based on the output of a predicate Reader filter.
Cell — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2: Specifies (some of) the contents of a single row/column/timestamp of a table.
CheckAndMutateRowRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2: Request message for Bigtable.CheckAndMutateRow.
CheckAndMutateRowResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2: Response message for Bigtable.CheckAndMutateRow.
Column — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2: Specifies (some of) the contents of a single row/column intersection of a table.
ColumnRange — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2: Specifies a contiguous range of columns within a single column family.
CancelOperationRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: CancelOperationRequest cancels a single operation.
ClientCertificateConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: Configuration for client certificates on the cluster.
Cluster — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: A Google Container Engine cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: Google Container Engine Cluster Manager v1
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::CreateCluster() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient: Creates a cluster, consisting of the specified number and type of Google Compute Engine instances.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::CancelOperation() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient: Cancels the specified operation.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::CreateNodePool() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient: Creates a node pool for a cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::CompleteIPRotation() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient: Completes master IP rotation.
ClusterUpdate — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: ClusterUpdate describes an update to the cluster. Exactly one update can be applied to a cluster with each request, so at most one field can be provided.
Cluster_Status — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: The current status of the cluster.
CompleteIPRotationRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: CompleteIPRotationRequest moves the cluster master back into single-IP mode.
CreateClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: CreateClusterRequest creates a cluster.
CreateNodePoolRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: CreateNodePoolRequest creates a node pool for a cluster.
CancelJobRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: A request to cancel a job.
Cluster — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: Describes the identifying information, config, and status of a cluster of Google Compute Engine instances.
ClusterConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: The cluster config.
ClusterControllerGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: The ClusterControllerService provides methods to manage clusters of Google Compute Engine instances.
ClusterControllerGrpcClient::CreateCluster() — Method in class ClusterControllerGrpcClient: Creates a cluster in a project.
ClusterMetrics — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: Contains cluster daemon metrics, such as HDFS and YARN stats.
ClusterOperationMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: Metadata describing the operation.
ClusterOperationStatus — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: The status of the operation.
ClusterOperationStatus_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: The operation state.
ClusterStatus — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: The status of a cluster and its instances.
ClusterStatus_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: The cluster state.
ClusterStatus_Substate — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: Protobuf enum Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1\ClusterStatus\Substate
CreateClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: A request to create a cluster.
JobControllerGrpcClient::CancelJob() — Method in class JobControllerGrpcClient: Starts a job cancellation request. To access the job resource after cancellation, call regions/{region}/jobs.list or regions/{region}/jobs.get.
Controller2GrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2: The Controller service provides the API for orchestrating a collection of debugger agents to perform debugging tasks. These agents are each attached to a process of an application which may include one or more replicas.
CloudRepoSourceContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\DevTools\Source\V1: A CloudRepoSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a cloud repo (a repo hosted by the Google Cloud Platform).
CloudWorkspaceId — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\DevTools\Source\V1: A CloudWorkspaceId is a unique identifier for a cloud workspace.
CloudWorkspaceSourceContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\DevTools\Source\V1: A CloudWorkspaceSourceContext denotes a workspace at a particular snapshot.
$SourceContext#context — Property in class SourceContext
Context — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: Represents a context.
ContextsGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: A context represents additional information included with user input or with an intent returned by the Dialogflow API. Contexts are helpful for differentiating user input which may be vague or have a different meaning depending on additional details from your application such as user setting and preferences, previous user input, where the user is in your application, geographic location, and so on.
ContextsGrpcClient::CreateContext() — Method in class ContextsGrpcClient: Creates a context.
CreateContextRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [Contexts.CreateContext][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Contexts.CreateContext].
CreateEntityTypeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [EntityTypes.CreateEntityType][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.CreateEntityType].
CreateIntentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [Intents.CreateIntent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Intents.CreateIntent].
CreateSessionEntityTypeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [SessionEntityTypes.CreateSessionEntityType][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.SessionEntityTypes.CreateSessionEntityType].
EntityTypesGrpcClient::CreateEntityType() — Method in class EntityTypesGrpcClient: Creates an entity type in the specified agent.
IntentsGrpcClient::CreateIntent() — Method in class IntentsGrpcClient: Creates an intent in the specified agent.
SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient::CreateSessionEntityType() — Method in class SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient: Creates a session entity type.
CancelDlpJobRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: The request message for canceling a DLP job.
CharacterMaskConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Partially mask a string by replacing a given number of characters with a fixed character. Masking can start from the beginning or end of the string.
CharsToIgnore — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Characters to skip when doing deidentification of a value. These will be left alone and skipped.
$CharsToIgnore#characters — Property in class CharsToIgnore
CharsToIgnore_CommonCharsToIgnore — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Protobuf enum Google\Privacy\Dlp\V2\CharsToIgnore\CommonCharsToIgnore
CloudStorageOptions — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Options defining a file or a set of files (path ending with *) within a Google Cloud Storage bucket.
CloudStorageOptions_FileSet — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Set of files to scan.
CloudStorageOptions_SampleMethod — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: How to sample bytes if not all bytes are scanned. Meaningful only when used in conjunction with bytes_limit_per_file. If not specified, scanning would start from the top.
CloudStoragePath — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Message representing a single file or path in Cloud Storage.
Color — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Represents a color in the RGB color space.
ContentItem — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Container structure for the content to inspect.
ContentLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Findings container location data.
ContentOption — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Options describing which parts of the provided content should be scanned.
CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Request message for CreateDeidentifyTemplate.
CreateDlpJobRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Request message for CreateDlpJobRequest. Used to initiate long running jobs such as calculating risk metrics or inspecting Google Cloud Storage.
CreateInspectTemplateRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Request message for CreateInspectTemplate.
CreateJobTriggerRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Request message for CreateJobTrigger.
CryptoHashConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Pseudonymization method that generates surrogates via cryptographic hashing.
CryptoKey — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: This is a data encryption key (DEK) (as opposed to a key encryption key (KEK) stored by KMS).
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Replaces an identifier with a surrogate using FPE with the FFX mode of operation; however when used in the ReidentifyContent API method, it serves the opposite function by reversing the surrogate back into the original identifier.
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig_FfxCommonNativeAlphabet — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: These are commonly used subsets of the alphabet that the FFX mode natively supports. In the algorithm, the alphabet is selected using the "radix". Therefore each corresponds to particular radix.
CustomInfoType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Custom information type provided by the user. Used to find domain-specific sensitive information configurable to the data in question.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Rule for modifying a custom info type to alter behavior under certain circumstances, depending on the specific details of the rule. Not supported for the surrogate_type custom info type.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Detection rule that adjusts the likelihood of findings within a certain proximity of hotwords.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Message for specifying an adjustment to the likelihood of a finding as part of a detection rule.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_Proximity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Message for specifying a window around a finding to apply a detection rule.
CustomInfoType_Dictionary — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Custom information type based on a dictionary of words or phrases. This can be used to match sensitive information specific to the data, such as a list of employee IDs or job titles.
CustomInfoType_Dictionary_WordList — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Message defining a list of words or phrases to search for in the data.
CustomInfoType_Regex — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Message defining a custom regular expression.
CustomInfoType_SurrogateType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Message for detecting output from deidentification transformations such as CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::CreateInspectTemplate() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient: Creates an InspectTemplate for re-using frequently used configuration for inspecting content, images, and storage.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::CreateDeidentifyTemplate() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient: Creates a DeidentifyTemplate for re-using frequently used configuration for de-identifying content, images, and storage.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::CreateJobTrigger() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient: Creates a job trigger to run DLP actions such as scanning storage for sensitive information on a set schedule.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::CreateDlpJob() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient: Creates a new job to inspect storage or calculate risk metrics.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::CancelDlpJob() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient: Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running DlpJob. The server makes a best effort to cancel the DlpJob, but success is not guaranteed.
$BatchGetDocumentsRequest#consistency_selector — Property in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
CommitRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: The request for [Firestore.Commit][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.Commit].
CommitResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: The response for [Firestore.Commit][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.Commit].
CreateDocumentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: The request for [Firestore.CreateDocument][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.CreateDocument].
Cursor — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: A position in a query result set.
FirestoreGrpcClient::CreateDocument() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient: Creates a new document.
FirestoreGrpcClient::Commit() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient: Commits a transaction, while optionally updating documents.
$GetDocumentRequest#consistency_selector — Property in class GetDocumentRequest
$ListDocumentsRequest#consistency_selector — Property in class ListDocumentsRequest
$Precondition#condition_type — Property in class Precondition
$RunQueryRequest#consistency_selector — Property in class RunQueryRequest
$TransactionOptions_ReadOnly#consistency_selector — Property in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
CreateDeviceRegistryRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1: Request for CreateDeviceRegistry.
CreateDeviceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1: Request for CreateDevice.
$DeviceCredential#credential — Property in class DeviceCredential
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::CreateDeviceRegistry() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient: Creates a device registry that contains devices.
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::CreateDevice() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient: Creates a device in a device registry.
$RegistryCredential#credential — Property in class RegistryCredential
ClassificationCategory — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: Represents a category returned from the text classifier.
ClassifyTextRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The document classification request message.
ClassifyTextResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The document classification response message.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::ClassifyText() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient: Classifies a document into categories.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2: Service for configuring sinks used to export log entries outside of Stackdriver Logging.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::CreateSink() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient: Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink's writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::CreateExclusion() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient: Creates a new exclusion in a specified parent resource.
CreateExclusionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2: The parameters to CreateExclusion.
CreateLogMetricRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2: The parameters to CreateLogMetric.
CreateSinkRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2: The parameters to CreateSink.
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::CreateLogMetric() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient: Creates a logs-based metric.
AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient::CreateAlertPolicy() — Method in class AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient: Creates a new alerting policy.
$AlertPolicy_Condition#condition — Property in class AlertPolicy_Condition
ComparisonType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: Specifies an ordering relationship on two arguments, here called left and right.
CreateAlertPolicyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The protocol for the CreateAlertPolicy request.
CreateGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The CreateGroup request.
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The CreateMetricDescriptor request.
CreateNotificationChannelRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The CreateNotificationChannel request.
CreateTimeSeriesError — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: Describes the result of a failed request to write data to a time series.
CreateTimeSeriesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The CreateTimeSeries request.
CreateUptimeCheckConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The protocol for the CreateUptimeCheckConfig request.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::CreateGroup() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient: Creates a new group.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::CreateMetricDescriptor() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient: Creates a new metric descriptor.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::CreateTimeSeries() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient: Creates or adds data to one or more time series.
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient::CreateNotificationChannel() — Method in class NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient: Creates a new notification channel, representing a single notification endpoint such as an email address, SMS number, or pagerduty service.
$UptimeCheckConfig#check_request_type — Property in class UptimeCheckConfig
UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient::CreateUptimeCheckConfig() — Method in class UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient: Creates a new uptime check configuration.
CreateSnapshotRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1: Request for the CreateSnapshot method.
PublisherGrpcClient::CreateTopic() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient: Creates the given topic with the given name.
SubscriberGrpcClient::CreateSubscription() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient: Creates a subscription to a given topic.
SubscriberGrpcClient::CreateSnapshot() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient: Creates a snapshot from the requested subscription.
CloudRedisGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1: Configures and manages Cloud Memorystore for Redis instances
CloudRedisGrpcClient::CreateInstance() — Method in class CloudRedisGrpcClient: Creates a Redis instance based on the specified tier and memory size.
CreateInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1: Request for [CreateInstance][google.cloud.redis.v1beta1.CloudRedis.CreateInstance].
CreateDatabaseMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: Metadata type for the operation returned by [CreateDatabase][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase].
CreateDatabaseRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: The request for [CreateDatabase][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.CreateDatabase].
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::CreateDatabase() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient: Creates a new Cloud Spanner database and starts to prepare it for serving.
CreateInstanceMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1: Metadata type for the operation returned by [CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance].
CreateInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1: The request for [CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance].
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::CreateInstance() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient: Creates an instance and begins preparing it to begin serving. The returned [long-running operation][google.longrunning.Operation] can be used to track the progress of preparing the new instance. The instance name is assigned by the caller. If the named instance already exists, CreateInstance returns ALREADY_EXISTS.
CommitRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1: The request for [Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit].
CommitResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1: The response for [Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit].
CreateSessionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1: The request for [CreateSession][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.CreateSession].
SpannerGrpcClient::CreateSession() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Creates a new session. A session can be used to perform transactions that read and/or modify data in a Cloud Spanner database.
SpannerGrpcClient::Commit() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Commits a transaction. The request includes the mutations to be applied to rows in the database.
CancelLeaseRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2: Request message for canceling a lease using [CancelLease][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.CancelLease].
CloudTasksGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2: Cloud Tasks allows developers to manage the execution of background work in their applications.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::CreateQueue() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient: Creates a queue.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::CreateTask() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient: Creates a task and adds it to a queue.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::CancelLease() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient: Cancel a pull task's lease.
CreateQueueRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2: Request message for [CreateQueue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.CreateQueue].
CreateTaskRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2: Request message for [CreateTask][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.CreateTask].
TraceServiceGrpcClient::CreateSpan() — Method in class TraceServiceGrpcClient: Creates a new span.
ColorInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Color information consists of RGB channels, score, and the fraction of the image that the color occupies in the image.
CropHint — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Single crop hint that is used to generate a new crop when serving an image.
CropHintsAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Set of crop hints that are used to generate new crops when serving images.
CropHintsParams — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Parameters for crop hints annotation request.
CancelOperationRequest — Class in namespace Google\LongRunning: The request message for [Operations.CancelOperation][google.longrunning.Operations.CancelOperation].
OperationsGrpcClient::CancelOperation() — Method in class OperationsGrpcClient: Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED. Clients can use [Operations.GetOperation][google.longrunning.Operations.GetOperation] or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an [Operation.error][google.longrunning.Operation.error] value with a [google.rpc.Status.code][google.rpc.Status.code] of 1, corresponding to Code.CANCELLED.
Code — Class in namespace Google\Rpc: The canonical error codes for Google APIs.
Color — Class in namespace Google\Type: Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to/from color representations in various languages over compactness; for example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of "java.awt.Color" in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's "+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha" method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS "rgba()" string in JavaScript, as well. Here are some examples: Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // .

D

$Parser#defaultActions — Property in class Parser
$Parser#debug — Property in class Parser
$Parser#done — Property in class Parser
Segment::decrementSegmentCount() — Method in class Segment
OperationsGapicClient::deleteOperation() — Method in class OperationsGapicClient: Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED.
OperationResponse::delete() — Method in class OperationResponse: Delete the long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation.
Serializer::decodeMessage() — Method in class Serializer: Decode PHP array into the specified protobuf message
Serializer::decodeMetadata() — Method in class Serializer: Decode metadata received from gRPC status object
$MockStatus#details — Property in class MockStatus
SerializationTrait::deserializeMessage() — Method in class SerializationTrait
Distribution — Class in namespace Google\Api: Distribution contains summary statistics for a population of values and, optionally, a histogram representing the distribution of those values across a specified set of histogram buckets.
Distribution_BucketOptions — Class in namespace Google\Api: A Distribution may optionally contain a histogram of the values in the population. The histogram is given in bucket_counts as counts of values that fall into one of a sequence of non-overlapping buckets. The sequence of buckets is described by bucket_options.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit — Class in namespace Google\Api: A set of buckets with arbitrary widths.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential — Class in namespace Google\Api: Specify a sequence of buckets that have a width that is proportional to the value of the lower bound. Each bucket represents a constant relative uncertainty on a specific value in the bucket.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear — Class in namespace Google\Api: Specify a sequence of buckets that all have the same width (except overflow and underflow). Each bucket represents a constant absolute uncertainty on the specific value in the bucket.
Distribution_Range — Class in namespace Google\Api: The range of the population values.
Documentation — Class in namespace Google\Api: Documentation provides the information for describing a service.
DocumentationRule — Class in namespace Google\Api: A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
DataSource — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1: Represents data source metadata. Metadata is sufficient to render UI and request proper OAuth tokens.
DataSourceParameter — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1: Represents a data source parameter with validation rules, so that parameters can be rendered in the UI. These parameters are given to us by supported data sources, and include all needed information for rendering and validation.
DataSourceParameter_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1: Parameter type.
DataSource_AuthorizationType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1: The type of authorization needed for this data source.
DataSource_DataRefreshType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1: Represents how the data source supports data auto refresh.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1: The Google BigQuery Data Transfer Service API enables BigQuery users to configure the transfer of their data from other Google Products into BigQuery.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::DeleteTransferConfig() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient: Deletes a data transfer configuration, including any associated transfer runs and logs.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::DeleteTransferRun() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient: Deletes the specified transfer run.
DeleteTransferConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1: A request to delete data transfer information. All associated transfer runs and log messages will be deleted as well.
DeleteTransferRunRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1: A request to delete data transfer run information.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::DeleteInstance() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient: Delete an instance from a project.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::DeleteCluster() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient: Deletes a cluster from an instance.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::DeleteAppProfile() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient: Deletes an app profile from an instance.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::DeleteTable() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient: Permanently deletes a specified table and all of its data.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::DropRowRange() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient: Permanently drop/delete a row range from a specified table. The request can specify whether to delete all rows in a table, or only those that match a particular prefix.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::DeleteSnapshot() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient: Permanently deletes the specified snapshot.
DeleteAppProfileRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.DeleteAppProfile.
DeleteClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.DeleteCluster.
DeleteInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.DeleteInstance.
DeleteSnapshotRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for [google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.DeleteSnapshot][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.DeleteSnapshot] Note: This is a private alpha release of Cloud Bigtable snapshots. This feature is not currently available to most Cloud Bigtable customers. This feature might be changed in backward-incompatible ways and is not recommended for production use. It is not subject to any SLA or deprecation policy.
DeleteTableRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for [google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.DeleteTable][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.DeleteTable]
DropRowRangeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2: Request message for [google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.DropRowRange][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.DropRowRange]
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::DeleteCluster() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient: Deletes the cluster, including the Kubernetes endpoint and all worker nodes.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::DeleteNodePool() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient: Deletes a node pool from a cluster.
DailyMaintenanceWindow — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: Time window specified for daily maintenance operations.
DeleteClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: DeleteClusterRequest deletes a cluster.
DeleteNodePoolRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1: DeleteNodePoolRequest deletes a node pool for a cluster.
ClusterControllerGrpcClient::DeleteCluster() — Method in class ClusterControllerGrpcClient: Deletes a cluster in a project.
ClusterControllerGrpcClient::DiagnoseCluster() — Method in class ClusterControllerGrpcClient: Gets cluster diagnostic information.
DeleteClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: A request to delete a cluster.
DeleteJobRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: A request to delete a job.
DiagnoseClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: A request to collect cluster diagnostic information.
DiagnoseClusterResults — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: The location of diagnostic output.
DiskConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1: Specifies the config of disk options for a group of VM instances.
$HadoopJob#driver — Property in class HadoopJob
JobControllerGrpcClient::DeleteJob() — Method in class JobControllerGrpcClient: Deletes the job from the project. If the job is active, the delete fails, and the response returns FAILED_PRECONDITION.
$SparkJob#driver — Property in class SparkJob
Debuggee — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2: Represents the debugged application. The application may include one or more replicated processes executing the same code. Each of these processes is attached with a debugger agent, carrying out the debugging commands.
Debugger2GrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2: The Debugger service provides the API that allows users to collect run-time information from a running application, without stopping or slowing it down and without modifying its state. An application may include one or more replicated processes performing the same work.
Debugger2GrpcClient::DeleteBreakpoint() — Method in class Debugger2GrpcClient: Deletes the breakpoint from the debuggee.
DeleteBreakpointRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2: Request to delete a breakpoint.
ContextsGrpcClient::DeleteContext() — Method in class ContextsGrpcClient: Deletes the specified context.
ContextsGrpcClient::DeleteAllContexts() — Method in class ContextsGrpcClient: Deletes all active contexts in the specified session.
DeleteAllContextsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [Contexts.DeleteAllContexts][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Contexts.DeleteAllContexts].
DeleteContextRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [Contexts.DeleteContext][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Contexts.DeleteContext].
DeleteEntityTypeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [EntityTypes.DeleteEntityType][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.DeleteEntityType].
DeleteIntentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [Intents.DeleteIntent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Intents.DeleteIntent].
DeleteSessionEntityTypeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [SessionEntityTypes.DeleteSessionEntityType][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.SessionEntityTypes.DeleteSessionEntityType].
DetectIntentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request to detect user's intent.
DetectIntentResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The message returned from the DetectIntent method.
EntityTypesGrpcClient::DeleteEntityType() — Method in class EntityTypesGrpcClient: Deletes the specified entity type.
IntentsGrpcClient::DeleteIntent() — Method in class IntentsGrpcClient: Deletes the specified intent.
SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient::DeleteSessionEntityType() — Method in class SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient: Deletes the specified session entity type.
SessionsGrpcClient::DetectIntent() — Method in class SessionsGrpcClient: Processes a natural language query and returns structured, actionable data as a result. This method is not idempotent, because it may cause contexts and session entity types to be updated, which in turn might affect results of future queries.
$ContentItem#data_item — Property in class ContentItem
DatastoreKey — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Record key for a finding in Cloud Datastore.
DatastoreOptions — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Options defining a data set within Google Cloud Datastore.
DateShiftConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Shifts dates by random number of days, with option to be consistent for the same context.
DateTime — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Message for a date time object.
DateTime_TimeZone — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Generated from protobuf message google.privacy.dlp.v2.DateTime.TimeZone
DeidentifyConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: The configuration that controls how the data will change.
DeidentifyContentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Request to de-identify a list of items.
DeidentifyContentResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Results of de-identifying a ContentItem.
DeidentifyTemplate — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: The DeidentifyTemplates contains instructions on how to deidentify content.
DeleteDeidentifyTemplateRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Request message for DeleteDeidentifyTemplate.
DeleteDlpJobRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: The request message for deleting a DLP job.
DeleteInspectTemplateRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Request message for DeleteInspectTemplate.
DeleteJobTriggerRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Request message for DeleteJobTrigger.
DlpJob — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Combines all of the information about a DLP job.
$DlpJob#details — Property in class DlpJob
DlpJobType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: An enum to represent the various type of DLP jobs.
DlpJob_JobState — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Protobuf enum Google\Privacy\Dlp\V2\DlpJob\JobState
DlpServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: The Cloud Data Loss Prevention (DLP) API is a service that allows clients to detect the presence of Personally Identifiable Information (PII) and other privacy-sensitive data in user-supplied, unstructured data streams, like text blocks or images.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::DeidentifyContent() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient: De-identifies potentially sensitive info from a ContentItem.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::DeleteInspectTemplate() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient: Deletes an InspectTemplate.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::DeleteDeidentifyTemplate() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient: Deletes a DeidentifyTemplate.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::DeleteJobTrigger() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient: Deletes a job trigger.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::DeleteDlpJob() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient: Deletes a long-running DlpJob. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the DlpJob result. The job will be cancelled if possible.
DocumentLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Location of a finding within a document.
DeleteEventsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1: Deletes all events in the project.
DeleteEventsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1: Response message for deleting error events.
ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient::DeleteEvents() — Method in class ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient: Deletes all error events of a given project.
DeleteDocumentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: The request for [Firestore.DeleteDocument][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.DeleteDocument].
Document — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: A Firestore document.
DocumentChange — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: A [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] has changed.
DocumentDelete — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: A [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] has been deleted.
DocumentMask — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: A set of field paths on a document.
DocumentRemove — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: A [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] has been removed from the view of the targets.
DocumentTransform — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: A transformation of a document.
DocumentTransform_FieldTransform — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: A transformation of a field of the document.
DocumentTransform_FieldTransform_ServerValue — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: A value that is calculated by the server.
FirestoreGrpcClient::DeleteDocument() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient: Deletes a document.
DeleteDeviceRegistryRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1: Request for DeleteDeviceRegistry.
DeleteDeviceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1: Request for DeleteDevice.
Device — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1: The device resource.
DeviceConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1: The device configuration. Eventually delivered to devices.
DeviceCredential — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1: A server-stored device credential used for authentication.
DeviceManagerGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1: Internet of things (IoT) service. Allows to manipulate device registry instances and the registration of devices (Things) to the cloud.
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::DeleteDeviceRegistry() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient: Deletes a device registry configuration.
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::DeleteDevice() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient: Deletes a device.
DeviceRegistry — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1: A container for a group of devices.
DeviceState — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1: The device state, as reported by the device.
DependencyEdge — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: Represents dependency parse tree information for a token.
DependencyEdge_Label — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The parse label enum for the token.
Document — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: ##########################################################

Represents the input to API methods.
Document_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The document types enum.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::DeleteSink() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient: Deletes a sink. If the sink has a unique writer_identity, then that service account is also deleted.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::DeleteExclusion() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient: Deletes an exclusion.
DeleteExclusionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2: The parameters to DeleteExclusion.
DeleteLogMetricRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2: The parameters to DeleteLogMetric.
DeleteLogRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2: The parameters to DeleteLog.
DeleteSinkRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2: The parameters to DeleteSink.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::DeleteLog() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient: Deletes all the log entries in a log.
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::DeleteLogMetric() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient: Deletes a logs-based metric.
AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient::DeleteAlertPolicy() — Method in class AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient: Deletes an alerting policy.
DeleteAlertPolicyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The protocol for the DeleteAlertPolicy request.
DeleteGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The DeleteGroup request. You can only delete a group if it has no children.
DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The DeleteMetricDescriptor request.
DeleteNotificationChannelRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The DeleteNotificationChannel request.
DeleteUptimeCheckConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3: The protocol for the DeleteUptimeCheckConfig request.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::DeleteGroup() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient: Deletes an existing group.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::DeleteMetricDescriptor() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient: Deletes a metric descriptor. Only user-created custom metrics can be deleted.
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient::DeleteNotificationChannel() — Method in class NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient: Deletes a notification channel.
UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient::DeleteUptimeCheckConfig() — Method in class UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient: Deletes an uptime check configuration. Note that this method will fail if the uptime check configuration is referenced by an alert policy or other dependent configs that would be rendered invalid by the deletion.
DeletePosixAccountRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\OsLogin\V1beta: A request message for deleting a POSIX account entry.
DeleteSshPublicKeyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\OsLogin\V1beta: A request message for deleting an SSH public key.
OsLoginServiceGrpcClient::DeletePosixAccount() — Method in class OsLoginServiceGrpcClient: Deletes a POSIX account.
OsLoginServiceGrpcClient::DeleteSshPublicKey() — Method in class OsLoginServiceGrpcClient: Deletes an SSH public key.
DeleteSnapshotRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1: Request for the DeleteSnapshot method.
DeleteSubscriptionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1: Request for the DeleteSubscription method.
DeleteTopicRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1: Request for the DeleteTopic method.
PublisherGrpcClient::DeleteTopic() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient: Deletes the topic with the given name. Returns NOT_FOUND if the topic does not exist. After a topic is deleted, a new topic may be created with the same name; this is an entirely new topic with none of the old configuration or subscriptions. Existing subscriptions to this topic are not deleted, but their topic field is set to _deleted-topic_.
SubscriberGrpcClient::DeleteSubscription() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient: Deletes an existing subscription. All messages retained in the subscription are immediately dropped. Calls to Pull after deletion will return NOT_FOUND. After a subscription is deleted, a new one may be created with the same name, but the new one has no association with the old subscription or its topic unless the same topic is specified.
SubscriberGrpcClient::DeleteSnapshot() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient: Removes an existing snapshot. All messages retained in the snapshot are immediately dropped. After a snapshot is deleted, a new one may be created with the same name, but the new one has no association with the old snapshot or its subscription, unless the same subscription is specified.
CloudRedisGrpcClient::DeleteInstance() — Method in class CloudRedisGrpcClient: Deletes a specific Redis instance. Instance stops serving and data is deleted.
DeleteInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1: Request for [DeleteInstance][google.cloud.redis.v1beta1.CloudRedis.DeleteInstance].
Database — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: A Cloud Spanner database.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: Cloud Spanner Database Admin API
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::DropDatabase() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient: Drops (aka deletes) a Cloud Spanner database.
Database_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: Indicates the current state of the database.
DropDatabaseRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1: The request for [DropDatabase][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.DropDatabase].
DeleteInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1: The request for [DeleteInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.DeleteInstance].
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::DeleteInstance() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient: Deletes an instance.
DeleteSessionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1: The request for [DeleteSession][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.DeleteSession].
SpannerGrpcClient::DeleteSession() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Ends a session, releasing server resources associated with it.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::DeleteQueue() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient: Deletes a queue.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::DeleteTask() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient: Deletes a task.
DeleteQueueRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2: Request message for [DeleteQueue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.DeleteQueue].
DeleteTaskRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2: Request message for deleting a task using [DeleteTask][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.DeleteTask].
DominantColorsAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Set of dominant colors and their corresponding scores.
DeleteOperationRequest — Class in namespace Google\LongRunning: The request message for [Operations.DeleteOperation][google.longrunning.Operations.DeleteOperation].
OperationsGrpcClient::DeleteOperation() — Method in class OperationsGrpcClient: Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED.
DebugInfo — Class in namespace Google\Rpc: Describes additional debugging info.
Date — Class in namespace Google\Type: Represents a whole calendar date, e.g. date of birth. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are not significant. The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. The day may be 0 to represent a year and month where the day is not significant, e.g. credit card expiration date. The year may be 0 to represent a month and day independent of year, e.g. anniversary date. Related types are [google.type.TimeOfDay][google.type.TimeOfDay] and google.protobuf.Timestamp.
DayOfWeek — Class in namespace Google\Type: Represents a day of week.

E

$Parser#eof — Property in class Parser
$ParserError#expected — Property in class ParserError
PagedListResponse::expandToFixedSizeCollection() — Method in class PagedListResponse: Returns a collection of elements with a fixed size set by the collectionSize parameter. The collection will only contain fewer than collectionSize elements if there are no more pages to be retrieved from the server.
Serializer::encodeMessage() — Method in class Serializer: Encode protobuf message as a PHP array
Endpoint — Class in namespace Google\Api: Endpoint describes a network endpoint that serves a set of APIs.
Experimental — Class in namespace Google\Api: Experimental service configuration. These configuration options can only be used by whitelisted users.
$ColumnRange#end_qualifier — Property in class ColumnRange
$RowRange#end_key — Property in class RowRange
$ValueRange#end_value — Property in class ValueRange
ExtendedSourceContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\DevTools\Source\V1: An ExtendedSourceContext is a SourceContext combined with additional details describing the context.
AgentsGrpcClient::ExportAgent() — Method in class AgentsGrpcClient: Exports the specified agent to a ZIP file.
$BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest#entity_type_batch — Property in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
EntityType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: Represents an entity type.
EntityTypeBatch — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: This message is a wrapper around a collection of entity types.
EntityType_AutoExpansionMode — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: Represents different entity type expansion modes. Automated expansion allows an agent to recognize values that have not been explicitly listed in the entity (for example, new kinds of shopping list items).
EntityType_Entity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: Optional. Represents an entity.
EntityType_Kind — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: Represents kinds of entities.
EntityTypesGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: Entities are extracted from user input and represent parameters that are meaningful to your application. For example, a date range, a proper name such as a geographic location or landmark, and so on. Entities represent actionable data for your application.
EventInput — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: Events allow for matching intents by event name instead of the natural language input. For instance, input <event: { name: “welcome_event”, parameters: { name: “Sam” } }> can trigger a personalized welcome response.
ExportAgentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The request message for [Agents.ExportAgent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Agents.ExportAgent].
ExportAgentResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2: The response message for [Agents.ExportAgent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Agents.ExportAgent].
EntityId — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: An entity in a dataset is a field or set of fields that correspond to a single person. For example, in medical records the EntityId might be a patient identifier, or for financial records it might be an account identifier. This message is used when generalizations or analysis must take into account that multiple rows correspond to the same entity.
Error — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Details information about an error encountered during job execution or the results of an unsuccessful activation of the JobTrigger.
ErrorContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1: A description of the context in which an error occurred.
ErrorEvent — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1: An error event which is returned by the Error Reporting system.
ErrorGroup — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1: Description of a group of similar error events.
ErrorGroupOrder — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1: A sorting order of error groups.
ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1: Service for retrieving and updating individual error groups.
ErrorGroupStats — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1: Data extracted for a specific group based on certain filter criteria, such as a given time period and/or service filter.
ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1: An API for retrieving and managing error statistics as well as data for individual events.
ExistenceFilter — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: A digest of all the documents that match a given target.
EventNotificationConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1: The configuration for forwarding telemetry events.
EncodingType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: Represents the text encoding that the caller uses to process the output.
Entity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: Represents a phrase in the text that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location. The API associates information, such as salience and mentions, with entities.
EntityMention — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: Represents a mention for an entity in the text. Currently, proper noun mentions are supported.
EntityMention_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The supported types of mentions.
Entity_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2: The type of the entity.
ExecuteSqlRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1: The request for [ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql] and [ExecuteStreamingSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteStreamingSql].
ExecuteSqlRequest_QueryMode — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1: Mode in which the query must be processed.
$KeyRange#end_key_type — Property in class KeyRange
SpannerGrpcClient::ExecuteSql() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Executes an SQL query, returning all rows in a single reply. This method cannot be used to return a result set larger than 10 MiB; if the query yields more data than that, the query fails with a FAILED_PRECONDITION error.
SpannerGrpcClient::ExecuteStreamingSql() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient: Like [ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql], except returns the result set as a stream. Unlike [ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql], there is no limit on the size of the returned result set. However, no individual row in the result set can exceed 100 MiB, and no column value can exceed 10 MiB.
Entity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Detected entity from video analysis.
ExplicitContentAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Explicit content annotation (based on per-frame visual signals only).
ExplicitContentDetectionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Config for EXPLICIT_CONTENT_DETECTION.
ExplicitContentFrame — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Video frame level annotation results for explicit content.
Entity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Detected entity from video analysis.
ExplicitContentAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Explicit content annotation (based on per-frame visual signals only).
ExplicitContentDetectionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Config for EXPLICIT_CONTENT_DETECTION.
ExplicitContentFrame — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Video frame level annotation results for explicit content.
EntityAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Set of detected entity features.

F

FixedSizeCollection — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore: A collection of elements retrieved using one or more API calls. The collection will attempt to retrieve a fixed number of elements, and will make API calls until that fixed number is reached, or there are no more elements to retrieve.
$Parser#flex — Property in class Parser
$ParserLocation#firstLine — Property in class ParserLocation
$ParserLocation#firstColumn — Property in class ParserLocation
Family — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2: Specifies (some of) the contents of a single row/column family intersection of a table.
$RowFilter#filter — Property in class RowFilter
FormatMessage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2: Represents a message with parameters.
FieldId — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: General identifier of a data field in a storage service.
FieldTransformation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: The transformation to apply to the field.
FileType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Definitions of file type groups to scan.
Finding — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Represents a piece of potentially sensitive content.
FixedSizeBucketingConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2: Buckets values based on fixed size ranges. The Bucketing transformation can provide all of this functionality, but requires more configuration. This message is provided as a convenience to the user for simple bucketing strategies.
FirestoreGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1: Specification of the Firestore API.
$StructuredQuery_Filter#filter_type — Property in class StructuredQuery_Filter
$ListGroupsRequest#filter — Property in class ListGroupsRequest
FaceAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Face annotation.
FaceDetectionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Config for FACE_DETECTION.
FaceFrame — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Video frame level annotation results for face detection.
FaceSegment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Video segment level annotation results for face detection.
Feature — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1: Video annotation feature.
FaceAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1: Face annotation.
FaceLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1: Face location.
Feature — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1: Video annotation feature.
FaceAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Face annotation.
FaceDetectionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Config for FACE_DETECTION.
FaceFrame — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Video frame level annotation results for face detection.
FaceSegment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Video segment level annotation results for face detection.
Feature — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2: Video annotation feature.
FaceAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: A face annotation object contains the results of face detection.
FaceAnnotation_Landmark — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: A face-specific landmark (for example, a face feature).
FaceAnnotation_Landmark_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Face landmark (feature) type.
Feature — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: The type of Google Cloud Vision API detection to perform, and the maximum number of results to return for that type. Multiple Feature objects can be specified in the features list.
Feature_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1: Type of Google Cloud Vision API feature to be extracted.

G

AgentHeaderDescriptor::getHeader() — Method in class AgentHeaderDescriptor

Returns an associative array that contains GAPIC header metadata.

AgentHeaderDescriptor::getApiCoreVersion() — Method in class AgentHeaderDescriptor

Returns the version string for ApiCore.

ApiException::getStatus() — Method in class ApiException

ApiException::getBasicMessage() — Method in class ApiException

ApiException::getMetadata() — Method in class ApiException

BidiStream::getBidiStreamingCall() — Method in class BidiStream

Return the underlying gRPC call object

Call::getMethod() — Method in class Call

Call::getCallType() — Method in class Call

Call::getDecodeType() — Method in class Call

Call::getMessage() — Method in class Call

Call::getDescriptor() — Method in class Call

ClientStream::getClientStreamingCall() — Method in class ClientStream

Return the underlying gRPC call object

FixedSizeCollection::getCollectionSize() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection

Returns the number of elements in the collection. This will be equal to the collectionSize parameter used at construction unless there are no elements remaining to be retrieved.

FixedSizeCollection::getNextPageToken() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection

Returns a page token that can be passed into the API list method to retrieve additional elements.

FixedSizeCollection::getNextCollection() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection

Retrieves the next FixedSizeCollection using one or more API calls.

FixedSizeCollection::getIterator() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection

Returns an iterator over the elements of the collection.

GPBLabel — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore

Container class for Protobuf label constants. See FieldDescriptorProto.Label in https://github.com/google/protobuf/blob/master/src/google/protobuf/descriptor.proto

GPBType — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore

Container class for Protobuf type constants. See FieldDescriptorProto.Type in https://github.com/google/protobuf/blob/master/src/google/protobuf/descriptor.proto

GapicClientTrait — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore

Common functions used to work with various clients.

GapicClientTrait::getPagedListResponse() — Method in class GapicClientTrait

Segment::getBindingCount() — Method in class Segment

Segment::getSegmentCount() — Method in class Segment

OperationsGapicClient::getOperation() — Method in class OperationsGapicClient

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

RetryMiddleware::getCurrentTimeMs() — Method in class RetryMiddleware

OperationResponse::getName() — Method in class OperationResponse

Get the formatted name of the operation

OperationResponse::getResult() — Method in class OperationResponse

Return the result of the operation. If operationSucceeded() is false, return null.

OperationResponse::getError() — Method in class OperationResponse

If the operation failed, return the status. If operationFailed() is false, return null.

OperationResponse::getReturnTypeOptions() — Method in class OperationResponse

Get an array containing the values of 'operationReturnType' and 'metadataReturnType' (which may be null). The array can be passed as the $options argument to the constructor when creating another OperationResponse object.

OperationResponse::getLastProtoResponse() — Method in class OperationResponse

OperationResponse::getOperationsClient() — Method in class OperationResponse

OperationResponse::getMetadata() — Method in class OperationResponse

Get the metadata returned with the last proto response. If a metadata type was provided, then the return value will be of that type - otherwise, the return value will be of type Any. If no metadata object is available, returns null.

Page::getNextPageToken() — Method in class Page

Returns the next page token from the response.

Page::getNextPage() — Method in class Page

Retrieves the next Page object using the next page token.

Page::getPageElementCount() — Method in class Page

Return the number of elements in the response.

Page::getIterator() — Method in class Page

Return an iterator over the elements in the response.

Page::getRequestObject() — Method in class Page

Gets the request object used to generate the Page.

Page::getResponseObject() — Method in class Page

Gets the API response object.

PageStreamingDescriptor::getRequestPageTokenGetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor

PageStreamingDescriptor::getRequestPageSizeGetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor

PageStreamingDescriptor::getResponsePageTokenGetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor

PageStreamingDescriptor::getResourcesGetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor

PageStreamingDescriptor::getRequestPageTokenSetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor

PageStreamingDescriptor::getRequestPageSizeSetMethod() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor

PagedListResponse::getPage() — Method in class PagedListResponse

Return the current page of results. If the page has not previously been accessed, it will be retrieved with a call to the underlying API.

Parser::getSegmentCount() — Method in class Parser

RequestParamsHeaderDescriptor::getHeader() — Method in class RequestParamsHeaderDescriptor

Returns an associative array that contains request params header metadata.

RetrySettings::getNoRetriesRpcTimeoutMillis() — Method in class RetrySettings

RetrySettings::getRetryableCodes() — Method in class RetrySettings

RetrySettings::getInitialRetryDelayMillis() — Method in class RetrySettings

RetrySettings::getRetryDelayMultiplier() — Method in class RetrySettings

RetrySettings::getMaxRetryDelayMillis() — Method in class RetrySettings

RetrySettings::getInitialRpcTimeoutMillis() — Method in class RetrySettings

RetrySettings::getRpcTimeoutMultiplier() — Method in class RetrySettings

RetrySettings::getMaxRpcTimeoutMillis() — Method in class RetrySettings

RetrySettings::getTotalTimeoutMillis() — Method in class RetrySettings

Serializer::getGetter() — Method in class Serializer

Serializer::getSetter() — Method in class Serializer

ServerStream::getServerStreamingCall() — Method in class ServerStream

Return the underlying gRPC call object

GeneratedTest — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing

MockBidiStreamingCall::getStatus() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall

MockGrpcTransport::getRequestArguments() — Method in class MockGrpcTransport

MockRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class MockRequest

The value of the uninterpreted option, in whatever type the tokenizer identified it as during parsing. Exactly one of these should be set.

MockRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class MockRequest

Generated from protobuf field uint64 page_size = 2;

MockRequestBody::getName() — Method in class MockRequestBody

The value of the uninterpreted option, in whatever type the tokenizer identified it as during parsing. Exactly one of these should be set.

MockRequestBody::getNumber() — Method in class MockRequestBody

Generated from protobuf field uint64 number = 2;

MockRequestBody::getRepeatedField() — Method in class MockRequestBody

Generated from protobuf field repeated string repeated_field = 3;

MockRequestBody::getNestedMessage() — Method in class MockRequestBody

Generated from protobuf field .google.apicore.testing.MockRequestBody nested_message = 4;

MockResponse::getName() — Method in class MockResponse

Generated from protobuf field string name = 1;

MockResponse::getNumber() — Method in class MockResponse

Generated from protobuf field uint64 number = 2;

MockServerStreamingCall::getStatus() — Method in class MockServerStreamingCall

MockStubTrait::getReceivedCallCount() — Method in class MockStubTrait

ReceivedRequest::getArray() — Method in class ReceivedRequest

ReceivedRequest::getFuncCall() — Method in class ReceivedRequest

ReceivedRequest::getRequestObject() — Method in class ReceivedRequest

ReceivedRequest::getMetadata() — Method in class ReceivedRequest

ReceivedRequest::getOptions() — Method in class ReceivedRequest

TransportFactory::getGrpcDependencyStatus() — Method in class TransportFactory

Abstract the checking of the grpc extension for unit testing.

TransportFactory::getADCCredentials() — Method in class TransportFactory

Gets credentials from ADC. This exists to allow overriding in unit tests.

GrpcTransport — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Transport

A gRPC based transport implementation.

Advice::getDescription() — Method in class Advice

Useful description for why this advice was applied and what actions should be taken to mitigate any implied risks.

AuthProvider::getId() — Method in class AuthProvider

The unique identifier of the auth provider. It will be referred to by AuthRequirement.provider_id.

AuthProvider::getIssuer() — Method in class AuthProvider

Identifies the principal that issued the JWT. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32#section-4.1.1 Usually a URL or an email address.

AuthProvider::getJwksUri() — Method in class AuthProvider

URL of the provider's public key set to validate signature of the JWT. See OpenID Discovery.

AuthProvider::getAudiences() — Method in class AuthProvider

The list of JWT audiences.

AuthProvider::getAuthorizationUrl() — Method in class AuthProvider

Redirect URL if JWT token is required but no present or is expired.

AuthRequirement::getProviderId() — Method in class AuthRequirement

[id][google.api.AuthProvider.id] from authentication provider.

AuthRequirement::getAudiences() — Method in class AuthRequirement

NOTE: This will be deprecated soon, once AuthProvider.audiences is implemented and accepted in all the runtime components.

Authentication::getRules() — Method in class Authentication

A list of authentication rules that apply to individual API methods.

Authentication::getProviders() — Method in class Authentication

Defines a set of authentication providers that a service supports.

AuthenticationRule::getSelector() — Method in class AuthenticationRule

Selects the methods to which this rule applies.

AuthenticationRule::getOauth() — Method in class AuthenticationRule

The requirements for OAuth credentials.

AuthenticationRule::getAllowWithoutCredential() — Method in class AuthenticationRule

Whether to allow requests without a credential. The credential can be an OAuth token, Google cookies (first-party auth) or EndUserCreds.

AuthenticationRule::getRequirements() — Method in class AuthenticationRule

Requirements for additional authentication providers.

AuthorizationConfig::getProvider() — Method in class AuthorizationConfig

The name of the authorization provider, such as firebaserules.googleapis.com.

Backend::getRules() — Method in class Backend

A list of API backend rules that apply to individual API methods.

BackendRule::getSelector() — Method in class BackendRule

Selects the methods to which this rule applies.

BackendRule::getAddress() — Method in class BackendRule

The address of the API backend.

BackendRule::getDeadline() — Method in class BackendRule

The number of seconds to wait for a response from a request. The default depends on the deployment context.

Billing::getConsumerDestinations() — Method in class Billing

Billing configurations for sending metrics to the consumer project.

Billing_BillingDestination::getMonitoredResource() — Method in class Billing_BillingDestination

The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in [Service.monitored_resources][google.api.Service.monitored_resources] section.

Billing_BillingDestination::getMetrics() — Method in class Billing_BillingDestination

Names of the metrics to report to this billing destination.

ConfigChange::getElement() — Method in class ConfigChange

Object hierarchy path to the change, with levels separated by a '.' character. For repeated fields, an applicable unique identifier field is used for the index (usually selector, name, or id). For maps, the term 'key' is used. If the field has no unique identifier, the numeric index is used.

ConfigChange::getOldValue() — Method in class ConfigChange

Value of the changed object in the old Service configuration, in JSON format. This field will not be populated if ChangeType == ADDED.

ConfigChange::getNewValue() — Method in class ConfigChange

Value of the changed object in the new Service configuration, in JSON format. This field will not be populated if ChangeType == REMOVED.

ConfigChange::getChangeType() — Method in class ConfigChange

The type for this change, either ADDED, REMOVED, or MODIFIED.

ConfigChange::getAdvices() — Method in class ConfigChange

Collection of advice provided for this change, useful for determining the possible impact of this change.

Context::getRules() — Method in class Context

A list of RPC context rules that apply to individual API methods.

ContextRule::getSelector() — Method in class ContextRule

Selects the methods to which this rule applies.

ContextRule::getRequested() — Method in class ContextRule

A list of full type names of requested contexts.

ContextRule::getProvided() — Method in class ContextRule

A list of full type names of provided contexts.

Control::getEnvironment() — Method in class Control

The service control environment to use. If empty, no control plane feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.

CustomHttpPattern::getKind() — Method in class CustomHttpPattern

The name of this custom HTTP verb.

CustomHttpPattern::getPath() — Method in class CustomHttpPattern

The path matched by this custom verb.

Distribution::getCount() — Method in class Distribution

The number of values in the population. Must be non-negative.

Distribution::getMean() — Method in class Distribution

The arithmetic mean of the values in the population. If count is zero then this field must be zero.

Distribution::getSumOfSquaredDeviation() — Method in class Distribution

The sum of squared deviations from the mean of the values in the population. For values x_i this is: Sum[i=1.

Distribution::getRange() — Method in class Distribution

If specified, contains the range of the population values. The field must not be present if the count is zero.

Distribution::getBucketOptions() — Method in class Distribution

Defines the histogram bucket boundaries.

Distribution::getBucketCounts() — Method in class Distribution

If bucket_options is given, then the sum of the values in bucket_counts must equal the value in count. If bucket_options is not given, no bucket_counts fields may be given.

Distribution_BucketOptions::getLinearBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions

The linear bucket.

Distribution_BucketOptions::getExponentialBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions

The exponential buckets.

Distribution_BucketOptions::getExplicitBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions

The explicit buckets.

Distribution_BucketOptions::getOptions() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions

Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit::getBounds() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit

The values must be monotonically increasing.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::getNumFiniteBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential

Must be greater than 0.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::getGrowthFactor() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential

Must be greater than 1.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::getScale() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential

Must be greater than 0.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::getNumFiniteBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear

Must be greater than 0.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::getWidth() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear

Must be greater than 0.

Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::getOffset() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear

Lower bound of the first bucket.

Distribution_Range::getMin() — Method in class Distribution_Range

The minimum of the population values.

Distribution_Range::getMax() — Method in class Distribution_Range

The maximum of the population values.

Documentation::getSummary() — Method in class Documentation

A short summary of what the service does. Can only be provided by plain text.

Documentation::getPages() — Method in class Documentation

The top level pages for the documentation set.

Documentation::getRules() — Method in class Documentation

A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements.

Documentation::getDocumentationRootUrl() — Method in class Documentation

The URL to the root of documentation.

Documentation::getOverview() — Method in class Documentation

Declares a single overview page. For example:

pre>documentation: summary: .

DocumentationRule::getSelector() — Method in class DocumentationRule


                    The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns. Each pattern is a
qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard.
DocumentationRule::getDescription() — Method in class DocumentationRule
                    Description of the selected API(s).
DocumentationRule::getDeprecationDescription() — Method in class DocumentationRule
                    Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an
element is marked as deprecated.
Endpoint::getName() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The canonical name of this endpoint.
Endpoint::getAliases() — Method in class Endpoint
                    DEPRECATED: This field is no longer supported. Instead of using aliases,
please specify multiple [google.api.Endpoint][google.api.Endpoint] for each of the intented
alias.
Endpoint::getApis() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The list of APIs served by this endpoint.
Endpoint::getFeatures() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The list of features enabled on this endpoint.
Endpoint::getTarget() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The specification of an Internet routable address of API frontend that will
handle requests to this API Endpoint.
Endpoint::getAllowCors() — Method in class Endpoint
                    Allowing
CORS, aka
cross-domain traffic, would allow the backends served from this endpoint to
receive and respond to HTTP OPTIONS requests. The response will be used by
the browser to determine whether the subsequent cross-origin request is
allowed to proceed.
Experimental::getAuthorization() — Method in class Experimental
                    Authorization configuration.
Http::getRules() — Method in class Http
                    A list of HTTP configuration rules that apply to individual API methods.
HttpBody::getContentType() — Method in class HttpBody
                    The HTTP Content-Type string representing the content type of the body.
HttpBody::getData() — Method in class HttpBody
                    HTTP body binary data.
HttpRule::getSelector() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Selects methods to which this rule applies.
HttpRule::getGet() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for listing and getting information about resources.
HttpRule::getPut() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for updating a resource.
HttpRule::getPost() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for creating a resource.
HttpRule::getDelete() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for deleting a resource.
HttpRule::getPatch() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for updating a resource.
HttpRule::getCustom() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Custom pattern is used for defining custom verbs.
HttpRule::getBody() — Method in class HttpRule
                    The name of the request field whose value is mapped to the HTTP body, or
* for mapping all fields not captured by the path pattern to the HTTP
body. NOTE: the referred field must not be a repeated field and must be
present at the top-level of request message type.
HttpRule::getAdditionalBindings() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Additional HTTP bindings for the selector. Nested bindings must
not contain an additional_bindings field themselves (that is,
the nesting may only be one level deep).
HttpRule::getPattern() — Method in class HttpRule
                    
LabelDescriptor::getKey() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    The label key.
LabelDescriptor::getValueType() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    The type of data that can be assigned to the label.
LabelDescriptor::getDescription() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    A human-readable description for the label.
LogDescriptor::getName() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The name of the log. It must be less than 512 characters long and can
include the following characters: upper- and lower-case alphanumeric
characters [A-Za-z0-9], and punctuation characters including
slash, underscore, hyphen, period [/_-.].
LogDescriptor::getLabels() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The set of labels that are available to describe a specific log entry.
LogDescriptor::getDescription() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    A human-readable description of this log. This information appears in
the documentation and can contain details.
LogDescriptor::getDisplayName() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The human-readable name for this log. This information appears on
the user interface and should be concise.
Logging::getProducerDestinations() — Method in class Logging
                    Logging configurations for sending logs to the producer project.
Logging::getConsumerDestinations() — Method in class Logging
                    Logging configurations for sending logs to the consumer project.
Logging_LoggingDestination::getMonitoredResource() — Method in class Logging_LoggingDestination
                    The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in the
[Service.monitored_resources][google.api.Service.monitored_resources] section.
Logging_LoggingDestination::getLogs() — Method in class Logging_LoggingDestination
                    Names of the logs to be sent to this destination. Each name must
be defined in the [Service.logs][google.api.Service.logs] section. If the log name is
not a domain scoped name, it will be automatically prefixed with
the service name followed by "/".
Metric::getType() — Method in class Metric
                    An existing metric type, see [google.api.MetricDescriptor][google.api.MetricDescriptor].
Metric::getLabels() — Method in class Metric
                    The set of label values that uniquely identify this metric. All
labels listed in the MetricDescriptor must be assigned values.
MetricDescriptor::getName() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The resource name of the metric descriptor. Depending on the
implementation, the name typically includes: (1) the parent resource name
that defines the scope of the metric type or of its data; and (2) the
metric's URL-encoded type, which also appears in the type field of this
descriptor. For example, following is the resource name of a custom
metric within the GCP project my-project-id:
    "projects/my-project-id/metricDescriptors/custom.googleapis.com%2Finvoice%2Fpaid%2Famount"
MetricDescriptor::getType() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The metric type, including its DNS name prefix. The type is not
URL-encoded.  All user-defined custom metric types have the DNS name
custom.googleapis.com.  Metric types should use a natural hierarchical
grouping. For example:
    "custom.googleapis.com/invoice/paid/amount"
    "appengine.googleapis.com/http/server/response_latencies"
MetricDescriptor::getLabels() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The set of labels that can be used to describe a specific
instance of this metric type. For example, the
appengine.googleapis.com/http/server/response_latencies metric
type has a label for the HTTP response code, response_code, so
you can look at latencies for successful responses or just
for responses that failed.
MetricDescriptor::getMetricKind() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    Whether the metric records instantaneous values, changes to a value, etc.
MetricDescriptor::getValueType() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc.
MetricDescriptor::getUnit() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The unit in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable
if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The
supported units are a subset of The Unified Code for Units of
Measure standard:
Basic units (UNIT)
* bit   bit
* By    byte
* s     second
* min   minute
* h     hour
* d     day
Prefixes (PREFIX)
* k     kilo    (103)
* M     mega    (106)
* G     giga    (109)
* T     tera    (1012)
* P     peta    (1015)
* E     exa     (1018)
* Z     zetta   (1021)
* Y     yotta   (1024)
* m     milli   (10-3)
* u     micro   (10-6)
* n     nano    (10-9)
* p     pico    (10-12)
* f     femto   (10-15)
* a     atto    (10-18)
* z     zepto   (10-21)
* y     yocto   (10-24)
* Ki    kibi    (210)
* Mi    mebi    (220)
* Gi    gibi    (230)
* Ti    tebi    (240)
Grammar
The grammar includes the dimensionless unit 1, such as 1/s.
MetricDescriptor::getDescription() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    A detailed description of the metric, which can be used in documentation.
MetricDescriptor::getDisplayName() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    A concise name for the metric, which can be displayed in user interfaces.
MetricRule::getSelector() — Method in class MetricRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies.
MetricRule::getMetricCosts() — Method in class MetricRule
                    Metrics to update when the selected methods are called, and the associated
cost applied to each metric.
MonitoredResource::getType() — Method in class MonitoredResource
                    Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match
the type field of a [MonitoredResourceDescriptor][google.api.MonitoredResourceDescriptor] object. For
example, the type of a Cloud SQL database is "cloudsql_database".
MonitoredResource::getLabels() — Method in class MonitoredResource
                    Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored
resource descriptor. For example, Cloud SQL databases use the labels
"database_id" and "zone".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::getName() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor:
"projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}" where
{type} is the value of the type field in this object and
{project_id} is a project ID that provides API-specific context for
accessing the type.  APIs that do not use project information can use the
resource name format "monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::getType() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type
"cloudsql_database" represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::getDisplayName() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. A concise name for the monitored resource type that might be
displayed in user interfaces. It should be a Title Cased Noun Phrase,
without any article or other determiners. For example,
"Google Cloud SQL Database".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::getDescription() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. A detailed description of the monitored resource type that might
be used in documentation.
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::getLabels() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Required. A set of labels used to describe instances of this monitored
resource type. For example, an individual Google Cloud SQL database is
identified by values for the labels "database_id" and "zone".
Monitoring::getProducerDestinations() — Method in class Monitoring
                    Monitoring configurations for sending metrics to the producer project.
Monitoring::getConsumerDestinations() — Method in class Monitoring
                    Monitoring configurations for sending metrics to the consumer project.
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination::getMonitoredResource() — Method in class Monitoring_MonitoringDestination
                    The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in
[Service.monitored_resources][google.api.Service.monitored_resources] section.
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination::getMetrics() — Method in class Monitoring_MonitoringDestination
                    Names of the metrics to report to this monitoring destination.
OAuthRequirements::getCanonicalScopes() — Method in class OAuthRequirements
                    The list of publicly documented OAuth scopes that are allowed access. An
OAuth token containing any of these scopes will be accepted.
Page::getName() — Method in class Page
                    The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to
generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation,
etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page
concatenated with .) can be used as reference to the page in your
documentation. For example:

pages:
- name: Tutorial
  content: (== include tutorial.md ==)
  subpages:
  - name: Java
    content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==)


You can reference Java page using Markdown reference link syntax:
[Java][Tutorial.Java].
Page::getContent() — Method in class Page
                    The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==)
to include content from a Markdown file.
Page::getSubpages() — Method in class Page
                    Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be
honored in the generated docset.
ProjectProperties::getProperties() — Method in class ProjectProperties
                    List of per consumer project-specific properties.
Property::getName() — Method in class Property
                    The name of the property (a.k.a key).
Property::getType() — Method in class Property
                    The type of this property.
Property::getDescription() — Method in class Property
                    The description of the property
Quota::getLimits() — Method in class Quota
                    List of QuotaLimit definitions for the service.
Quota::getMetricRules() — Method in class Quota
                    List of MetricRule definitions, each one mapping a selected method to one
or more metrics.
QuotaLimit::getName() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Name of the quota limit. The name is used to refer to the limit when
overriding the default limit on per-consumer basis.
QuotaLimit::getDescription() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Optional. User-visible, extended description for this quota limit.
QuotaLimit::getDefaultLimit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Default number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
duration. This is the number of tokens assigned when a client
application developer activates the service for his/her project.
QuotaLimit::getMaxLimit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Maximum number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
duration. Client application developers can override the default limit up
to this maximum. If specified, this value cannot be set to a value less
than the default limit. If not specified, it is set to the default limit.
QuotaLimit::getFreeTier() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Free tier value displayed in the Developers Console for this limit.
QuotaLimit::getDuration() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Duration of this limit in textual notation. Example: "100s", "24h", "1d".
QuotaLimit::getMetric() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    The name of the metric this quota limit applies to. The quota limits with
the same metric will be checked together during runtime. The metric must be
defined within the service config.
QuotaLimit::getUnit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as
[Metric.unit][]. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota
backend system.
QuotaLimit::getValues() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Tiered limit values. Also allows for regional or zone overrides for these
values if "/{region}" or "/{zone}" is specified in the unit field.
QuotaLimit::getDisplayName() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    User-visible display name for this limit.
Service::getConfigVersion() — Method in class Service
                    The semantic version of the service configuration. The config version
affects the interpretation of the service configuration. For example,
certain features are enabled by default for certain config versions.
Service::getName() — Method in class Service
                    The DNS address at which this service is available,
e.g. calendar.googleapis.com.
Service::getId() — Method in class Service
                    A unique ID for a specific instance of this message, typically assigned
by the client for tracking purpose. If empty, the server may choose to
generate one instead.
Service::getTitle() — Method in class Service
                    The product title for this service.
Service::getProducerProjectId() — Method in class Service
                    The Google project that owns this service.
Service::getApis() — Method in class Service
                    A list of API interfaces exported by this service. Only the name field
of the [google.protobuf.Api][google.protobuf.Api] needs to be provided by the configuration
author, as the remaining fields will be derived from the IDL during the
normalization process. It is an error to specify an API interface here
which cannot be resolved against the associated IDL files.
Service::getTypes() — Method in class Service
                    A list of all proto message types included in this API service.
Service::getEnums() — Method in class Service
                    A list of all enum types included in this API service.  Enums
referenced directly or indirectly by the apis are automatically
included.  Enums which are not referenced but shall be included
should be listed here by name. Example:
    enums:
    - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
Service::getDocumentation() — Method in class Service
                    Additional API documentation.
Service::getBackend() — Method in class Service
                    API backend configuration.
Service::getHttp() — Method in class Service
                    HTTP configuration.
Service::getQuota() — Method in class Service
                    Quota configuration.
Service::getAuthentication() — Method in class Service
                    Auth configuration.
Service::getContext() — Method in class Service
                    Context configuration.
Service::getUsage() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration controlling usage of this service.
Service::getEndpoints() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration for network endpoints.  If this is empty, then an endpoint
with the same name as the service is automatically generated to service all
defined APIs.
Service::getControl() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration for the service control plane.
Service::getLogs() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the logs used by this service.
Service::getMetrics() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the metrics used by this service.
Service::getMonitoredResources() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the monitored resources used by this service. This is required
by the [Service.monitoring][google.api.Service.monitoring] and [Service.logging][google.api.Service.logging] configurations.
Service::getBilling() — Method in class Service
                    Billing configuration.
Service::getLogging() — Method in class Service
                    Logging configuration.
Service::getMonitoring() — Method in class Service
                    Monitoring configuration.
Service::getSystemParameters() — Method in class Service
                    System parameter configuration.
Service::getSourceInfo() — Method in class Service
                    Output only. The source information for this configuration if available.
Service::getExperimental() — Method in class Service
                    Experimental configuration.
SourceInfo::getSourceFiles() — Method in class SourceInfo
                    All files used during config generation.
SystemParameter::getName() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the name of the parameter, such as "api_key" . It is case sensitive.
SystemParameter::getHttpHeader() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the HTTP header name to use for the parameter. It is case
insensitive.
SystemParameter::getUrlQueryParameter() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the URL query parameter name to use for the parameter. It is case
sensitive.
SystemParameterRule::getSelector() — Method in class SystemParameterRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
methods in all APIs.
SystemParameterRule::getParameters() — Method in class SystemParameterRule
                    Define parameters. Multiple names may be defined for a parameter.
SystemParameters::getRules() — Method in class SystemParameters
                    Define system parameters.
Usage::getRequirements() — Method in class Usage
                    Requirements that must be satisfied before a consumer project can use the
service. Each requirement is of the form <service.name>/;
for example 'serviceusage.googleapis.com/billing-enabled'.
Usage::getRules() — Method in class Usage
                    A list of usage rules that apply to individual API methods.
Usage::getProducerNotificationChannel() — Method in class Usage
                    The full resource name of a channel used for sending notifications to the
service producer.
UsageRule::getSelector() — Method in class UsageRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
methods in all APIs.
UsageRule::getAllowUnregisteredCalls() — Method in class UsageRule
                    True, if the method allows unregistered calls; false otherwise.
UsageRule::getSkipServiceControl() — Method in class UsageRule
                    True, if the method should skip service control. If so, no control plane
feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.
AuditLog::getServiceName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The name of the API service performing the operation. For example,
"datastore.googleapis.com".
AuditLog::getMethodName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The name of the service method or operation.
AuditLog::getResourceName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The resource or collection that is the target of the operation.
AuditLog::getNumResponseItems() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The number of items returned from a List or Query API method,
if applicable.
AuditLog::getStatus() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The status of the overall operation.
AuditLog::getAuthenticationInfo() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Authentication information.
AuditLog::getAuthorizationInfo() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Authorization information. If there are multiple
resources or permissions involved, then there is
one AuthorizationInfo element for each {resource, permission} tuple.
AuditLog::getRequestMetadata() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Metadata about the operation.
AuditLog::getRequest() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The operation request. This may not include all request parameters,
such as those that are too large, privacy-sensitive, or duplicated
elsewhere in the log record.
AuditLog::getResponse() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The operation response. This may not include all response elements,
such as those that are too large, privacy-sensitive, or duplicated
elsewhere in the log record.
AuditLog::getServiceData() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Other service-specific data about the request, response, and other
activities.
AuthenticationInfo::getPrincipalEmail() — Method in class AuthenticationInfo
                    The email address of the authenticated user making the request.
AuthorizationInfo::getResource() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    The resource being accessed, as a REST-style string. For example:
    bigquery.googlapis.com/projects/PROJECTID/datasets/DATASETID
AuthorizationInfo::getPermission() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    The required IAM permission.
AuthorizationInfo::getGranted() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    Whether or not authorization for resource and permission
was granted.
RequestMetadata::getCallerIp() — Method in class RequestMetadata
                    The IP address of the caller.
RequestMetadata::getCallerSuppliedUserAgent() — Method in class RequestMetadata
                    The user agent of the caller.
CheckValidCredsRequest::getName() — Method in class CheckValidCredsRequest
                    The data source in the form:
projects/{project_id}/dataSources/{data_source_id}
CheckValidCredsResponse::getHasValidCreds() — Method in class CheckValidCredsResponse
                    If set to true, the credentials exist and are valid.
CreateTransferConfigRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateTransferConfigRequest
                    The BigQuery project id where the transfer configuration should be created.
CreateTransferConfigRequest::getTransferConfig() — Method in class CreateTransferConfigRequest
                    Data transfer configuration to create.
CreateTransferConfigRequest::getAuthorizationCode() — Method in class CreateTransferConfigRequest
                    Optional OAuth2 authorization code to use with this transfer configuration.
DataSource::getName() — Method in class DataSource
                    Output only. Data source resource name.
DataSource::getDataSourceId() — Method in class DataSource
                    Data source id.
DataSource::getDisplayName() — Method in class DataSource
                    User friendly data source name.
DataSource::getDescription() — Method in class DataSource
                    User friendly data source description string.
DataSource::getClientId() — Method in class DataSource
                    Data source client id which should be used to receive refresh token.
DataSource::getScopes() — Method in class DataSource
                    Api auth scopes for which refresh token needs to be obtained. Only valid
when client_id is specified. Ignored otherwise. These are scopes needed
by a data source to prepare data and ingest them into BigQuery,
e.g., https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery
DataSource::getTransferType() — Method in class DataSource
                    Deprecated. This field has no effect.
DataSource::getSupportsMultipleTransfers() — Method in class DataSource
                    Indicates whether the data source supports multiple transfers
to different BigQuery targets.
DataSource::getUpdateDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class DataSource
                    The number of seconds to wait for an update from the data source
before BigQuery marks the transfer as failed.
DataSource::getDefaultSchedule() — Method in class DataSource
                    Default data transfer schedule.
DataSource::getSupportsCustomSchedule() — Method in class DataSource
                    Specifies whether the data source supports a user defined schedule, or
operates on the default schedule.
DataSource::getParameters() — Method in class DataSource
                    Data source parameters.
DataSource::getHelpUrl() — Method in class DataSource
                    Url for the help document for this data source.
DataSource::getAuthorizationType() — Method in class DataSource
                    Indicates the type of authorization.
DataSource::getDataRefreshType() — Method in class DataSource
                    Specifies whether the data source supports automatic data refresh for the
past few days, and how it's supported.
DataSource::getDefaultDataRefreshWindowDays() — Method in class DataSource
                    Default data refresh window on days.
DataSource::getManualRunsDisabled() — Method in class DataSource
                    Disables backfilling and manual run scheduling
for the data source.
DataSource::getMinimumScheduleInterval() — Method in class DataSource
                    The minimum interval for scheduler to schedule runs.
DataSourceParameter::getParamId() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Parameter identifier.
DataSourceParameter::getDisplayName() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Parameter display name in the user interface.
DataSourceParameter::getDescription() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Parameter description.
DataSourceParameter::getType() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Parameter type.
DataSourceParameter::getRequired() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Is parameter required.
DataSourceParameter::getRepeated() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Can parameter have multiple values.
DataSourceParameter::getValidationRegex() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Regular expression which can be used for parameter validation.
DataSourceParameter::getAllowedValues() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    All possible values for the parameter.
DataSourceParameter::getMinValue() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    For integer and double values specifies minimum allowed value.
DataSourceParameter::getMaxValue() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    For integer and double values specifies maxminum allowed value.
DataSourceParameter::getFields() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    When parameter is a record, describes child fields.
DataSourceParameter::getValidationDescription() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Description of the requirements for this field, in case the user input does
not fulfill the regex pattern or min/max values.
DataSourceParameter::getValidationHelpUrl() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    URL to a help document to further explain the naming requirements.
DataSourceParameter::getImmutable() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Cannot be changed after initial creation.
DataSourceParameter::getRecurse() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    If set to true, schema should be taken from the parent with the same
parameter_id. Only applicable when parameter type is RECORD.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::GetDataSource() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient
                    Retrieves a supported data source and returns its settings,
which can be used for UI rendering.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::GetTransferConfig() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient
                    Returns information about a data transfer config.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::GetTransferRun() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient
                    Returns information about the particular transfer run.
DeleteTransferConfigRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteTransferConfigRequest
                    The field will contain name of the resource requested, for example:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}
DeleteTransferRunRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteTransferRunRequest
                    The field will contain name of the resource requested, for example:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}
GetDataSourceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    A request to get data source info.
GetDataSourceRequest::getName() — Method in class GetDataSourceRequest
                    The field will contain name of the resource requested, for example:
projects/{project_id}/dataSources/{data_source_id}
GetTransferConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    A request to get data transfer information.
GetTransferConfigRequest::getName() — Method in class GetTransferConfigRequest
                    The field will contain name of the resource requested, for example:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}
GetTransferRunRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    A request to get data transfer run information.
GetTransferRunRequest::getName() — Method in class GetTransferRunRequest
                    The field will contain name of the resource requested, for example:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}
ListDataSourcesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListDataSourcesRequest
                    The BigQuery project id for which data sources should be returned.
ListDataSourcesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListDataSourcesRequest
                    Pagination token, which can be used to request a specific page
of ListDataSourcesRequest list results. For multiple-page
results, ListDataSourcesResponse outputs
a next_page token, which can be used as the
page_token value to request the next page of list results.
ListDataSourcesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListDataSourcesRequest
                    Page size. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.
ListDataSourcesResponse::getDataSources() — Method in class ListDataSourcesResponse
                    List of supported data sources and their transfer settings.
ListDataSourcesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDataSourcesResponse
                    Output only. The next-pagination token. For multiple-page list results,
this token can be used as the
ListDataSourcesRequest.page_token
to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferConfigsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsRequest
                    The BigQuery project id for which data sources
should be returned: projects/{project_id}.
ListTransferConfigsRequest::getDataSourceIds() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsRequest
                    When specified, only configurations of requested data sources are returned.
ListTransferConfigsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsRequest
                    Pagination token, which can be used to request a specific page
of ListTransfersRequest list results. For multiple-page
results, ListTransfersResponse outputs
a next_page token, which can be used as the
page_token value to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferConfigsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsRequest
                    Page size. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.
ListTransferConfigsResponse::getTransferConfigs() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsResponse
                    Output only. The stored pipeline transfer configurations.
ListTransferConfigsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsResponse
                    Output only. The next-pagination token. For multiple-page list results,
this token can be used as the
ListTransferConfigsRequest.page_token
to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferLogsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListTransferLogsRequest
                    Transfer run name in the form:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_Id}/runs/{run_id}.
ListTransferLogsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferLogsRequest
                    Pagination token, which can be used to request a specific page
of ListTransferLogsRequest list results. For multiple-page
results, ListTransferLogsResponse outputs
a next_page token, which can be used as the
page_token value to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferLogsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListTransferLogsRequest
                    Page size. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.
ListTransferLogsRequest::getMessageTypes() — Method in class ListTransferLogsRequest
                    Message types to return. If not populated - INFO, WARNING and ERROR
messages are returned.
ListTransferLogsResponse::getTransferMessages() — Method in class ListTransferLogsResponse
                    Output only. The stored pipeline transfer messages.
ListTransferLogsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferLogsResponse
                    Output only. The next-pagination token. For multiple-page list results,
this token can be used as the
GetTransferRunLogRequest.page_token
to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferRunsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListTransferRunsRequest
                    Name of transfer configuration for which transfer runs should be retrieved.
ListTransferRunsRequest::getStates() — Method in class ListTransferRunsRequest
                    When specified, only transfer runs with requested states are returned.
ListTransferRunsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferRunsRequest
                    Pagination token, which can be used to request a specific page
of ListTransferRunsRequest list results. For multiple-page
results, ListTransferRunsResponse outputs
a next_page token, which can be used as the
page_token value to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferRunsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListTransferRunsRequest
                    Page size. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.
ListTransferRunsRequest::getRunAttempt() — Method in class ListTransferRunsRequest
                    Indicates how run attempts are to be pulled.
ListTransferRunsResponse::getTransferRuns() — Method in class ListTransferRunsResponse
                    Output only. The stored pipeline transfer runs.
ListTransferRunsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferRunsResponse
                    Output only. The next-pagination token. For multiple-page list results,
this token can be used as the
ListTransferRunsRequest.page_token
to request the next page of list results.
ScheduleTransferRunsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ScheduleTransferRunsRequest
                    Transfer configuration name in the form:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}.
ScheduleTransferRunsRequest::getStartTime() — Method in class ScheduleTransferRunsRequest
                    Start time of the range of transfer runs. For example,
"2017-05-25T00:00:00+00:00".
ScheduleTransferRunsRequest::getEndTime() — Method in class ScheduleTransferRunsRequest
                    End time of the range of transfer runs. For example,
"2017-05-30T00:00:00+00:00".
ScheduleTransferRunsResponse::getRuns() — Method in class ScheduleTransferRunsResponse
                    The transfer runs that were scheduled.
TransferConfig::getName() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    The resource name of the transfer config.
TransferConfig::getDestinationDatasetId() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    The BigQuery target dataset id.
TransferConfig::getDisplayName() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    User specified display name for the data transfer.
TransferConfig::getDataSourceId() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created.
TransferConfig::getParams() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Data transfer specific parameters.
TransferConfig::getSchedule() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Data transfer schedule.
TransferConfig::getDataRefreshWindowDays() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data.
TransferConfig::getDisabled() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled
for a given transfer.
TransferConfig::getUpdateTime() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Output only. Data transfer modification time. Ignored by server on input.
TransferConfig::getNextRunTime() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
TransferConfig::getState() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Output only. State of the most recently updated transfer run.
TransferConfig::getUserId() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Output only. Unique ID of the user on whose behalf transfer is done.
TransferConfig::getDatasetRegion() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located.
TransferMessage::getMessageTime() — Method in class TransferMessage
                    Time when message was logged.
TransferMessage::getSeverity() — Method in class TransferMessage
                    Message severity.
TransferMessage::getMessageText() — Method in class TransferMessage
                    Message text.
TransferRun::getName() — Method in class TransferRun
                    The resource name of the transfer run.
TransferRun::getScheduleTime() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Minimum time after which a transfer run can be started.
TransferRun::getRunTime() — Method in class TransferRun
                    For batch transfer runs, specifies the date and time that
data should be ingested.
TransferRun::getErrorStatus() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Status of the transfer run.
TransferRun::getStartTime() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Time when transfer run was started.
TransferRun::getEndTime() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Time when transfer run ended.
TransferRun::getUpdateTime() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Last time the data transfer run state was updated.
TransferRun::getParams() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Data transfer specific parameters.
TransferRun::getDestinationDatasetId() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. The BigQuery target dataset id.
TransferRun::getDataSourceId() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Data source id.
TransferRun::getState() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Data transfer run state. Ignored for input requests.
TransferRun::getUserId() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Unique ID of the user on whose behalf transfer is done.
TransferRun::getSchedule() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Describes the schedule of this transfer run if it was
created as part of a regular schedule. For batch transfer runs that are
scheduled manually, this is empty.
UpdateTransferConfigRequest::getTransferConfig() — Method in class UpdateTransferConfigRequest
                    Data transfer configuration to create.
UpdateTransferConfigRequest::getAuthorizationCode() — Method in class UpdateTransferConfigRequest
                    Optional OAuth2 authorization code to use with this transfer configuration.
UpdateTransferConfigRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateTransferConfigRequest
                    Required list of fields to be updated in this request.
AppProfile::getName() — Method in class AppProfile
                    (OutputOnly)
The unique name of the app profile. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/appProfiles/[_a-zA-Z0-9][-_.a-zA-Z0-9]*.
AppProfile::getEtag() — Method in class AppProfile
                    Strongly validated etag for optimistic concurrency control. Preserve the
value returned from GetAppProfile when calling UpdateAppProfile to
fail the request if there has been a modification in the mean time. The
update_mask of the request need not include etag for this protection
to apply.
AppProfile::getDescription() — Method in class AppProfile
                    Optional long form description of the use case for this AppProfile.
AppProfile::getMultiClusterRoutingUseAny() — Method in class AppProfile
                    Use a multi-cluster routing policy that may pick any cluster.
AppProfile::getSingleClusterRouting() — Method in class AppProfile
                    Use a single-cluster routing policy.
AppProfile::getRoutingPolicy() — Method in class AppProfile
                    
AppProfile_SingleClusterRouting::getClusterId() — Method in class AppProfile_SingleClusterRouting
                    The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed.
AppProfile_SingleClusterRouting::getAllowTransactionalWrites() — Method in class AppProfile_SingleClusterRouting
                    Whether or not CheckAndMutateRow and ReadModifyWriteRow requests are
allowed by this app profile. It is unsafe to send these requests to
the same table/row/column in multiple clusters.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::GetInstance() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets information about an instance.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::GetCluster() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets information about a cluster.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::GetAppProfile() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets information about an app profile.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::GetIamPolicy() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets the access control policy for an instance resource. Returns an empty
policy if an instance exists but does not have a policy set.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::GetTable() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets metadata information about the specified table.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::GenerateConsistencyToken() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient
                    Generates a consistency token for a Table, which can be used in
CheckConsistency to check whether mutations to the table that finished
before this call started have been replicated. The tokens will be available
for 90 days.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::GetSnapshot() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets metadata information about the specified snapshot.
CheckConsistencyRequest::getName() — Method in class CheckConsistencyRequest
                    The unique name of the Table for which to check replication consistency.
CheckConsistencyRequest::getConsistencyToken() — Method in class CheckConsistencyRequest
                    The token created using GenerateConsistencyToken for the Table.
CheckConsistencyResponse::getConsistent() — Method in class CheckConsistencyResponse
                    True only if the token is consistent. A token is consistent if replication
has caught up with the restrictions specified in the request.
Cluster::getName() — Method in class Cluster
                    (OutputOnly)
The unique name of the cluster. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/clusters/[a-z][-a-z0-9]*.
Cluster::getLocation() — Method in class Cluster
                    (CreationOnly)
The location where this cluster's nodes and storage reside. For best
performance, clients should be located as close as possible to this
cluster. Currently only zones are supported, so values should be of the
form projects/<project>/locations/<zone>.
Cluster::getState() — Method in class Cluster
                    (OutputOnly)
The current state of the cluster.
Cluster::getServeNodes() — Method in class Cluster
                    The number of nodes allocated to this cluster. More nodes enable higher
throughput and more consistent performance.
Cluster::getDefaultStorageType() — Method in class Cluster
                    (CreationOnly)
The type of storage used by this cluster to serve its
parent instance's tables, unless explicitly overridden.
ColumnFamily::getGcRule() — Method in class ColumnFamily
                    Garbage collection rule specified as a protobuf.
CreateAppProfileRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateAppProfileRequest
                    The unique name of the instance in which to create the new app profile.
CreateAppProfileRequest::getAppProfileId() — Method in class CreateAppProfileRequest
                    The ID to be used when referring to the new app profile within its
instance, e.g., just myprofile rather than
projects/myproject/instances/myinstance/appProfiles/myprofile.
CreateAppProfileRequest::getAppProfile() — Method in class CreateAppProfileRequest
                    The app profile to be created.
CreateAppProfileRequest::getIgnoreWarnings() — Method in class CreateAppProfileRequest
                    If true, ignore safety checks when creating the app profile.
CreateClusterMetadata::getOriginalRequest() — Method in class CreateClusterMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this CreateCluster operation.
CreateClusterMetadata::getRequestTime() — Method in class CreateClusterMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
CreateClusterMetadata::getFinishTime() — Method in class CreateClusterMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
CreateClusterRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    The unique name of the instance in which to create the new cluster.
CreateClusterRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    The ID to be used when referring to the new cluster within its instance,
e.g., just mycluster rather than
projects/myproject/instances/myinstance/clusters/mycluster.
CreateClusterRequest::getCluster() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    The cluster to be created.
CreateInstanceMetadata::getOriginalRequest() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this CreateInstance operation.
CreateInstanceMetadata::getRequestTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
CreateInstanceMetadata::getFinishTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
CreateInstanceRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    The unique name of the project in which to create the new instance.
CreateInstanceRequest::getInstanceId() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    The ID to be used when referring to the new instance within its project,
e.g., just myinstance rather than
projects/myproject/instances/myinstance.
CreateInstanceRequest::getInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    The instance to create.
CreateInstanceRequest::getClusters() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    The clusters to be created within the instance, mapped by desired
cluster ID, e.g., just mycluster rather than
projects/myproject/instances/myinstance/clusters/mycluster.
CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata::getOriginalRequest() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this CreateTableFromSnapshot
operation.
CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata::getRequestTime() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata::getFinishTime() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest
                    The unique name of the instance in which to create the table.
CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest::getTableId() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest
                    The name by which the new table should be referred to within the parent
instance, e.g., foobar rather than <parent>/tables/foobar.
CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest::getSourceSnapshot() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest
                    The unique name of the snapshot from which to restore the table. The
snapshot and the table must be in the same instance.
CreateTableRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateTableRequest
                    The unique name of the instance in which to create the table.
CreateTableRequest::getTableId() — Method in class CreateTableRequest
                    The name by which the new table should be referred to within the parent
instance, e.g., foobar rather than <parent>/tables/foobar.
CreateTableRequest::getTable() — Method in class CreateTableRequest
                    The Table to create.
CreateTableRequest::getInitialSplits() — Method in class CreateTableRequest
                    The optional list of row keys that will be used to initially split the
table into several tablets (tablets are similar to HBase regions).
CreateTableRequest_Split::getKey() — Method in class CreateTableRequest_Split
                    Row key to use as an initial tablet boundary.
DeleteAppProfileRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteAppProfileRequest
                    The unique name of the app profile to be deleted. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/appProfiles/<app_profile>.
DeleteAppProfileRequest::getIgnoreWarnings() — Method in class DeleteAppProfileRequest
                    If true, ignore safety checks when deleting the app profile.
DeleteClusterRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    The unique name of the cluster to be deleted. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/clusters/<cluster>.
DeleteInstanceRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    The unique name of the instance to be deleted.
DeleteSnapshotRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteSnapshotRequest
                    The unique name of the snapshot to be deleted.
DeleteTableRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteTableRequest
                    The unique name of the table to be deleted.
DropRowRangeRequest::getName() — Method in class DropRowRangeRequest
                    The unique name of the table on which to drop a range of rows.
DropRowRangeRequest::getRowKeyPrefix() — Method in class DropRowRangeRequest
                    Delete all rows that start with this row key prefix. Prefix cannot be
zero length.
DropRowRangeRequest::getDeleteAllDataFromTable() — Method in class DropRowRangeRequest
                    Delete all rows in the table. Setting this to false is a no-op.
DropRowRangeRequest::getTarget() — Method in class DropRowRangeRequest
                    
GcRule — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Rule for determining which cells to delete during garbage collection.
GcRule::getMaxNumVersions() — Method in class GcRule
                    Delete all cells in a column except the most recent N.
GcRule::getMaxAge() — Method in class GcRule
                    Delete cells in a column older than the given age.
GcRule::getIntersection() — Method in class GcRule
                    Delete cells that would be deleted by every nested rule.
GcRule::getUnion() — Method in class GcRule
                    Delete cells that would be deleted by any nested rule.
GcRule::getRule() — Method in class GcRule
                    
GcRule_Intersection — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    A GcRule which deletes cells matching all of the given rules.
GcRule_Intersection::getRules() — Method in class GcRule_Intersection
                    Only delete cells which would be deleted by every element of rules.
GcRule_Union — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    A GcRule which deletes cells matching any of the given rules.
GcRule_Union::getRules() — Method in class GcRule_Union
                    Delete cells which would be deleted by any element of rules.
GenerateConsistencyTokenRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for
[google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.GenerateConsistencyToken][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.GenerateConsistencyToken]
GenerateConsistencyTokenRequest::getName() — Method in class GenerateConsistencyTokenRequest
                    The unique name of the Table for which to create a consistency token.
GenerateConsistencyTokenResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Response message for
[google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.GenerateConsistencyToken][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.GenerateConsistencyToken]
GenerateConsistencyTokenResponse::getConsistencyToken() — Method in class GenerateConsistencyTokenResponse
                    The generated consistency token.
GetAppProfileRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.GetAppProfile.
GetAppProfileRequest::getName() — Method in class GetAppProfileRequest
                    The unique name of the requested app profile. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/appProfiles/<app_profile>.
GetClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.GetCluster.
GetClusterRequest::getName() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    The unique name of the requested cluster. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/clusters/<cluster>.
GetInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.GetInstance.
GetInstanceRequest::getName() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    The unique name of the requested instance. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>.
GetSnapshotRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for
[google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.GetSnapshot][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.GetSnapshot]
Note: This is a private alpha release of Cloud Bigtable snapshots. This
feature is not currently available to most Cloud Bigtable customers. This
feature might be changed in backward-incompatible ways and is not recommended
for production use. It is not subject to any SLA or deprecation policy.
GetSnapshotRequest::getName() — Method in class GetSnapshotRequest
                    The unique name of the requested snapshot.
GetTableRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for
[google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.GetTable][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.GetTable]
GetTableRequest::getName() — Method in class GetTableRequest
                    The unique name of the requested table.
GetTableRequest::getView() — Method in class GetTableRequest
                    The view to be applied to the returned table's fields.
Instance::getName() — Method in class Instance
                    (OutputOnly)
The unique name of the instance. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/[a-z][a-z0-9\\-]+[a-z0-9].
Instance::getDisplayName() — Method in class Instance
                    The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs.
Instance::getState() — Method in class Instance
                    (OutputOnly)
The current state of the instance.
Instance::getType() — Method in class Instance
                    The type of the instance. Defaults to PRODUCTION.
Instance::getLabels() — Method in class Instance
                    Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud
resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and
deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate
metrics.
ListAppProfilesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListAppProfilesRequest
                    The unique name of the instance for which a list of app profiles is
requested. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>.
ListAppProfilesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListAppProfilesRequest
                    The value of next_page_token returned by a previous call.
ListAppProfilesResponse::getAppProfiles() — Method in class ListAppProfilesResponse
                    The list of requested app profiles.
ListAppProfilesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListAppProfilesResponse
                    Set if not all app profiles could be returned in a single response.
ListClustersRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    The unique name of the instance for which a list of clusters is requested.
ListClustersRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    The value of next_page_token returned by a previous call.
ListClustersResponse::getClusters() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    The list of requested clusters.
ListClustersResponse::getFailedLocations() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    Locations from which Cluster information could not be retrieved,
due to an outage or some other transient condition.
ListClustersResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    Set if not all clusters could be returned in a single response.
ListInstancesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    The unique name of the project for which a list of instances is requested.
ListInstancesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    The value of next_page_token returned by a previous call.
ListInstancesResponse::getInstances() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    The list of requested instances.
ListInstancesResponse::getFailedLocations() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    Locations from which Instance information could not be retrieved,
due to an outage or some other transient condition.
ListInstancesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    Set if not all instances could be returned in a single response.
ListSnapshotsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The unique name of the cluster for which snapshots should be listed.
ListSnapshotsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The maximum number of snapshots to return.
ListSnapshotsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The value of next_page_token returned by a previous call.
ListSnapshotsResponse::getSnapshots() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    The snapshots present in the requested cluster.
ListSnapshotsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    Set if not all snapshots could be returned in a single response.
ListTablesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListTablesRequest
                    The unique name of the instance for which tables should be listed.
ListTablesRequest::getView() — Method in class ListTablesRequest
                    The view to be applied to the returned tables' fields.
ListTablesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTablesRequest
                    The value of next_page_token returned by a previous call.
ListTablesResponse::getTables() — Method in class ListTablesResponse
                    The tables present in the requested instance.
ListTablesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTablesResponse
                    Set if not all tables could be returned in a single response.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest::getName() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest
                    The unique name of the table whose families should be modified.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest::getModifications() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest
                    Modifications to be atomically applied to the specified table's families.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification::getId() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification
                    The ID of the column family to be modified.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification::getCreate() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification
                    Create a new column family with the specified schema, or fail if
one already exists with the given ID.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification::getUpdate() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification
                    Update an existing column family to the specified schema, or fail
if no column family exists with the given ID.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification::getDrop() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification
                    Drop (delete) the column family with the given ID, or fail if no such
family exists.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification::getMod() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification
                    
PartialUpdateInstanceRequest::getInstance() — Method in class PartialUpdateInstanceRequest
                    The Instance which will (partially) replace the current value.
PartialUpdateInstanceRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class PartialUpdateInstanceRequest
                    The subset of Instance fields which should be replaced.
Snapshot::getName() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The unique name of the snapshot.
Snapshot::getSourceTable() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The source table at the time the snapshot was taken.
Snapshot::getDataSizeBytes() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The size of the data in the source table at the time the snapshot was
taken. In some cases, this value may be computed asynchronously via a
background process and a placeholder of 0 will be used in the meantime.
Snapshot::getCreateTime() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The time when the snapshot is created.
Snapshot::getDeleteTime() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The time when the snapshot will be deleted. The maximum amount of time a
snapshot can stay active is 365 days. If 'ttl' is not specified,
the default maximum of 365 days will be used.
Snapshot::getState() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The current state of the snapshot.
Snapshot::getDescription() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
Description of the snapshot.
SnapshotTableMetadata::getOriginalRequest() — Method in class SnapshotTableMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this SnapshotTable operation.
SnapshotTableMetadata::getRequestTime() — Method in class SnapshotTableMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
SnapshotTableMetadata::getFinishTime() — Method in class SnapshotTableMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
SnapshotTableRequest::getName() — Method in class SnapshotTableRequest
                    The unique name of the table to have the snapshot taken.
SnapshotTableRequest::getCluster() — Method in class SnapshotTableRequest
                    The name of the cluster where the snapshot will be created in.
SnapshotTableRequest::getSnapshotId() — Method in class SnapshotTableRequest
                    The ID by which the new snapshot should be referred to within the parent
cluster, e.g., mysnapshot of the form: [_a-zA-Z0-9][-_.a-zA-Z0-9]*
rather than
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/clusters/<cluster>/snapshots/mysnapshot.
SnapshotTableRequest::getTtl() — Method in class SnapshotTableRequest
                    The amount of time that the new snapshot can stay active after it is
created. Once 'ttl' expires, the snapshot will get deleted. The maximum
amount of time a snapshot can stay active is 7 days. If 'ttl' is not
specified, the default value of 24 hours will be used.
SnapshotTableRequest::getDescription() — Method in class SnapshotTableRequest
                    Description of the snapshot.
Table::getName() — Method in class Table
                    (OutputOnly)
The unique name of the table. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/tables/[_a-zA-Z0-9][-_.a-zA-Z0-9]*.
Table::getClusterStates() — Method in class Table
                    (OutputOnly)
Map from cluster ID to per-cluster table state.
Table::getColumnFamilies() — Method in class Table
                    (CreationOnly)
The column families configured for this table, mapped by column family ID.
Table::getGranularity() — Method in class Table
                    (CreationOnly)
The granularity (i.e. MILLIS) at which timestamps are stored in
this table. Timestamps not matching the granularity will be rejected.
Table_ClusterState::getReplicationState() — Method in class Table_ClusterState
                    (OutputOnly)
The state of replication for the table in this cluster.
UpdateAppProfileRequest::getAppProfile() — Method in class UpdateAppProfileRequest
                    The app profile which will (partially) replace the current value.
UpdateAppProfileRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateAppProfileRequest
                    The subset of app profile fields which should be replaced.
UpdateAppProfileRequest::getIgnoreWarnings() — Method in class UpdateAppProfileRequest
                    If true, ignore safety checks when updating the app profile.
UpdateClusterMetadata::getOriginalRequest() — Method in class UpdateClusterMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this UpdateCluster operation.
UpdateClusterMetadata::getRequestTime() — Method in class UpdateClusterMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
UpdateClusterMetadata::getFinishTime() — Method in class UpdateClusterMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::getOriginalRequest() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this UpdateInstance operation.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::getRequestTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::getFinishTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
Cell::getTimestampMicros() — Method in class Cell
                    The cell's stored timestamp, which also uniquely identifies it within
its column.
Cell::getValue() — Method in class Cell
                    The value stored in the cell.
Cell::getLabels() — Method in class Cell
                    Labels applied to the cell by a [RowFilter][google.bigtable.v2.RowFilter].
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::getTableName() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    The unique name of the table to which the conditional mutation should be
applied.
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::getAppProfileId() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::getRowKey() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    The key of the row to which the conditional mutation should be applied.
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::getPredicateFilter() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    The filter to be applied to the contents of the specified row. Depending
on whether or not any results are yielded, either true_mutations or
false_mutations will be executed. If unset, checks that the row contains
any values at all.
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::getTrueMutations() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    Changes to be atomically applied to the specified row if predicate_filter
yields at least one cell when applied to row_key. Entries are applied in
order, meaning that earlier mutations can be masked by later ones.
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::getFalseMutations() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    Changes to be atomically applied to the specified row if predicate_filter
does not yield any cells when applied to row_key. Entries are applied in
order, meaning that earlier mutations can be masked by later ones.
CheckAndMutateRowResponse::getPredicateMatched() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowResponse
                    Whether or not the request's predicate_filter yielded any results for
the specified row.
Column::getQualifier() — Method in class Column
                    The unique key which identifies this column within its family. This is the
same key that's used to identify the column in, for example, a RowFilter
which sets its column_qualifier_regex_filter field.
Column::getCells() — Method in class Column
                    Must not be empty. Sorted in order of decreasing "timestamp_micros".
ColumnRange::getFamilyName() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    The name of the column family within which this range falls.
ColumnRange::getStartQualifierClosed() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive lower bound for the range.
ColumnRange::getStartQualifierOpen() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive lower bound for the range.
ColumnRange::getEndQualifierClosed() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive upper bound for the range.
ColumnRange::getEndQualifierOpen() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive upper bound for the range.
ColumnRange::getStartQualifier() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    
ColumnRange::getEndQualifier() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    
Family::getName() — Method in class Family
                    The unique key which identifies this family within its row. This is the
same key that's used to identify the family in, for example, a RowFilter
which sets its "family_name_regex_filter" field.
Family::getColumns() — Method in class Family
                    Must not be empty. Sorted in order of increasing "qualifier".
MutateRowRequest::getTableName() — Method in class MutateRowRequest
                    The unique name of the table to which the mutation should be applied.
MutateRowRequest::getAppProfileId() — Method in class MutateRowRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
MutateRowRequest::getRowKey() — Method in class MutateRowRequest
                    The key of the row to which the mutation should be applied.
MutateRowRequest::getMutations() — Method in class MutateRowRequest
                    Changes to be atomically applied to the specified row. Entries are applied
in order, meaning that earlier mutations can be masked by later ones.
MutateRowsRequest::getTableName() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest
                    The unique name of the table to which the mutations should be applied.
MutateRowsRequest::getAppProfileId() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
MutateRowsRequest::getEntries() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest
                    The row keys and corresponding mutations to be applied in bulk.
MutateRowsRequest_Entry::getRowKey() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest_Entry
                    The key of the row to which the mutations should be applied.
MutateRowsRequest_Entry::getMutations() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest_Entry
                    Changes to be atomically applied to the specified row. Mutations are
applied in order, meaning that earlier mutations can be masked by
later ones.
MutateRowsResponse::getEntries() — Method in class MutateRowsResponse
                    One or more results for Entries from the batch request.
MutateRowsResponse_Entry::getIndex() — Method in class MutateRowsResponse_Entry
                    The index into the original request's entries list of the Entry
for which a result is being reported.
MutateRowsResponse_Entry::getStatus() — Method in class MutateRowsResponse_Entry
                    The result of the request Entry identified by index.
Mutation::getSetCell() — Method in class Mutation
                    Set a cell's value.
Mutation::getDeleteFromColumn() — Method in class Mutation
                    Deletes cells from a column.
Mutation::getDeleteFromFamily() — Method in class Mutation
                    Deletes cells from a column family.
Mutation::getDeleteFromRow() — Method in class Mutation
                    Deletes cells from the entire row.
Mutation::getMutation() — Method in class Mutation
                    
Mutation_DeleteFromColumn::getFamilyName() — Method in class Mutation_DeleteFromColumn
                    The name of the family from which cells should be deleted.
Mutation_DeleteFromColumn::getColumnQualifier() — Method in class Mutation_DeleteFromColumn
                    The qualifier of the column from which cells should be deleted.
Mutation_DeleteFromColumn::getTimeRange() — Method in class Mutation_DeleteFromColumn
                    The range of timestamps within which cells should be deleted.
Mutation_DeleteFromFamily::getFamilyName() — Method in class Mutation_DeleteFromFamily
                    The name of the family from which cells should be deleted.
Mutation_SetCell::getFamilyName() — Method in class Mutation_SetCell
                    The name of the family into which new data should be written.
Mutation_SetCell::getColumnQualifier() — Method in class Mutation_SetCell
                    The qualifier of the column into which new data should be written.
Mutation_SetCell::getTimestampMicros() — Method in class Mutation_SetCell
                    The timestamp of the cell into which new data should be written.
Mutation_SetCell::getValue() — Method in class Mutation_SetCell
                    The value to be written into the specified cell.
ReadModifyWriteRowRequest::getTableName() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowRequest
                    The unique name of the table to which the read/modify/write rules should be
applied.
ReadModifyWriteRowRequest::getAppProfileId() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
ReadModifyWriteRowRequest::getRowKey() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowRequest
                    The key of the row to which the read/modify/write rules should be applied.
ReadModifyWriteRowRequest::getRules() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowRequest
                    Rules specifying how the specified row's contents are to be transformed
into writes. Entries are applied in order, meaning that earlier rules will
affect the results of later ones.
ReadModifyWriteRowResponse::getRow() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowResponse
                    A Row containing the new contents of all cells modified by the request.
ReadModifyWriteRule::getFamilyName() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRule
                    The name of the family to which the read/modify/write should be applied.
ReadModifyWriteRule::getColumnQualifier() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRule
                    The qualifier of the column to which the read/modify/write should be
applied.
ReadModifyWriteRule::getAppendValue() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRule
                    Rule specifying that append_value be appended to the existing value.
ReadModifyWriteRule::getIncrementAmount() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRule
                    Rule specifying that increment_amount be added to the existing value.
ReadModifyWriteRule::getRule() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRule
                    
ReadRowsRequest::getTableName() — Method in class ReadRowsRequest
                    The unique name of the table from which to read.
ReadRowsRequest::getAppProfileId() — Method in class ReadRowsRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
ReadRowsRequest::getRows() — Method in class ReadRowsRequest
                    The row keys and/or ranges to read. If not specified, reads from all rows.
ReadRowsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ReadRowsRequest
                    The filter to apply to the contents of the specified row(s). If unset,
reads the entirety of each row.
ReadRowsRequest::getRowsLimit() — Method in class ReadRowsRequest
                    The read will terminate after committing to N rows' worth of results. The
default (zero) is to return all results.
ReadRowsResponse::getChunks() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.bigtable.v2.ReadRowsResponse.CellChunk chunks = 1;
ReadRowsResponse::getLastScannedRowKey() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse
                    Optionally the server might return the row key of the last row it
has scanned.  The client can use this to construct a more
efficient retry request if needed: any row keys or portions of
ranges less than this row key can be dropped from the request.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::getRowKey() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    The row key for this chunk of data.  If the row key is empty,
this CellChunk is a continuation of the same row as the previous
CellChunk in the response stream, even if that CellChunk was in a
previous ReadRowsResponse message.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::getFamilyName() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    The column family name for this chunk of data.  If this message
is not present this CellChunk is a continuation of the same column
family as the previous CellChunk.  The empty string can occur as a
column family name in a response so clients must check
explicitly for the presence of this message, not just for
family_name.value being non-empty.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::getQualifier() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    The column qualifier for this chunk of data.  If this message
is not present, this CellChunk is a continuation of the same column
as the previous CellChunk.  Column qualifiers may be empty so
clients must check for the presence of this message, not just
for qualifier.value being non-empty.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::getTimestampMicros() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    The cell's stored timestamp, which also uniquely identifies it
within its column.  Values are always expressed in
microseconds, but individual tables may set a coarser
granularity to further restrict the allowed values. For
example, a table which specifies millisecond granularity will
only allow values of timestamp_micros which are multiples of
1000.  Timestamps are only set in the first CellChunk per cell
(for cells split into multiple chunks).
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::getLabels() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    Labels applied to the cell by a
[RowFilter][google.bigtable.v2.RowFilter].  Labels are only set
on the first CellChunk per cell.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::getValue() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    The value stored in the cell.  Cell values can be split across
multiple CellChunks.  In that case only the value field will be
set in CellChunks after the first: the timestamp and labels
will only be present in the first CellChunk, even if the first
CellChunk came in a previous ReadRowsResponse.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::getValueSize() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    If this CellChunk is part of a chunked cell value and this is
not the final chunk of that cell, value_size will be set to the
total length of the cell value.  The client can use this size
to pre-allocate memory to hold the full cell value.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::getResetRow() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    Indicates that the client should drop all previous chunks for
row_key, as it will be re-read from the beginning.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::getCommitRow() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    Indicates that the client can safely process all previous chunks for
row_key, as its data has been fully read.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::getRowStatus() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    
Row::getKey() — Method in class Row
                    The unique key which identifies this row within its table. This is the same
key that's used to identify the row in, for example, a MutateRowRequest.
Row::getFamilies() — Method in class Row
                    May be empty, but only if the entire row is empty.
RowFilter::getChain() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Applies several RowFilters to the data in sequence, progressively
narrowing the results.
RowFilter::getInterleave() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Applies several RowFilters to the data in parallel and combines the
results.
RowFilter::getCondition() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Applies one of two possible RowFilters to the data based on the output of
a predicate RowFilter.
RowFilter::getSink() — Method in class RowFilter
                    ADVANCED USE ONLY.
RowFilter::getPassAllFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches all cells, regardless of input. Functionally equivalent to
leaving filter unset, but included for completeness.
RowFilter::getBlockAllFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Does not match any cells, regardless of input. Useful for temporarily
disabling just part of a filter.
RowFilter::getRowKeyRegexFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells from rows whose keys satisfy the given RE2 regex. In
other words, passes through the entire row when the key matches, and
otherwise produces an empty row.
RowFilter::getRowSampleFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches all cells from a row with probability p, and matches no cells
from the row with probability 1-p.
RowFilter::getFamilyNameRegexFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells from columns whose families satisfy the given RE2
regex. For technical reasons, the regex must not contain the :
character, even if it is not being used as a literal.
RowFilter::getColumnQualifierRegexFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells from columns whose qualifiers satisfy the given RE2
regex.
RowFilter::getColumnRangeFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells from columns within the given range.
RowFilter::getTimestampRangeFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells with timestamps within the given range.
RowFilter::getValueRegexFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells with values that satisfy the given regular expression.
RowFilter::getValueRangeFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells with values that fall within the given range.
RowFilter::getCellsPerRowOffsetFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Skips the first N cells of each row, matching all subsequent cells.
RowFilter::getCellsPerRowLimitFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only the first N cells of each row.
RowFilter::getCellsPerColumnLimitFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only the most recent N cells within each column. For example,
if N=2, this filter would match column foo:bar at timestamps 10 and 9,
skip all earlier cells in foo:bar, and then begin matching again in
column foo:bar2.
RowFilter::getStripValueTransformer() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Replaces each cell's value with the empty string.
RowFilter::getApplyLabelTransformer() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Applies the given label to all cells in the output row. This allows
the client to determine which results were produced from which part of
the filter.
RowFilter::getFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    
RowFilter_Chain::getFilters() — Method in class RowFilter_Chain
                    The elements of "filters" are chained together to process the input row:
in row -> f(0) -> intermediate row -> f(1) -> .
RowFilter_Condition::getPredicateFilter() — Method in class RowFilter_Condition
                    If predicate_filter outputs any cells, then true_filter will be
evaluated on the input row. Otherwise, false_filter will be evaluated.
RowFilter_Condition::getTrueFilter() — Method in class RowFilter_Condition
                    The filter to apply to the input row if predicate_filter returns any
results. If not provided, no results will be returned in the true case.
RowFilter_Condition::getFalseFilter() — Method in class RowFilter_Condition
                    The filter to apply to the input row if predicate_filter does not
return any results. If not provided, no results will be returned in the
false case.
RowFilter_Interleave::getFilters() — Method in class RowFilter_Interleave
                    The elements of "filters" all process a copy of the input row, and the
results are pooled, sorted, and combined into a single output row.
RowRange::getStartKeyClosed() — Method in class RowRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive lower bound for the range.
RowRange::getStartKeyOpen() — Method in class RowRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive lower bound for the range.
RowRange::getEndKeyOpen() — Method in class RowRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive upper bound for the range.
RowRange::getEndKeyClosed() — Method in class RowRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive upper bound for the range.
RowRange::getStartKey() — Method in class RowRange
                    
RowRange::getEndKey() — Method in class RowRange
                    
RowSet::getRowKeys() — Method in class RowSet
                    Single rows included in the set.
RowSet::getRowRanges() — Method in class RowSet
                    Contiguous row ranges included in the set.
SampleRowKeysRequest::getTableName() — Method in class SampleRowKeysRequest
                    The unique name of the table from which to sample row keys.
SampleRowKeysRequest::getAppProfileId() — Method in class SampleRowKeysRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
SampleRowKeysResponse::getRowKey() — Method in class SampleRowKeysResponse
                    Sorted streamed sequence of sample row keys in the table. The table might
have contents before the first row key in the list and after the last one,
but a key containing the empty string indicates "end of table" and will be
the last response given, if present.
SampleRowKeysResponse::getOffsetBytes() — Method in class SampleRowKeysResponse
                    Approximate total storage space used by all rows in the table which precede
row_key. Buffering the contents of all rows between two subsequent
samples would require space roughly equal to the difference in their
offset_bytes fields.
TimestampRange::getStartTimestampMicros() — Method in class TimestampRange
                    Inclusive lower bound. If left empty, interpreted as 0.
TimestampRange::getEndTimestampMicros() — Method in class TimestampRange
                    Exclusive upper bound. If left empty, interpreted as infinity.
ValueRange::getStartValueClosed() — Method in class ValueRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive lower bound for the range.
ValueRange::getStartValueOpen() — Method in class ValueRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive lower bound for the range.
ValueRange::getEndValueClosed() — Method in class ValueRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive upper bound for the range.
ValueRange::getEndValueOpen() — Method in class ValueRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive upper bound for the range.
ValueRange::getStartValue() — Method in class ValueRange
                    
ValueRange::getEndValue() — Method in class ValueRange
                    
AcceleratorConfig::getAcceleratorCount() — Method in class AcceleratorConfig
                    The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance.
AcceleratorConfig::getAcceleratorType() — Method in class AcceleratorConfig
                    The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators
here
AddonsConfig::getHttpLoadBalancing() — Method in class AddonsConfig
                    Configuration for the HTTP (L7) load balancing controller addon, which
makes it easy to set up HTTP load balancers for services in a cluster.
AddonsConfig::getHorizontalPodAutoscaling() — Method in class AddonsConfig
                    Configuration for the horizontal pod autoscaling feature, which
increases or decreases the number of replica pods a replication controller
has based on the resource usage of the existing pods.
AddonsConfig::getKubernetesDashboard() — Method in class AddonsConfig
                    Configuration for the Kubernetes Dashboard.
AddonsConfig::getNetworkPolicyConfig() — Method in class AddonsConfig
                    Configuration for NetworkPolicy. This only tracks whether the addon
is enabled or not on the Master, it does not track whether network policy
is enabled for the nodes.
AutoUpgradeOptions::getAutoUpgradeStartTime() — Method in class AutoUpgradeOptions
                    [Output only] This field is set when upgrades are about to commence
with the approximate start time for the upgrades, in
RFC3339 text format.
AutoUpgradeOptions::getDescription() — Method in class AutoUpgradeOptions
                    [Output only] This field is set when upgrades are about to commence
with the description of the upgrade.
CancelOperationRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
CancelOperationRequest::getZone() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the operation resides.
CancelOperationRequest::getOperationId() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    The server-assigned name of the operation.
ClientCertificateConfig::getIssueClientCertificate() — Method in class ClientCertificateConfig
                    Issue a client certificate.
Cluster::getName() — Method in class Cluster
                    The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project
and zone, and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions:
* Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only.
Cluster::getDescription() — Method in class Cluster
                    An optional description of this cluster.
Cluster::getInitialNodeCount() — Method in class Cluster
                    The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your
Compute Engine resource quota
is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available
firewall and routes quota.
Cluster::getNodeConfig() — Method in class Cluster
                    Parameters used in creating the cluster's nodes.
Cluster::getMasterAuth() — Method in class Cluster
                    The authentication information for accessing the master endpoint.
Cluster::getLoggingService() — Method in class Cluster
                    The logging service the cluster should use to write logs.
Cluster::getMonitoringService() — Method in class Cluster
                    The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics.
Cluster::getNetwork() — Method in class Cluster
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
network to which the
cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the default network
will be used.
Cluster::getClusterIpv4Cidr() — Method in class Cluster
                    The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in
CIDR
notation (e.g. 10.96.0.0/14). Leave blank to have
one automatically chosen or specify a /14 block in 10.0.0.0/8.
Cluster::getAddonsConfig() — Method in class Cluster
                    Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster.
Cluster::getSubnetwork() — Method in class Cluster
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
subnetwork to which the
cluster is connected.
Cluster::getNodePools() — Method in class Cluster
                    The node pools associated with this cluster.
Cluster::getLocations() — Method in class Cluster
                    The list of Google Compute Engine
locations in which the cluster's nodes
should be located.
Cluster::getEnableKubernetesAlpha() — Method in class Cluster
                    Kubernetes alpha features are enabled on this cluster. This includes alpha
API groups (e.g. v1alpha1) and features that may not be production ready in
the kubernetes version of the master and nodes.
Cluster::getResourceLabels() — Method in class Cluster
                    The resource labels for the cluster to use to annotate any related
Google Compute Engine resources.
Cluster::getLabelFingerprint() — Method in class Cluster
                    The fingerprint of the set of labels for this cluster.
Cluster::getLegacyAbac() — Method in class Cluster
                    Configuration for the legacy ABAC authorization mode.
Cluster::getNetworkPolicy() — Method in class Cluster
                    Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature.
Cluster::getIpAllocationPolicy() — Method in class Cluster
                    Configuration for cluster IP allocation.
Cluster::getMasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig() — Method in class Cluster
                    Master authorized networks is a Beta feature.
Cluster::getMaintenancePolicy() — Method in class Cluster
                    Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
Cluster::getSelfLink() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
Cluster::getZone() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
Cluster::getEndpoint() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The IP address of this cluster's master endpoint.
Cluster::getInitialClusterVersion() — Method in class Cluster
                    The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster.  Valid versions are those
found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig.  The version can
be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in
currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion.
Cluster::getCurrentMasterVersion() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The current software version of the master endpoint.
Cluster::getCurrentNodeVersion() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The current version of the node software components.
Cluster::getCreateTime() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The time the cluster was created, in
RFC3339 text format.
Cluster::getStatus() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The current status of this cluster.
Cluster::getStatusMessage() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] Additional information about the current status of this
cluster, if available.
Cluster::getNodeIpv4CidrSize() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The size of the address space on each node for hosting
containers. This is provisioned from within the container_ipv4_cidr
range.
Cluster::getServicesIpv4Cidr() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in
this cluster, in
CIDR
notation (e.g. 1.2.3.4/29). Service addresses are
typically put in the last /16 from the container CIDR.
Cluster::getInstanceGroupUrls() — Method in class Cluster
                    Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
Cluster::getCurrentNodeCount() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The number of nodes currently in the cluster.
Cluster::getExpireTime() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically
deleted in RFC3339 text format.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::GetCluster() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Gets the details of a specific cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::GetOperation() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Gets the specified operation.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::GetServerConfig() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Returns configuration info about the Container Engine service.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::GetNodePool() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Retrieves the node pool requested.
ClusterUpdate::getDesiredNodeVersion() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an
upgrade). Use - to upgrade to the latest version supported by
the server.
ClusterUpdate::getDesiredMonitoringService() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics.
ClusterUpdate::getDesiredAddonsConfig() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster.
ClusterUpdate::getDesiredNodePoolId() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The node pool to be upgraded. This field is mandatory if
"desired_node_version", "desired_image_family" or
"desired_node_pool_autoscaling" is specified and there is more than one
node pool on the cluster.
ClusterUpdate::getDesiredImageType() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The desired image type for the node pool.
ClusterUpdate::getDesiredNodePoolAutoscaling() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in
desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the
cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then
the change applies to that single node pool.
ClusterUpdate::getDesiredLocations() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The desired list of Google Compute Engine
locations in which the cluster's nodes
should be located. Changing the locations a cluster is in will result
in nodes being either created or removed from the cluster, depending on
whether locations are being added or removed.
ClusterUpdate::getDesiredMasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    Master authorized networks is a Beta feature.
ClusterUpdate::getDesiredMasterVersion() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The Kubernetes version to change the master to. The only valid value is the
latest supported version. Use "-" to have the server automatically select
the latest version.
CompleteIPRotationRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class CompleteIPRotationRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
CompleteIPRotationRequest::getZone() — Method in class CompleteIPRotationRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
CompleteIPRotationRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class CompleteIPRotationRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
CreateClusterRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
CreateClusterRequest::getZone() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
CreateClusterRequest::getCluster() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    A cluster
resource
CreateNodePoolRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class CreateNodePoolRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
CreateNodePoolRequest::getZone() — Method in class CreateNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
CreateNodePoolRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class CreateNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
CreateNodePoolRequest::getNodePool() — Method in class CreateNodePoolRequest
                    The node pool to create.
DailyMaintenanceWindow::getStartTime() — Method in class DailyMaintenanceWindow
                    Time within the maintenance window to start the maintenance operations.
DailyMaintenanceWindow::getDuration() — Method in class DailyMaintenanceWindow
                    [Output only] Duration of the time window, automatically chosen to be
smallest possible in the given scenario.
DeleteClusterRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
DeleteClusterRequest::getZone() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
DeleteClusterRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    The name of the cluster to delete.
DeleteNodePoolRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class DeleteNodePoolRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
DeleteNodePoolRequest::getZone() — Method in class DeleteNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
DeleteNodePoolRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class DeleteNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
DeleteNodePoolRequest::getNodePoolId() — Method in class DeleteNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the node pool to delete.
GetClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    GetClusterRequest gets the settings of a cluster.
GetClusterRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
GetClusterRequest::getZone() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
GetClusterRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    The name of the cluster to retrieve.
GetNodePoolRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    GetNodePoolRequest retrieves a node pool for a cluster.
GetNodePoolRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class GetNodePoolRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
GetNodePoolRequest::getZone() — Method in class GetNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
GetNodePoolRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class GetNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
GetNodePoolRequest::getNodePoolId() — Method in class GetNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the node pool.
GetOperationRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    GetOperationRequest gets a single operation.
GetOperationRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
GetOperationRequest::getZone() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
GetOperationRequest::getOperationId() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    The server-assigned name of the operation.
GetServerConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Gets the current Container Engine service configuration.
GetServerConfigRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class GetServerConfigRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
GetServerConfigRequest::getZone() — Method in class GetServerConfigRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine zone
to return operations for.
HorizontalPodAutoscaling::getDisabled() — Method in class HorizontalPodAutoscaling
                    Whether the Horizontal Pod Autoscaling feature is enabled in the cluster.
HttpLoadBalancing::getDisabled() — Method in class HttpLoadBalancing
                    Whether the HTTP Load Balancing controller is enabled in the cluster.
IPAllocationPolicy::getUseIpAliases() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    Whether alias IPs will be used for pod IPs in the cluster.
IPAllocationPolicy::getCreateSubnetwork() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    Whether a new subnetwork will be created automatically for the cluster.
IPAllocationPolicy::getSubnetworkName() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    A custom subnetwork name to be used if create_subnetwork is true.  If
this field is empty, then an automatic name will be chosen for the new
subnetwork.
IPAllocationPolicy::getClusterIpv4Cidr() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    This field is deprecated, use cluster_ipv4_cidr_block.
IPAllocationPolicy::getNodeIpv4Cidr() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    This field is deprecated, use node_ipv4_cidr_block.
IPAllocationPolicy::getServicesIpv4Cidr() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    This field is deprecated, use services_ipv4_cidr_block.
IPAllocationPolicy::getClusterSecondaryRangeName() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    The name of the secondary range to be used for the cluster CIDR
block.  The secondary range will be used for pod IP
addresses. This must be an existing secondary range associated
with the cluster subnetwork.
IPAllocationPolicy::getServicesSecondaryRangeName() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    The name of the secondary range to be used as for the services
CIDR block.  The secondary range will be used for service
ClusterIPs. This must be an existing secondary range associated
with the cluster subnetwork.
IPAllocationPolicy::getClusterIpv4CidrBlock() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    The IP address range for the cluster pod IPs. If this field is set, then
cluster.cluster_ipv4_cidr must be left blank.
IPAllocationPolicy::getNodeIpv4CidrBlock() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    The IP address range of the instance IPs in this cluster.
IPAllocationPolicy::getServicesIpv4CidrBlock() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    The IP address range of the services IPs in this cluster. If blank, a range
will be automatically chosen with the default size.
KubernetesDashboard::getDisabled() — Method in class KubernetesDashboard
                    Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster.
LegacyAbac::getEnabled() — Method in class LegacyAbac
                    Whether the ABAC authorizer is enabled for this cluster. When enabled,
identities in the system, including service accounts, nodes, and
controllers, will have statically granted permissions beyond those
provided by the RBAC configuration or IAM.
ListClustersRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
ListClustersRequest::getZone() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides, or "-" for all zones.
ListClustersResponse::getClusters() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    A list of clusters in the project in the specified zone, or
across all ones.
ListClustersResponse::getMissingZones() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    If any zones are listed here, the list of clusters returned
may be missing those zones.
ListNodePoolsRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class ListNodePoolsRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
ListNodePoolsRequest::getZone() — Method in class ListNodePoolsRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
ListNodePoolsRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class ListNodePoolsRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
ListNodePoolsResponse::getNodePools() — Method in class ListNodePoolsResponse
                    A list of node pools for a cluster.
ListOperationsRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
ListOperationsRequest::getZone() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine zone
to return operations for, or - for all zones.
ListOperationsResponse::getOperations() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    A list of operations in the project in the specified zone.
ListOperationsResponse::getMissingZones() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    If any zones are listed here, the list of operations returned
may be missing the operations from those zones.
MaintenancePolicy::getWindow() — Method in class MaintenancePolicy
                    Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed.
MaintenanceWindow::getDailyMaintenanceWindow() — Method in class MaintenanceWindow
                    DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window.
MaintenanceWindow::getPolicy() — Method in class MaintenanceWindow
                    
MasterAuth::getUsername() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    The username to use for HTTP basic authentication to the master endpoint.
MasterAuth::getPassword() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    The password to use for HTTP basic authentication to the master endpoint.
MasterAuth::getClientCertificateConfig() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    Configuration for client certificate authentication on the cluster.  If no
configuration is specified, a client certificate is issued.
MasterAuth::getClusterCaCertificate() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    [Output only] Base64-encoded public certificate that is the root of
trust for the cluster.
MasterAuth::getClientCertificate() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    [Output only] Base64-encoded public certificate used by clients to
authenticate to the cluster endpoint.
MasterAuth::getClientKey() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    [Output only] Base64-encoded private key used by clients to authenticate
to the cluster endpoint.
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig::getEnabled() — Method in class MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig
                    Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig::getCidrBlocks() — Method in class MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig
                    cidr_blocks define up to 10 external networks that could access
Kubernetes master through HTTPS.
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig_CidrBlock::getDisplayName() — Method in class MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig_CidrBlock
                    display_name is an optional field for users to identify CIDR blocks.
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig_CidrBlock::getCidrBlock() — Method in class MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig_CidrBlock
                    cidr_block must be specified in CIDR notation.
NetworkPolicy::getProvider() — Method in class NetworkPolicy
                    The selected network policy provider.
NetworkPolicy::getEnabled() — Method in class NetworkPolicy
                    Whether network policy is enabled on the cluster.
NetworkPolicyConfig::getDisabled() — Method in class NetworkPolicyConfig
                    Whether NetworkPolicy is enabled for this cluster.
NodeConfig::getMachineType() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The name of a Google Compute Engine machine
type (e.g.
NodeConfig::getDiskSizeGb() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB.
NodeConfig::getOauthScopes() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The set of Google API scopes to be made available on all of the
node VMs under the "default" service account.
NodeConfig::getServiceAccount() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The Google Cloud Platform Service Account to be used by the node VMs. If
no Service Account is specified, the "default" service account is used.
NodeConfig::getMetadata() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster.
NodeConfig::getImageType() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type,
the latest version of it will be used.
NodeConfig::getLabels() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node.
NodeConfig::getLocalSsdCount() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The number of local SSD disks to be attached to the node.
NodeConfig::getTags() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify
valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by
the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list
must comply with RFC1035.
NodeConfig::getPreemptible() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    Whether the nodes are created as preemptible VM instances. See:
https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/preemptible for more
information about preemptible VM instances.
NodeConfig::getAccelerators() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    A list of hardware accelerators to be attached to each node.
NodeConfig::getMinCpuPlatform() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    Minimum CPU platform to be used by this instance. The instance may be
scheduled on the specified or newer CPU platform. Applicable values are the
friendly names of CPU platforms, such as
minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or
minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". For more
information, read how to specify min CPU platform
NodeManagement::getAutoUpgrade() — Method in class NodeManagement
                    A flag that specifies whether node auto-upgrade is enabled for the node
pool. If enabled, node auto-upgrade helps keep the nodes in your node pool
up to date with the latest release version of Kubernetes.
NodeManagement::getAutoRepair() — Method in class NodeManagement
                    A flag that specifies whether the node auto-repair is enabled for the node
pool. If enabled, the nodes in this node pool will be monitored and, if
they fail health checks too many times, an automatic repair action will be
triggered.
NodeManagement::getUpgradeOptions() — Method in class NodeManagement
                    Specifies the Auto Upgrade knobs for the node pool.
NodePool::getName() — Method in class NodePool
                    The name of the node pool.
NodePool::getConfig() — Method in class NodePool
                    The node configuration of the pool.
NodePool::getInitialNodeCount() — Method in class NodePool
                    The initial node count for the pool. You must ensure that your
Compute Engine resource quota
is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available
firewall and routes quota.
NodePool::getSelfLink() — Method in class NodePool
                    [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
NodePool::getVersion() — Method in class NodePool
                    The version of the Kubernetes of this node.
NodePool::getInstanceGroupUrls() — Method in class NodePool
                    [Output only] The resource URLs of the managed instance
groups
associated with this node pool.
NodePool::getStatus() — Method in class NodePool
                    [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
NodePool::getStatusMessage() — Method in class NodePool
                    [Output only] Additional information about the current status of this
node pool instance, if available.
NodePool::getAutoscaling() — Method in class NodePool
                    Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled
only if a valid configuration is present.
NodePool::getManagement() — Method in class NodePool
                    NodeManagement configuration for this NodePool.
NodePoolAutoscaling::getEnabled() — Method in class NodePoolAutoscaling
                    Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
NodePoolAutoscaling::getMinNodeCount() — Method in class NodePoolAutoscaling
                    Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be >= 1 and <=
max_node_count.
NodePoolAutoscaling::getMaxNodeCount() — Method in class NodePoolAutoscaling
                    Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be >= min_node_count. There
has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
Operation::getName() — Method in class Operation
                    The server-assigned ID for the operation.
Operation::getZone() — Method in class Operation
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the operation
is taking place.
Operation::getOperationType() — Method in class Operation
                    The operation type.
Operation::getStatus() — Method in class Operation
                    The current status of the operation.
Operation::getDetail() — Method in class Operation
                    Detailed operation progress, if available.
Operation::getStatusMessage() — Method in class Operation
                    If an error has occurred, a textual description of the error.
Operation::getSelfLink() — Method in class Operation
                    Server-defined URL for the resource.
Operation::getTargetLink() — Method in class Operation
                    Server-defined URL for the target of the operation.
Operation::getStartTime() — Method in class Operation
                    [Output only] The time the operation started, in
RFC3339 text format.
Operation::getEndTime() — Method in class Operation
                    [Output only] The time the operation completed, in
RFC3339 text format.
RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest::getZone() — Method in class RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest
                    The name of the cluster to rollback.
RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest::getNodePoolId() — Method in class RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest
                    The name of the node pool to rollback.
ServerConfig::getDefaultClusterVersion() — Method in class ServerConfig
                    Version of Kubernetes the service deploys by default.
ServerConfig::getValidNodeVersions() — Method in class ServerConfig
                    List of valid node upgrade target versions.
ServerConfig::getDefaultImageType() — Method in class ServerConfig
                    Default image type.
ServerConfig::getValidImageTypes() — Method in class ServerConfig
                    List of valid image types.
ServerConfig::getValidMasterVersions() — Method in class ServerConfig
                    List of valid master versions.
SetAddonsConfigRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetAddonsConfigRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetAddonsConfigRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetAddonsConfigRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetAddonsConfigRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetAddonsConfigRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetAddonsConfigRequest::getAddonsConfig() — Method in class SetAddonsConfigRequest
                    The desired configurations for the various addons available to run in the
cluster.
SetLabelsRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetLabelsRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetLabelsRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetLabelsRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetLabelsRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetLabelsRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
SetLabelsRequest::getResourceLabels() — Method in class SetLabelsRequest
                    The labels to set for that cluster.
SetLabelsRequest::getLabelFingerprint() — Method in class SetLabelsRequest
                    The fingerprint of the previous set of labels for this resource,
used to detect conflicts. The fingerprint is initially generated by
Container Engine and changes after every request to modify or update
labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash when
updating or changing labels. Make a get() request to the
resource to get the latest fingerprint.
SetLegacyAbacRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetLegacyAbacRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetLegacyAbacRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetLegacyAbacRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetLegacyAbacRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetLegacyAbacRequest
                    The name of the cluster to update.
SetLegacyAbacRequest::getEnabled() — Method in class SetLegacyAbacRequest
                    Whether ABAC authorization will be enabled in the cluster.
SetLocationsRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetLocationsRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetLocationsRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetLocationsRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetLocationsRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetLocationsRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetLocationsRequest::getLocations() — Method in class SetLocationsRequest
                    The desired list of Google Compute Engine
locations in which the cluster's nodes
should be located. Changing the locations a cluster is in will result
in nodes being either created or removed from the cluster, depending on
whether locations are being added or removed.
SetLoggingServiceRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetLoggingServiceRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetLoggingServiceRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetLoggingServiceRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetLoggingServiceRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetLoggingServiceRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetLoggingServiceRequest::getLoggingService() — Method in class SetLoggingServiceRequest
                    The logging service the cluster should use to write metrics.
SetMaintenancePolicyRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetMaintenancePolicyRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetMaintenancePolicyRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetMaintenancePolicyRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetMaintenancePolicyRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetMaintenancePolicyRequest
                    The name of the cluster to update.
SetMaintenancePolicyRequest::getMaintenancePolicy() — Method in class SetMaintenancePolicyRequest
                    The maintenance policy to be set for the cluster. An empty field
clears the existing maintenance policy.
SetMasterAuthRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetMasterAuthRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetMasterAuthRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetMasterAuthRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetMasterAuthRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetMasterAuthRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetMasterAuthRequest::getAction() — Method in class SetMasterAuthRequest
                    The exact form of action to be taken on the master auth.
SetMasterAuthRequest::getUpdate() — Method in class SetMasterAuthRequest
                    A description of the update.
SetMonitoringServiceRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetMonitoringServiceRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetMonitoringServiceRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetMonitoringServiceRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetMonitoringServiceRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetMonitoringServiceRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetMonitoringServiceRequest::getMonitoringService() — Method in class SetMonitoringServiceRequest
                    The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics.
SetNetworkPolicyRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetNetworkPolicyRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetNetworkPolicyRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetNetworkPolicyRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetNetworkPolicyRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetNetworkPolicyRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
SetNetworkPolicyRequest::getNetworkPolicy() — Method in class SetNetworkPolicyRequest
                    Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature.
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest::getNodePoolId() — Method in class SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest
                    The name of the node pool to upgrade.
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest::getAutoscaling() — Method in class SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest
                    Autoscaling configuration for the node pool.
SetNodePoolManagementRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetNodePoolManagementRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetNodePoolManagementRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetNodePoolManagementRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetNodePoolManagementRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetNodePoolManagementRequest
                    The name of the cluster to update.
SetNodePoolManagementRequest::getNodePoolId() — Method in class SetNodePoolManagementRequest
                    The name of the node pool to update.
SetNodePoolManagementRequest::getManagement() — Method in class SetNodePoolManagementRequest
                    NodeManagement configuration for the node pool.
SetNodePoolSizeRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SetNodePoolSizeRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetNodePoolSizeRequest::getZone() — Method in class SetNodePoolSizeRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetNodePoolSizeRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class SetNodePoolSizeRequest
                    The name of the cluster to update.
SetNodePoolSizeRequest::getNodePoolId() — Method in class SetNodePoolSizeRequest
                    The name of the node pool to update.
SetNodePoolSizeRequest::getNodeCount() — Method in class SetNodePoolSizeRequest
                    The desired node count for the pool.
StartIPRotationRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class StartIPRotationRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
StartIPRotationRequest::getZone() — Method in class StartIPRotationRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
StartIPRotationRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class StartIPRotationRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
UpdateClusterRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
UpdateClusterRequest::getZone() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
UpdateClusterRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
UpdateClusterRequest::getUpdate() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    A description of the update.
UpdateMasterRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class UpdateMasterRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
UpdateMasterRequest::getZone() — Method in class UpdateMasterRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
UpdateMasterRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class UpdateMasterRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
UpdateMasterRequest::getMasterVersion() — Method in class UpdateMasterRequest
                    The Kubernetes version to change the master to. The only valid value is the
latest supported version. Use "-" to have the server automatically select
the latest version.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::getZone() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::getClusterId() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::getNodePoolId() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the node pool to upgrade.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::getNodeVersion() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an
upgrade). Use - to upgrade to the latest version supported by
the server.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::getImageType() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The desired image type for the node pool.
AcceleratorConfig::getAcceleratorTypeUri() — Method in class AcceleratorConfig
                    Full URL, partial URI, or short name of the accelerator type resource to
expose to this instance. See Google Compute Engine AcceleratorTypes
Examples
* https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/[project_id]/zones/us-east1-a/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-k80
* projects/[project_id]/zones/us-east1-a/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-k80
* nvidia-tesla-k80
AcceleratorConfig::getAcceleratorCount() — Method in class AcceleratorConfig
                    The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
CancelJobRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class CancelJobRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
CancelJobRequest::getRegion() — Method in class CancelJobRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
CancelJobRequest::getJobId() — Method in class CancelJobRequest
                    Required. The job ID.
Cluster::getProjectId() — Method in class Cluster
                    Required. The Google Cloud Platform project ID that the cluster belongs to.
Cluster::getClusterName() — Method in class Cluster
                    Required. The cluster name. Cluster names within a project must be
unique. Names of deleted clusters can be reused.
Cluster::getConfig() — Method in class Cluster
                    Required. The cluster config. Note that Cloud Dataproc may set
default values, and values may change when clusters are updated.
Cluster::getLabels() — Method in class Cluster
                    Optional. The labels to associate with this cluster.
Cluster::getStatus() — Method in class Cluster
                    Output-only. Cluster status.
Cluster::getStatusHistory() — Method in class Cluster
                    Output-only. The previous cluster status.
Cluster::getClusterUuid() — Method in class Cluster
                    Output-only. A cluster UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). Cloud Dataproc
generates this value when it creates the cluster.
Cluster::getMetrics() — Method in class Cluster
                    Contains cluster daemon metrics such as HDFS and YARN stats.
ClusterConfig::getConfigBucket() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. A Google Cloud Storage staging bucket used for sharing generated
SSH keys and config. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud
Dataproc will determine an appropriate Cloud Storage location (US,
ASIA, or EU) for your cluster's staging bucket according to the Google
Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then it will create
and manage this project-level, per-location bucket for you.
ClusterConfig::getGceClusterConfig() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Required. The shared Google Compute Engine config settings for
all instances in a cluster.
ClusterConfig::getMasterConfig() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine config settings for
the master instance in a cluster.
ClusterConfig::getWorkerConfig() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine config settings for
worker instances in a cluster.
ClusterConfig::getSecondaryWorkerConfig() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine config settings for
additional worker instances in a cluster.
ClusterConfig::getSoftwareConfig() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
ClusterConfig::getInitializationActions() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. Commands to execute on each node after config is
completed. By default, executables are run on master and all worker nodes.
ClusterControllerGrpcClient::GetCluster() — Method in class ClusterControllerGrpcClient
                    Gets the resource representation for a cluster in a project.
ClusterMetrics::getHdfsMetrics() — Method in class ClusterMetrics
                    The HDFS metrics.
ClusterMetrics::getYarnMetrics() — Method in class ClusterMetrics
                    The YARN metrics.
ClusterOperationMetadata::getClusterName() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Name of the cluster for the operation.
ClusterOperationMetadata::getClusterUuid() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Cluster UUID for the operation.
ClusterOperationMetadata::getStatus() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Current operation status.
ClusterOperationMetadata::getStatusHistory() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. The previous operation status.
ClusterOperationMetadata::getOperationType() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. The operation type.
ClusterOperationMetadata::getDescription() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Short description of operation.
ClusterOperationMetadata::getLabels() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Labels associated with the operation
ClusterOperationMetadata::getWarnings() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Errors encountered during operation execution.
ClusterOperationStatus::getState() — Method in class ClusterOperationStatus
                    Output-only. A message containing the operation state.
ClusterOperationStatus::getInnerState() — Method in class ClusterOperationStatus
                    Output-only. A message containing the detailed operation state.
ClusterOperationStatus::getDetails() — Method in class ClusterOperationStatus
                    Output-only.A message containing any operation metadata details.
ClusterOperationStatus::getStateStartTime() — Method in class ClusterOperationStatus
                    Output-only. The time this state was entered.
ClusterStatus::getState() — Method in class ClusterStatus
                    Output-only. The cluster's state.
ClusterStatus::getDetail() — Method in class ClusterStatus
                    Output-only. Optional details of cluster's state.
ClusterStatus::getStateStartTime() — Method in class ClusterStatus
                    Output-only. Time when this state was entered.
ClusterStatus::getSubstate() — Method in class ClusterStatus
                    Output-only. Additional state information that includes
status reported by the agent.
CreateClusterRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster
belongs to.
CreateClusterRequest::getRegion() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
CreateClusterRequest::getCluster() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    Required. The cluster to create.
DeleteClusterRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster
belongs to.
DeleteClusterRequest::getRegion() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
DeleteClusterRequest::getClusterName() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    Required. The cluster name.
DeleteJobRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class DeleteJobRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
DeleteJobRequest::getRegion() — Method in class DeleteJobRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
DeleteJobRequest::getJobId() — Method in class DeleteJobRequest
                    Required. The job ID.
DiagnoseClusterRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class DiagnoseClusterRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster
belongs to.
DiagnoseClusterRequest::getRegion() — Method in class DiagnoseClusterRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
DiagnoseClusterRequest::getClusterName() — Method in class DiagnoseClusterRequest
                    Required. The cluster name.
DiagnoseClusterResults::getOutputUri() — Method in class DiagnoseClusterResults
                    Output-only. The Google Cloud Storage URI of the diagnostic output.
DiskConfig::getBootDiskSizeGb() — Method in class DiskConfig
                    Optional. Size in GB of the boot disk (default is 500GB).
DiskConfig::getNumLocalSsds() — Method in class DiskConfig
                    Optional. Number of attached SSDs, from 0 to 4 (default is 0).
GceClusterConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    Common config settings for resources of Google Compute Engine cluster
instances, applicable to all instances in the cluster.
GceClusterConfig::getZoneUri() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. The zone where the Google Compute Engine cluster will be located.
GceClusterConfig::getNetworkUri() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine network to be used for machine
communications. Cannot be specified with subnetwork_uri. If neither
network_uri nor subnetwork_uri is specified, the "default" network of
the project is used, if it exists. Cannot be a "Custom Subnet Network" (see
Using Subnetworks for more information).
GceClusterConfig::getSubnetworkUri() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine subnetwork to be used for machine
communications. Cannot be specified with network_uri.
GceClusterConfig::getInternalIpOnly() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP
addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses,
and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance.
GceClusterConfig::getServiceAccount() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. The service account of the instances. Defaults to the default
Google Compute Engine service account. Custom service accounts need
permissions equivalent to the folloing IAM roles:
* roles/logging.logWriter
* roles/storage.objectAdmin
(see https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#custom_service_accounts
for more information).
GceClusterConfig::getServiceAccountScopes() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. The URIs of service account scopes to be included in Google
Compute Engine instances. The following base set of scopes is always
included:
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud.useraccounts.readonly
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/logging.write
If no scopes are specified, the following defaults are also provided:
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.table
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.data
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.full_control
GceClusterConfig::getTags() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    The Google Compute Engine tags to add to all instances (see
Tagging instances).
GceClusterConfig::getMetadata() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    The Google Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see
Project and instance metadata).
GetClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    Request to get the resource representation for a cluster in a project.
GetClusterRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster
belongs to.
GetClusterRequest::getRegion() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
GetClusterRequest::getClusterName() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    Required. The cluster name.
GetJobRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A request to get the resource representation for a job in a project.
GetJobRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class GetJobRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
GetJobRequest::getRegion() — Method in class GetJobRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
GetJobRequest::getJobId() — Method in class GetJobRequest
                    Required. The job ID.
HadoopJob::getMainJarFileUri() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    The HCFS URI of the jar file containing the main class.
HadoopJob::getMainClass() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    The name of the driver's main class. The jar file containing the class
must be in the default CLASSPATH or specified in jar_file_uris.
HadoopJob::getArgs() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not
include arguments, such as -libjars or -Dfoo=bar, that can be set as job
properties, since a collision may occur that causes an incorrect job
submission.
HadoopJob::getJarFileUris() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. Jar file URIs to add to the CLASSPATHs of the
Hadoop driver and tasks.
HadoopJob::getFileUris() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. HCFS (Hadoop Compatible Filesystem) URIs of files to be copied
to the working directory of Hadoop drivers and distributed tasks. Useful
for naively parallel tasks.
HadoopJob::getArchiveUris() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted in the working directory of
Hadoop drivers and tasks. Supported file types:
HadoopJob::getProperties() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names to values, used to configure Hadoop.
HadoopJob::getLoggingConfig() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. The runtime log config for job execution.
HadoopJob::getDriver() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    
HiveJob::getQueryFileUri() — Method in class HiveJob
                    The HCFS URI of the script that contains Hive queries.
HiveJob::getQueryList() — Method in class HiveJob
                    A list of queries.
HiveJob::getContinueOnFailure() — Method in class HiveJob
                    Optional. Whether to continue executing queries if a query fails.
HiveJob::getScriptVariables() — Method in class HiveJob
                    Optional. Mapping of query variable names to values (equivalent to the
Hive command: SET name="value";).
HiveJob::getProperties() — Method in class HiveJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names and values, used to configure Hive.
HiveJob::getJarFileUris() — Method in class HiveJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the CLASSPATH of the
Hive server and Hadoop MapReduce (MR) tasks. Can contain Hive SerDes
and UDFs.
HiveJob::getQueries() — Method in class HiveJob
                    
InstanceGroupConfig::getNumInstances() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. The number of VM instances in the instance group.
InstanceGroupConfig::getInstanceNames() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. The list of instance names. Cloud Dataproc derives the names from
cluster_name, num_instances, and the instance group if not set by user
(recommended practice is to let Cloud Dataproc derive the name).
InstanceGroupConfig::getImageUri() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Output-only. The Google Compute Engine image resource used for cluster
instances. Inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version.
InstanceGroupConfig::getMachineTypeUri() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine machine type used for cluster instances.
InstanceGroupConfig::getDiskConfig() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. Disk option config settings.
InstanceGroupConfig::getIsPreemptible() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. Specifies that this instance group contains preemptible instances.
InstanceGroupConfig::getManagedGroupConfig() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Output-only. The config for Google Compute Engine Instance Group
Manager that manages this group.
InstanceGroupConfig::getAccelerators() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these
instances.
Job::getReference() — Method in class Job
                    Optional. The fully qualified reference to the job, which can be used to
obtain the equivalent REST path of the job resource. If this property
is not specified when a job is created, the server generates a
job_id.
Job::getPlacement() — Method in class Job
                    Required. Job information, including how, when, and where to
run the job.
Job::getHadoopJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a Hadoop job.
Job::getSparkJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a Spark job.
Job::getPysparkJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a Pyspark job.
Job::getHiveJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a Hive job.
Job::getPigJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a Pig job.
Job::getSparkSqlJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a SparkSql job.
Job::getStatus() — Method in class Job
                    Output-only. The job status. Additional application-specific
status information may be contained in the type_job
and yarn_applications fields.
Job::getStatusHistory() — Method in class Job
                    Output-only. The previous job status.
Job::getYarnApplications() — Method in class Job
                    Output-only. The collection of YARN applications spun up by this job.
Job::getDriverOutputResourceUri() — Method in class Job
                    Output-only. A URI pointing to the location of the stdout of the job's
driver program.
Job::getDriverControlFilesUri() — Method in class Job
                    Output-only. If present, the location of miscellaneous control files
which may be used as part of job setup and handling. If not present,
control files may be placed in the same location as driver_output_uri.
Job::getLabels() — Method in class Job
                    Optional. The labels to associate with this job.
Job::getScheduling() — Method in class Job
                    Optional. Job scheduling configuration.
Job::getTypeJob() — Method in class Job
                    
JobControllerGrpcClient::GetJob() — Method in class JobControllerGrpcClient
                    Gets the resource representation for a job in a project.
JobPlacement::getClusterName() — Method in class JobPlacement
                    Required. The name of the cluster where the job will be submitted.
JobPlacement::getClusterUuid() — Method in class JobPlacement
                    Output-only. A cluster UUID generated by the Cloud Dataproc service when
the job is submitted.
JobReference::getProjectId() — Method in class JobReference
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
JobReference::getJobId() — Method in class JobReference
                    Optional. The job ID, which must be unique within the project. The job ID
is generated by the server upon job submission or provided by the user as a
means to perform retries without creating duplicate jobs. The ID must
contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), or
hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters.
JobScheduling::getMaxFailuresPerHour() — Method in class JobScheduling
                    Optional. Maximum number of times per hour a driver may be restarted as
a result of driver terminating with non-zero code before job is
reported failed.
JobStatus::getState() — Method in class JobStatus
                    Output-only. A state message specifying the overall job state.
JobStatus::getDetails() — Method in class JobStatus
                    Output-only. Optional job state details, such as an error
description if the state is ERROR.
JobStatus::getStateStartTime() — Method in class JobStatus
                    Output-only. The time when this state was entered.
JobStatus::getSubstate() — Method in class JobStatus
                    Output-only. Additional state information, which includes
status reported by the agent.
ListClustersRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster
belongs to.
ListClustersRequest::getRegion() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
ListClustersRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    Optional. A filter constraining the clusters to list. Filters are
case-sensitive and have the following syntax:
field = value [AND [field = value]] .
ListClustersRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    Optional. The standard List page size.
ListClustersRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    Optional. The standard List page token.
ListClustersResponse::getClusters() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    Output-only. The clusters in the project.
ListClustersResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    Output-only. This token is included in the response if there are more
results to fetch. To fetch additional results, provide this value as the
page_token in a subsequent ListClustersRequest.
ListJobsRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
ListJobsRequest::getRegion() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
ListJobsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Optional. The number of results to return in each response.
ListJobsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Optional. The page token, returned by a previous call, to request the
next page of results.
ListJobsRequest::getClusterName() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Optional. If set, the returned jobs list includes only jobs that were
submitted to the named cluster.
ListJobsRequest::getJobStateMatcher() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Optional. Specifies enumerated categories of jobs to list.
ListJobsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Optional. A filter constraining the jobs to list. Filters are
case-sensitive and have the following syntax:
[field = value] AND [field [= value]] .
ListJobsResponse::getJobs() — Method in class ListJobsResponse
                    Output-only. Jobs list.
ListJobsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListJobsResponse
                    Optional. This token is included in the response if there are more results
to fetch. To fetch additional results, provide this value as the
page_token in a subsequent ListJobsRequest.
LoggingConfig::getDriverLogLevels() — Method in class LoggingConfig
                    The per-package log levels for the driver. This may include
"root" package name to configure rootLogger.
ManagedGroupConfig::getInstanceTemplateName() — Method in class ManagedGroupConfig
                    Output-only. The name of the Instance Template used for the Managed
Instance Group.
ManagedGroupConfig::getInstanceGroupManagerName() — Method in class ManagedGroupConfig
                    Output-only. The name of the Instance Group Manager for this group.
NodeInitializationAction::getExecutableFile() — Method in class NodeInitializationAction
                    Required. Google Cloud Storage URI of executable file.
NodeInitializationAction::getExecutionTimeout() — Method in class NodeInitializationAction
                    Optional. Amount of time executable has to complete. Default is
10 minutes. Cluster creation fails with an explanatory error message (the
name of the executable that caused the error and the exceeded timeout
period) if the executable is not completed at end of the timeout period.
PigJob::getQueryFileUri() — Method in class PigJob
                    The HCFS URI of the script that contains the Pig queries.
PigJob::getQueryList() — Method in class PigJob
                    A list of queries.
PigJob::getContinueOnFailure() — Method in class PigJob
                    Optional. Whether to continue executing queries if a query fails.
PigJob::getScriptVariables() — Method in class PigJob
                    Optional. Mapping of query variable names to values (equivalent to the Pig
command: name=[value]).
PigJob::getProperties() — Method in class PigJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names to values, used to configure Pig.
PigJob::getJarFileUris() — Method in class PigJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the CLASSPATH of
the Pig Client and Hadoop MapReduce (MR) tasks. Can contain Pig UDFs.
PigJob::getLoggingConfig() — Method in class PigJob
                    Optional. The runtime log config for job execution.
PigJob::getQueries() — Method in class PigJob
                    
PySparkJob::getMainPythonFileUri() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Required. The HCFS URI of the main Python file to use as the driver. Must
be a .py file.
PySparkJob::getArgs() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver.  Do not include arguments,
such as --conf, that can be set as job properties, since a collision may
occur that causes an incorrect job submission.
PySparkJob::getPythonFileUris() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS file URIs of Python files to pass to the PySpark
framework. Supported file types: .py, .egg, and .zip.
PySparkJob::getJarFileUris() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the CLASSPATHs of the
Python driver and tasks.
PySparkJob::getFileUris() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be copied to the working directory of
Python drivers and distributed tasks. Useful for naively parallel tasks.
PySparkJob::getArchiveUris() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted in the working directory of
PySparkJob::getProperties() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names to values, used to configure PySpark.
PySparkJob::getLoggingConfig() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. The runtime log config for job execution.
QueryList::getQueries() — Method in class QueryList
                    Required. The queries to execute. You do not need to terminate a query
with a semicolon. Multiple queries can be specified in one string
by separating each with a semicolon. Here is an example of an Cloud
Dataproc API snippet that uses a QueryList to specify a HiveJob:
    "hiveJob": {
      "queryList": {
        "queries": [
          "query1",
          "query2",
          "query3;query4",
        ]
      }
    }
SoftwareConfig::getImageVersion() — Method in class SoftwareConfig
                    Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must match the
regular expression [0-9]+\.[0-9]+. If unspecified, it defaults to the
latest version (see Cloud Dataproc Versioning).
SoftwareConfig::getProperties() — Method in class SoftwareConfig
                    Optional. The properties to set on daemon config files.
SparkJob::getMainJarFileUri() — Method in class SparkJob
                    The HCFS URI of the jar file that contains the main class.
SparkJob::getMainClass() — Method in class SparkJob
                    The name of the driver's main class. The jar file that contains the class
must be in the default CLASSPATH or specified in jar_file_uris.
SparkJob::getArgs() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not include arguments,
such as --conf, that can be set as job properties, since a collision may
occur that causes an incorrect job submission.
SparkJob::getJarFileUris() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the CLASSPATHs of the
Spark driver and tasks.
SparkJob::getFileUris() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be copied to the working directory of
Spark drivers and distributed tasks. Useful for naively parallel tasks.
SparkJob::getArchiveUris() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted in the working directory
of Spark drivers and tasks. Supported file types:
SparkJob::getProperties() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names to values, used to configure Spark.
SparkJob::getLoggingConfig() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. The runtime log config for job execution.
SparkJob::getDriver() — Method in class SparkJob
                    
SparkSqlJob::getQueryFileUri() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    The HCFS URI of the script that contains SQL queries.
SparkSqlJob::getQueryList() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    A list of queries.
SparkSqlJob::getScriptVariables() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    Optional. Mapping of query variable names to values (equivalent to the
Spark SQL command: SET name="value";).
SparkSqlJob::getProperties() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names to values, used to configure
Spark SQL's SparkConf. Properties that conflict with values set by the
Cloud Dataproc API may be overwritten.
SparkSqlJob::getJarFileUris() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to be added to the Spark CLASSPATH.
SparkSqlJob::getLoggingConfig() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    Optional. The runtime log config for job execution.
SparkSqlJob::getQueries() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    
SubmitJobRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class SubmitJobRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
SubmitJobRequest::getRegion() — Method in class SubmitJobRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
SubmitJobRequest::getJob() — Method in class SubmitJobRequest
                    Required. The job resource.
UpdateClusterRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project the
cluster belongs to.
UpdateClusterRequest::getRegion() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
UpdateClusterRequest::getClusterName() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    Required. The cluster name.
UpdateClusterRequest::getCluster() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    Required. The changes to the cluster.
UpdateClusterRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    Required. Specifies the path, relative to Cluster, of
the field to update. For example, to change the number of workers
in a cluster to 5, the update_mask parameter would be
specified as config.worker_config.num_instances,
and the PATCH request body would specify the new value, as follows:
    {
      "config":{
        "workerConfig":{
          "numInstances":"5"
        }
      }
    }
Similarly, to change the number of preemptible workers in a cluster to 5,
the update_mask parameter would be
config.secondary_worker_config.num_instances, and the PATCH request
body would be set as follows:
    {
      "config":{
        "secondaryWorkerConfig":{
          "numInstances":"5"
        }
      }
    }
Note: Currently, only the following fields can be updated:


 
 
 Mask
 Purpose
 
 
 labels
 Update labels
 
 
 config.worker_config.num_instances
 Resize primary worker group
 
 
 config.secondary_worker_config.num_instances
 Resize secondary worker group
 
 
 
UpdateJobRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class UpdateJobRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
UpdateJobRequest::getRegion() — Method in class UpdateJobRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
UpdateJobRequest::getJobId() — Method in class UpdateJobRequest
                    Required. The job ID.
UpdateJobRequest::getJob() — Method in class UpdateJobRequest
                    Required. The changes to the job.
UpdateJobRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateJobRequest
                    Required. Specifies the path, relative to Job, of
the field to update. For example, to update the labels of a Job the
update_mask parameter would be specified as
labels, and the PATCH request body would specify the new
value. Note: Currently, labels is the only
field that can be updated.
YarnApplication::getName() — Method in class YarnApplication
                    Required. The application name.
YarnApplication::getState() — Method in class YarnApplication
                    Required. The application state.
YarnApplication::getProgress() — Method in class YarnApplication
                    Required. The numerical progress of the application, from 1 to 100.
YarnApplication::getTrackingUrl() — Method in class YarnApplication
                    Optional. The HTTP URL of the ApplicationMaster, HistoryServer, or
TimelineServer that provides application-specific information. The URL uses
the internal hostname, and requires a proxy server for resolution and,
possibly, access.
Breakpoint::getId() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Breakpoint identifier, unique in the scope of the debuggee.
Breakpoint::getAction() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Action that the agent should perform when the code at the
breakpoint location is hit.
Breakpoint::getLocation() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Breakpoint source location.
Breakpoint::getCondition() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Condition that triggers the breakpoint.
Breakpoint::getExpressions() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    List of read-only expressions to evaluate at the breakpoint location.
Breakpoint::getLogMessageFormat() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Only relevant when action is LOG. Defines the message to log when
the breakpoint hits. The message may include parameter placeholders $0,
$1, etc. These placeholders are replaced with the evaluated value
of the appropriate expression. Expressions not referenced in
log_message_format are not logged.
Breakpoint::getLogLevel() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Indicates the severity of the log. Only relevant when action is LOG.
Breakpoint::getIsFinalState() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    When true, indicates that this is a final result and the
breakpoint state will not change from here on.
Breakpoint::getCreateTime() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Time this breakpoint was created by the server in seconds resolution.
Breakpoint::getFinalTime() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Time this breakpoint was finalized as seen by the server in seconds
resolution.
Breakpoint::getUserEmail() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    E-mail address of the user that created this breakpoint
Breakpoint::getStatus() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Breakpoint status.
Breakpoint::getStackFrames() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    The stack at breakpoint time.
Breakpoint::getEvaluatedExpressions() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Values of evaluated expressions at breakpoint time.
Breakpoint::getVariableTable() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    The variable_table exists to aid with computation, memory and network
traffic optimization.  It enables storing a variable once and reference
it from multiple variables, including variables stored in the
variable_table itself.
Breakpoint::getLabels() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    A set of custom breakpoint properties, populated by the agent, to be
displayed to the user.
Debuggee::getId() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Unique identifier for the debuggee generated by the controller service.
Debuggee::getProject() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Project the debuggee is associated with.
Debuggee::getUniquifier() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Uniquifier to further distiguish the application.
Debuggee::getDescription() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Human readable description of the debuggee.
Debuggee::getIsInactive() — Method in class Debuggee
                    If set to true, indicates that Controller service does not detect any
activity from the debuggee agents and the application is possibly stopped.
Debuggee::getAgentVersion() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Version ID of the agent.
Debuggee::getIsDisabled() — Method in class Debuggee
                    If set to true, indicates that the agent should disable itself and
detach from the debuggee.
Debuggee::getStatus() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Human readable message to be displayed to the user about this debuggee.
Debuggee::getSourceContexts() — Method in class Debuggee
                    References to the locations and revisions of the source code used in the
deployed application.
Debuggee::getExtSourceContexts() — Method in class Debuggee
                    References to the locations and revisions of the source code used in the
deployed application.
Debuggee::getLabels() — Method in class Debuggee
                    A set of custom debuggee properties, populated by the agent, to be
displayed to the user.
Debugger2GrpcClient::GetBreakpoint() — Method in class Debugger2GrpcClient
                    Gets breakpoint information.
DeleteBreakpointRequest::getDebuggeeId() — Method in class DeleteBreakpointRequest
                    ID of the debuggee whose breakpoint to delete.
DeleteBreakpointRequest::getBreakpointId() — Method in class DeleteBreakpointRequest
                    ID of the breakpoint to delete.
DeleteBreakpointRequest::getClientVersion() — Method in class DeleteBreakpointRequest
                    The client version making the call.
FormatMessage::getFormat() — Method in class FormatMessage
                    Format template for the message. The format uses placeholders $0,
$1, etc. to reference parameters. $$ can be used to denote the $
character.
FormatMessage::getParameters() — Method in class FormatMessage
                    Optional parameters to be embedded into the message.
GetBreakpointRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Request to get breakpoint information.
GetBreakpointRequest::getDebuggeeId() — Method in class GetBreakpointRequest
                    ID of the debuggee whose breakpoint to get.
GetBreakpointRequest::getBreakpointId() — Method in class GetBreakpointRequest
                    ID of the breakpoint to get.
GetBreakpointRequest::getClientVersion() — Method in class GetBreakpointRequest
                    The client version making the call.
GetBreakpointResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Response for getting breakpoint information.
GetBreakpointResponse::getBreakpoint() — Method in class GetBreakpointResponse
                    Complete breakpoint state.
ListActiveBreakpointsRequest::getDebuggeeId() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsRequest
                    Identifies the debuggee.
ListActiveBreakpointsRequest::getWaitToken() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsRequest
                    A token that, if specified, blocks the method call until the list
of active breakpoints has changed, or a server-selected timeout has
expired. The value should be set from the next_wait_token field in
the last response. The initial value should be set to "init".
ListActiveBreakpointsRequest::getSuccessOnTimeout() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsRequest
                    If set to true (recommended), returns google.rpc.Code.OK status and
sets the wait_expired response field to true when the server-selected
timeout has expired.
ListActiveBreakpointsResponse::getBreakpoints() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsResponse
                    List of all active breakpoints.
ListActiveBreakpointsResponse::getNextWaitToken() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsResponse
                    A token that can be used in the next method call to block until
the list of breakpoints changes.
ListActiveBreakpointsResponse::getWaitExpired() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsResponse
                    If set to true, indicates that there is no change to the
list of active breakpoints and the server-selected timeout has expired.
ListBreakpointsRequest::getDebuggeeId() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    ID of the debuggee whose breakpoints to list.
ListBreakpointsRequest::getIncludeAllUsers() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    When set to true, the response includes the list of breakpoints set by
any user. Otherwise, it includes only breakpoints set by the caller.
ListBreakpointsRequest::getIncludeInactive() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    When set to true, the response includes active and inactive
breakpoints. Otherwise, it includes only active breakpoints.
ListBreakpointsRequest::getAction() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    When set, the response includes only breakpoints with the specified action.
ListBreakpointsRequest::getStripResults() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    This field is deprecated. The following fields are always stripped out of
the result: stack_frames, evaluated_expressions and variable_table.
ListBreakpointsRequest::getWaitToken() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    A wait token that, if specified, blocks the call until the breakpoints
list has changed, or a server selected timeout has expired.  The value
should be set from the last response. The error code
google.rpc.Code.ABORTED (RPC) is returned on wait timeout, which
should be called again with the same wait_token.
ListBreakpointsRequest::getClientVersion() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    The client version making the call.
ListBreakpointsRequest_BreakpointActionValue::getValue() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest_BreakpointActionValue
                    Only breakpoints with the specified action will pass the filter.
ListBreakpointsResponse::getBreakpoints() — Method in class ListBreakpointsResponse
                    List of breakpoints matching the request.
ListBreakpointsResponse::getNextWaitToken() — Method in class ListBreakpointsResponse
                    A wait token that can be used in the next call to list (REST) or
ListBreakpoints (RPC) to block until the list of breakpoints has changes.
ListDebuggeesRequest::getProject() — Method in class ListDebuggeesRequest
                    Project number of a Google Cloud project whose debuggees to list.
ListDebuggeesRequest::getIncludeInactive() — Method in class ListDebuggeesRequest
                    When set to true, the result includes all debuggees. Otherwise, the
result includes only debuggees that are active.
ListDebuggeesRequest::getClientVersion() — Method in class ListDebuggeesRequest
                    The client version making the call.
ListDebuggeesResponse::getDebuggees() — Method in class ListDebuggeesResponse
                    List of debuggees accessible to the calling user.
RegisterDebuggeeRequest::getDebuggee() — Method in class RegisterDebuggeeRequest
                    Debuggee information to register.
RegisterDebuggeeResponse::getDebuggee() — Method in class RegisterDebuggeeResponse
                    Debuggee resource.
SetBreakpointRequest::getDebuggeeId() — Method in class SetBreakpointRequest
                    ID of the debuggee where the breakpoint is to be set.
SetBreakpointRequest::getBreakpoint() — Method in class SetBreakpointRequest
                    Breakpoint specification to set.
SetBreakpointRequest::getClientVersion() — Method in class SetBreakpointRequest
                    The client version making the call.
SetBreakpointResponse::getBreakpoint() — Method in class SetBreakpointResponse
                    Breakpoint resource.
SourceLocation::getPath() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    Path to the source file within the source context of the target binary.
SourceLocation::getLine() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    Line inside the file. The first line in the file has the value 1.
StackFrame::getFunction() — Method in class StackFrame
                    Demangled function name at the call site.
StackFrame::getLocation() — Method in class StackFrame
                    Source location of the call site.
StackFrame::getArguments() — Method in class StackFrame
                    Set of arguments passed to this function.
StackFrame::getLocals() — Method in class StackFrame
                    Set of local variables at the stack frame location.
StatusMessage::getIsError() — Method in class StatusMessage
                    Distinguishes errors from informational messages.
StatusMessage::getRefersTo() — Method in class StatusMessage
                    Reference to which the message applies.
StatusMessage::getDescription() — Method in class StatusMessage
                    Status message text.
UpdateActiveBreakpointRequest::getDebuggeeId() — Method in class UpdateActiveBreakpointRequest
                    Identifies the debuggee being debugged.
UpdateActiveBreakpointRequest::getBreakpoint() — Method in class UpdateActiveBreakpointRequest
                    Updated breakpoint information.
Variable::getName() — Method in class Variable
                    Name of the variable, if any.
Variable::getValue() — Method in class Variable
                    Simple value of the variable.
Variable::getType() — Method in class Variable
                    Variable type (e.g. MyClass). If the variable is split with
var_table_index, type goes next to value. The interpretation of
a type is agent specific. It is recommended to include the dynamic type
rather than a static type of an object.
Variable::getMembers() — Method in class Variable
                    Members contained or pointed to by the variable.
Variable::getVarTableIndex() — Method in class Variable
                    Reference to a variable in the shared variable table. More than
one variable can reference the same variable in the table. The
var_table_index field is an index into variable_table in Breakpoint.
Variable::getStatus() — Method in class Variable
                    Status associated with the variable. This field will usually stay
unset. A status of a single variable only applies to that variable or
expression. The rest of breakpoint data still remains valid. Variables
might be reported in error state even when breakpoint is not in final
state.
AliasContext::getKind() — Method in class AliasContext
                    The alias kind.
AliasContext::getName() — Method in class AliasContext
                    The alias name.
CloudRepoSourceContext::getRepoId() — Method in class CloudRepoSourceContext
                    The ID of the repo.
CloudRepoSourceContext::getRevisionId() — Method in class CloudRepoSourceContext
                    A revision ID.
CloudRepoSourceContext::getAliasName() — Method in class CloudRepoSourceContext
                    The name of an alias (branch, tag, etc.).
CloudRepoSourceContext::getAliasContext() — Method in class CloudRepoSourceContext
                    An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
CloudRepoSourceContext::getRevision() — Method in class CloudRepoSourceContext
                    
CloudWorkspaceId::getRepoId() — Method in class CloudWorkspaceId
                    The ID of the repo containing the workspace.
CloudWorkspaceId::getName() — Method in class CloudWorkspaceId
                    The unique name of the workspace within the repo.  This is the name
chosen by the client in the Source API's CreateWorkspace method.
CloudWorkspaceSourceContext::getWorkspaceId() — Method in class CloudWorkspaceSourceContext
                    The ID of the workspace.
CloudWorkspaceSourceContext::getSnapshotId() — Method in class CloudWorkspaceSourceContext
                    The ID of the snapshot.
ExtendedSourceContext::getContext() — Method in class ExtendedSourceContext
                    Any source context.
ExtendedSourceContext::getLabels() — Method in class ExtendedSourceContext
                    Labels with user defined metadata.
GerritSourceContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\DevTools\Source\V1
                    A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
GerritSourceContext::getHostUri() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
GerritSourceContext::getGerritProject() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so
"project/subproject" is a valid project name.
GerritSourceContext::getRevisionId() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    A revision (commit) ID.
GerritSourceContext::getAliasName() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    The name of an alias (branch, tag, etc.).
GerritSourceContext::getAliasContext() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
GerritSourceContext::getRevision() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    
GitSourceContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\DevTools\Source\V1
                    A GitSourceContext denotes a particular revision in a third party Git
repository (e.g. GitHub).
GitSourceContext::getUrl() — Method in class GitSourceContext
                    Git repository URL.
GitSourceContext::getRevisionId() — Method in class GitSourceContext
                    Git commit hash.
ProjectRepoId::getProjectId() — Method in class ProjectRepoId
                    The ID of the project.
ProjectRepoId::getRepoName() — Method in class ProjectRepoId
                    The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
RepoId::getProjectRepoId() — Method in class RepoId
                    A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
RepoId::getUid() — Method in class RepoId
                    A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
RepoId::getId() — Method in class RepoId
                    
SourceContext::getCloudRepo() — Method in class SourceContext
                    A SourceContext referring to a revision in a cloud repo.
SourceContext::getCloudWorkspace() — Method in class SourceContext
                    A SourceContext referring to a snapshot in a cloud workspace.
SourceContext::getGerrit() — Method in class SourceContext
                    A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
SourceContext::getGit() — Method in class SourceContext
                    A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g. GitHub).
SourceContext::getContext() — Method in class SourceContext
                    
Agent::getParent() — Method in class Agent
                    Required. The project of this agent.
Agent::getDisplayName() — Method in class Agent
                    Required. The name of this agent.
Agent::getDefaultLanguageCode() — Method in class Agent
                    Required. The default language of the agent as a language tag. See
Language Support for a
list of the currently supported language codes.
Agent::getSupportedLanguageCodes() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. The list of all languages supported by this agent (except for the
default_language_code).
Agent::getTimeZone() — Method in class Agent
                    Required. The time zone of this agent from the
time zone database, e.g.,
America/New_York, Europe/Paris.
Agent::getDescription() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. The description of this agent.
Agent::getAvatarUri() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. The URI of the agent's avatar.
Agent::getEnableLogging() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. Determines whether this agent should log conversation queries.
Agent::getMatchMode() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. Determines how intents are detected from user queries.
Agent::getClassificationThreshold() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. To filter out false positive results and still get variety in
matched natural language inputs for your agent, you can tune the machine
learning classification threshold. If the returned score value is less than
the threshold value, then a fallback intent is be triggered or, if there
are no fallback intents defined, no intent will be triggered. The score
values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
AgentsGrpcClient::GetAgent() — Method in class AgentsGrpcClient
                    Retrieves the specified agent.
BatchCreateEntitiesRequest::getParent() — Method in class BatchCreateEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type to create entities in. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/entityTypes/<Entity Type ID>.
BatchCreateEntitiesRequest::getEntities() — Method in class BatchCreateEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The collection of entities to create.
BatchCreateEntitiesRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class BatchCreateEntitiesRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entities. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest::getParent() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type to delete entries for. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/entityTypes/<Entity Type ID>.
BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest::getEntityValues() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The canonical values of the entities to delete. Note that
these are not fully-qualified names, i.e. they don't start with
projects/<Project ID>.
BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entities. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
BatchDeleteEntityTypesRequest::getParent() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntityTypesRequest
                    Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent.
BatchDeleteEntityTypesRequest::getEntityTypeNames() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntityTypesRequest
                    Required. The names entity types to delete. All names must point to the
same agent as parent.
BatchDeleteIntentsRequest::getParent() — Method in class BatchDeleteIntentsRequest
                    Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent.
BatchDeleteIntentsRequest::getIntents() — Method in class BatchDeleteIntentsRequest
                    Required. The collection of intents to delete. Only intent name must be
filled in.
BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest::getParent() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type to update the entities in. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/entityTypes/<Entity Type ID>.
BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest::getEntities() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The collection of new entities to replace the existing entities.
BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entities. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::getParent() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    Required. The name of the agent to update or create entity types in.
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::getEntityTypeBatchUri() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    The URI to a Google Cloud Storage file containing entity types to update
or create. The file format can either be a serialized proto (of
EntityBatch type) or a JSON object. Note: The URI must start with
"gs://".
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::getEntityTypeBatchInline() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    The collection of entity type to update or create.
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entity_types. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::getEntityTypeBatch() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    
BatchUpdateEntityTypesResponse::getEntityTypes() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesResponse
                    The collection of updated or created entity types.
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::getParent() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    Required. The name of the agent to update or create intents in.
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::getIntentBatchUri() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    The URI to a Google Cloud Storage file containing intents to update or
create. The file format can either be a serialized proto (of IntentBatch
type) or JSON object. Note: The URI must start with "gs://".
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::getIntentBatchInline() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    The collection of intents to update or create.
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The language of training phrases, parameters and rich messages
defined in intents. If not specified, the agent's default language is
used. More than a dozen
languages are supported.
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::getIntentView() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The resource view to apply to the returned intent.
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::getIntentBatch() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    
BatchUpdateIntentsResponse::getIntents() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsResponse
                    The collection of updated or created intents.
Context::getName() — Method in class Context
                    Required. The unique identifier of the context. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/contexts/<Context ID>.
Context::getLifespanCount() — Method in class Context
                    Optional. The number of conversational query requests after which the
context expires. If set to 0 (the default) the context expires
immediately. Contexts expire automatically after 10 minutes even if there
are no matching queries.
Context::getParameters() — Method in class Context
                    Optional. The collection of parameters associated with this context.
ContextsGrpcClient::GetContext() — Method in class ContextsGrpcClient
                    Retrieves the specified context.
CreateContextRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateContextRequest
                    Required. The session to create a context for.
CreateContextRequest::getContext() — Method in class CreateContextRequest
                    Required. The context to create.
CreateEntityTypeRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The agent to create a entity type for.
CreateEntityTypeRequest::getEntityType() — Method in class CreateEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The entity type to create.
CreateEntityTypeRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class CreateEntityTypeRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entity_type. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
CreateIntentRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateIntentRequest
                    Required. The agent to create a intent for.
CreateIntentRequest::getIntent() — Method in class CreateIntentRequest
                    Required. The intent to create.
CreateIntentRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class CreateIntentRequest
                    Optional. The language of training phrases, parameters and rich messages
defined in intent. If not specified, the agent's default language is
used. More than a dozen
languages are supported.
CreateIntentRequest::getIntentView() — Method in class CreateIntentRequest
                    Optional. The resource view to apply to the returned intent.
CreateSessionEntityTypeRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The session to create a session entity type for.
CreateSessionEntityTypeRequest::getSessionEntityType() — Method in class CreateSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The session entity type to create.
DeleteAllContextsRequest::getParent() — Method in class DeleteAllContextsRequest
                    Required. The name of the session to delete all contexts from. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>.
DeleteContextRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteContextRequest
                    Required. The name of the context to delete. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/contexts/<Context ID>.
DeleteEntityTypeRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type to delete.
DeleteIntentRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteIntentRequest
                    Required. The name of the intent to delete.
DeleteSessionEntityTypeRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type to delete. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/entityTypes/<Entity Type
Display Name>.
DetectIntentRequest::getSession() — Method in class DetectIntentRequest
                    Required. The name of the session this query is sent to. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>. It's up to the API
caller to choose an appropriate session ID. It can be a random number or
some type of user identifier (preferably hashed). The length of the session
ID must not exceed 36 bytes.
DetectIntentRequest::getQueryParams() — Method in class DetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. The parameters of this query.
DetectIntentRequest::getQueryInput() — Method in class DetectIntentRequest
                    Required. The input specification. It can be set to:
1.  an audio config
    which instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio,
2.  a conversational query in the form of text, or
3.  an event that specifies which intent to trigger.
DetectIntentRequest::getInputAudio() — Method in class DetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. The natural language speech audio to be processed. This field
should be populated iff query_input is set to an input audio config.
DetectIntentResponse::getResponseId() — Method in class DetectIntentResponse
                    The unique identifier of the response. It can be used to
locate a response in the training example set or for reporting issues.
DetectIntentResponse::getQueryResult() — Method in class DetectIntentResponse
                    The results of the conversational query or event processing.
DetectIntentResponse::getWebhookStatus() — Method in class DetectIntentResponse
                    Specifies the status of the webhook request. webhook_status
is never populated in webhook requests.
EntityType::getName() — Method in class EntityType
                    Required for all methods except create (create populates the name
automatically.
EntityType::getDisplayName() — Method in class EntityType
                    Required. The name of the entity.
EntityType::getKind() — Method in class EntityType
                    Required. Indicates the kind of entity type.
EntityType::getAutoExpansionMode() — Method in class EntityType
                    Optional. Indicates whether the entity type can be automatically
expanded.
EntityType::getEntities() — Method in class EntityType
                    Optional. The collection of entities associated with the entity type.
EntityTypeBatch::getEntityTypes() — Method in class EntityTypeBatch
                    A collection of entity types.
EntityType_Entity::getValue() — Method in class EntityType_Entity
                    Required.
EntityType_Entity::getSynonyms() — Method in class EntityType_Entity
                    Required. A collection of synonyms. For KIND_LIST entity types this
must contain exactly one synonym equal to value.
EntityTypesGrpcClient::GetEntityType() — Method in class EntityTypesGrpcClient
                    Retrieves the specified entity type.
EventInput::getName() — Method in class EventInput
                    Required. The unique identifier of the event.
EventInput::getParameters() — Method in class EventInput
                    Optional. The collection of parameters associated with the event.
EventInput::getLanguageCode() — Method in class EventInput
                    Required. The language of this query. See Language
Support for a list of the
currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session
do not necessarily need to specify the same language.
ExportAgentRequest::getParent() — Method in class ExportAgentRequest
                    Required. The project that the agent to export is associated with.
ExportAgentRequest::getAgentUri() — Method in class ExportAgentRequest
                    Optional. The Google Cloud Storage URI to export the agent to.
ExportAgentResponse::getAgentUri() — Method in class ExportAgentResponse
                    The URI to a file containing the exported agent. This field is populated
only if agent_uri is specified in ExportAgentRequest.
ExportAgentResponse::getAgentContent() — Method in class ExportAgentResponse
                    The exported agent.
ExportAgentResponse::getAgent() — Method in class ExportAgentResponse
                    
GetAgentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [Agents.GetAgent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Agents.GetAgent].
GetAgentRequest::getParent() — Method in class GetAgentRequest
                    Required. The project that the agent to fetch is associated with.
GetContextRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [Contexts.GetContext][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Contexts.GetContext].
GetContextRequest::getName() — Method in class GetContextRequest
                    Required. The name of the context. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/contexts/<Context ID>.
GetEntityTypeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [EntityTypes.GetEntityType][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.GetEntityType].
GetEntityTypeRequest::getName() — Method in class GetEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type.
GetEntityTypeRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class GetEntityTypeRequest
                    Optional. The language to retrieve entity synonyms for. If not specified,
the agent's default language is used.
GetIntentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [Intents.GetIntent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Intents.GetIntent].
GetIntentRequest::getName() — Method in class GetIntentRequest
                    Required. The name of the intent.
GetIntentRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class GetIntentRequest
                    Optional. The language to retrieve training phrases, parameters and rich
messages for. If not specified, the agent's default language is used.
GetIntentRequest::getIntentView() — Method in class GetIntentRequest
                    Optional. The resource view to apply to the returned intent.
GetSessionEntityTypeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [SessionEntityTypes.GetSessionEntityType][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.SessionEntityTypes.GetSessionEntityType].
GetSessionEntityTypeRequest::getName() — Method in class GetSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The name of the session entity type. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/entityTypes/<Entity Type
Display Name>.
ImportAgentRequest::getParent() — Method in class ImportAgentRequest
                    Required. The project that the agent to import is associated with.
ImportAgentRequest::getAgentUri() — Method in class ImportAgentRequest
                    The URI to a Google Cloud Storage file containing the agent to import.
ImportAgentRequest::getAgentContent() — Method in class ImportAgentRequest
                    The agent to import.
ImportAgentRequest::getAgent() — Method in class ImportAgentRequest
                    
InputAudioConfig::getAudioEncoding() — Method in class InputAudioConfig
                    Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
InputAudioConfig::getSampleRateHertz() — Method in class InputAudioConfig
                    Required. Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query.
InputAudioConfig::getLanguageCode() — Method in class InputAudioConfig
                    Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do
translations. See Language
Support for a list of the
currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session
do not necessarily need to specify the same language.
InputAudioConfig::getPhraseHints() — Method in class InputAudioConfig
                    Optional. The collection of phrase hints which are used to boost accuracy
of speech recognition.
Intent::getName() — Method in class Intent
                    Required for all methods except create (create populates the name
automatically.
Intent::getDisplayName() — Method in class Intent
                    Required. The name of this intent.
Intent::getWebhookState() — Method in class Intent
                    Required. Indicates whether webhooks are enabled for the intent.
Intent::getPriority() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher
priorities. Zero or negative numbers mean that the intent is disabled.
Intent::getIsFallback() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. Indicates whether this is a fallback intent.
Intent::getMlDisabled() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. Indicates whether Machine Learning is disabled for the intent.
Intent::getInputContextNames() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The list of context names required for this intent to be
triggered.
Intent::getEvents() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent.
Intent::getTrainingPhrases() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The collection of examples/templates that the agent is
trained on.
Intent::getAction() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The name of the action associated with the intent.
Intent::getOutputContexts() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The collection of contexts that are activated when the intent
is matched. Context messages in this collection should not set the
parameters field. Setting the lifespan_count to 0 will reset the context
when the intent is matched.
Intent::getResetContexts() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current
session when this intent is matched.
Intent::getParameters() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The collection of parameters associated with the intent.
Intent::getMessages() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The collection of rich messages corresponding to the
Response field in the Dialogflow console.
Intent::getDefaultResponsePlatforms() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The list of platforms for which the first response will be
taken from among the messages assigned to the DEFAULT_PLATFORM.
Intent::getRootFollowupIntentName() — Method in class Intent
                    The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents.
Intent::getParentFollowupIntentName() — Method in class Intent
                    The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup
intents.
Intent::getFollowupIntentInfo() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. Collection of information about all followup intents that have
name of this intent as a root_name.
IntentBatch::getIntents() — Method in class IntentBatch
                    A collection of intents.
Intent_FollowupIntentInfo::getFollowupIntentName() — Method in class Intent_FollowupIntentInfo
                    The unique identifier of the followup intent.
Intent_FollowupIntentInfo::getParentFollowupIntentName() — Method in class Intent_FollowupIntentInfo
                    The unique identifier of the followup intent parent.
Intent_Message::getText() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The text response.
Intent_Message::getImage() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The image response.
Intent_Message::getQuickReplies() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The quick replies response.
Intent_Message::getCard() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The card response.
Intent_Message::getPayload() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload.
Intent_Message::getSimpleResponses() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The voice and text-only responses for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::getBasicCard() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The basic card response for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::getSuggestions() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The suggestion chips for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::getLinkOutSuggestion() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The link out suggestion chip for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::getListSelect() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The list card response for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::getCarouselSelect() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The carousel card response for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::getPlatform() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    Optional. The platform that this message is intended for.
Intent_Message::getMessage() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    
Intent_Message_BasicCard::getTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard
                    Optional. The title of the card.
Intent_Message_BasicCard::getSubtitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard
                    Optional. The subtitle of the card.
Intent_Message_BasicCard::getFormattedText() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard
                    Required, unless image is present. The body text of the card.
Intent_Message_BasicCard::getImage() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard
                    Optional. The image for the card.
Intent_Message_BasicCard::getButtons() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard
                    Optional. The collection of card buttons.
Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button::getTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button
                    Required. The title of the button.
Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button::getOpenUriAction() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button
                    Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button.
Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button_OpenUriAction::getUri() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button_OpenUriAction
                    Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI.
Intent_Message_Card::getTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card
                    Optional. The title of the card.
Intent_Message_Card::getSubtitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card
                    Optional. The subtitle of the card.
Intent_Message_Card::getImageUri() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card
                    Optional. The public URI to an image file for the card.
Intent_Message_Card::getButtons() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card
                    Optional. The collection of card buttons.
Intent_Message_Card_Button::getText() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card_Button
                    Optional. The text to show on the button.
Intent_Message_Card_Button::getPostback() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card_Button
                    Optional. The text to send back to the Dialogflow API or a URI to
open.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect::getItems() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect
                    Required. Carousel items.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item::getInfo() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item
                    Required. Additional info about the option item.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item::getTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item
                    Required. Title of the carousel item.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item::getDescription() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item
                    Optional. The body text of the card.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item::getImage() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item
                    Optional. The image to display.
Intent_Message_Image::getImageUri() — Method in class Intent_Message_Image
                    Optional. The public URI to an image file.
Intent_Message_Image::getAccessibilityText() — Method in class Intent_Message_Image
                    Optional. A text description of the image to be used for accessibility,
e.g., screen readers.
Intent_Message_LinkOutSuggestion::getDestinationName() — Method in class Intent_Message_LinkOutSuggestion
                    Required. The name of the app or site this chip is linking to.
Intent_Message_LinkOutSuggestion::getUri() — Method in class Intent_Message_LinkOutSuggestion
                    Required. The URI of the app or site to open when the user taps the
suggestion chip.
Intent_Message_ListSelect::getTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect
                    Optional. The overall title of the list.
Intent_Message_ListSelect::getItems() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect
                    Required. List items.
Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item::getInfo() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item
                    Required. Additional information about this option.
Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item::getTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item
                    Required. The title of the list item.
Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item::getDescription() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item
                    Optional. The main text describing the item.
Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item::getImage() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item
                    Optional. The image to display.
Intent_Message_QuickReplies::getTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_QuickReplies
                    Optional. The title of the collection of quick replies.
Intent_Message_QuickReplies::getQuickReplies() — Method in class Intent_Message_QuickReplies
                    Optional. The collection of quick replies.
Intent_Message_SelectItemInfo::getKey() — Method in class Intent_Message_SelectItemInfo
                    Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this
response is given.
Intent_Message_SelectItemInfo::getSynonyms() — Method in class Intent_Message_SelectItemInfo
                    Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this
item in dialog.
Intent_Message_SimpleResponse::getTextToSpeech() — Method in class Intent_Message_SimpleResponse
                    One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. The plain text of the
speech output. Mutually exclusive with ssml.
Intent_Message_SimpleResponse::getSsml() — Method in class Intent_Message_SimpleResponse
                    One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. Structured spoken
response to the user in the SSML format. Mutually exclusive with
text_to_speech.
Intent_Message_SimpleResponse::getDisplayText() — Method in class Intent_Message_SimpleResponse
                    Optional. The text to display.
Intent_Message_SimpleResponses::getSimpleResponses() — Method in class Intent_Message_SimpleResponses
                    Required. The list of simple responses.
Intent_Message_Suggestion::getTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_Suggestion
                    Required. The text shown the in the suggestion chip.
Intent_Message_Suggestions::getSuggestions() — Method in class Intent_Message_Suggestions
                    Required. The list of suggested replies.
Intent_Message_Text::getText() — Method in class Intent_Message_Text
                    Optional. The collection of the agent's responses.
Intent_Parameter::getName() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    The unique identifier of this parameter.
Intent_Parameter::getDisplayName() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Required. The name of the parameter.
Intent_Parameter::getValue() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. The definition of the parameter value. It can be:
- a constant string,
- a parameter value defined as $parameter_name,
- an original parameter value defined as $parameter_name.original,
- a parameter value from some context defined as
  #context_name.parameter_name.
Intent_Parameter::getDefaultValue() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. The default value to use when the value yields an empty
result.
Intent_Parameter::getEntityTypeDisplayName() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. The name of the entity type, prefixed with &#64;, that
describes values of the parameter. If the parameter is
required, this must be provided.
Intent_Parameter::getMandatory() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. Indicates whether the parameter is required. That is,
whether the intent cannot be completed without collecting the parameter
value.
Intent_Parameter::getPrompts() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. The collection of prompts that the agent can present to the
user in order to collect value for the parameter.
Intent_Parameter::getIsList() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. Indicates whether the parameter represents a list of values.
Intent_TrainingPhrase::getName() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase
                    Required. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
Intent_TrainingPhrase::getType() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase
                    Required. The type of the training phrase.
Intent_TrainingPhrase::getParts() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase
                    Required. The collection of training phrase parts (can be annotated).
Intent_TrainingPhrase::getTimesAddedCount() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase
                    Optional. Indicates how many times this example or template was added to
the intent. Each time a developer adds an existing sample by editing an
intent or training, this counter is increased.
Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part::getText() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part
                    Required. The text corresponding to the example or template,
if there are no annotations. For
annotated examples, it is the text for one of the example's parts.
Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part::getEntityType() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part
                    Optional. The entity type name prefixed with &#64;. This field is
required for the annotated part of the text and applies only to
examples.
Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part::getAlias() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part
                    Optional. The parameter name for the value extracted from the
annotated part of the example.
Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part::getUserDefined() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part
                    Optional. Indicates whether the text was manually annotated by the
developer.
IntentsGrpcClient::GetIntent() — Method in class IntentsGrpcClient
                    Retrieves the specified intent.
ListContextsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListContextsRequest
                    Required. The session to list all contexts from.
ListContextsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListContextsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By
default 100 and at most 1000.
ListContextsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListContextsRequest
                    Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
ListContextsResponse::getContexts() — Method in class ListContextsResponse
                    The list of contexts. There will be a maximum number of items
returned based on the page_size field in the request.
ListContextsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListContextsResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no
more results in the list.
ListEntityTypesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListEntityTypesRequest
                    Required. The agent to list all entity types from.
ListEntityTypesRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class ListEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The language to list entity synonyms for. If not specified,
the agent's default language is used.
ListEntityTypesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By
default 100 and at most 1000.
ListEntityTypesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
ListEntityTypesResponse::getEntityTypes() — Method in class ListEntityTypesResponse
                    The list of agent entity types. There will be a maximum number of items
returned based on the page_size field in the request.
ListEntityTypesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListEntityTypesResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no
more results in the list.
ListIntentsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListIntentsRequest
                    Required. The agent to list all intents from.
ListIntentsRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class ListIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The language to list training phrases, parameters and rich
messages for. If not specified, the agent's default language is used.
ListIntentsRequest::getIntentView() — Method in class ListIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The resource view to apply to the returned intent.
ListIntentsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By
default 100 and at most 1000.
ListIntentsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
ListIntentsResponse::getIntents() — Method in class ListIntentsResponse
                    The list of agent intents. There will be a maximum number of items
returned based on the page_size field in the request.
ListIntentsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListIntentsResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no
more results in the list.
ListSessionEntityTypesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesRequest
                    Required. The session to list all session entity types from.
ListSessionEntityTypesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By
default 100 and at most 1000.
ListSessionEntityTypesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
ListSessionEntityTypesResponse::getSessionEntityTypes() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesResponse
                    The list of session entity types. There will be a maximum number of items
returned based on the page_size field in the request.
ListSessionEntityTypesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no
more results in the list.
OriginalDetectIntentRequest::getSource() — Method in class OriginalDetectIntentRequest
                    The source of this request, e.g., google, facebook, slack. It is set
by Dialogflow-owned servers.
OriginalDetectIntentRequest::getPayload() — Method in class OriginalDetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. This field is set to the value of QueryParameters.payload field
passed in the request.
QueryInput::getAudioConfig() — Method in class QueryInput
                    Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
QueryInput::getText() — Method in class QueryInput
                    The natural language text to be processed.
QueryInput::getEvent() — Method in class QueryInput
                    The event to be processed.
QueryInput::getInput() — Method in class QueryInput
                    
QueryParameters::getTimeZone() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. The time zone of this conversational query from the
time zone database, e.g.,
America/New_York, Europe/Paris. If not provided, the time zone specified in
agent settings is used.
QueryParameters::getGeoLocation() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. The geo location of this conversational query.
QueryParameters::getContexts() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. The collection of contexts to be activated before this query is
executed.
QueryParameters::getResetContexts() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. Specifies whether to delete all contexts in the current session
before the new ones are activated.
QueryParameters::getSessionEntityTypes() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. The collection of session entity types to replace or extend
developer entities with for this query only. The entity synonyms apply
to all languages.
QueryParameters::getPayload() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook
associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported.
QueryResult::getQueryText() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The original conversational query text:
- If natural language text was provided as input, query_text contains
  a copy of the input.
QueryResult::getLanguageCode() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The language that was triggered during intent detection.
QueryResult::getSpeechRecognitionConfidence() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The Speech recognition confidence between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. The default of 0.0 is a sentinel value indicating that confidence
was not set.
QueryResult::getAction() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The action name from the matched intent.
QueryResult::getParameters() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The collection of extracted parameters.
QueryResult::getAllRequiredParamsPresent() — Method in class QueryResult
                    This field is set to:
- false if the matched intent has required parameters and not all of
   the required parameter values have been collected.
QueryResult::getFulfillmentText() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The text to be pronounced to the user or shown on the screen.
QueryResult::getFulfillmentMessages() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The collection of rich messages to present to the user.
QueryResult::getWebhookSource() — Method in class QueryResult
                    If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the
value of the source field returned in the webhook response.
QueryResult::getWebhookPayload() — Method in class QueryResult
                    If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the
value of the payload field returned in the webhook response.
QueryResult::getOutputContexts() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The collection of output contexts. If applicable,
output_contexts.parameters contains entries with name
<parameter name>.original containing the original parameter values
before the query.
QueryResult::getIntent() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not
all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to:
name, display_name and webhook_state.
QueryResult::getIntentDetectionConfidence() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The intent detection confidence. Values range from 0.0
(completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
QueryResult::getDiagnosticInfo() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field
could contain webhook call latency.
RestoreAgentRequest::getParent() — Method in class RestoreAgentRequest
                    Required. The project that the agent to restore is associated with.
RestoreAgentRequest::getAgentUri() — Method in class RestoreAgentRequest
                    The URI to a Google Cloud Storage file containing the agent to restore.
RestoreAgentRequest::getAgentContent() — Method in class RestoreAgentRequest
                    The agent to restore.
RestoreAgentRequest::getAgent() — Method in class RestoreAgentRequest
                    
SearchAgentsRequest::getParent() — Method in class SearchAgentsRequest
                    Required. The project to list agents from.
SearchAgentsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class SearchAgentsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By
default 100 and at most 1000.
SearchAgentsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class SearchAgentsRequest
                    Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
SearchAgentsResponse::getAgents() — Method in class SearchAgentsResponse
                    The list of agents. There will be a maximum number of items returned based
on the page_size field in the request.
SearchAgentsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class SearchAgentsResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no
more results in the list.
SessionEntityType::getName() — Method in class SessionEntityType
                    Required. The unique identifier of this session entity type. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/entityTypes/<Entity Type
Display Name>.
SessionEntityType::getEntityOverrideMode() — Method in class SessionEntityType
                    Required. Indicates whether the additional data should override or
supplement the developer entity type definition.
SessionEntityType::getEntities() — Method in class SessionEntityType
                    Required. The collection of entities associated with this session entity
type.
SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient::GetSessionEntityType() — Method in class SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient
                    Retrieves the specified session entity type.
StreamingDetectIntentRequest::getSession() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentRequest
                    Required. The name of the session the query is sent to.
StreamingDetectIntentRequest::getQueryParams() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. The parameters of this query.
StreamingDetectIntentRequest::getQueryInput() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentRequest
                    Required. The input specification. It can be set to:
1.  an audio config which instructs the speech recognizer how to process
    the speech audio,
2.  a conversational query in the form of text, or
3.  an event that specifies which intent to trigger.
StreamingDetectIntentRequest::getSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. If false (default), recognition does not cease until the
client closes the stream.
StreamingDetectIntentRequest::getInputAudio() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. The input audio content to be recognized. Must be sent if
query_input was set to a streaming input audio config. The complete audio
over all streaming messages must not exceed 1 minute.
StreamingDetectIntentResponse::getResponseId() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentResponse
                    The unique identifier of the response. It can be used to
locate a response in the training example set or for reporting issues.
StreamingDetectIntentResponse::getRecognitionResult() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentResponse
                    The result of speech recognition.
StreamingDetectIntentResponse::getQueryResult() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentResponse
                    The result of the conversational query or event processing.
StreamingDetectIntentResponse::getWebhookStatus() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentResponse
                    Specifies the status of the webhook request.
StreamingRecognitionResult::getMessageType() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Type of the result message.
StreamingRecognitionResult::getTranscript() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
StreamingRecognitionResult::getIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    The default of 0.0 is a sentinel value indicating confidence was not set.
StreamingRecognitionResult::getConfidence() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    The Speech confidence between 0.0 and 1.0 for the current portion of audio.
TextInput::getText() — Method in class TextInput
                    Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed.
TextInput::getLanguageCode() — Method in class TextInput
                    Required. The language of this conversational query. See Language
Support for a list of the
currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session
do not necessarily need to specify the same language.
TrainAgentRequest::getParent() — Method in class TrainAgentRequest
                    Required. The project that the agent to train is associated with.
UpdateContextRequest::getContext() — Method in class UpdateContextRequest
                    Required. The context to update.
UpdateContextRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateContextRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
UpdateEntityTypeRequest::getEntityType() — Method in class UpdateEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The entity type to update.
UpdateEntityTypeRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class UpdateEntityTypeRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entity_type. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
UpdateEntityTypeRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateEntityTypeRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
UpdateIntentRequest::getIntent() — Method in class UpdateIntentRequest
                    Required. The intent to update.
UpdateIntentRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class UpdateIntentRequest
                    Optional. The language of training phrases, parameters and rich messages
defined in intent. If not specified, the agent's default language is
used. More than a dozen
languages are supported.
UpdateIntentRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateIntentRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
UpdateIntentRequest::getIntentView() — Method in class UpdateIntentRequest
                    Optional. The resource view to apply to the returned intent.
UpdateSessionEntityTypeRequest::getSessionEntityType() — Method in class UpdateSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The entity type to update. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/entityTypes/<Entity Type
Display Name>.
UpdateSessionEntityTypeRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
WebhookRequest::getSession() — Method in class WebhookRequest
                    The unique identifier of detectIntent request session.
WebhookRequest::getResponseId() — Method in class WebhookRequest
                    The unique identifier of the response. Contains the same value as
[Streaming]DetectIntentResponse.response_id.
WebhookRequest::getQueryResult() — Method in class WebhookRequest
                    The result of the conversational query or event processing. Contains the
same value as [Streaming]DetectIntentResponse.query_result.
WebhookRequest::getOriginalDetectIntentRequest() — Method in class WebhookRequest
                    Optional. The contents of the original request that was passed to
[Streaming]DetectIntent call.
WebhookResponse::getFulfillmentText() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. The text to be shown on the screen. This value is passed directly
to QueryResult.fulfillment_text.
WebhookResponse::getFulfillmentMessages() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. The collection of rich messages to present to the user. This
value is passed directly to QueryResult.fulfillment_messages.
WebhookResponse::getSource() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. This value is passed directly to QueryResult.webhook_source.
WebhookResponse::getPayload() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. This value is passed directly to QueryResult.webhook_payload.
WebhookResponse::getOutputContexts() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. The collection of output contexts. This value is passed directly
to QueryResult.output_contexts.
WebhookResponse::getFollowupEventInput() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. Makes the platform immediately invoke another DetectIntent call
internally with the specified event as input.
Action::getSaveFindings() — Method in class Action
                    Save resulting findings in a provided location.
Action::getPubSub() — Method in class Action
                    Publish a notification to a pubsub topic.
Action::getPublishSummaryToCscc() — Method in class Action
                    Publish summary to Cloud Security Command Center (Alpha).
Action::getAction() — Method in class Action
                    
Action_PublishToPubSub::getTopic() — Method in class Action_PublishToPubSub
                    Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. The topic must have given
publishing access rights to the DLP API service account executing
the long running DlpJob sending the notifications.
Action_SaveFindings::getOutputConfig() — Method in class Action_SaveFindings
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.OutputStorageConfig output_config = 1;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::getRequestedPrivacyMetric() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Privacy metric to compute.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::getRequestedSourceTable() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Input dataset to compute metrics over.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::getNumericalStatsResult() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.NumericalStatsResult numerical_stats_result = 3;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::getCategoricalStatsResult() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.CategoricalStatsResult categorical_stats_result = 4;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::getKAnonymityResult() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.KAnonymityResult k_anonymity_result = 5;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::getLDiversityResult() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.LDiversityResult l_diversity_result = 6;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::getKMapEstimationResult() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.KMapEstimationResult k_map_estimation_result = 7;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::getResult() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult::getValueFrequencyHistogramBuckets() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult
                    Histogram of value frequencies in the column.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket::getValueFrequencyLowerBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
                    Lower bound on the value frequency of the values in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket::getValueFrequencyUpperBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
                    Upper bound on the value frequency of the values in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket::getBucketSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
                    Total number of values in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket::getBucketValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
                    Sample of value frequencies in this bucket. The total number of
values returned per bucket is capped at 20.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket::getBucketValueCount() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
                    Total number of distinct values in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult::getEquivalenceClassHistogramBuckets() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult
                    Histogram of k-anonymity equivalence classes.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityEquivalenceClass::getQuasiIdsValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityEquivalenceClass
                    Set of values defining the equivalence class. One value per
quasi-identifier column in the original KAnonymity metric message.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityEquivalenceClass::getEquivalenceClassSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityEquivalenceClass
                    Size of the equivalence class, for example number of rows with the
above set of values.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket::getEquivalenceClassSizeLowerBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket
                    Lower bound on the size of the equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket::getEquivalenceClassSizeUpperBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket
                    Upper bound on the size of the equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket::getBucketSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket
                    Total number of equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket::getBucketValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket
                    Sample of equivalence classes in this bucket. The total number of
classes returned per bucket is capped at 20.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket::getBucketValueCount() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket
                    Total number of distinct equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult::getKMapEstimationHistogram() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult
                    The intervals [min_anonymity, max_anonymity] do not overlap. If a value
doesn't correspond to any such interval, the associated frequency is
zero. For example, the following records:
  {min_anonymity: 1, max_anonymity: 1, frequency: 17}
  {min_anonymity: 2, max_anonymity: 3, frequency: 42}
  {min_anonymity: 5, max_anonymity: 10, frequency: 99}
mean that there are no record with an estimated anonymity of 4, 5, or
larger than 10.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket::getMinAnonymity() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket
                    Always positive.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket::getMaxAnonymity() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket
                    Always greater than or equal to min_anonymity.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket::getBucketSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket
                    Number of records within these anonymity bounds.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket::getBucketValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket
                    Sample of quasi-identifier tuple values in this bucket. The total
number of classes returned per bucket is capped at 20.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket::getBucketValueCount() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket
                    Total number of distinct quasi-identifier tuple values in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationQuasiIdValues::getQuasiIdsValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationQuasiIdValues
                    The quasi-identifier values.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationQuasiIdValues::getEstimatedAnonymity() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationQuasiIdValues
                    The estimated anonymity for these quasi-identifier values.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult::getSensitiveValueFrequencyHistogramBuckets() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult
                    Histogram of l-diversity equivalence class sensitive value frequencies.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass::getQuasiIdsValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass
                    Quasi-identifier values defining the k-anonymity equivalence
class. The order is always the same as the original request.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass::getEquivalenceClassSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass
                    Size of the k-anonymity equivalence class.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass::getNumDistinctSensitiveValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass
                    Number of distinct sensitive values in this equivalence class.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass::getTopSensitiveValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass
                    Estimated frequencies of top sensitive values.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket::getSensitiveValueFrequencyLowerBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket
                    Lower bound on the sensitive value frequencies of the equivalence
classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket::getSensitiveValueFrequencyUpperBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket
                    Upper bound on the sensitive value frequencies of the equivalence
classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket::getBucketSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket
                    Total number of equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket::getBucketValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket
                    Sample of equivalence classes in this bucket. The total number of
classes returned per bucket is capped at 20.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket::getBucketValueCount() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket
                    Total number of distinct equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult::getMinValue() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult
                    Minimum value appearing in the column.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult::getMaxValue() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult
                    Maximum value appearing in the column.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult::getQuantileValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult
                    List of 99 values that partition the set of field values into 100 equal
sized buckets.
BigQueryKey::getTableReference() — Method in class BigQueryKey
                    Complete BigQuery table reference.
BigQueryKey::getRowNumber() — Method in class BigQueryKey
                    Absolute number of the row from the beginning of the table at the time
of scanning.
BigQueryOptions::getTableReference() — Method in class BigQueryOptions
                    Complete BigQuery table reference.
BigQueryOptions::getIdentifyingFields() — Method in class BigQueryOptions
                    References to fields uniquely identifying rows within the table.
BigQueryOptions::getRowsLimit() — Method in class BigQueryOptions
                    Max number of rows to scan. If the table has more rows than this value, the
rest of the rows are omitted. If not set, or if set to 0, all rows will be
scanned. Cannot be used in conjunction with TimespanConfig.
BigQueryOptions::getSampleMethod() — Method in class BigQueryOptions
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.BigQueryOptions.SampleMethod sample_method = 4;
BigQueryTable::getProjectId() — Method in class BigQueryTable
                    The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table.
BigQueryTable::getDatasetId() — Method in class BigQueryTable
                    Dataset ID of the table.
BigQueryTable::getTableId() — Method in class BigQueryTable
                    Name of the table.
BoundingBox::getTop() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Top coordinate of the bounding box. (0,0) is upper left.
BoundingBox::getLeft() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Left coordinate of the bounding box. (0,0) is upper left.
BoundingBox::getWidth() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Width of the bounding box in pixels.
BoundingBox::getHeight() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Height of the bounding box in pixels.
BucketingConfig::getBuckets() — Method in class BucketingConfig
                    Set of buckets. Ranges must be non-overlapping.
BucketingConfig_Bucket::getMin() — Method in class BucketingConfig_Bucket
                    Lower bound of the range, inclusive. Type should be the same as max if
used.
BucketingConfig_Bucket::getMax() — Method in class BucketingConfig_Bucket
                    Upper bound of the range, exclusive; type must match min.
BucketingConfig_Bucket::getReplacementValue() — Method in class BucketingConfig_Bucket
                    Replacement value for this bucket. If not provided
the default behavior will be to hyphenate the min-max range.
ByteContentItem::getType() — Method in class ByteContentItem
                    The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
ByteContentItem::getData() — Method in class ByteContentItem
                    Content data to inspect or redact.
CancelDlpJobRequest::getName() — Method in class CancelDlpJobRequest
                    The name of the DlpJob resource to be cancelled.
CharacterMaskConfig::getMaskingCharacter() — Method in class CharacterMaskConfig
                    Character to mask the sensitive values—for example, "" for an
alphabetic string such as name, or "0" for a numeric string such as ZIP
code or credit card number. String must have length 1. If not supplied, we
will default to "" for strings, 0 for digits.
CharacterMaskConfig::getNumberToMask() — Method in class CharacterMaskConfig
                    Number of characters to mask. If not set, all matching chars will be
masked. Skipped characters do not count towards this tally.
CharacterMaskConfig::getReverseOrder() — Method in class CharacterMaskConfig
                    Mask characters in reverse order. For example, if masking_character is
'0', number_to_mask is 14, and reverse_order is false, then
1234-5678-9012-3456 -> 00000000000000-3456
If masking_character is '*', number_to_mask is 3, and reverse_order
is true, then 12345 -> 12***
CharacterMaskConfig::getCharactersToIgnore() — Method in class CharacterMaskConfig
                    When masking a string, items in this list will be skipped when replacing.
CharsToIgnore::getCharactersToSkip() — Method in class CharsToIgnore
                    Generated from protobuf field string characters_to_skip = 1;
CharsToIgnore::getCommonCharactersToIgnore() — Method in class CharsToIgnore
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CharsToIgnore.CommonCharsToIgnore common_characters_to_ignore = 2;
CharsToIgnore::getCharacters() — Method in class CharsToIgnore
                    
CloudStorageOptions::getFileSet() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CloudStorageOptions.FileSet file_set = 1;
CloudStorageOptions::getBytesLimitPerFile() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions
                    Max number of bytes to scan from a file. If a scanned file's size is bigger
than this value then the rest of the bytes are omitted.
CloudStorageOptions::getFileTypes() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions
                    List of file type groups to include in the scan.
CloudStorageOptions::getSampleMethod() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CloudStorageOptions.SampleMethod sample_method = 6;
CloudStorageOptions::getFilesLimitPercent() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions
                    Limits the number of files to scan to this percentage of the input FileSet.
CloudStorageOptions_FileSet::getUrl() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions_FileSet
                    The url, in the format gs://<bucket>/<path>. Trailing wildcard in the
path is allowed.
CloudStoragePath::getPath() — Method in class CloudStoragePath
                    A url representing a file or path (no wildcards) in Cloud Storage.
Color::getRed() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::getGreen() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::getBlue() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
ContentItem::getValue() — Method in class ContentItem
                    String data to inspect or redact.
ContentItem::getTable() — Method in class ContentItem
                    Structured content for inspection.
ContentItem::getByteItem() — Method in class ContentItem
                    Content data to inspect or redact. Replaces type and data.
ContentItem::getDataItem() — Method in class ContentItem
                    
ContentLocation::getContainerName() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Name of the container where the finding is located.
ContentLocation::getRecordLocation() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Location within a row or record of a database table.
ContentLocation::getImageLocation() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Location within an image's pixels.
ContentLocation::getDocumentLocation() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Location data for document files.
ContentLocation::getContainerTimestamp() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Findings container modification timestamp, if applicable.
ContentLocation::getContainerVersion() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Findings container version, if available
("generation" for Google Cloud Storage).
ContentLocation::getLocation() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    
CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id or
organizations/my-org-id.
CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::getDeidentifyTemplate() — Method in class CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    The DeidentifyTemplate to create.
CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::getTemplateId() — Method in class CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    The template id can contain uppercase and lowercase letters,
numbers, and hyphens; that is, it must match the regular
expression: [a-zA-Z\\d-]+. The maximum length is 100
characters. Can be empty to allow the system to generate one.
CreateDlpJobRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateDlpJobRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
CreateDlpJobRequest::getInspectJob() — Method in class CreateDlpJobRequest
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectJobConfig inspect_job = 2;
CreateDlpJobRequest::getRiskJob() — Method in class CreateDlpJobRequest
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.RiskAnalysisJobConfig risk_job = 3;
CreateDlpJobRequest::getJobId() — Method in class CreateDlpJobRequest
                    The job id can contain uppercase and lowercase letters,
numbers, and hyphens; that is, it must match the regular
expression: [a-zA-Z\\d-]+. The maximum length is 100
characters. Can be empty to allow the system to generate one.
CreateDlpJobRequest::getJob() — Method in class CreateDlpJobRequest
                    
CreateInspectTemplateRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateInspectTemplateRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id or
organizations/my-org-id.
CreateInspectTemplateRequest::getInspectTemplate() — Method in class CreateInspectTemplateRequest
                    The InspectTemplate to create.
CreateInspectTemplateRequest::getTemplateId() — Method in class CreateInspectTemplateRequest
                    The template id can contain uppercase and lowercase letters,
numbers, and hyphens; that is, it must match the regular
expression: [a-zA-Z\\d-]+. The maximum length is 100
characters. Can be empty to allow the system to generate one.
CreateJobTriggerRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateJobTriggerRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
CreateJobTriggerRequest::getJobTrigger() — Method in class CreateJobTriggerRequest
                    The JobTrigger to create.
CreateJobTriggerRequest::getTriggerId() — Method in class CreateJobTriggerRequest
                    The trigger id can contain uppercase and lowercase letters,
numbers, and hyphens; that is, it must match the regular
expression: [a-zA-Z\\d-]+. The maximum length is 100
characters. Can be empty to allow the system to generate one.
CryptoHashConfig::getCryptoKey() — Method in class CryptoHashConfig
                    The key used by the hash function.
CryptoKey::getTransient() — Method in class CryptoKey
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.TransientCryptoKey transient = 1;
CryptoKey::getUnwrapped() — Method in class CryptoKey
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.UnwrappedCryptoKey unwrapped = 2;
CryptoKey::getKmsWrapped() — Method in class CryptoKey
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.KmsWrappedCryptoKey kms_wrapped = 3;
CryptoKey::getSource() — Method in class CryptoKey
                    
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::getCryptoKey() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    The key used by the encryption algorithm. [required]
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::getContext() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    The 'tweak', a context may be used for higher security since the same
identifier in two different contexts won't be given the same surrogate. If
the context is not set, a default tweak will be used.
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::getCommonAlphabet() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig.FfxCommonNativeAlphabet common_alphabet = 4;
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::getCustomAlphabet() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    This is supported by mapping these to the alphanumeric characters
that the FFX mode natively supports. This happens before/after
encryption/decryption.
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::getRadix() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    The native way to select the alphabet. Must be in the range [2, 62].
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::getSurrogateInfoType() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    The custom infoType to annotate the surrogate with.
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::getAlphabet() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    
CustomInfoType::getInfoType() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Info type configuration. All custom info types must have configurations
that do not conflict with built-in info types or other custom info types.
CustomInfoType::getLikelihood() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Likelihood to return for this custom info type. This base value can be
altered by a detection rule if the finding meets the criteria specified by
the rule. Defaults to VERY_LIKELY if not specified.
CustomInfoType::getDictionary() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Dictionary-based custom info type.
CustomInfoType::getRegex() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Regex-based custom info type.
CustomInfoType::getSurrogateType() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Surrogate info type.
CustomInfoType::getDetectionRules() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Set of detection rules to apply to all findings of this custom info type.
CustomInfoType::getType() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule::getHotwordRule() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule
                    Hotword-based detection rule.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule::getType() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule
                    
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule::getHotwordRegex() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule
                    Regex pattern defining what qualifies as a hotword.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule::getProximity() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule
                    Proximity of the finding within which the entire hotword must reside.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule::getLikelihoodAdjustment() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule
                    Likelihood adjustment to apply to all matching findings.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment::getFixedLikelihood() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment
                    Set the likelihood of a finding to a fixed value.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment::getRelativeLikelihood() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment
                    Increase or decrease the likelihood by the specified number of
levels. For example, if a finding would be POSSIBLE without the
detection rule and relative_likelihood is 1, then it is upgraded to
LIKELY, while a value of -1 would downgrade it to UNLIKELY.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment::getAdjustment() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment
                    
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_Proximity::getWindowBefore() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_Proximity
                    Number of characters before the finding to consider.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_Proximity::getWindowAfter() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_Proximity
                    Number of characters after the finding to consider.
CustomInfoType_Dictionary::getWordList() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Dictionary
                    List of words or phrases to search for.
CustomInfoType_Dictionary::getCloudStoragePath() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Dictionary
                    Newline-delimited file of words in Cloud Storage. Only a single file
is accepted.
CustomInfoType_Dictionary::getSource() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Dictionary
                    
CustomInfoType_Dictionary_WordList::getWords() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Dictionary_WordList
                    Words or phrases defining the dictionary. The dictionary must contain
at least one phrase and every phrase must contain at least 2 characters
that are letters or digits. [required]
CustomInfoType_Regex::getPattern() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Regex
                    Pattern defining the regular expression.
DatastoreKey::getEntityKey() — Method in class DatastoreKey
                    Datastore entity key.
DatastoreOptions::getPartitionId() — Method in class DatastoreOptions
                    A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always
by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty.
DatastoreOptions::getKind() — Method in class DatastoreOptions
                    The kind to process.
DateShiftConfig::getUpperBoundDays() — Method in class DateShiftConfig
                    Range of shift in days. Actual shift will be selected at random within this
range (inclusive ends). Negative means shift to earlier in time. Must not
be more than 365250 days (1000 years) each direction.
DateShiftConfig::getLowerBoundDays() — Method in class DateShiftConfig
                    For example, -5 means shift date to at most 5 days back in the past.
DateShiftConfig::getContext() — Method in class DateShiftConfig
                    Points to the field that contains the context, for example, an entity id.
DateShiftConfig::getCryptoKey() — Method in class DateShiftConfig
                    Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the context. This
results in the same shift for the same context and crypto_key.
DateShiftConfig::getMethod() — Method in class DateShiftConfig
                    
DateTime::getDate() — Method in class DateTime
                    One or more of the following must be set. All fields are optional, but
when set must be valid date or time values.
DateTime::getDayOfWeek() — Method in class DateTime
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.type.DayOfWeek day_of_week = 2;
DateTime::getTime() — Method in class DateTime
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.type.TimeOfDay time = 3;
DateTime::getTimeZone() — Method in class DateTime
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.DateTime.TimeZone time_zone = 4;
DateTime_TimeZone::getOffsetMinutes() — Method in class DateTime_TimeZone
                    Set only if the offset can be determined. Positive for time ahead of UTC.
DeidentifyConfig::getInfoTypeTransformations() — Method in class DeidentifyConfig
                    Treat the dataset as free-form text and apply the same free text
transformation everywhere.
DeidentifyConfig::getRecordTransformations() — Method in class DeidentifyConfig
                    Treat the dataset as structured. Transformations can be applied to
specific locations within structured datasets, such as transforming
a column within a table.
DeidentifyConfig::getTransformation() — Method in class DeidentifyConfig
                    
DeidentifyContentRequest::getParent() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
DeidentifyContentRequest::getDeidentifyConfig() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    Configuration for the de-identification of the content item.
DeidentifyContentRequest::getInspectConfig() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    Configuration for the inspector.
DeidentifyContentRequest::getItem() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    The item to de-identify. Will be treated as text.
DeidentifyContentRequest::getInspectTemplateName() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    Optional template to use. Any configuration directly specified in
inspect_config will override those set in the template. Singular fields
that are set in this request will replace their corresponding fields in the
template. Repeated fields are appended. Singular sub-messages and groups
are recursively merged.
DeidentifyContentRequest::getDeidentifyTemplateName() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    Optional template to use. Any configuration directly specified in
deidentify_config will override those set in the template. Singular fields
that are set in this request will replace their corresponding fields in the
template. Repeated fields are appended. Singular sub-messages and groups
are recursively merged.
DeidentifyContentResponse::getItem() — Method in class DeidentifyContentResponse
                    The de-identified item.
DeidentifyContentResponse::getOverview() — Method in class DeidentifyContentResponse
                    An overview of the changes that were made on the item.
DeidentifyTemplate::getName() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    The template name. Output only.
DeidentifyTemplate::getDisplayName() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    Display name (max 256 chars).
DeidentifyTemplate::getDescription() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    Short description (max 256 chars).
DeidentifyTemplate::getCreateTime() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    The creation timestamp of a inspectTemplate, output only field.
DeidentifyTemplate::getUpdateTime() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    The last update timestamp of a inspectTemplate, output only field.
DeidentifyTemplate::getDeidentifyConfig() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    ///////////// // The core content of the template  // ///////////////
DeleteDeidentifyTemplateRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of the organization and deidentify template to be deleted,
for example organizations/433245324/deidentifyTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/deidentifyTemplates/432452342.
DeleteDlpJobRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteDlpJobRequest
                    The name of the DlpJob resource to be deleted.
DeleteInspectTemplateRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteInspectTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of the organization and inspectTemplate to be deleted, for
example organizations/433245324/inspectTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/inspectTemplates/432452342.
DeleteJobTriggerRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteJobTriggerRequest
                    Resource name of the project and the triggeredJob, for example
projects/dlp-test-project/jobTriggers/53234423.
DlpJob::getName() — Method in class DlpJob
                    The server-assigned name.
DlpJob::getType() — Method in class DlpJob
                    The type of job.
DlpJob::getState() — Method in class DlpJob
                    State of a job.
DlpJob::getRiskDetails() — Method in class DlpJob
                    Results from analyzing risk of a data source.
DlpJob::getInspectDetails() — Method in class DlpJob
                    Results from inspecting a data source.
DlpJob::getCreateTime() — Method in class DlpJob
                    Time when the job was created.
DlpJob::getStartTime() — Method in class DlpJob
                    Time when the job started.
DlpJob::getEndTime() — Method in class DlpJob
                    Time when the job finished.
DlpJob::getJobTriggerName() — Method in class DlpJob
                    If created by a job trigger, the resource name of the trigger that
instantiated the job.
DlpJob::getErrors() — Method in class DlpJob
                    A stream of errors encountered running the job.
DlpJob::getDetails() — Method in class DlpJob
                    
DlpServiceGrpcClient::GetInspectTemplate() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets an InspectTemplate.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::GetDeidentifyTemplate() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a DeidentifyTemplate.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::GetJobTrigger() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a job trigger.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::GetDlpJob() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets the latest state of a long-running DlpJob.
DocumentLocation::getFileOffset() — Method in class DocumentLocation
                    Offset of the line, from the beginning of the file, where the finding
is located.
EntityId::getField() — Method in class EntityId
                    Composite key indicating which field contains the entity identifier.
Error::getDetails() — Method in class Error
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.rpc.Status details = 1;
Error::getTimestamps() — Method in class Error
                    The times the error occurred.
FieldId::getName() — Method in class FieldId
                    Name describing the field.
FieldTransformation::getFields() — Method in class FieldTransformation
                    Input field(s) to apply the transformation to. [required]
FieldTransformation::getCondition() — Method in class FieldTransformation
                    Only apply the transformation if the condition evaluates to true for the
given RecordCondition. The conditions are allowed to reference fields
that are not used in the actual transformation. [optional]
Example Use Cases:
- Apply a different bucket transformation to an age column if the zip code
column for the same record is within a specific range.
FieldTransformation::getPrimitiveTransformation() — Method in class FieldTransformation
                    Apply the transformation to the entire field.
FieldTransformation::getInfoTypeTransformations() — Method in class FieldTransformation
                    Treat the contents of the field as free text, and selectively
transform content that matches an InfoType.
FieldTransformation::getTransformation() — Method in class FieldTransformation
                    
Finding::getQuote() — Method in class Finding
                    The content that was found. Even if the content is not textual, it
may be converted to a textual representation here.
Finding::getInfoType() — Method in class Finding
                    The type of content that might have been found.
Finding::getLikelihood() — Method in class Finding
                    Estimate of how likely it is that the info_type is correct.
Finding::getLocation() — Method in class Finding
                    Where the content was found.
Finding::getCreateTime() — Method in class Finding
                    Timestamp when finding was detected.
Finding::getQuoteInfo() — Method in class Finding
                    Contains data parsed from quotes. Only populated if include_quote was set
to true and a supported infoType was requested. Currently supported
infoTypes: DATE, DATE_OF_BIRTH and TIME.
FixedSizeBucketingConfig::getLowerBound() — Method in class FixedSizeBucketingConfig
                    Lower bound value of buckets. All values less than lower_bound are
grouped together into a single bucket; for example if lower_bound = 10,
then all values less than 10 are replaced with the value “-10”. [Required].
FixedSizeBucketingConfig::getUpperBound() — Method in class FixedSizeBucketingConfig
                    Upper bound value of buckets. All values greater than upper_bound are
grouped together into a single bucket; for example if upper_bound = 89,
then all values greater than 89 are replaced with the value “89+”.
FixedSizeBucketingConfig::getBucketSize() — Method in class FixedSizeBucketingConfig
                    Size of each bucket (except for minimum and maximum buckets). So if
lower_bound = 10, upper_bound = 89, and bucket_size = 10, then the
following buckets would be used: -10, 10-20, 20-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-60,
60-70, 70-80, 80-89, 89+. Precision up to 2 decimals works. [Required].
GetDeidentifyTemplateRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request message for GetDeidentifyTemplate.
GetDeidentifyTemplateRequest::getName() — Method in class GetDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of the organization and deidentify template to be read, for
example organizations/433245324/deidentifyTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/deidentifyTemplates/432452342.
GetDlpJobRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    The request message for [DlpJobs.GetDlpJob][].
GetDlpJobRequest::getName() — Method in class GetDlpJobRequest
                    The name of the DlpJob resource.
GetInspectTemplateRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request message for GetInspectTemplate.
GetInspectTemplateRequest::getName() — Method in class GetInspectTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of the organization and inspectTemplate to be read, for
example organizations/433245324/inspectTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/inspectTemplates/432452342.
GetJobTriggerRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request message for GetJobTrigger.
GetJobTriggerRequest::getName() — Method in class GetJobTriggerRequest
                    Resource name of the project and the triggeredJob, for example
projects/dlp-test-project/jobTriggers/53234423.
ImageLocation::getBoundingBoxes() — Method in class ImageLocation
                    Bounding boxes locating the pixels within the image containing the finding.
InfoType::getName() — Method in class InfoType
                    Name of the information type.
InfoTypeDescription::getName() — Method in class InfoTypeDescription
                    Internal name of the infoType.
InfoTypeDescription::getDisplayName() — Method in class InfoTypeDescription
                    Human readable form of the infoType name.
InfoTypeDescription::getSupportedBy() — Method in class InfoTypeDescription
                    Which parts of the API supports this InfoType.
InfoTypeStats::getInfoType() — Method in class InfoTypeStats
                    The type of finding this stat is for.
InfoTypeStats::getCount() — Method in class InfoTypeStats
                    Number of findings for this infoType.
InfoTypeTransformations::getTransformations() — Method in class InfoTypeTransformations
                    Transformation for each infoType. Cannot specify more than one
for a given infoType. [required]
InfoTypeTransformations_InfoTypeTransformation::getInfoTypes() — Method in class InfoTypeTransformations_InfoTypeTransformation
                    InfoTypes to apply the transformation to. Empty list will match all
available infoTypes for this transformation.
InfoTypeTransformations_InfoTypeTransformation::getPrimitiveTransformation() — Method in class InfoTypeTransformations_InfoTypeTransformation
                    Primitive transformation to apply to the infoType. [required]
InspectConfig::getInfoTypes() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to
InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or found in documentation.
InspectConfig::getMinLikelihood() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    Only returns findings equal or above this threshold. The default is
POSSIBLE.
InspectConfig::getLimits() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectConfig.FindingLimits limits = 3;
InspectConfig::getIncludeQuote() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is
included in the response; see Finding.quote.
InspectConfig::getExcludeInfoTypes() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    When true, excludes type information of the findings.
InspectConfig::getCustomInfoTypes() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    Custom infoTypes provided by the user.
InspectConfig::getContentOptions() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    List of options defining data content to scan.
InspectConfig_FindingLimits::getMaxFindingsPerItem() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits
                    Max number of findings that will be returned for each item scanned.
InspectConfig_FindingLimits::getMaxFindingsPerRequest() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits
                    Max number of findings that will be returned per request/job.
InspectConfig_FindingLimits::getMaxFindingsPerInfoType() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits
                    Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
InspectConfig_FindingLimits_InfoTypeLimit::getInfoType() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits_InfoTypeLimit
                    Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per
info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an
info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that
are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
InspectConfig_FindingLimits_InfoTypeLimit::getMaxFindings() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits_InfoTypeLimit
                    Max findings limit for the given infoType.
InspectContentRequest::getParent() — Method in class InspectContentRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
InspectContentRequest::getInspectConfig() — Method in class InspectContentRequest
                    Configuration for the inspector. What specified here will override
the template referenced by the inspect_template_name argument.
InspectContentRequest::getItem() — Method in class InspectContentRequest
                    The item to inspect.
InspectContentRequest::getInspectTemplateName() — Method in class InspectContentRequest
                    Optional template to use. Any configuration directly specified in
inspect_config will override those set in the template. Singular fields
that are set in this request will replace their corresponding fields in the
template. Repeated fields are appended. Singular sub-messages and groups
are recursively merged.
InspectContentResponse::getResult() — Method in class InspectContentResponse
                    The findings.
InspectDataSourceDetails::getRequestedOptions() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails
                    The configuration used for this job.
InspectDataSourceDetails::getResult() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails
                    A summary of the outcome of this inspect job.
InspectDataSourceDetails_RequestedOptions::getSnapshotInspectTemplate() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_RequestedOptions
                    If run with an InspectTemplate, a snapshot of its state at the time of
this run.
InspectDataSourceDetails_RequestedOptions::getJobConfig() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_RequestedOptions
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectJobConfig job_config = 3;
InspectDataSourceDetails_Result::getProcessedBytes() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_Result
                    Total size in bytes that were processed.
InspectDataSourceDetails_Result::getTotalEstimatedBytes() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_Result
                    Estimate of the number of bytes to process.
InspectDataSourceDetails_Result::getInfoTypeStats() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_Result
                    Statistics of how many instances of each info type were found during
inspect job.
InspectJobConfig::getStorageConfig() — Method in class InspectJobConfig
                    The data to scan.
InspectJobConfig::getInspectConfig() — Method in class InspectJobConfig
                    How and what to scan for.
InspectJobConfig::getInspectTemplateName() — Method in class InspectJobConfig
                    If provided, will be used as the default for all values in InspectConfig.
InspectJobConfig::getActions() — Method in class InspectJobConfig
                    Actions to execute at the completion of the job. Are executed in the order
provided.
InspectResult::getFindings() — Method in class InspectResult
                    List of findings for an item.
InspectResult::getFindingsTruncated() — Method in class InspectResult
                    If true, then this item might have more findings than were returned,
and the findings returned are an arbitrary subset of all findings.
InspectTemplate::getName() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    The template name. Output only.
InspectTemplate::getDisplayName() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    Display name (max 256 chars).
InspectTemplate::getDescription() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    Short description (max 256 chars).
InspectTemplate::getCreateTime() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    The creation timestamp of a inspectTemplate, output only field.
InspectTemplate::getUpdateTime() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    The last update timestamp of a inspectTemplate, output only field.
InspectTemplate::getInspectConfig() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
JobTrigger::getName() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    Unique resource name for the triggeredJob, assigned by the service when the
triggeredJob is created, for example
projects/dlp-test-project/triggeredJobs/53234423.
JobTrigger::getDisplayName() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    Display name (max 100 chars)
JobTrigger::getDescription() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    User provided description (max 256 chars)
JobTrigger::getInspectJob() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectJobConfig inspect_job = 4;
JobTrigger::getTriggers() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    A list of triggers which will be OR'ed together. Only one in the list
needs to trigger for a job to be started. The list may contain only
a single Schedule trigger and must have at least one object.
JobTrigger::getErrors() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    A stream of errors encountered when the trigger was activated. Repeated
errors may result in the JobTrigger automaticaly being paused.
JobTrigger::getCreateTime() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    The creation timestamp of a triggeredJob, output only field.
JobTrigger::getUpdateTime() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    The last update timestamp of a triggeredJob, output only field.
JobTrigger::getLastRunTime() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    The timestamp of the last time this trigger executed, output only field.
JobTrigger::getStatus() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    A status for this trigger. [required]
JobTrigger::getJob() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    
JobTrigger_Trigger::getSchedule() — Method in class JobTrigger_Trigger
                    Create a job on a repeating basis based on the elapse of time.
JobTrigger_Trigger::getTrigger() — Method in class JobTrigger_Trigger
                    
Key::getPartitionId() — Method in class Key
                    Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project
ID and namespace ID.
Key::getPath() — Method in class Key
                    The entity path.
Key_PathElement::getKind() — Method in class Key_PathElement
                    The kind of the entity.
Key_PathElement::getId() — Method in class Key_PathElement
                    The auto-allocated ID of the entity.
Key_PathElement::getName() — Method in class Key_PathElement
                    The name of the entity.
Key_PathElement::getIdType() — Method in class Key_PathElement
                    
KindExpression::getName() — Method in class KindExpression
                    The name of the kind.
KmsWrappedCryptoKey::getWrappedKey() — Method in class KmsWrappedCryptoKey
                    The wrapped data crypto key. [required]
KmsWrappedCryptoKey::getCryptoKeyName() — Method in class KmsWrappedCryptoKey
                    The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. [required]
ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id or
organizations/my-org-id.
ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest
                    Optional page token to continue retrieval. Comes from previous call
to ListDeidentifyTemplates.
ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest
                    Optional size of the page, can be limited by server. If zero server returns
a page of max size 100.
ListDeidentifyTemplatesResponse::getDeidentifyTemplates() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesResponse
                    List of deidentify templates, up to page_size in
ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest.
ListDeidentifyTemplatesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesResponse
                    If the next page is available then the next page token to be used
in following ListDeidentifyTemplates request.
ListDlpJobsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListDlpJobsRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
ListDlpJobsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListDlpJobsRequest
                    Optional. Allows filtering.
ListDlpJobsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListDlpJobsRequest
                    The standard list page size.
ListDlpJobsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListDlpJobsRequest
                    The standard list page token.
ListDlpJobsRequest::getType() — Method in class ListDlpJobsRequest
                    The type of job. Defaults to DlpJobType.INSPECT
ListDlpJobsResponse::getJobs() — Method in class ListDlpJobsResponse
                    A list of DlpJobs that matches the specified filter in the request.
ListDlpJobsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDlpJobsResponse
                    The standard List next-page token.
ListInfoTypesRequest::getLanguageCode() — Method in class ListInfoTypesRequest
                    Optional BCP-47 language code for localized infoType friendly
names. If omitted, or if localized strings are not available,
en-US strings will be returned.
ListInfoTypesRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListInfoTypesRequest
                    Optional filter to only return infoTypes supported by certain parts of the
API. Defaults to supported_by=INSPECT.
ListInfoTypesResponse::getInfoTypes() — Method in class ListInfoTypesResponse
                    Set of sensitive infoTypes.
ListInspectTemplatesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id or
organizations/my-org-id.
ListInspectTemplatesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesRequest
                    Optional page token to continue retrieval. Comes from previous call
to ListInspectTemplates.
ListInspectTemplatesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesRequest
                    Optional size of the page, can be limited by server. If zero server returns
a page of max size 100.
ListInspectTemplatesResponse::getInspectTemplates() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesResponse
                    List of inspectTemplates, up to page_size in ListInspectTemplatesRequest.
ListInspectTemplatesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesResponse
                    If the next page is available then the next page token to be used
in following ListInspectTemplates request.
ListJobTriggersRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListJobTriggersRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
ListJobTriggersRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListJobTriggersRequest
                    Optional page token to continue retrieval. Comes from previous call
to ListJobTriggers. order_by and filter should not change for
subsequent calls, but can be omitted if token is specified.
ListJobTriggersRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListJobTriggersRequest
                    Optional size of the page, can be limited by a server.
ListJobTriggersRequest::getOrderBy() — Method in class ListJobTriggersRequest
                    Optional comma separated list of triggeredJob fields to order by,
followed by 'asc/desc' postfix, i.e.
ListJobTriggersResponse::getJobTriggers() — Method in class ListJobTriggersResponse
                    List of triggeredJobs, up to page_size in ListJobTriggersRequest.
ListJobTriggersResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListJobTriggersResponse
                    If the next page is available then the next page token to be used
in following ListJobTriggers request.
Location::getByteRange() — Method in class Location
                    Zero-based byte offsets delimiting the finding.
Location::getCodepointRange() — Method in class Location
                    Unicode character offsets delimiting the finding.
Location::getContentLocations() — Method in class Location
                    List of nested objects pointing to the precise location of the finding
within the file or record.
OutputStorageConfig::getTable() — Method in class OutputStorageConfig
                    Store findings in an existing table or a new table in an existing
dataset. Each column in an existing table must have the same name, type,
and mode of a field in the Finding object. If table_id is not set a new
one will be generated for you with the following format:
dlp_googleapis_yyyy_mm_dd_[dlp_job_id]. Pacific timezone will be used for
generating the date details.
OutputStorageConfig::getOutputSchema() — Method in class OutputStorageConfig
                    Schema used for writing the findings. Columns are derived from the
Finding object. If appending to an existing table, any columns from the
predefined schema that are missing will be added. No columns in the
existing table will be deleted.
OutputStorageConfig::getType() — Method in class OutputStorageConfig
                    
PartitionId::getProjectId() — Method in class PartitionId
                    The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
PartitionId::getNamespaceId() — Method in class PartitionId
                    If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
PrimitiveTransformation::getReplaceConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.ReplaceValueConfig replace_config = 1;
PrimitiveTransformation::getRedactConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.RedactConfig redact_config = 2;
PrimitiveTransformation::getCharacterMaskConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CharacterMaskConfig character_mask_config = 3;
PrimitiveTransformation::getCryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig crypto_replace_ffx_fpe_config = 4;
PrimitiveTransformation::getFixedSizeBucketingConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.FixedSizeBucketingConfig fixed_size_bucketing_config = 5;
PrimitiveTransformation::getBucketingConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.BucketingConfig bucketing_config = 6;
PrimitiveTransformation::getReplaceWithInfoTypeConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.ReplaceWithInfoTypeConfig replace_with_info_type_config = 7;
PrimitiveTransformation::getTimePartConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.TimePartConfig time_part_config = 8;
PrimitiveTransformation::getCryptoHashConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CryptoHashConfig crypto_hash_config = 9;
PrimitiveTransformation::getDateShiftConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.DateShiftConfig date_shift_config = 11;
PrimitiveTransformation::getTransformation() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    
PrivacyMetric::getNumericalStatsConfig() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.PrivacyMetric.NumericalStatsConfig numerical_stats_config = 1;
PrivacyMetric::getCategoricalStatsConfig() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.PrivacyMetric.CategoricalStatsConfig categorical_stats_config = 2;
PrivacyMetric::getKAnonymityConfig() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.PrivacyMetric.KAnonymityConfig k_anonymity_config = 3;
PrivacyMetric::getLDiversityConfig() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.PrivacyMetric.LDiversityConfig l_diversity_config = 4;
PrivacyMetric::getKMapEstimationConfig() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.PrivacyMetric.KMapEstimationConfig k_map_estimation_config = 5;
PrivacyMetric::getType() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    
PrivacyMetric_CategoricalStatsConfig::getField() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_CategoricalStatsConfig
                    Field to compute categorical stats on. All column types are
supported except for arrays and structs. However, it may be more
informative to use NumericalStats when the field type is supported,
depending on the data.
PrivacyMetric_KAnonymityConfig::getQuasiIds() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KAnonymityConfig
                    Set of fields to compute k-anonymity over. When multiple fields are
specified, they are considered a single composite key. Structs and
repeated data types are not supported; however, nested fields are
supported so long as they are not structs themselves or nested within
a repeated field.
PrivacyMetric_KAnonymityConfig::getEntityId() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KAnonymityConfig
                    Optional message indicating that multiple rows might be associated to a
single individual. If the same entity_id is associated to multiple
quasi-identifier tuples over distict rows, we consider the entire
collection of tuples as the composite quasi-identifier. This collection
is a multiset: the order in which the different tuples appear in the
dataset is ignored, but their frequency is taken into account.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig::getQuasiIds() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig
                    Fields considered to be quasi-identifiers. No two columns can have the
same tag. [required]
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig::getRegionCode() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig
                    ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 region code to use in the statistical modeling.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig::getAuxiliaryTables() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig
                    Several auxiliary tables can be used in the analysis. Each custom_tag
used to tag a quasi-identifiers column must appear in exactly one column
of one auxiliary table.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable::getTable() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable
                    Auxiliary table location. [required]
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable::getQuasiIds() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable
                    Quasi-identifier columns. [required]
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable::getRelativeFrequency() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable
                    The relative frequency column must contain a floating-point number
between 0 and 1 (inclusive). Null values are assumed to be zero.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable_QuasiIdField::getField() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable_QuasiIdField
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.FieldId field = 1;
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable_QuasiIdField::getCustomTag() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable_QuasiIdField
                    Generated from protobuf field string custom_tag = 2;
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField::getField() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField
                    Identifies the column. [required]
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField::getInfoType() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField
                    A column can be tagged with a InfoType to use the relevant public
dataset as a statistical model of population, if available. We
currently support US ZIP codes, region codes, ages and genders.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField::getCustomTag() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField
                    A column can be tagged with a custom tag. In this case, the user must
indicate an auxiliary table that contains statistical information on
the possible values of this column (below).
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField::getInferred() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField
                    If no semantic tag is indicated, we infer the statistical model from
the distribution of values in the input data
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField::getTag() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField
                    
PrivacyMetric_LDiversityConfig::getQuasiIds() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_LDiversityConfig
                    Set of quasi-identifiers indicating how equivalence classes are
defined for the l-diversity computation. When multiple fields are
specified, they are considered a single composite key.
PrivacyMetric_LDiversityConfig::getSensitiveAttribute() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_LDiversityConfig
                    Sensitive field for computing the l-value.
PrivacyMetric_NumericalStatsConfig::getField() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_NumericalStatsConfig
                    Field to compute numerical stats on. Supported types are
integer, float, date, datetime, timestamp, time.
QuoteInfo::getDateTime() — Method in class QuoteInfo
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.DateTime date_time = 2;
QuoteInfo::getParsedQuote() — Method in class QuoteInfo
                    
Range::getStart() — Method in class Range
                    Index of the first character of the range (inclusive).
Range::getEnd() — Method in class Range
                    Index of the last character of the range (exclusive).
RecordCondition::getExpressions() — Method in class RecordCondition
                    An expression.
RecordCondition_Condition::getField() — Method in class RecordCondition_Condition
                    Field within the record this condition is evaluated against. [required]
RecordCondition_Condition::getOperator() — Method in class RecordCondition_Condition
                    Operator used to compare the field or infoType to the value. [required]
RecordCondition_Condition::getValue() — Method in class RecordCondition_Condition
                    Value to compare against. [Required, except for EXISTS tests.]
RecordCondition_Conditions::getConditions() — Method in class RecordCondition_Conditions
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.privacy.dlp.v2.RecordCondition.Condition conditions = 1;
RecordCondition_Expressions::getLogicalOperator() — Method in class RecordCondition_Expressions
                    The operator to apply to the result of conditions. Default and currently
only supported value is AND.
RecordCondition_Expressions::getConditions() — Method in class RecordCondition_Expressions
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.RecordCondition.Conditions conditions = 3;
RecordCondition_Expressions::getType() — Method in class RecordCondition_Expressions
                    
RecordKey::getDatastoreKey() — Method in class RecordKey
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.DatastoreKey datastore_key = 2;
RecordKey::getBigQueryKey() — Method in class RecordKey
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.BigQueryKey big_query_key = 3;
RecordKey::getType() — Method in class RecordKey
                    
RecordLocation::getRecordKey() — Method in class RecordLocation
                    Key of the finding.
RecordLocation::getFieldId() — Method in class RecordLocation
                    Field id of the field containing the finding.
RecordLocation::getTableLocation() — Method in class RecordLocation
                    Location within a ContentItem.Table.
RecordSuppression::getCondition() — Method in class RecordSuppression
                    A condition that when it evaluates to true will result in the record being
evaluated to be suppressed from the transformed content.
RecordTransformations::getFieldTransformations() — Method in class RecordTransformations
                    Transform the record by applying various field transformations.
RecordTransformations::getRecordSuppressions() — Method in class RecordTransformations
                    Configuration defining which records get suppressed entirely. Records that
match any suppression rule are omitted from the output [optional].
RedactImageRequest::getParent() — Method in class RedactImageRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
RedactImageRequest::getInspectConfig() — Method in class RedactImageRequest
                    Configuration for the inspector.
RedactImageRequest::getImageRedactionConfigs() — Method in class RedactImageRequest
                    The configuration for specifying what content to redact from images.
RedactImageRequest::getByteItem() — Method in class RedactImageRequest
                    The content must be PNG, JPEG, SVG or BMP.
RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig::getInfoType() — Method in class RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig
                    Only one per info_type should be provided per request. If not
specified, and redact_all_text is false, the DLP API will redact all
text that it matches against all info_types that are found, but not
specified in another ImageRedactionConfig.
RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig::getRedactAllText() — Method in class RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig
                    If true, all text found in the image, regardless whether it matches an
info_type, is redacted.
RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig::getRedactionColor() — Method in class RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig
                    The color to use when redacting content from an image. If not specified,
the default is black.
RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig::getTarget() — Method in class RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig
                    
RedactImageResponse::getRedactedImage() — Method in class RedactImageResponse
                    The redacted image. The type will be the same as the original image.
RedactImageResponse::getExtractedText() — Method in class RedactImageResponse
                    If an image was being inspected and the InspectConfig's include_quote was
set to true, then this field will include all text, if any, that was found
in the image.
ReidentifyContentRequest::getParent() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    The parent resource name.
ReidentifyContentRequest::getReidentifyConfig() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    Configuration for the re-identification of the content item.
ReidentifyContentRequest::getInspectConfig() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    Configuration for the inspector.
ReidentifyContentRequest::getItem() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    The item to re-identify. Will be treated as text.
ReidentifyContentRequest::getInspectTemplateName() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    Optional template to use. Any configuration directly specified in
inspect_config will override those set in the template. Singular fields
that are set in this request will replace their corresponding fields in the
template. Repeated fields are appended. Singular sub-messages and groups
are recursively merged.
ReidentifyContentRequest::getReidentifyTemplateName() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    Optional template to use. References an instance of DeidentifyTemplate.
ReidentifyContentResponse::getItem() — Method in class ReidentifyContentResponse
                    The re-identified item.
ReidentifyContentResponse::getOverview() — Method in class ReidentifyContentResponse
                    An overview of the changes that were made to the item.
ReplaceValueConfig::getNewValue() — Method in class ReplaceValueConfig
                    Value to replace it with.
RiskAnalysisJobConfig::getPrivacyMetric() — Method in class RiskAnalysisJobConfig
                    Privacy metric to compute.
RiskAnalysisJobConfig::getSourceTable() — Method in class RiskAnalysisJobConfig
                    Input dataset to compute metrics over.
RiskAnalysisJobConfig::getActions() — Method in class RiskAnalysisJobConfig
                    Actions to execute at the completion of the job. Are executed in the order
provided.
Schedule::getRecurrencePeriodDuration() — Method in class Schedule
                    With this option a job is started a regular periodic basis. For
example: every 10 minutes.
Schedule::getOption() — Method in class Schedule
                    
StorageConfig::getDatastoreOptions() — Method in class StorageConfig
                    Google Cloud Datastore options specification.
StorageConfig::getCloudStorageOptions() — Method in class StorageConfig
                    Google Cloud Storage options specification.
StorageConfig::getBigQueryOptions() — Method in class StorageConfig
                    BigQuery options specification.
StorageConfig::getTimespanConfig() — Method in class StorageConfig
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.StorageConfig.TimespanConfig timespan_config = 6;
StorageConfig::getType() — Method in class StorageConfig
                    
StorageConfig_TimespanConfig::getStartTime() — Method in class StorageConfig_TimespanConfig
                    Exclude files older than this value.
StorageConfig_TimespanConfig::getEndTime() — Method in class StorageConfig_TimespanConfig
                    Exclude files newer than this value.
StorageConfig_TimespanConfig::getTimestampField() — Method in class StorageConfig_TimespanConfig
                    Specification of the field containing the timestamp of scanned items.
StorageConfig_TimespanConfig::getEnableAutoPopulationOfTimespanConfig() — Method in class StorageConfig_TimespanConfig
                    When the job is started by a JobTrigger we will automatically figure out
a valid start_time to avoid scanning files that have not been modified
since the last time the JobTrigger executed. This will be based on the
time of the execution of the last run of the JobTrigger.
Table::getHeaders() — Method in class Table
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.privacy.dlp.v2.FieldId headers = 1;
Table::getRows() — Method in class Table
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.privacy.dlp.v2.Table.Row rows = 2;
TableLocation::getRowIndex() — Method in class TableLocation
                    The zero-based index of the row where the finding is located.
Table_Row::getValues() — Method in class Table_Row
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.privacy.dlp.v2.Value values = 1;
TimePartConfig::getPartToExtract() — Method in class TimePartConfig
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.TimePartConfig.TimePart part_to_extract = 1;
TransformationOverview::getTransformedBytes() — Method in class TransformationOverview
                    Total size in bytes that were transformed in some way.
TransformationOverview::getTransformationSummaries() — Method in class TransformationOverview
                    Transformations applied to the dataset.
TransformationSummary::getInfoType() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    Set if the transformation was limited to a specific info_type.
TransformationSummary::getField() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    Set if the transformation was limited to a specific FieldId.
TransformationSummary::getTransformation() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    The specific transformation these stats apply to.
TransformationSummary::getFieldTransformations() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    The field transformation that was applied.
TransformationSummary::getRecordSuppress() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    The specific suppression option these stats apply to.
TransformationSummary::getResults() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.privacy.dlp.v2.TransformationSummary.SummaryResult results = 4;
TransformationSummary::getTransformedBytes() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    Total size in bytes that were transformed in some way.
TransformationSummary_SummaryResult::getCount() — Method in class TransformationSummary_SummaryResult
                    Generated from protobuf field int64 count = 1;
TransformationSummary_SummaryResult::getCode() — Method in class TransformationSummary_SummaryResult
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.TransformationSummary.TransformationResultCode code = 2;
TransformationSummary_SummaryResult::getDetails() — Method in class TransformationSummary_SummaryResult
                    A place for warnings or errors to show up if a transformation didn't
work as expected.
TransientCryptoKey::getName() — Method in class TransientCryptoKey
                    Name of the key. [required]
This is an arbitrary string used to differentiate different keys.
UnwrappedCryptoKey::getKey() — Method in class UnwrappedCryptoKey
                    The AES 128/192/256 bit key. [required]
UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::getName() — Method in class UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of organization and deidentify template to be updated, for
example organizations/433245324/deidentifyTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/deidentifyTemplates/432452342.
UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::getDeidentifyTemplate() — Method in class UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    New DeidentifyTemplate value.
UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    Mask to control which fields get updated.
UpdateInspectTemplateRequest::getName() — Method in class UpdateInspectTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of organization and inspectTemplate to be updated, for
example organizations/433245324/inspectTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/inspectTemplates/432452342.
UpdateInspectTemplateRequest::getInspectTemplate() — Method in class UpdateInspectTemplateRequest
                    New InspectTemplate value.
UpdateInspectTemplateRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateInspectTemplateRequest
                    Mask to control which fields get updated.
UpdateJobTriggerRequest::getName() — Method in class UpdateJobTriggerRequest
                    Resource name of the project and the triggeredJob, for example
projects/dlp-test-project/jobTriggers/53234423.
UpdateJobTriggerRequest::getJobTrigger() — Method in class UpdateJobTriggerRequest
                    New JobTrigger value.
UpdateJobTriggerRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateJobTriggerRequest
                    Mask to control which fields get updated.
Value::getIntegerValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field int64 integer_value = 1;
Value::getFloatValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field double float_value = 2;
Value::getStringValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field string string_value = 3;
Value::getBooleanValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field bool boolean_value = 4;
Value::getTimestampValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.protobuf.Timestamp timestamp_value = 5;
Value::getTimeValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.type.TimeOfDay time_value = 6;
Value::getDateValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.type.Date date_value = 7;
Value::getDayOfWeekValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.type.DayOfWeek day_of_week_value = 8;
Value::getType() — Method in class Value
                    
ValueFrequency::getValue() — Method in class ValueFrequency
                    A value contained in the field in question.
ValueFrequency::getCount() — Method in class ValueFrequency
                    How many times the value is contained in the field.
DeleteEventsRequest::getProjectName() — Method in class DeleteEventsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project
ID.
ErrorContext::getHttpRequest() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The HTTP request which was processed when the error was
triggered.
ErrorContext::getUser() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The user who caused or was affected by the crash.
ErrorContext::getReportLocation() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The location in the source code where the decision was made to
report the error, usually the place where it was logged.
ErrorEvent::getEventTime() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    Time when the event occurred as provided in the error report.
ErrorEvent::getServiceContext() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    The ServiceContext for which this error was reported.
ErrorEvent::getMessage() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    The stack trace that was reported or logged by the service.
ErrorEvent::getContext() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    Data about the context in which the error occurred.
ErrorGroup::getName() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    The group resource name.
ErrorGroup::getGroupId() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    Group IDs are unique for a given project. If the same kind of error
occurs in different service contexts, it will receive the same group ID.
ErrorGroup::getTrackingIssues() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    Associated tracking issues.
ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient::GetGroup() — Method in class ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Get the specified group.
ErrorGroupStats::getGroup() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Group data that is independent of the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::getCount() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate total number of events in the given group that match
the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::getAffectedUsersCount() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate number of affected users in the given group that
match the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::getTimedCounts() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate number of occurrences over time.
ErrorGroupStats::getFirstSeenTime() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate first occurrence that was ever seen for this group
and which matches the given filter criteria, ignoring the
time_range that was specified in the request.
ErrorGroupStats::getLastSeenTime() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate last occurrence that was ever seen for this group and
which matches the given filter criteria, ignoring the time_range
that was specified in the request.
ErrorGroupStats::getAffectedServices() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Service contexts with a non-zero error count for the given filter
criteria. This list can be truncated if multiple services are affected.
ErrorGroupStats::getNumAffectedServices() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    The total number of services with a non-zero error count for the given
filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::getRepresentative() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    An arbitrary event that is chosen as representative for the whole group.
GetGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    A request to return an individual group.
GetGroupRequest::getGroupName() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    [Required] The group resource name. Written as
projects/projectID/groups/group_name.
HttpRequestContext::getMethod() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The type of HTTP request, such as GET, POST, etc.
HttpRequestContext::getUrl() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The URL of the request.
HttpRequestContext::getUserAgent() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The user agent information that is provided with the request.
HttpRequestContext::getReferrer() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The referrer information that is provided with the request.
HttpRequestContext::getResponseStatusCode() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The HTTP response status code for the request.
HttpRequestContext::getRemoteIp() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The IP address from which the request originated.
ListEventsRequest::getProjectName() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project
ID.
ListEventsRequest::getGroupId() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Required] The group for which events shall be returned.
ListEventsRequest::getServiceFilter() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] List only ErrorGroups which belong to a service context that
matches the filter.
ListEventsRequest::getTimeRange() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] List only data for the given time range.
ListEventsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] The maximum number of results to return per response.
ListEventsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] A next_page_token provided by a previous response.
ListEventsResponse::getErrorEvents() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    The error events which match the given request.
ListEventsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    If non-empty, more results are available.
ListEventsResponse::getTimeRangeBegin() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    The timestamp specifies the start time to which the request was restricted.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getProjectName() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud
Platform project ID.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getGroupId() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List all ErrorGroupStats with these IDs.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getServiceFilter() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List only ErrorGroupStats which belong to a service
context that matches the filter.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getTimeRange() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List data for the given time range.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getTimedCountDuration() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The preferred duration for a single returned TimedCount.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getAlignment() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The alignment of the timed counts to be returned.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getAlignmentTime() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] Time where the timed counts shall be aligned if rounded
alignment is chosen. Default is 00:00 UTC.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getOrder() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The sort order in which the results are returned.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The maximum number of results to return per response.
ListGroupStatsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] A next_page_token provided by a previous response. To view
additional results, pass this token along with the identical query
parameters as the first request.
ListGroupStatsResponse::getErrorGroupStats() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    The error group stats which match the given request.
ListGroupStatsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    If non-empty, more results are available.
ListGroupStatsResponse::getTimeRangeBegin() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    The timestamp specifies the start time to which the request was restricted.
QueryTimeRange::getPeriod() — Method in class QueryTimeRange
                    Restricts the query to the specified time range.
ReportErrorEventRequest::getProjectName() — Method in class ReportErrorEventRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project ID.
ReportErrorEventRequest::getEvent() — Method in class ReportErrorEventRequest
                    [Required] The error event to be reported.
ReportedErrorEvent::getEventTime() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Optional] Time when the event occurred.
ReportedErrorEvent::getServiceContext() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Required] The service context in which this error has occurred.
ReportedErrorEvent::getMessage() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Required] A message describing the error. The message can contain an
exception stack in one of the supported programming languages and formats.
ReportedErrorEvent::getContext() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Optional] A description of the context in which the error occurred.
ServiceContext::getService() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    An identifier of the service, such as the name of the
executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected
to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as
opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.
ServiceContext::getVersion() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    Represents the source code version that the developer provided,
which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example.
ServiceContext::getResourceType() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    Type of the MonitoredResource. List of possible values:
https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources
Value is set automatically for incoming errors and must not be set when
reporting errors.
ServiceContextFilter::getService() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.service.
ServiceContextFilter::getVersion() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.version.
ServiceContextFilter::getResourceType() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.resource_type.
SourceLocation::getFilePath() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    The source code filename, which can include a truncated relative
path, or a full path from a production machine.
SourceLocation::getLineNumber() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    1-based. 0 indicates that the line number is unknown.
SourceLocation::getFunctionName() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    Human-readable name of a function or method.
TimedCount::getCount() — Method in class TimedCount
                    Approximate number of occurrences in the given time period.
TimedCount::getStartTime() — Method in class TimedCount
                    Start of the time period to which count refers (included).
TimedCount::getEndTime() — Method in class TimedCount
                    End of the time period to which count refers (excluded).
TrackingIssue::getUrl() — Method in class TrackingIssue
                    A URL pointing to a related entry in an issue tracking system.
UpdateGroupRequest::getGroup() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    [Required] The group which replaces the resource on the server.
ArrayValue::getValues() — Method in class ArrayValue
                    Values in the array.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::getDocuments() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    The names of the documents to retrieve. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::getMask() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    The fields to return. If not set, returns all fields.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    Reads documents in a transaction.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::getNewTransaction() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    Starts a new transaction and reads the documents.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::getReadTime() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    Reads documents as they were at the given time.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::getConsistencySelector() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    
BatchGetDocumentsResponse::getFound() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsResponse
                    A document that was requested.
BatchGetDocumentsResponse::getMissing() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsResponse
                    A document name that was requested but does not exist. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
BatchGetDocumentsResponse::getTransaction() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsResponse
                    The transaction that was started as part of this request.
BatchGetDocumentsResponse::getReadTime() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsResponse
                    The time at which the document was read.
BatchGetDocumentsResponse::getResult() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsResponse
                    
BeginTransactionRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
BeginTransactionRequest::getOptions() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    The options for the transaction.
BeginTransactionResponse::getTransaction() — Method in class BeginTransactionResponse
                    The transaction that was started.
CommitRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
CommitRequest::getWrites() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    The writes to apply.
CommitRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    If set, applies all writes in this transaction, and commits it.
CommitResponse::getWriteResults() — Method in class CommitResponse
                    The result of applying the writes.
CommitResponse::getCommitTime() — Method in class CommitResponse
                    The time at which the commit occurred.
CreateDocumentRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateDocumentRequest
                    The parent resource. For example:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents or
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/chatrooms/{chatroom_id}
CreateDocumentRequest::getCollectionId() — Method in class CreateDocumentRequest
                    The collection ID, relative to parent, to list. For example: chatrooms.
CreateDocumentRequest::getDocumentId() — Method in class CreateDocumentRequest
                    The client-assigned document ID to use for this document.
CreateDocumentRequest::getDocument() — Method in class CreateDocumentRequest
                    The document to create. name must not be set.
CreateDocumentRequest::getMask() — Method in class CreateDocumentRequest
                    The fields to return. If not set, returns all fields.
Cursor::getValues() — Method in class Cursor
                    The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in
the order by clause of a query.
Cursor::getBefore() — Method in class Cursor
                    If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative
to the sort order defined by the query.
DeleteDocumentRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteDocumentRequest
                    The resource name of the Document to delete. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
DeleteDocumentRequest::getCurrentDocument() — Method in class DeleteDocumentRequest
                    An optional precondition on the document.
Document::getName() — Method in class Document
                    The resource name of the document, for example
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
Document::getFields() — Method in class Document
                    The document's fields.
Document::getCreateTime() — Method in class Document
                    Output only. The time at which the document was created.
Document::getUpdateTime() — Method in class Document
                    Output only. The time at which the document was last changed.
DocumentChange::getDocument() — Method in class DocumentChange
                    The new state of the [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document].
DocumentChange::getTargetIds() — Method in class DocumentChange
                    A set of target IDs of targets that match this document.
DocumentChange::getRemovedTargetIds() — Method in class DocumentChange
                    A set of target IDs for targets that no longer match this document.
DocumentDelete::getDocument() — Method in class DocumentDelete
                    The resource name of the [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] that was deleted.
DocumentDelete::getRemovedTargetIds() — Method in class DocumentDelete
                    A set of target IDs for targets that previously matched this entity.
DocumentDelete::getReadTime() — Method in class DocumentDelete
                    The read timestamp at which the delete was observed.
DocumentMask::getFieldPaths() — Method in class DocumentMask
                    The list of field paths in the mask. See [Document.fields][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document.fields] for a field
path syntax reference.
DocumentRemove::getDocument() — Method in class DocumentRemove
                    The resource name of the [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] that has gone out of view.
DocumentRemove::getRemovedTargetIds() — Method in class DocumentRemove
                    A set of target IDs for targets that previously matched this document.
DocumentRemove::getReadTime() — Method in class DocumentRemove
                    The read timestamp at which the remove was observed.
DocumentTransform::getDocument() — Method in class DocumentTransform
                    The name of the document to transform.
DocumentTransform::getFieldTransforms() — Method in class DocumentTransform
                    The list of transformations to apply to the fields of the document, in
order.
DocumentTransform_FieldTransform::getFieldPath() — Method in class DocumentTransform_FieldTransform
                    The path of the field. See [Document.fields][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document.fields] for the field path syntax
reference.
DocumentTransform_FieldTransform::getSetToServerValue() — Method in class DocumentTransform_FieldTransform
                    Sets the field to the given server value.
DocumentTransform_FieldTransform::getTransformType() — Method in class DocumentTransform_FieldTransform
                    
ExistenceFilter::getTargetId() — Method in class ExistenceFilter
                    The target ID to which this filter applies.
ExistenceFilter::getCount() — Method in class ExistenceFilter
                    The total count of documents that match [target_id][google.firestore.v1beta1.ExistenceFilter.target_id].
FirestoreGrpcClient::GetDocument() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient
                    Gets a single document.
GetDocumentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The request for [Firestore.GetDocument][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.GetDocument].
GetDocumentRequest::getName() — Method in class GetDocumentRequest
                    The resource name of the Document to get. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
GetDocumentRequest::getMask() — Method in class GetDocumentRequest
                    The fields to return. If not set, returns all fields.
GetDocumentRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class GetDocumentRequest
                    Reads the document in a transaction.
GetDocumentRequest::getReadTime() — Method in class GetDocumentRequest
                    Reads the version of the document at the given time.
GetDocumentRequest::getConsistencySelector() — Method in class GetDocumentRequest
                    
ListCollectionIdsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsRequest
                    The parent document. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
ListCollectionIdsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return.
ListCollectionIdsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsRequest
                    A page token. Must be a value from
[ListCollectionIdsResponse][google.firestore.v1beta1.ListCollectionIdsResponse].
ListCollectionIdsResponse::getCollectionIds() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsResponse
                    The collection ids.
ListCollectionIdsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsResponse
                    A page token that may be used to continue the list.
ListDocumentsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The parent resource name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents or
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
ListDocumentsRequest::getCollectionId() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The collection ID, relative to parent, to list. For example: chatrooms
or messages.
ListDocumentsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The maximum number of documents to return.
ListDocumentsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.
ListDocumentsRequest::getOrderBy() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The order to sort results by. For example: priority desc, name.
ListDocumentsRequest::getMask() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The fields to return. If not set, returns all fields.
ListDocumentsRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    Reads documents in a transaction.
ListDocumentsRequest::getReadTime() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    Reads documents as they were at the given time.
ListDocumentsRequest::getShowMissing() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    If the list should show missing documents. A missing document is a
document that does not exist but has sub-documents. These documents will
be returned with a key but will not have fields, [Document.create_time][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document.create_time],
or [Document.update_time][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document.update_time] set.
ListDocumentsRequest::getConsistencySelector() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    
ListDocumentsResponse::getDocuments() — Method in class ListDocumentsResponse
                    The Documents found.
ListDocumentsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDocumentsResponse
                    The next page token.
ListenRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class ListenRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
ListenRequest::getAddTarget() — Method in class ListenRequest
                    A target to add to this stream.
ListenRequest::getRemoveTarget() — Method in class ListenRequest
                    The ID of a target to remove from this stream.
ListenRequest::getLabels() — Method in class ListenRequest
                    Labels associated with this target change.
ListenRequest::getTargetChange() — Method in class ListenRequest
                    
ListenResponse::getTargetChange() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    Targets have changed.
ListenResponse::getDocumentChange() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    A [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] has changed.
ListenResponse::getDocumentDelete() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    A [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] has been deleted.
ListenResponse::getDocumentRemove() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    A [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] has been removed from a target (because it is no longer
relevant to that target).
ListenResponse::getFilter() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    A filter to apply to the set of documents previously returned for the
given target.
ListenResponse::getResponseType() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    
MapValue::getFields() — Method in class MapValue
                    The map's fields.
Precondition::getExists() — Method in class Precondition
                    When set to true, the target document must exist.
Precondition::getUpdateTime() — Method in class Precondition
                    When set, the target document must exist and have been last updated at
that time.
Precondition::getConditionType() — Method in class Precondition
                    
RollbackRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
RollbackRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    The transaction to roll back.
RunQueryRequest::getParent() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    The parent resource name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents or
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
RunQueryRequest::getStructuredQuery() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    A structured query.
RunQueryRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    Reads documents in a transaction.
RunQueryRequest::getNewTransaction() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    Starts a new transaction and reads the documents.
RunQueryRequest::getReadTime() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    Reads documents as they were at the given time.
RunQueryRequest::getQueryType() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    
RunQueryRequest::getConsistencySelector() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    
RunQueryResponse::getTransaction() — Method in class RunQueryResponse
                    The transaction that was started as part of this request.
RunQueryResponse::getDocument() — Method in class RunQueryResponse
                    A query result.
RunQueryResponse::getReadTime() — Method in class RunQueryResponse
                    The time at which the document was read. This may be monotonically
increasing; in this case, the previous documents in the result stream are
guaranteed not to have changed between their read_time and this one.
RunQueryResponse::getSkippedResults() — Method in class RunQueryResponse
                    The number of results that have been skipped due to an offset between
the last response and the current response.
StructuredQuery::getSelect() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The projection to return.
StructuredQuery::getFrom() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The collections to query.
StructuredQuery::getWhere() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The filter to apply.
StructuredQuery::getOrderBy() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The order to apply to the query results.
StructuredQuery::getStartAt() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    A starting point for the query results.
StructuredQuery::getEndAt() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    A end point for the query results.
StructuredQuery::getOffset() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The number of results to skip.
StructuredQuery::getLimit() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The maximum number of results to return.
StructuredQuery_CollectionSelector::getCollectionId() — Method in class StructuredQuery_CollectionSelector
                    The collection ID.
StructuredQuery_CollectionSelector::getAllDescendants() — Method in class StructuredQuery_CollectionSelector
                    When false, selects only collections that are immediate children of
the parent specified in the containing RunQueryRequest.
StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter::getOp() — Method in class StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter
                    The operator for combining multiple filters.
StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter::getFilters() — Method in class StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter
                    The list of filters to combine.
StructuredQuery_FieldFilter::getField() — Method in class StructuredQuery_FieldFilter
                    The field to filter by.
StructuredQuery_FieldFilter::getOp() — Method in class StructuredQuery_FieldFilter
                    The operator to filter by.
StructuredQuery_FieldFilter::getValue() — Method in class StructuredQuery_FieldFilter
                    The value to compare to.
StructuredQuery_FieldReference::getFieldPath() — Method in class StructuredQuery_FieldReference
                    Generated from protobuf field string field_path = 2;
StructuredQuery_Filter::getCompositeFilter() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Filter
                    A composite filter.
StructuredQuery_Filter::getFieldFilter() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Filter
                    A filter on a document field.
StructuredQuery_Filter::getUnaryFilter() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Filter
                    A filter that takes exactly one argument.
StructuredQuery_Filter::getFilterType() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Filter
                    
StructuredQuery_Order::getField() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Order
                    The field to order by.
StructuredQuery_Order::getDirection() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Order
                    The direction to order by. Defaults to ASCENDING.
StructuredQuery_Projection::getFields() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Projection
                    The fields to return.
StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter::getOp() — Method in class StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter
                    The unary operator to apply.
StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter::getField() — Method in class StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter
                    The field to which to apply the operator.
StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter::getOperandType() — Method in class StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter
                    
Target::getQuery() — Method in class Target
                    A target specified by a query.
Target::getDocuments() — Method in class Target
                    A target specified by a set of document names.
Target::getResumeToken() — Method in class Target
                    A resume token from a prior [TargetChange][google.firestore.v1beta1.TargetChange] for an identical target.
Target::getReadTime() — Method in class Target
                    Start listening after a specific read_time.
Target::getTargetId() — Method in class Target
                    A client provided target ID.
Target::getOnce() — Method in class Target
                    If the target should be removed once it is current and consistent.
Target::getTargetType() — Method in class Target
                    
Target::getResumeType() — Method in class Target
                    
TargetChange::getTargetChangeType() — Method in class TargetChange
                    The type of change that occurred.
TargetChange::getTargetIds() — Method in class TargetChange
                    The target IDs of targets that have changed.
TargetChange::getCause() — Method in class TargetChange
                    The error that resulted in this change, if applicable.
TargetChange::getResumeToken() — Method in class TargetChange
                    A token that can be used to resume the stream for the given target_ids,
or all targets if target_ids is empty.
TargetChange::getReadTime() — Method in class TargetChange
                    The consistent read_time for the given target_ids (omitted when the
target_ids are not at a consistent snapshot).
Target_DocumentsTarget::getDocuments() — Method in class Target_DocumentsTarget
                    The names of the documents to retrieve. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
Target_QueryTarget::getParent() — Method in class Target_QueryTarget
                    The parent resource name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents or
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
Target_QueryTarget::getStructuredQuery() — Method in class Target_QueryTarget
                    A structured query.
Target_QueryTarget::getQueryType() — Method in class Target_QueryTarget
                    
TransactionOptions::getReadOnly() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    The transaction can only be used for read operations.
TransactionOptions::getReadWrite() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    The transaction can be used for both read and write operations.
TransactionOptions::getMode() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getReadTime() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Reads documents at the given time.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getConsistencySelector() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadWrite::getRetryTransaction() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadWrite
                    An optional transaction to retry.
UpdateDocumentRequest::getDocument() — Method in class UpdateDocumentRequest
                    The updated document.
UpdateDocumentRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateDocumentRequest
                    The fields to update.
UpdateDocumentRequest::getMask() — Method in class UpdateDocumentRequest
                    The fields to return. If not set, returns all fields.
UpdateDocumentRequest::getCurrentDocument() — Method in class UpdateDocumentRequest
                    An optional precondition on the document.
Value::getNullValue() — Method in class Value
                    A null value.
Value::getBooleanValue() — Method in class Value
                    A boolean value.
Value::getIntegerValue() — Method in class Value
                    An integer value.
Value::getDoubleValue() — Method in class Value
                    A double value.
Value::getTimestampValue() — Method in class Value
                    A timestamp value.
Value::getStringValue() — Method in class Value
                    A string value.
Value::getBytesValue() — Method in class Value
                    A bytes value.
Value::getReferenceValue() — Method in class Value
                    A reference to a document. For example:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
Value::getGeoPointValue() — Method in class Value
                    A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
Value::getArrayValue() — Method in class Value
                    An array value.
Value::getMapValue() — Method in class Value
                    A map value.
Value::getValueType() — Method in class Value
                    
Write::getUpdate() — Method in class Write
                    A document to write.
Write::getDelete() — Method in class Write
                    A document name to delete. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
Write::getTransform() — Method in class Write
                    Applies a tranformation to a document.
Write::getUpdateMask() — Method in class Write
                    The fields to update in this write.
Write::getCurrentDocument() — Method in class Write
                    An optional precondition on the document.
Write::getOperation() — Method in class Write
                    
WriteRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class WriteRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
WriteRequest::getStreamId() — Method in class WriteRequest
                    The ID of the write stream to resume.
WriteRequest::getWrites() — Method in class WriteRequest
                    The writes to apply.
WriteRequest::getStreamToken() — Method in class WriteRequest
                    A stream token that was previously sent by the server.
WriteRequest::getLabels() — Method in class WriteRequest
                    Labels associated with this write request.
WriteResponse::getStreamId() — Method in class WriteResponse
                    The ID of the stream.
WriteResponse::getStreamToken() — Method in class WriteResponse
                    A token that represents the position of this response in the stream.
WriteResponse::getWriteResults() — Method in class WriteResponse
                    The result of applying the writes.
WriteResponse::getCommitTime() — Method in class WriteResponse
                    The time at which the commit occurred.
WriteResult::getUpdateTime() — Method in class WriteResult
                    The last update time of the document after applying the write. Not set
after a delete.
WriteResult::getTransformResults() — Method in class WriteResult
                    The results of applying each [DocumentTransform.FieldTransform][google.firestore.v1beta1.DocumentTransform.FieldTransform], in the
same order.
Binding::getRole() — Method in class Binding
                    Role that is assigned to members.
Binding::getMembers() — Method in class Binding
                    Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource.
BindingDelta::getAction() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    The action that was performed on a Binding.
BindingDelta::getRole() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    Role that is assigned to members.
BindingDelta::getMember() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    A single identity requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource.
GetIamPolicyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iam\V1
                    Request message for GetIamPolicy method.
GetIamPolicyRequest::getResource() — Method in class GetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested.
IAMPolicyGrpcClient::GetIamPolicy() — Method in class IAMPolicyGrpcClient
                    Gets the access control policy for a resource.
Policy::getVersion() — Method in class Policy
                    Version of the Policy. The default version is 0.
Policy::getBindings() — Method in class Policy
                    Associates a list of members to a role.
Policy::getEtag() — Method in class Policy
                    etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
PolicyDelta::getBindingDeltas() — Method in class PolicyDelta
                    The delta for Bindings between two policies.
SetIamPolicyRequest::getResource() — Method in class SetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified.
SetIamPolicyRequest::getPolicy() — Method in class SetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of
the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a
valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects)
might reject them.
TestIamPermissionsRequest::getResource() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested.
TestIamPermissionsRequest::getPermissions() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsRequest
                    The set of permissions to check for the resource. Permissions with
wildcards (such as '' or 'storage.') are not allowed. For more
information see
IAM Overview.
TestIamPermissionsResponse::getPermissions() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsResponse
                    A subset of TestPermissionsRequest.permissions that the caller is
allowed.
CreateDeviceRegistryRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateDeviceRegistryRequest
                    The project and cloud region where this device registry must be created.
CreateDeviceRegistryRequest::getDeviceRegistry() — Method in class CreateDeviceRegistryRequest
                    The device registry. The field name must be empty. The server will
generate that field from the device registry id provided and the
parent field.
CreateDeviceRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateDeviceRequest
                    The name of the device registry where this device should be created.
CreateDeviceRequest::getDevice() — Method in class CreateDeviceRequest
                    The device registration details. The field name must be empty. The server
will generate that field from the device registry id provided and the
parent field.
DeleteDeviceRegistryRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteDeviceRegistryRequest
                    The name of the device registry. For example,
projects/example-project/locations/us-central1/registries/my-registry.
DeleteDeviceRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteDeviceRequest
                    The name of the device. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0 or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
Device::getId() — Method in class Device
                    The user-defined device identifier. The device ID must be unique
within a device registry.
Device::getName() — Method in class Device
                    The resource path name. For example,
projects/p1/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/dev0 or
projects/p1/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
Device::getNumId() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] A server-defined unique numeric ID for the device. This is a
more compact way to identify devices, and it is globally unique.
Device::getCredentials() — Method in class Device
                    The credentials used to authenticate this device. To allow credential
rotation without interruption, multiple device credentials can be bound to
this device. No more than 3 credentials can be bound to a single device at
a time. When new credentials are added to a device, they are verified
against the registry credentials. For details, see the description of the
DeviceRegistry.credentials field.
Device::getLastHeartbeatTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The last time an MQTT PINGREQ was received. This field
applies only to devices connecting through MQTT. MQTT clients usually only
send PINGREQ messages if the connection is idle, and no other messages
have been sent. Timestamps are periodically collected and written to
storage; they may be stale by a few minutes.
Device::getLastEventTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The last time a telemetry event was received. Timestamps are
periodically collected and written to storage; they may be stale by a few
minutes.
Device::getLastStateTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The last time a state event was received. Timestamps are
periodically collected and written to storage; they may be stale by a few
minutes.
Device::getLastConfigAckTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The last time a cloud-to-device config version acknowledgment
was received from the device. This field is only for configurations
sent through MQTT.
Device::getLastConfigSendTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The last time a cloud-to-device config version was sent to
the device.
Device::getBlocked() — Method in class Device
                    If a device is blocked, connections or requests from this device will fail.
Device::getLastErrorTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The time the most recent error occurred, such as a failure to
publish to Cloud Pub/Sub. This field is the timestamp of
'last_error_status'.
Device::getLastErrorStatus() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The error message of the most recent error, such as a failure
to publish to Cloud Pub/Sub. 'last_error_time' is the timestamp of this
field. If no errors have occurred, this field has an empty message
and the status code 0 == OK. Otherwise, this field is expected to have a
status code other than OK.
Device::getConfig() — Method in class Device
                    The most recent device configuration, which is eventually sent from
Cloud IoT Core to the device. If not present on creation, the
configuration will be initialized with an empty payload and version value
of 1. To update this field after creation, use the
DeviceManager.ModifyCloudToDeviceConfig method.
Device::getState() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The state most recently received from the device. If no state
has been reported, this field is not present.
Device::getMetadata() — Method in class Device
                    The metadata key-value pairs assigned to the device. This metadata is not
interpreted or indexed by Cloud IoT Core. It can be used to add contextual
information for the device.
DeviceConfig::getVersion() — Method in class DeviceConfig
                    [Output only] The version of this update. The version number is assigned by
the server, and is always greater than 0 after device creation. The
version must be 0 on the CreateDevice request if a config is
specified; the response of CreateDevice will always have a value of 1.
DeviceConfig::getCloudUpdateTime() — Method in class DeviceConfig
                    [Output only] The time at which this configuration version was updated in
Cloud IoT Core. This timestamp is set by the server.
DeviceConfig::getDeviceAckTime() — Method in class DeviceConfig
                    [Output only] The time at which Cloud IoT Core received the
acknowledgment from the device, indicating that the device has received
this configuration version. If this field is not present, the device has
not yet acknowledged that it received this version. Note that when
the config was sent to the device, many config versions may have been
available in Cloud IoT Core while the device was disconnected, and on
connection, only the latest version is sent to the device. Some
versions may never be sent to the device, and therefore are never
acknowledged. This timestamp is set by Cloud IoT Core.
DeviceConfig::getBinaryData() — Method in class DeviceConfig
                    The device configuration data.
DeviceCredential::getPublicKey() — Method in class DeviceCredential
                    A public key used to verify the signature of JSON Web Tokens (JWTs).
DeviceCredential::getExpirationTime() — Method in class DeviceCredential
                    [Optional] The time at which this credential becomes invalid. This
credential will be ignored for new client authentication requests after
this timestamp; however, it will not be automatically deleted.
DeviceCredential::getCredential() — Method in class DeviceCredential
                    
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::GetDeviceRegistry() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    Gets a device registry configuration.
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::GetDevice() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    Gets details about a device.
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::GetIamPolicy() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    Gets the access control policy for a resource.
DeviceRegistry::getId() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The identifier of this device registry. For example, myRegistry.
DeviceRegistry::getName() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The resource path name. For example,
projects/example-project/locations/us-central1/registries/my-registry.
DeviceRegistry::getEventNotificationConfigs() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The configuration for notification of telemetry events received from the
device. All telemetry events that were successfully published by the
device and acknowledged by Cloud IoT Core are guaranteed to be
delivered to Cloud Pub/Sub. If multiple configurations match a message,
only the first matching configuration is used. If you try to publish a
device telemetry event using MQTT without specifying a Cloud Pub/Sub topic
for the device's registry, the connection closes automatically. If you try
to do so using an HTTP connection, an error is returned. Up to 10
configurations may be provided.
DeviceRegistry::getStateNotificationConfig() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The configuration for notification of new states received from the device.
DeviceRegistry::getMqttConfig() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The MQTT configuration for this device registry.
DeviceRegistry::getHttpConfig() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The DeviceService (HTTP) configuration for this device registry.
DeviceRegistry::getCredentials() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The credentials used to verify the device credentials. No more than 10
credentials can be bound to a single registry at a time. The verification
process occurs at the time of device creation or update. If this field is
empty, no verification is performed. Otherwise, the credentials of a newly
created device or added credentials of an updated device should be signed
with one of these registry credentials.
DeviceState::getUpdateTime() — Method in class DeviceState
                    [Output only] The time at which this state version was updated in Cloud
IoT Core.
DeviceState::getBinaryData() — Method in class DeviceState
                    The device state data.
EventNotificationConfig::getSubfolderMatches() — Method in class EventNotificationConfig
                    If the subfolder name matches this string exactly, this configuration will
be used. The string must not include the leading '/' character. If empty,
all strings are matched. This field is used only for telemetry events;
subfolders are not supported for state changes.
EventNotificationConfig::getPubsubTopicName() — Method in class EventNotificationConfig
                    A Cloud Pub/Sub topic name. For example,
projects/myProject/topics/deviceEvents.
GetDeviceRegistryRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Request for GetDeviceRegistry.
GetDeviceRegistryRequest::getName() — Method in class GetDeviceRegistryRequest
                    The name of the device registry. For example,
projects/example-project/locations/us-central1/registries/my-registry.
GetDeviceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Request for GetDevice.
GetDeviceRequest::getName() — Method in class GetDeviceRequest
                    The name of the device. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0 or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
GetDeviceRequest::getFieldMask() — Method in class GetDeviceRequest
                    The fields of the Device resource to be returned in the response. If the
field mask is unset or empty, all fields are returned.
HttpConfig::getHttpEnabledState() — Method in class HttpConfig
                    If enabled, allows devices to use DeviceService via the HTTP protocol.
ListDeviceConfigVersionsRequest::getName() — Method in class ListDeviceConfigVersionsRequest
                    The name of the device. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0 or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
ListDeviceConfigVersionsRequest::getNumVersions() — Method in class ListDeviceConfigVersionsRequest
                    The number of versions to list. Versions are listed in decreasing order of
the version number. The maximum number of versions retained is 10. If this
value is zero, it will return all the versions available.
ListDeviceConfigVersionsResponse::getDeviceConfigs() — Method in class ListDeviceConfigVersionsResponse
                    The device configuration for the last few versions. Versions are listed
in decreasing order, starting from the most recent one.
ListDeviceRegistriesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesRequest
                    The project and cloud region path. For example,
projects/example-project/locations/us-central1.
ListDeviceRegistriesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesRequest
                    The maximum number of registries to return in the response. If this value
is zero, the service will select a default size. A call may return fewer
objects than requested, but if there is a non-empty page_token, it
indicates that more entries are available.
ListDeviceRegistriesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListDeviceRegistriesResponse; indicates
that this is a continuation of a prior ListDeviceRegistries call, and
that the system should return the next page of data.
ListDeviceRegistriesResponse::getDeviceRegistries() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesResponse
                    The registries that matched the query.
ListDeviceRegistriesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more registries that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new
ListDeviceRegistriesRequest.
ListDeviceStatesRequest::getName() — Method in class ListDeviceStatesRequest
                    The name of the device. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0 or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
ListDeviceStatesRequest::getNumStates() — Method in class ListDeviceStatesRequest
                    The number of states to list. States are listed in descending order of
update time. The maximum number of states retained is 10. If this
value is zero, it will return all the states available.
ListDeviceStatesResponse::getDeviceStates() — Method in class ListDeviceStatesResponse
                    The last few device states. States are listed in descending order of server
update time, starting from the most recent one.
ListDevicesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    The device registry path. Required. For example,
projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/registries/my-registry.
ListDevicesRequest::getDeviceNumIds() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    A list of device numerical ids. If empty, it will ignore this field. This
field cannot hold more than 10,000 entries.
ListDevicesRequest::getDeviceIds() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    A list of device string identifiers. If empty, it will ignore this field.
ListDevicesRequest::getFieldMask() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    The fields of the Device resource to be returned in the response. The
fields id, and num_id are always returned by default, along with any
other fields specified.
ListDevicesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    The maximum number of devices to return in the response. If this value
is zero, the service will select a default size. A call may return fewer
objects than requested, but if there is a non-empty page_token, it
indicates that more entries are available.
ListDevicesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListDevicesResponse; indicates
that this is a continuation of a prior ListDevices call, and
that the system should return the next page of data.
ListDevicesResponse::getDevices() — Method in class ListDevicesResponse
                    The devices that match the request.
ListDevicesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDevicesResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more devices that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new ListDevicesRequest.
ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest::getName() — Method in class ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest
                    The name of the device. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0 or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest::getVersionToUpdate() — Method in class ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest
                    The version number to update. If this value is zero, it will not check the
version number of the server and will always update the current version;
otherwise, this update will fail if the version number found on the server
does not match this version number. This is used to support multiple
simultaneous updates without losing data.
ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest::getBinaryData() — Method in class ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest
                    The configuration data for the device.
MqttConfig::getMqttEnabledState() — Method in class MqttConfig
                    If enabled, allows connections using the MQTT protocol. Otherwise, MQTT
connections to this registry will fail.
PublicKeyCertificate::getFormat() — Method in class PublicKeyCertificate
                    The certificate format.
PublicKeyCertificate::getCertificate() — Method in class PublicKeyCertificate
                    The certificate data.
PublicKeyCertificate::getX509Details() — Method in class PublicKeyCertificate
                    [Output only] The certificate details. Used only for X.509 certificates.
PublicKeyCredential::getFormat() — Method in class PublicKeyCredential
                    The format of the key.
PublicKeyCredential::getKey() — Method in class PublicKeyCredential
                    The key data.
RegistryCredential::getPublicKeyCertificate() — Method in class RegistryCredential
                    A public key certificate used to verify the device credentials.
RegistryCredential::getCredential() — Method in class RegistryCredential
                    
StateNotificationConfig::getPubsubTopicName() — Method in class StateNotificationConfig
                    A Cloud Pub/Sub topic name. For example,
projects/myProject/topics/deviceEvents.
UpdateDeviceRegistryRequest::getDeviceRegistry() — Method in class UpdateDeviceRegistryRequest
                    The new values for the device registry. The id field must be empty, and
the name field must indicate the path of the resource. For example,
projects/example-project/locations/us-central1/registries/my-registry.
UpdateDeviceRegistryRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateDeviceRegistryRequest
                    Only updates the device_registry fields indicated by this mask.
UpdateDeviceRequest::getDevice() — Method in class UpdateDeviceRequest
                    The new values for the device registry. The id and num_id fields must
be empty, and the field name must specify the name path. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
UpdateDeviceRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateDeviceRequest
                    Only updates the device fields indicated by this mask.
X509CertificateDetails::getIssuer() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The entity that signed the certificate.
X509CertificateDetails::getSubject() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The entity the certificate and public key belong to.
X509CertificateDetails::getStartTime() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The time the certificate becomes valid.
X509CertificateDetails::getExpiryTime() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The time the certificate becomes invalid.
X509CertificateDetails::getSignatureAlgorithm() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The algorithm used to sign the certificate.
X509CertificateDetails::getPublicKeyType() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The type of public key in the certificate.
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest::getDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest::getEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse::getEntities() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesResponse
                    The recognized entities in the input document.
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse::getLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest::getDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest::getEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse::getEntities() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse
                    The recognized entities in the input document with associated sentiments.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse::getLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeSentimentRequest::getDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeSentimentRequest::getEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate sentence offsets for the
sentence sentiment.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::getDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The overall sentiment of the input document.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::getLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::getSentences() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The sentiment for all the sentences in the document.
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest::getDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest::getEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::getSentences() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    Sentences in the input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::getTokens() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    Tokens, along with their syntactic information, in the input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::getLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnnotateTextRequest::getDocument() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    Input document.
AnnotateTextRequest::getFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    The enabled features.
AnnotateTextRequest::getEncodingType() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::getExtractSyntax() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract syntax information.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::getExtractEntities() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract entities.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::getExtractDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract document-level sentiment.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::getExtractEntitySentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract entities and their associated sentiment.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::getClassifyText() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Classify the full document into categories.
AnnotateTextResponse::getSentences() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Sentences in the input document. Populated if the user enables
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_syntax][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_syntax].
AnnotateTextResponse::getTokens() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Tokens, along with their syntactic information, in the input document.
AnnotateTextResponse::getEntities() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Entities, along with their semantic information, in the input document.
AnnotateTextResponse::getDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    The overall sentiment for the document. Populated if the user enables
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment].
AnnotateTextResponse::getLanguage() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnnotateTextResponse::getCategories() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Categories identified in the input document.
ClassificationCategory::getName() — Method in class ClassificationCategory
                    The name of the category representing the document.
ClassificationCategory::getConfidence() — Method in class ClassificationCategory
                    The classifier's confidence of the category. Number represents how certain
the classifier is that this category represents the given text.
ClassifyTextRequest::getDocument() — Method in class ClassifyTextRequest
                    Input document.
ClassifyTextResponse::getCategories() — Method in class ClassifyTextResponse
                    Categories representing the input document.
DependencyEdge::getHeadTokenIndex() — Method in class DependencyEdge
                    Represents the head of this token in the dependency tree.
DependencyEdge::getLabel() — Method in class DependencyEdge
                    The parse label for the token.
Document::getType() — Method in class Document
                    Required. If the type is not set or is TYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
returns an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
Document::getContent() — Method in class Document
                    The content of the input in string format.
Document::getGcsContentUri() — Method in class Document
                    The Google Cloud Storage URI where the file content is located.
Document::getLanguage() — Method in class Document
                    The language of the document (if not specified, the language is
automatically detected). Both ISO and BCP-47 language codes are
accepted.

Language Support
lists currently supported languages for each API method.
Document::getSource() — Method in class Document
                    
Entity::getName() — Method in class Entity
                    The representative name for the entity.
Entity::getType() — Method in class Entity
                    The entity type.
Entity::getMetadata() — Method in class Entity
                    Metadata associated with the entity.
Entity::getSalience() — Method in class Entity
                    The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range.
Entity::getMentions() — Method in class Entity
                    The mentions of this entity in the input document. The API currently
supports proper noun mentions.
Entity::getSentiment() — Method in class Entity
                    For calls to [AnalyzeEntitySentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the aggregate sentiment expressed for this
entity in the provided document.
EntityMention::getText() — Method in class EntityMention
                    The mention text.
EntityMention::getType() — Method in class EntityMention
                    The type of the entity mention.
EntityMention::getSentiment() — Method in class EntityMention
                    For calls to [AnalyzeEntitySentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the sentiment expressed for this mention of
the entity in the provided document.
PartOfSpeech::getTag() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The part of speech tag.
PartOfSpeech::getAspect() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical aspect.
PartOfSpeech::getCase() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical case.
PartOfSpeech::getForm() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical form.
PartOfSpeech::getGender() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical gender.
PartOfSpeech::getMood() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical mood.
PartOfSpeech::getNumber() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical number.
PartOfSpeech::getPerson() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical person.
PartOfSpeech::getProper() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical properness.
PartOfSpeech::getReciprocity() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical reciprocity.
PartOfSpeech::getTense() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical tense.
PartOfSpeech::getVoice() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical voice.
Sentence::getText() — Method in class Sentence
                    The sentence text.
Sentence::getSentiment() — Method in class Sentence
                    For calls to [AnalyzeSentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the sentiment for the sentence.
Sentiment::getMagnitude() — Method in class Sentiment
                    A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents
the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score (positive or
negative).
Sentiment::getScore() — Method in class Sentiment
                    Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0
(positive sentiment).
TextSpan::getContent() — Method in class TextSpan
                    The content of the output text.
TextSpan::getBeginOffset() — Method in class TextSpan
                    The API calculates the beginning offset of the content in the original
document according to the [EncodingType][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.EncodingType] specified in the API request.
Token::getText() — Method in class Token
                    The token text.
Token::getPartOfSpeech() — Method in class Token
                    Parts of speech tag for this token.
Token::getDependencyEdge() — Method in class Token
                    Dependency tree parse for this token.
Token::getLemma() — Method in class Token
                    Lemma of the token.
HttpRequest::getRequestMethod() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The request method. Examples: "GET", "HEAD", "PUT", "POST".
HttpRequest::getRequestUrl() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The scheme (http, https), the host name, the path and the query
portion of the URL that was requested.
HttpRequest::getRequestSize() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The size of the HTTP request message in bytes, including the request
headers and the request body.
HttpRequest::getStatus() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The response code indicating the status of response.
HttpRequest::getResponseSize() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The size of the HTTP response message sent back to the client, in bytes,
including the response headers and the response body.
HttpRequest::getUserAgent() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The user agent sent by the client. Example:
"Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows 98; Q312461; .NET CLR 1.0.3705)".
HttpRequest::getRemoteIp() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the client that issued the HTTP
request. Examples: "192.168.1.1", "FE80::0202:B3FF:FE1E:8329".
HttpRequest::getServerIp() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the origin server that the request was
sent to.
HttpRequest::getReferer() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The referer URL of the request, as defined in
HTTP/1.1 Header Field Definitions.
HttpRequest::getLatency() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The request processing latency on the server, from the time the request was
received until the response was sent.
HttpRequest::getCacheLookup() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not a cache lookup was attempted.
HttpRequest::getCacheHit() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not an entity was served from cache
(with or without validation).
HttpRequest::getCacheValidatedWithOriginServer() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not the response was validated with the origin server before
being served from cache. This field is only meaningful if cache_hit is
True.
HttpRequest::getCacheFillBytes() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The number of HTTP response bytes inserted into cache. Set only when a
cache fill was attempted.
HttpRequest::getProtocol() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Protocol used for the request. Examples: "HTTP/1.1", "HTTP/2", "websocket"
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::GetSink() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Gets a sink.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::GetExclusion() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Gets the description of an exclusion.
CreateExclusionRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateExclusionRequest
                    Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
Examples: "projects/my-logging-project", "organizations/123456789".
CreateExclusionRequest::getExclusion() — Method in class CreateExclusionRequest
                    Required. The new exclusion, whose name parameter is an exclusion name
that is not already used in the parent resource.
CreateLogMetricRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the project in which to create the metric:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
The new metric must be provided in the request.
CreateLogMetricRequest::getMetric() — Method in class CreateLogMetricRequest
                    The new logs-based metric, which must not have an identifier that
already exists.
CreateSinkRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Required. The resource in which to create the sink:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
Examples: "projects/my-logging-project", "organizations/123456789".
CreateSinkRequest::getSink() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Required. The new sink, whose name parameter is a sink identifier that
is not already in use.
CreateSinkRequest::getUniqueWriterIdentity() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity
in the new sink.  If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the
sink's parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is
the same group or service account used by Stackdriver Logging before the
addition of writer identities to this API. The sink's destination must be
in the same project as the sink itself.
DeleteExclusionRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteExclusionRequest
                    Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id".
DeleteLogMetricRequest::getMetricName() — Method in class DeleteLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the metric to delete:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
DeleteLogRequest::getLogName() — Method in class DeleteLogRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the log to delete:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example,
"projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog",
"organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
DeleteSinkRequest::getSinkName() — Method in class DeleteSinkRequest
                    Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the
parent resource and the sink identifier:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
GetExclusionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to GetExclusion.
GetExclusionRequest::getName() — Method in class GetExclusionRequest
                    Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id".
GetLogMetricRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to GetLogMetric.
GetLogMetricRequest::getMetricName() — Method in class GetLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the desired metric:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
GetSinkRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to GetSink.
GetSinkRequest::getSinkName() — Method in class GetSinkRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the sink:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
ListExclusionsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListExclusionsRequest
                    Required. The parent resource whose exclusions are to be listed.
ListExclusionsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListExclusionsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListExclusionsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListExclusionsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListExclusionsResponse::getExclusions() — Method in class ListExclusionsResponse
                    A list of exclusions.
ListExclusionsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListExclusionsResponse
                    If there might be more results than appear in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call the same
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListLogEntriesRequest::getProjectIds() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Deprecated. Use resource_names instead.  One or more project identifiers
or project numbers from which to retrieve log entries.  Example:
"my-project-1A". If present, these project identifiers are converted to
resource name format and added to the list of resources in
resource_names.
ListLogEntriesRequest::getResourceNames() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Required. Names of one or more parent resources from which to
retrieve log entries:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
Projects listed in the project_ids field are added to this list.
ListLogEntriesRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return.  See Advanced
Logs Filters.  Only log entries that
match the filter are returned.  An empty filter matches all log entries in
the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource
that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no
results.
ListLogEntriesRequest::getOrderBy() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. How the results should be sorted.  Presently, the only permitted
values are "timestamp asc" (default) and "timestamp desc". The first
option returns entries in order of increasing values of
LogEntry.timestamp (oldest first), and the second option returns entries
in order of decreasing timestamps (newest first).  Entries with equal
timestamps are returned in order of their insert_id values.
ListLogEntriesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogEntriesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  page_token must be the value of
next_page_token from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogEntriesResponse::getEntries() — Method in class ListLogEntriesResponse
                    A list of log entries.  If entries is empty, nextPageToken may still be
returned, indicating that more entries may exist.  See nextPageToken for
more information.
ListLogEntriesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogEntriesResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListLogMetricsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Required. The name of the project containing the metrics:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
ListLogMetricsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogMetricsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogMetricsResponse::getMetrics() — Method in class ListLogMetricsResponse
                    A list of logs-based metrics.
ListLogMetricsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogMetricsResponse
                    If there might be more results than appear in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListLogsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Required. The resource name that owns the logs:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
ListLogsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogsResponse::getLogNames() — Method in class ListLogsResponse
                    A list of log names. For example,
"projects/my-project/syslog" or
"organizations/123/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
ListLogsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogsResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::getResourceDescriptors() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    A list of resource descriptors.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListSinksRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Required. The parent resource whose sinks are to be listed:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
ListSinksRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListSinksRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListSinksResponse::getSinks() — Method in class ListSinksResponse
                    A list of sinks.
ListSinksResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSinksResponse
                    If there might be more results than appear in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call the same
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
LogEntry::getLogName() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Required. The resource name of the log to which this log entry belongs:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
 A project number may optionally be used in place of PROJECT_ID. The
 project number is translated to its corresponding PROJECT_ID internally
 and the log_name field will contain PROJECT_ID in queries and exports.
LogEntry::getResource() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Required. The monitored resource associated with this log entry.
LogEntry::getProtoPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a protocol buffer.  Some
Google Cloud Platform services use this field for their log
entry payloads.
LogEntry::getTextPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a Unicode string (UTF-8).
LogEntry::getJsonPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a structure that is
expressed as a JSON object.
LogEntry::getTimestamp() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. The time the event described by the log entry occurred.
LogEntry::getReceiveTimestamp() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Output only. The time the log entry was received by Stackdriver Logging.
LogEntry::getSeverity() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. The severity of the log entry. The default value is
LogSeverity.DEFAULT.
LogEntry::getInsertId() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. A unique identifier for the log entry. If you provide a value,
then Stackdriver Logging considers other log entries in the same project,
with the same timestamp, and with the same insert_id to be duplicates
which can be removed.  If omitted in new log entries, then Stackdriver
Logging assigns its own unique identifier. The insert_id is also used
to order log entries that have the same timestamp value.
LogEntry::getHttpRequest() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Information about the HTTP request associated with this
log entry, if applicable.
LogEntry::getLabels() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. A set of user-defined (key, value) data that provides additional
information about the log entry.
LogEntry::getOperation() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Information about an operation associated with the log entry, if
applicable.
LogEntry::getTrace() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Resource name of the trace associated with the log entry, if any.
LogEntry::getSpanId() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Id of the span within the trace associated with the log entry.
LogEntry::getSourceLocation() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Source code location information associated with the log entry,
if any.
LogEntry::getPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    
LogEntryOperation::getId() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. An arbitrary operation identifier. Log entries with the
same identifier are assumed to be part of the same operation.
LogEntryOperation::getProducer() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. An arbitrary producer identifier. The combination of
id and producer must be globally unique.  Examples for producer:
"MyDivision.MyBigCompany.com", "github.com/MyProject/MyApplication".
LogEntryOperation::getFirst() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. Set this to True if this is the first log entry in the operation.
LogEntryOperation::getLast() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. Set this to True if this is the last log entry in the operation.
LogEntrySourceLocation::getFile() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Source file name. Depending on the runtime environment, this
might be a simple name or a fully-qualified name.
LogEntrySourceLocation::getLine() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Line within the source file. 1-based; 0 indicates no line number
available.
LogEntrySourceLocation::getFunction() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Human-readable name of the function or method being invoked, with
optional context such as the class or package name. This information may be
used in contexts such as the logs viewer, where a file and line number are
less meaningful. The format can vary by language. For example:
qual.if.ied.Class.method (Java), dir/package.func (Go), function
(Python).
LogExclusion::getName() — Method in class LogExclusion
                    Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as
"load-balancer-exclusion". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and
can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.
LogExclusion::getDescription() — Method in class LogExclusion
                    Optional. A description of this exclusion.
LogExclusion::getFilter() — Method in class LogExclusion
                    Required.
LogExclusion::getDisabled() — Method in class LogExclusion
                    Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not
exclude any log entries. You can use
exclusions.patch
to change the value of this field.
LogMetric::getName() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Required. The client-assigned metric identifier.
LogMetric::getDescription() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. A description of this metric, which is used in documentation.
LogMetric::getFilter() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Required. An advanced logs filter
which is used to match log entries.
LogMetric::getMetricDescriptor() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. The metric descriptor associated with the logs-based metric.
LogMetric::getValueExtractor() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. A value_extractor is required when using a distribution
logs-based metric to extract the values to record from a log entry.
LogMetric::getLabelExtractors() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. A map from a label key string to an extractor expression which is
used to extract data from a log entry field and assign as the label value.
LogMetric::getBucketOptions() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. The bucket_options are required when the logs-based metric is
using a DISTRIBUTION value type and it describes the bucket boundaries
used to create a histogram of the extracted values.
LogMetric::getVersion() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Deprecated. The API version that created or updated this metric.
LogSink::getName() — Method in class LogSink
                    Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the
project. Example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".  Sink identifiers are
limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters:
upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and
periods.
LogSink::getDestination() — Method in class LogSink
                    Required. The export destination:
    "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]"
    "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]"
    "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]"
The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must
have permission to write to the destination or else the log
entries are not exported.  For more information, see
Exporting Logs With Sinks.
LogSink::getFilter() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional.
LogSink::getOutputVersionFormat() — Method in class LogSink
                    Deprecated. The log entry format to use for this sink's exported log
entries.  The v2 format is used by default and cannot be changed.
LogSink::getWriterIdentity() — Method in class LogSink
                    Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under
which Stackdriver Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's
destination.  This field is set by
sinks.create
and
sinks.update,
based on the setting of unique_writer_identity in those methods.
LogSink::getIncludeChildren() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and
folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the
sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then
logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the
sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular
log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter
expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter
resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance
log entries from all projects in the sink's parent. To only export entries
from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:
    logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND
    resource.type=gce_instance
LogSink::getStartTime() — Method in class LogSink
                    Deprecated. This field is ignored when creating or updating sinks.
LogSink::getEndTime() — Method in class LogSink
                    Deprecated. This field is ignored when creating or updating sinks.
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::GetLogMetric() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Gets a logs-based metric.
UpdateExclusionRequest::getName() — Method in class UpdateExclusionRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id".
UpdateExclusionRequest::getExclusion() — Method in class UpdateExclusionRequest
                    Required. New values for the existing exclusion. Only the fields specified
in update_mask are relevant.
UpdateExclusionRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateExclusionRequest
                    Required. A nonempty list of fields to change in the existing exclusion.
UpdateLogMetricRequest::getMetricName() — Method in class UpdateLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the metric to update:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
The updated metric must be provided in the request and it's
name field must be the same as [METRIC_ID] If the metric
does not exist in [PROJECT_ID], then a new metric is created.
UpdateLogMetricRequest::getMetric() — Method in class UpdateLogMetricRequest
                    The updated metric.
UpdateSinkRequest::getSinkName() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the
parent resource and the sink identifier:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
UpdateSinkRequest::getSink() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Required. The updated sink, whose name is the same identifier that appears
as part of sink_name.
UpdateSinkRequest::getUniqueWriterIdentity() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Optional. See
sinks.create
for a description of this field.  When updating a sink, the effect of this
field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both
the old and new values of this field:
+   If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true,
    then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity.
UpdateSinkRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need
an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is
in the update mask.  name and output only fields cannot be updated.
WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors::getLogEntryErrors() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors
                    When WriteLogEntriesRequest.partial_success is true, records the error
status for entries that were not written due to a permanent error, keyed
by the entry's zero-based index in WriteLogEntriesRequest.entries.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::getLogName() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A default log resource name that is assigned to all log entries
in entries that do not specify a value for log_name:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example,
"projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog" or
"organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
WriteLogEntriesRequest::getResource() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A default monitored resource object that is assigned to all log
entries in entries that do not specify a value for resource. Example:
    { "type": "gce_instance",
      "labels": {
        "zone": "us-central1-a", "instance_id": "00000000000000000000" }}
See [LogEntry][google.logging.v2.LogEntry].
WriteLogEntriesRequest::getLabels() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. Default labels that are added to the labels field of all log
entries in entries. If a log entry already has a label with the same key
as a label in this parameter, then the log entry's label is not changed.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::getEntries() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Required. The log entries to send to Stackdriver Logging. The order of log
entries in this list does not matter. Values supplied in this method's
log_name, resource, and labels fields are copied into those log
entries in this list that do not include values for their corresponding
fields. For more information, see the [LogEntry][google.logging.v2.LogEntry] type.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::getPartialSuccess() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. Whether valid entries should be written even if some other
entries fail due to INVALID_ARGUMENT or PERMISSION_DENIED errors. If any
entry is not written, then the response status is the error associated
with one of the failed entries and the response includes error details
keyed by the entries' zero-based index in the entries.write method.
Aggregation::getAlignmentPeriod() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The alignment period for per-[time series][google.monitoring.v3.TimeSeries]
alignment. If present, alignmentPeriod must be at least 60
seconds.  After per-time series alignment, each time series will
contain data points only on the period boundaries. If
perSeriesAligner is not specified or equals ALIGN_NONE, then
this field is ignored. If perSeriesAligner is specified and
does not equal ALIGN_NONE, then this field must be defined;
otherwise an error is returned.
Aggregation::getPerSeriesAligner() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The approach to be used to align individual time series. Not all
alignment functions may be applied to all time series, depending
on the metric type and value type of the original time
series. Alignment may change the metric type or the value type of
the time series.
Aggregation::getCrossSeriesReducer() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The approach to be used to combine time series. Not all reducer
functions may be applied to all time series, depending on the
metric type and the value type of the original time
series. Reduction may change the metric type of value type of the
time series.
Aggregation::getGroupByFields() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The set of fields to preserve when crossSeriesReducer is
specified. The groupByFields determine how the time series are
partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation
function. Each subset contains time series that have the same
value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time
series is a member of exactly one subset. The
crossSeriesReducer is applied to each subset of time series.
AlertPolicy::getName() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    Required if the policy exists. The resource name for this policy. The
syntax is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/alertPolicies/[ALERT_POLICY_ID]
[ALERT_POLICY_ID] is assigned by Stackdriver Monitoring when the policy
is created.  When calling the
[alertPolicies.create][google.monitoring.v3.AlertPolicyService.CreateAlertPolicy]
method, do not include the name field in the alerting policy passed as
part of the request.
AlertPolicy::getDisplayName() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    A short name or phrase used to identify the policy in dashboards,
notifications, and incidents. To avoid confusion, don't use the same
display name for multiple policies in the same project. The name is
limited to 512 Unicode characters.
AlertPolicy::getDocumentation() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    Documentation that is included with notifications and incidents related to
this policy. Best practice is for the documentation to include information
to help responders understand, mitigate, escalate, and correct the
underlying problems detected by the alerting policy. Notification channels
that have limited capacity might not show this documentation.
AlertPolicy::getUserLabels() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    User-supplied key/value data to be used for organizing and
identifying the AlertPolicy objects.
AlertPolicy::getConditions() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    A list of conditions for the policy. The conditions are combined by AND or
OR according to the combiner field. If the combined conditions evaluate
to true, then an incident is created. A policy can have from one to six
conditions.
AlertPolicy::getCombiner() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    How to combine the results of multiple conditions
to determine if an incident should be opened.
AlertPolicy::getEnabled() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    Whether or not the policy is enabled. On write, the default interpretation
if unset is that the policy is enabled. On read, clients should not make
any assumption about the state if it has not been populated. The
field should always be populated on List and Get operations, unless
a field projection has been specified that strips it out.
AlertPolicy::getNotificationChannels() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    Identifies the notification channels to which notifications should be sent
when incidents are opened or closed or when new violations occur on
an already opened incident. Each element of this array corresponds to
the name field in each of the
[NotificationChannel][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannel]
objects that are returned from the [ListNotificationChannels]
[google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.ListNotificationChannels]
method. The syntax of the entries in this field is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannels/[CHANNEL_ID]
AlertPolicy::getCreationRecord() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    A read-only record of the creation of the alerting policy. If provided
in a call to create or update, this field will be ignored.
AlertPolicy::getMutationRecord() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    A read-only record of the most recent change to the alerting policy. If
provided in a call to create or update, this field will be ignored.
AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient::GetAlertPolicy() — Method in class AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a single alerting policy.
AlertPolicy_Condition::getName() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition
                    Required if the condition exists. The unique resource name for this
condition. Its syntax is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/alertPolicies/[POLICY_ID]/conditions/[CONDITION_ID]
[CONDITION_ID] is assigned by Stackdriver Monitoring when the
condition is created as part of a new or updated alerting policy.
AlertPolicy_Condition::getDisplayName() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition
                    A short name or phrase used to identify the condition in dashboards,
notifications, and incidents. To avoid confusion, don't use the same
display name for multiple conditions in the same policy.
AlertPolicy_Condition::getConditionThreshold() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition
                    A condition that compares a time series against a threshold.
AlertPolicy_Condition::getConditionAbsent() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition
                    A condition that checks that a time series continues to
receive new data points.
AlertPolicy_Condition::getCondition() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition
                    
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence::getFilter() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence
                    A filter that
identifies which time series should be compared with the threshold.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence::getAggregations() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence
                    Specifies the alignment of data points in individual time series as
well as how to combine the retrieved time series together (such as
when aggregating multiple streams on each resource to a single
stream for each resource or when aggregating streams across all
members of a group of resrouces). Multiple aggregations
are applied in the order specified.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence::getDuration() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence
                    The amount of time that a time series must fail to report new
data to be considered failing. Currently, only values that
are a multiple of a minute--e.g.  60, 120, or 300
seconds--are supported. If an invalid value is given, an
error will be returned. The Duration.nanos field is
ignored.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence::getTrigger() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence
                    The number/percent of time series for which the comparison must hold
in order for the condition to trigger. If unspecified, then the
condition will trigger if the comparison is true for any of the
time series that have been identified by filter and aggregations.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::getFilter() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    A filter that
identifies which time series should be compared with the threshold.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::getAggregations() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    Specifies the alignment of data points in individual time series as
well as how to combine the retrieved time series together (such as
when aggregating multiple streams on each resource to a single
stream for each resource or when aggregating streams across all
members of a group of resrouces). Multiple aggregations
are applied in the order specified.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::getDenominatorFilter() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    A filter that identifies a time
series that should be used as the denominator of a ratio that will be
compared with the threshold. If a denominator_filter is specified,
the time series specified by the filter field will be used as the
numerator.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::getDenominatorAggregations() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    Specifies the alignment of data points in individual time series
selected by denominatorFilter as
well as how to combine the retrieved time series together (such as
when aggregating multiple streams on each resource to a single
stream for each resource or when aggregating streams across all
members of a group of resources).
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::getComparison() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    The comparison to apply between the time series (indicated by filter
and aggregation) and the threshold (indicated by threshold_value).
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::getThresholdValue() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    A value against which to compare the time series.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::getDuration() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    The amount of time that a time series must violate the
threshold to be considered failing. Currently, only values
that are a multiple of a minute--e.g.  60, 120, or 300
seconds--are supported. If an invalid value is given, an
error will be returned. The Duration.nanos field is
ignored. When choosing a duration, it is useful to keep in mind the
frequency of the underlying time series data (which may also be
affected by any alignments specified in the aggregation field);
a good duration is long enough so that a single outlier does not
generate spurious alerts, but short enough that unhealthy states
are detected and alerted on quickly.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::getTrigger() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    The number/percent of time series for which the comparison must hold
in order for the condition to trigger. If unspecified, then the
condition will trigger if the comparison is true for any of the
time series that have been identified by filter and aggregations,
or by the ratio, if denominator_filter and denominator_aggregations
are specified.
AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger::getCount() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger
                    The absolute number of time series that must fail
the predicate for the condition to be triggered.
AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger::getPercent() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger
                    The percentage of time series that must fail the
predicate for the condition to be triggered.
AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger::getType() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger
                    
AlertPolicy_Documentation::getContent() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Documentation
                    The text of the documentation, interpreted according to mime_type.
AlertPolicy_Documentation::getMimeType() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Documentation
                    The format of the content field. Presently, only the value
"text/markdown" is supported. See
Markdown for more information.
CreateAlertPolicyRequest::getName() — Method in class CreateAlertPolicyRequest
                    The project in which to create the alerting policy. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID].
CreateAlertPolicyRequest::getAlertPolicy() — Method in class CreateAlertPolicyRequest
                    The requested alerting policy. You should omit the name field in this
policy. The name will be returned in the new policy, including
a new [ALERT_POLICY_ID] value.
CreateGroupRequest::getName() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    The project in which to create the group. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateGroupRequest::getGroup() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    A group definition. It is an error to define the name field because
the system assigns the name.
CreateGroupRequest::getValidateOnly() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    If true, validate this request but do not create the group.
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest::getName() — Method in class CreateMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest::getMetricDescriptor() — Method in class CreateMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The new custom metric
descriptor.
CreateNotificationChannelRequest::getName() — Method in class CreateNotificationChannelRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]
Note that this names the container into which the channel will be
written. This does not name the newly created channel. The resulting
channel's name will have a normalized version of this field as a prefix,
but will add /notificationChannels/[CHANNEL_ID] to identify the channel.
CreateNotificationChannelRequest::getNotificationChannel() — Method in class CreateNotificationChannelRequest
                    The definition of the NotificationChannel to create.
CreateTimeSeriesError::getTimeSeries() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesError
                    The time series, including the Metric, MonitoredResource,
and Points (including timestamp and value) that resulted
in the error. This field provides all of the context that
would be needed to retry the operation.
CreateTimeSeriesError::getStatus() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesError
                    The status of the requested write operation.
CreateTimeSeriesRequest::getName() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateTimeSeriesRequest::getTimeSeries() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesRequest
                    The new data to be added to a list of time series.
CreateUptimeCheckConfigRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    The project in which to create the uptime check. The format is:
  projects/[PROJECT_ID].
CreateUptimeCheckConfigRequest::getUptimeCheckConfig() — Method in class CreateUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    The new uptime check configuration.
DeleteAlertPolicyRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteAlertPolicyRequest
                    The alerting policy to delete. The format is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/alertPolicies/[ALERT_POLICY_ID]
For more information, see [AlertPolicy][google.monitoring.v3.AlertPolicy].
DeleteGroupRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteGroupRequest
                    The group to delete. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The metric descriptor on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/metricDescriptors/{metric_id}".
DeleteNotificationChannelRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteNotificationChannelRequest
                    The channel for which to execute the request. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannels/[CHANNEL_ID].
DeleteNotificationChannelRequest::getForce() — Method in class DeleteNotificationChannelRequest
                    If true, the notification channel will be deleted regardless of its
use in alert policies (the policies will be updated to remove the
channel). If false, channels that are still referenced by an existing
alerting policy will fail to be deleted in a delete operation.
DeleteUptimeCheckConfigRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    The uptime check configuration to delete. The format is
  projects/[PROJECT_ID]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID].
GetAlertPolicyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The protocol for the GetAlertPolicy request.
GetAlertPolicyRequest::getName() — Method in class GetAlertPolicyRequest
                    The alerting policy to retrieve. The format is
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/alertPolicies/[ALERT_POLICY_ID]
GetGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The GetGroup request.
GetGroupRequest::getName() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    The group to retrieve. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
GetMetricDescriptorRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The GetMetricDescriptor request.
GetMetricDescriptorRequest::getName() — Method in class GetMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The metric descriptor on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/metricDescriptors/{metric_id}".
GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The GetMonitoredResourceDescriptor request.
GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest::getName() — Method in class GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest
                    The monitored resource descriptor to get.  The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{resource_type}".
GetNotificationChannelDescriptorRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The GetNotificationChannelDescriptor response.
GetNotificationChannelDescriptorRequest::getName() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelDescriptorRequest
                    The channel type for which to execute the request. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannelDescriptors/{channel_type}.
GetNotificationChannelRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The GetNotificationChannel request.
GetNotificationChannelRequest::getName() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelRequest
                    The channel for which to execute the request. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannels/[CHANNEL_ID].
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The GetNotificationChannelVerificationCode request.
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest::getName() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest
                    The notification channel for which a verification code is to be generated
and retrieved. This must name a channel that is already verified; if
the specified channel is not verified, the request will fail.
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest::getExpireTime() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest
                    The desired expiration time. If specified, the API will guarantee that
the returned code will not be valid after the specified timestamp;
however, the API cannot guarantee that the returned code will be
valid for at least as long as the requested time (the API puts an upper
bound on the amount of time for which a code may be valid). If omitted,
a default expiration will be used, which may be less than the max
permissible expiration (so specifying an expiration may extend the
code's lifetime over omitting an expiration, even though the API does
impose an upper limit on the maximum expiration that is permitted).
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The GetNotificationChannelVerificationCode request.
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeResponse::getCode() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeResponse
                    The verification code, which may be used to verify other channels
that have an equivalent identity (i.e. other channels of the same
type with the same fingerprint such as other email channels with
the same email address or other sms channels with the same number).
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeResponse::getExpireTime() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeResponse
                    The expiration time associated with the code that was returned. If
an expiration was provided in the request, this is the minimum of the
requested expiration in the request and the max permitted expiration.
GetUptimeCheckConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The protocol for the GetUptimeCheckConfig request.
GetUptimeCheckConfigRequest::getName() — Method in class GetUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    The uptime check configuration to retrieve. The format is
  projects/[PROJECT_ID]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID].
Group — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The description of a dynamic collection of monitored resources. Each group
has a filter that is matched against monitored resources and their associated
metadata. If a group's filter matches an available monitored resource, then
that resource is a member of that group.  Groups can contain any number of
monitored resources, and each monitored resource can be a member of any
number of groups.
Group::getName() — Method in class Group
                    Output only. The name of this group. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
Group::getDisplayName() — Method in class Group
                    A user-assigned name for this group, used only for display purposes.
Group::getParentName() — Method in class Group
                    The name of the group's parent, if it has one.
Group::getFilter() — Method in class Group
                    The filter used to determine which monitored resources belong to this group.
Group::getIsCluster() — Method in class Group
                    If true, the members of this group are considered to be a cluster.
GroupResourceType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The supported resource types that can be used as values of
group_resource.resource_type. gae_app and uptime_url are not allowed
because group checks on App Engine modules and URLs are not allowed.
GroupServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The Group API lets you inspect and manage your
groups.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::GetGroup() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a single group.
ListAlertPoliciesRequest::getName() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesRequest
                    The project whose alert policies are to be listed. The format is
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]
Note that this field names the parent container in which the alerting
policies to be listed are stored. To retrieve a single alerting policy
by name, use the
[GetAlertPolicy][google.monitoring.v3.AlertPolicyService.GetAlertPolicy]
operation, instead.
ListAlertPoliciesRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesRequest
                    If provided, this field specifies the criteria that must be met by
alert policies to be included in the response.
ListAlertPoliciesRequest::getOrderBy() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesRequest
                    A comma-separated list of fields by which to sort the result. Supports
the same set of field references as the filter field. Entries can be
prefixed with a minus sign to sort by the field in descending order.
ListAlertPoliciesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return in a single response.
ListAlertPoliciesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return more results from the previous method call.
ListAlertPoliciesResponse::getAlertPolicies() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesResponse
                    The returned alert policies.
ListAlertPoliciesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesResponse
                    If there might be more results than were returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value. To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListGroupMembersRequest::getName() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    The group whose members are listed. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupMembersRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListGroupMembersRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListGroupMembersRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    An optional list filter describing
the members to be returned.  The filter may reference the type, labels, and
metadata of monitored resources that comprise the group.
ListGroupMembersRequest::getInterval() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    An optional time interval for which results should be returned. Only
members that were part of the group during the specified interval are
included in the response.  If no interval is provided then the group
membership over the last minute is returned.
ListGroupMembersResponse::getMembers() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    A set of monitored resources in the group.
ListGroupMembersResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is
set to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results, use that value as
pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListGroupMembersResponse::getTotalSize() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    The total number of elements matching this request.
ListGroupsRequest::getName() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    The project whose groups are to be listed. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListGroupsRequest::getChildrenOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::getAncestorsOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::getDescendantsOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListGroupsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListGroupsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    
ListGroupsResponse::getGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsResponse
                    The groups that match the specified filters.
ListGroupsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::getName() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is empty, all custom and
system-defined metric descriptors are returned.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse::getMetricDescriptors() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsResponse
                    The metric descriptors that are available to the project
and that match the value of filter, if present.
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getName() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    An optional filter describing
the descriptors to be returned.  The filter can reference
the descriptor's type and labels. For example, the
following filter returns only Google Compute Engine descriptors
that have an id label:
    resource.type = starts_with("gce_") AND resource.label:id
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::getResourceDescriptors() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    The monitored resource descriptors that are available to this project
and that match filter, if present.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest::getName() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest
                    The REST resource name of the parent from which to retrieve
the notification channel descriptors. The expected syntax is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]
Note that this names the parent container in which to look for the
descriptors; to retrieve a single descriptor by name, use the
[GetNotificationChannelDescriptor][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.GetNotificationChannelDescriptor]
operation, instead.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return in a single response. If
not set to a positive number, a reasonable value will be chosen by the
service.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token must contain a value returned as the
next_page_token in a previous response to request the next set
of results.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsResponse::getChannelDescriptors() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsResponse
                    The monitored resource descriptors supported for the specified
project, optionally filtered.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more results that match
the request. Use the value in the page_token field in a
subsequent request to fetch the next set of results. If empty,
all results have been returned.
ListNotificationChannelsRequest::getName() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID]. That is, this names the container
in which to look for the notification channels; it does not name a
specific channel. To query a specific channel by REST resource name, use
the
[GetNotificationChannel][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.GetNotificationChannel] operation.
ListNotificationChannelsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsRequest
                    If provided, this field specifies the criteria that must be met by
notification channels to be included in the response.
ListNotificationChannelsRequest::getOrderBy() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsRequest
                    A comma-separated list of fields by which to sort the result. Supports
the same set of fields as in filter. Entries can be prefixed with
a minus sign to sort in descending rather than ascending order.
ListNotificationChannelsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return in a single response. If
not set to a positive number, a reasonable value will be chosen by the
service.
ListNotificationChannelsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token must contain a value returned as the
next_page_token in a previous response to request the next set
of results.
ListNotificationChannelsResponse::getNotificationChannels() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsResponse
                    The notification channels defined for the specified project.
ListNotificationChannelsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more results that match
the request. Use the value in the page_token field in a
subsequent request to fetch the next set of results. If empty,
all results have been returned.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getName() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    A monitoring filter that specifies which time
series should be returned.  The filter must specify a single metric type,
and can additionally specify metric labels and other information. For
example:
    metric.type = "compute.googleapis.com/instance/cpu/usage_time" AND
        metric.label.instance_name = "my-instance-name"
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getInterval() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    The time interval for which results should be returned. Only time series
that contain data points in the specified interval are included
in the response.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getAggregation() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    By default, the raw time series data is returned.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getOrderBy() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    Specifies the order in which the points of the time series should
be returned.  By default, results are not ordered.  Currently,
this field must be left blank.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getView() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    Specifies which information is returned about the time series.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListTimeSeriesResponse::getTimeSeries() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesResponse
                    One or more time series that match the filter included in the request.
ListTimeSeriesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest
                    The project whose uptime check configurations are listed. The format is
  projects/[PROJECT_ID].
ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return in a single response. The server
may further constrain the maximum number of results returned in a single
page. If the page_size is <=0, the server will decide the number of results
to be returned.
ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return more results from the previous method call.
ListUptimeCheckConfigsResponse::getUptimeCheckConfigs() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsResponse
                    The returned uptime check configurations.
ListUptimeCheckConfigsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsResponse
                    This field represents the pagination token to retrieve the next page of
results. If the value is empty, it means no further results for the
request. To retrieve the next page of results, the value of the
next_page_token is passed to the subsequent List method call (in the
request message's page_token field).
ListUptimeCheckIpsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckIpsRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return in a single response. The server
may further constrain the maximum number of results returned in a single
page. If the page_size is <=0, the server will decide the number of results
to be returned.
ListUptimeCheckIpsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckIpsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return more results from the previous method call.
ListUptimeCheckIpsResponse::getUptimeCheckIps() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckIpsResponse
                    The returned list of IP addresses (including region and location) that the
checkers run from.
ListUptimeCheckIpsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckIpsResponse
                    This field represents the pagination token to retrieve the next page of
results. If the value is empty, it means no further results for the
request. To retrieve the next page of results, the value of the
next_page_token is passed to the subsequent List method call (in the
request message's page_token field).
MetricServiceGrpcClient::GetMonitoredResourceDescriptor() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a single monitored resource descriptor. This method does not require a Stackdriver account.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::GetMetricDescriptor() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a single metric descriptor. This method does not require a Stackdriver account.
MutationRecord::getMutateTime() — Method in class MutationRecord
                    When the change occurred.
MutationRecord::getMutatedBy() — Method in class MutationRecord
                    The email address of the user making the change.
NotificationChannel::getType() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    The type of the notification channel. This field matches the
value of the [NotificationChannelDescriptor.type][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelDescriptor.type] field.
NotificationChannel::getName() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    The full REST resource name for this channel. The syntax is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannels/[CHANNEL_ID]
The [CHANNEL_ID] is automatically assigned by the server on creation.
NotificationChannel::getDisplayName() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    An optional human-readable name for this notification channel. It is
recommended that you specify a non-empty and unique name in order to
make it easier to identify the channels in your project, though this is
not enforced. The display name is limited to 512 Unicode characters.
NotificationChannel::getDescription() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    An optional human-readable description of this notification channel. This
description may provide additional details, beyond the display
name, for the channel. This may not exceeed 1024 Unicode characters.
NotificationChannel::getLabels() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    Configuration fields that define the channel and its behavior. The
permissible and required labels are specified in the
[NotificationChannelDescriptor.labels][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelDescriptor.labels] of the
NotificationChannelDescriptor corresponding to the type field.
NotificationChannel::getUserLabels() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    User-supplied key/value data that does not need to conform to
the corresponding NotificationChannelDescriptor's schema, unlike
the labels field. This field is intended to be used for organizing
and identifying the NotificationChannel objects.
NotificationChannel::getVerificationStatus() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    Indicates whether this channel has been verified or not. On a
[ListNotificationChannels][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.ListNotificationChannels]
or
[GetNotificationChannel][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.GetNotificationChannel]
operation, this field is expected to be populated.
NotificationChannel::getEnabled() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    Whether notifications are forwarded to the described channel. This makes
it possible to disable delivery of notifications to a particular channel
without removing the channel from all alerting policies that reference
the channel. This is a more convenient approach when the change is
temporary and you want to receive notifications from the same set
of alerting policies on the channel at some point in the future.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::getName() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    The full REST resource name for this descriptor. The syntax is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannelDescriptors/[TYPE]
In the above, [TYPE] is the value of the type field.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::getType() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    The type of notification channel, such as "email", "sms", etc.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::getDisplayName() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    A human-readable name for the notification channel type.  This
form of the name is suitable for a user interface.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::getDescription() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    A human-readable description of the notification channel
type. The description may include a description of the properties
of the channel and pointers to external documentation.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::getLabels() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    The set of labels that must be defined to identify a particular
channel of the corresponding type. Each label includes a
description for how that field should be populated.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::getSupportedTiers() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    The tiers that support this notification channel; the project service tier
must be one of the supported_tiers.
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient::GetNotificationChannelDescriptor() — Method in class NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a single channel descriptor. The descriptor indicates which fields
are expected / permitted for a notification channel of the given type.
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient::GetNotificationChannel() — Method in class NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a single notification channel. The channel includes the relevant
configuration details with which the channel was created. However, the
response may truncate or omit passwords, API keys, or other private key
matter and thus the response may not be 100% identical to the information
that was supplied in the call to the create method.
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient::GetNotificationChannelVerificationCode() — Method in class NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient
                    Requests a verification code for an already verified channel that can then
be used in a call to VerifyNotificationChannel() on a different channel
with an equivalent identity in the same or in a different project. This
makes it possible to copy a channel between projects without requiring
manual reverification of the channel. If the channel is not in the
verified state, this method will fail (in other words, this may only be
used if the SendNotificationChannelVerificationCode and
VerifyNotificationChannel paths have already been used to put the given
channel into the verified state).
Point::getInterval() — Method in class Point
                    The time interval to which the data point applies.  For GAUGE metrics, only
the end time of the interval is used.  For DELTA metrics, the start and end
time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying
contiguous and non-overlapping intervals.  For CUMULATIVE metrics, the
start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent
points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an
event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the
following points.
Point::getValue() — Method in class Point
                    The value of the data point.
SendNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest::getName() — Method in class SendNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest
                    The notification channel to which to send a verification code.
TimeInterval::getEndTime() — Method in class TimeInterval
                    Required. The end of the time interval.
TimeInterval::getStartTime() — Method in class TimeInterval
                    Optional. The beginning of the time interval.  The default value
for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be
later than the end time.
TimeSeries::getMetric() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The associated metric. A fully-specified metric used to identify the time
series.
TimeSeries::getResource() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The associated resource. A fully-specified monitored resource used to
identify the time series.
TimeSeries::getMetricKind() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric
kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if
this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.
TimeSeries::getValueType() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The value type of the time series. When listing time series, this value
type might be different from the value type of the associated metric if
this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.
TimeSeries::getPoints() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The data points of this time series. When listing time series, the order of
the points is specified by the list method.
TypedValue::getBoolValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A Boolean value: true or false.
TypedValue::getInt64Value() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A 64-bit integer. Its range is approximately ±9.2x10¹⁸.
TypedValue::getDoubleValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A 64-bit double-precision floating-point number. Its magnitude
is approximately ±10^±300 and it has 16
significant digits of precision.
TypedValue::getStringValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A variable-length string value.
TypedValue::getDistributionValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A distribution value.
TypedValue::getValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    
UpdateAlertPolicyRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateAlertPolicyRequest
                    Optional. A list of alerting policy field names. If this field is not
empty, each listed field in the existing alerting policy is set to the
value of the corresponding field in the supplied policy (alert_policy),
or to the field's default value if the field is not in the supplied
alerting policy.  Fields not listed retain their previous value.
UpdateAlertPolicyRequest::getAlertPolicy() — Method in class UpdateAlertPolicyRequest
                    Required. The updated alerting policy or the updated values for the
fields listed in update_mask.
UpdateGroupRequest::getGroup() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    The new definition of the group.  All fields of the existing group,
excepting name, are replaced with the corresponding fields of this group.
UpdateGroupRequest::getValidateOnly() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    If true, validate this request but do not update the existing group.
UpdateNotificationChannelRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateNotificationChannelRequest
                    The fields to update.
UpdateNotificationChannelRequest::getNotificationChannel() — Method in class UpdateNotificationChannelRequest
                    A description of the changes to be applied to the specified
notification channel. The description must provide a definition for
fields to be updated; the names of these fields should also be
included in the update_mask.
UpdateUptimeCheckConfigRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    Optional. If present, only the listed fields in the current uptime check
configuration are updated with values from the new configuration. If this
field is empty, then the current configuration is completely replaced with
the new configuration.
UpdateUptimeCheckConfigRequest::getUptimeCheckConfig() — Method in class UpdateUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    Required. If an "updateMask" has been specified, this field gives
the values for the set of fields mentioned in the "updateMask". If an
"updateMask" has not been given, this uptime check configuration replaces
the current configuration. If a field is mentioned in "updateMask" but
the corresonding field is omitted in this partial uptime check
configuration, it has the effect of deleting/clearing the field from the
configuration on the server.
UptimeCheckConfig::getName() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    A unique resource name for this UptimeCheckConfig. The format is:
  projects/[PROJECT_ID]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID].
UptimeCheckConfig::getDisplayName() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    A human-friendly name for the uptime check configuration. The display name
should be unique within a Stackdriver Account in order to make it easier
to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required.
UptimeCheckConfig::getMonitoredResource() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The monitored resource associated with the configuration.
UptimeCheckConfig::getResourceGroup() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The group resource associated with the configuration.
UptimeCheckConfig::getHttpCheck() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check.
UptimeCheckConfig::getTcpCheck() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    Contains information needed to make a TCP check.
UptimeCheckConfig::getPeriod() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    How often the uptime check is performed.
UptimeCheckConfig::getTimeout() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The maximum amount of time to wait for the request to complete (must be
between 1 and 60 seconds). Required.
UptimeCheckConfig::getContentMatchers() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The expected content on the page the check is run against.
UptimeCheckConfig::getSelectedRegions() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The list of regions from which the check will be run.
UptimeCheckConfig::getInternalCheckers() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The internal checkers that this check will egress from.
UptimeCheckConfig::getResource() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    
UptimeCheckConfig::getCheckRequestType() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    
UptimeCheckConfig_ContentMatcher::getContent() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_ContentMatcher
                    String content to match
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::getUseSsl() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    If true, use HTTPS instead of HTTP to run the check.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::getPath() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    The path to the page to run the check against. Will be combined with the
host (specified within the MonitoredResource) and port to construct the
full URL. Optional (defaults to "/").
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::getPort() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    The port to the page to run the check against. Will be combined with host
(specified within the MonitoredResource) and path to construct the full
URL. Optional (defaults to 80 without SSL, or 443 with SSL).
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::getAuthInfo() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    The authentication information. Optional when creating an HTTP check;
defaults to empty.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::getMaskHeaders() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    Boolean specifiying whether to encrypt the header information.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::getHeaders() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    The list of headers to send as part of the uptime check request.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck_BasicAuthentication::getUsername() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck_BasicAuthentication
                    The username to authenticate.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck_BasicAuthentication::getPassword() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck_BasicAuthentication
                    The password to authenticate.
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker::getProjectId() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker
                    The GCP project ID. Not necessarily the same as the project_id for the config.
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker::getNetwork() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker
                    The internal network to perform this uptime check on.
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker::getGcpZone() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker
                    The GCP zone the uptime check should egress from. Only respected for
internal uptime checks, where internal_network is specified.
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker::getCheckerId() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker
                    The checker ID.
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker::getDisplayName() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker
                    The checker's human-readable name.
UptimeCheckConfig_ResourceGroup::getGroupId() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_ResourceGroup
                    The group of resources being monitored. Should be only the
group_id, not projects//groups/.
UptimeCheckConfig_ResourceGroup::getResourceType() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_ResourceGroup
                    The resource type of the group members.
UptimeCheckConfig_TcpCheck::getPort() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_TcpCheck
                    The port to the page to run the check against. Will be combined with host
(specified within the MonitoredResource) to construct the full URL.
UptimeCheckIp::getRegion() — Method in class UptimeCheckIp
                    A broad region category in which the IP address is located.
UptimeCheckIp::getLocation() — Method in class UptimeCheckIp
                    A more specific location within the region that typically encodes
a particular city/town/metro (and its containing state/province or country)
within the broader umbrella region category.
UptimeCheckIp::getIpAddress() — Method in class UptimeCheckIp
                    The IP address from which the uptime check originates. This is a full
IP address (not an IP address range). Most IP addresses, as of this
publication, are in IPv4 format; however, one should not rely on the
IP addresses being in IPv4 format indefinitely and should support
interpreting this field in either IPv4 or IPv6 format.
UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient::GetUptimeCheckConfig() — Method in class UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient
                    Gets a single uptime check configuration.
VerifyNotificationChannelRequest::getName() — Method in class VerifyNotificationChannelRequest
                    The notification channel to verify.
VerifyNotificationChannelRequest::getCode() — Method in class VerifyNotificationChannelRequest
                    The verification code that was delivered to the channel as
a result of invoking the SendNotificationChannelVerificationCode API
method or that was retrieved from a verified channel via
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCode. For example, one might have
"G-123456" or "TKNZGhhd2EyN3I1MnRnMjRv" (in general, one is only
guaranteed that the code is valid UTF-8; one should not
make any assumptions regarding the structure or format of the code).
PosixAccount::getPrimary() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    Only one POSIX account can be marked as primary.
PosixAccount::getUsername() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The username of the POSIX account.
PosixAccount::getUid() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The user ID.
PosixAccount::getGid() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The default group ID.
PosixAccount::getHomeDirectory() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The path to the home directory for this account.
PosixAccount::getShell() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The path to the logic shell for this account.
PosixAccount::getGecos() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The GECOS (user information) entry for this account.
PosixAccount::getSystemId() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    System identifier for which account the username or uid applies to.
PosixAccount::getAccountId() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    Output only. A POSIX account identifier.
SshPublicKey::getKey() — Method in class SshPublicKey
                    Public key text in SSH format, defined by
RFC4253
section 6.6.
SshPublicKey::getExpirationTimeUsec() — Method in class SshPublicKey
                    An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
SshPublicKey::getFingerprint() — Method in class SshPublicKey
                    Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
DeletePosixAccountRequest::getName() — Method in class DeletePosixAccountRequest
                    A reference to the POSIX account to update. POSIX accounts are identified
by the project ID they are associated with. A reference to the POSIX
account is in format users/{user}/projects/{project}.
DeleteSshPublicKeyRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The fingerprint of the public key to update. Public keys are identified by
their SHA-256 fingerprint. The fingerprint of the public key is in format
users/{user}/sshPublicKeys/{fingerprint}.
GetLoginProfileRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\OsLogin\V1beta
                    A request message for retrieving the login profile information for a user.
GetLoginProfileRequest::getName() — Method in class GetLoginProfileRequest
                    The unique ID for the user in format users/{user}.
GetSshPublicKeyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\OsLogin\V1beta
                    A request message for retrieving an SSH public key.
GetSshPublicKeyRequest::getName() — Method in class GetSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The fingerprint of the public key to retrieve. Public keys are identified
by their SHA-256 fingerprint. The fingerprint of the public key is in
format users/{user}/sshPublicKeys/{fingerprint}.
ImportSshPublicKeyRequest::getParent() — Method in class ImportSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The unique ID for the user in format users/{user}.
ImportSshPublicKeyRequest::getSshPublicKey() — Method in class ImportSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The SSH public key and expiration time.
ImportSshPublicKeyRequest::getProjectId() — Method in class ImportSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The project ID of the Google Cloud Platform project.
ImportSshPublicKeyResponse::getLoginProfile() — Method in class ImportSshPublicKeyResponse
                    The login profile information for the user.
LoginProfile::getName() — Method in class LoginProfile
                    The primary email address that uniquely identifies the user.
LoginProfile::getPosixAccounts() — Method in class LoginProfile
                    The list of POSIX accounts associated with the user.
LoginProfile::getSshPublicKeys() — Method in class LoginProfile
                    A map from SSH public key fingerprint to the associated key object.
LoginProfile::getSuspended() — Method in class LoginProfile
                    Indicates if the user is suspended. A suspended user cannot log in but
their profile information is retained.
OsLoginServiceGrpcClient::GetLoginProfile() — Method in class OsLoginServiceGrpcClient
                    Retrieves the profile information used for logging in to a virtual machine
on Google Compute Engine.
OsLoginServiceGrpcClient::GetSshPublicKey() — Method in class OsLoginServiceGrpcClient
                    Retrieves an SSH public key.
UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest::getName() — Method in class UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The fingerprint of the public key to update. Public keys are identified by
their SHA-256 fingerprint. The fingerprint of the public key is in format
users/{user}/sshPublicKeys/{fingerprint}.
UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest::getSshPublicKey() — Method in class UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The SSH public key and expiration time.
UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest
                    Mask to control which fields get updated. Updates all if not present.
AcknowledgeRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class AcknowledgeRequest
                    The subscription whose message is being acknowledged.
AcknowledgeRequest::getAckIds() — Method in class AcknowledgeRequest
                    The acknowledgment ID for the messages being acknowledged that was returned
by the Pub/Sub system in the Pull response. Must not be empty.
CreateSnapshotRequest::getName() — Method in class CreateSnapshotRequest
                    Optional user-provided name for this snapshot.
CreateSnapshotRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class CreateSnapshotRequest
                    The subscription whose backlog the snapshot retains.
DeleteSnapshotRequest::getSnapshot() — Method in class DeleteSnapshotRequest
                    The name of the snapshot to delete.
DeleteSubscriptionRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class DeleteSubscriptionRequest
                    The subscription to delete.
DeleteTopicRequest::getTopic() — Method in class DeleteTopicRequest
                    Name of the topic to delete.
GetSubscriptionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the GetSubscription method.
GetSubscriptionRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class GetSubscriptionRequest
                    The name of the subscription to get.
GetTopicRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the GetTopic method.
GetTopicRequest::getTopic() — Method in class GetTopicRequest
                    The name of the topic to get.
ListSnapshotsRequest::getProject() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that snapshots belong to.
ListSnapshotsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    Maximum number of snapshots to return.
ListSnapshotsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListSnapshotsResponse; indicates that this
is a continuation of a prior ListSnapshots call, and that the system
should return the next page of data.
ListSnapshotsResponse::getSnapshots() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    The resulting snapshots.
ListSnapshotsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more snapshot that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new ListSnapshotsRequest.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::getProject() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that subscriptions belong to.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    Maximum number of subscriptions to return.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListSubscriptionsResponse; indicates that
this is a continuation of a prior ListSubscriptions call, and that the
system should return the next page of data.
ListSubscriptionsResponse::getSubscriptions() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsResponse
                    The subscriptions that match the request.
ListSubscriptionsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more subscriptions that match
the request; this value should be passed in a new
ListSubscriptionsRequest to get more subscriptions.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::getTopic() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    The name of the topic that subscriptions are attached to.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    Maximum number of subscription names to return.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse; indicates
that this is a continuation of a prior ListTopicSubscriptions call, and
that the system should return the next page of data.
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse::getSubscriptions() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse
                    The names of the subscriptions that match the request.
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more subscriptions that match
the request; this value should be passed in a new
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest to get more subscriptions.
ListTopicsRequest::getProject() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that topics belong to.
ListTopicsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    Maximum number of topics to return.
ListTopicsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListTopicsResponse; indicates that this is
a continuation of a prior ListTopics call, and that the system should
return the next page of data.
ListTopicsResponse::getTopics() — Method in class ListTopicsResponse
                    The resulting topics.
ListTopicsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more topics that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new ListTopicsRequest.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    The name of the subscription.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::getAckIds() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    List of acknowledgment IDs.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::getAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    The new ack deadline with respect to the time this request was sent to
the Pub/Sub system. For example, if the value is 10, the new
ack deadline will expire 10 seconds after the ModifyAckDeadline call
was made. Specifying zero may immediately make the message available for
another pull request.
ModifyPushConfigRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class ModifyPushConfigRequest
                    The name of the subscription.
ModifyPushConfigRequest::getPushConfig() — Method in class ModifyPushConfigRequest
                    The push configuration for future deliveries.
PublishRequest::getTopic() — Method in class PublishRequest
                    The messages in the request will be published on this topic.
PublishRequest::getMessages() — Method in class PublishRequest
                    The messages to publish.
PublishResponse::getMessageIds() — Method in class PublishResponse
                    The server-assigned ID of each published message, in the same order as
the messages in the request. IDs are guaranteed to be unique within
the topic.
PublisherGrpcClient::GetTopic() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient
                    Gets the configuration of a topic.
PubsubMessage::getData() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    The message payload.
PubsubMessage::getAttributes() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    Optional attributes for this message.
PubsubMessage::getMessageId() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    ID of this message, assigned by the server when the message is published.
PubsubMessage::getPublishTime() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    The time at which the message was published, populated by the server when
it receives the Publish call. It must not be populated by the
publisher in a Publish call.
PullRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class PullRequest
                    The subscription from which messages should be pulled.
PullRequest::getReturnImmediately() — Method in class PullRequest
                    If this field set to true, the system will respond immediately even if
it there are no messages available to return in the Pull response.
PullRequest::getMaxMessages() — Method in class PullRequest
                    The maximum number of messages returned for this request. The Pub/Sub
system may return fewer than the number specified.
PullResponse::getReceivedMessages() — Method in class PullResponse
                    Received Pub/Sub messages. The Pub/Sub system will return zero messages if
there are no more available in the backlog. The Pub/Sub system may return
fewer than the maxMessages requested even if there are more messages
available in the backlog.
PushConfig::getPushEndpoint() — Method in class PushConfig
                    A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed.
PushConfig::getAttributes() — Method in class PushConfig
                    Endpoint configuration attributes.
ReceivedMessage::getAckId() — Method in class ReceivedMessage
                    This ID can be used to acknowledge the received message.
ReceivedMessage::getMessage() — Method in class ReceivedMessage
                    The message.
SeekRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The subscription to affect.
SeekRequest::getTime() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The time to seek to.
SeekRequest::getSnapshot() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The snapshot to seek to. The snapshot's topic must be the same as that of
the provided subscription.
SeekRequest::getTarget() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    
Snapshot::getName() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The name of the snapshot.
Snapshot::getTopic() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The name of the topic from which this snapshot is retaining messages.
Snapshot::getExpireTime() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The snapshot is guaranteed to exist up until this time.
Snapshot::getLabels() — Method in class Snapshot
                    User labels.
StreamingPullRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The subscription for which to initialize the new stream. This must be
provided in the first request on the stream, and must not be set in
subsequent requests from client to server.
StreamingPullRequest::getAckIds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    List of acknowledgement IDs for acknowledging previously received messages
(received on this stream or a different stream). If an ack ID has expired,
the corresponding message may be redelivered later. Acknowledging a message
more than once will not result in an error. If the acknowledgement ID is
malformed, the stream will be aborted with status INVALID_ARGUMENT.
StreamingPullRequest::getModifyDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The list of new ack deadlines for the IDs listed in
modify_deadline_ack_ids. The size of this list must be the same as the
size of modify_deadline_ack_ids. If it differs the stream will be aborted
with INVALID_ARGUMENT. Each element in this list is applied to the
element in the same position in modify_deadline_ack_ids. The new ack
deadline is with respect to the time this request was sent to the Pub/Sub
system. Must be >= 0. For example, if the value is 10, the new ack deadline
will expire 10 seconds after this request is received. If the value is 0,
the message is immediately made available for another streaming or
non-streaming pull request. If the value is < 0 (an error), the stream will
be aborted with status INVALID_ARGUMENT.
StreamingPullRequest::getModifyDeadlineAckIds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    List of acknowledgement IDs whose deadline will be modified based on the
corresponding element in modify_deadline_seconds. This field can be used
to indicate that more time is needed to process a message by the
subscriber, or to make the message available for redelivery if the
processing was interrupted.
StreamingPullRequest::getStreamAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The ack deadline to use for the stream. This must be provided in the
first request on the stream, but it can also be updated on subsequent
requests from client to server. The minimum deadline you can specify is 10
seconds. The maximum deadline you can specify is 600 seconds (10 minutes).
StreamingPullResponse::getReceivedMessages() — Method in class StreamingPullResponse
                    Received Pub/Sub messages. This will not be empty.
SubscriberGrpcClient::GetSubscription() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Gets the configuration details of a subscription.
Subscription::getName() — Method in class Subscription
                    The name of the subscription. It must have the format
"projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}". {subscription} must
start with a letter, and contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers
([0-9]), dashes (-), underscores (_), periods (.), tildes (~),
plus (+) or percent signs (%). It must be between 3 and 255 characters
in length, and it must not start with "goog".
Subscription::getTopic() — Method in class Subscription
                    The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages.
Subscription::getPushConfig() — Method in class Subscription
                    If push delivery is used with this subscription, this field is
used to configure it. An empty pushConfig signifies that the subscriber
will pull and ack messages using API methods.
Subscription::getAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class Subscription
                    This value is the maximum time after a subscriber receives a message
before the subscriber should acknowledge the message. After message
delivery but before the ack deadline expires and before the message is
acknowledged, it is an outstanding message and will not be delivered
again during that time (on a best-effort basis).
Subscription::getRetainAckedMessages() — Method in class Subscription
                    Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then
messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are
acknowledged, until they fall out of the message_retention_duration
window.
Subscription::getMessageRetentionDuration() — Method in class Subscription
                    How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog,
from the moment a message is published.
Subscription::getLabels() — Method in class Subscription
                    User labels.
Topic::getName() — Method in class Topic
                    The name of the topic. It must have the format
"projects/{project}/topics/{topic}". {topic} must start with a letter,
and contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), dashes (-),
underscores (_), periods (.), tildes (~), plus (+) or percent
signs (%). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it
must not start with "goog".
Topic::getLabels() — Method in class Topic
                    User labels.
UpdateSnapshotRequest::getSnapshot() — Method in class UpdateSnapshotRequest
                    The updated snpashot object.
UpdateSnapshotRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSnapshotRequest
                    Indicates which fields in the provided snapshot to update.
UpdateSubscriptionRequest::getSubscription() — Method in class UpdateSubscriptionRequest
                    The updated subscription object.
UpdateSubscriptionRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSubscriptionRequest
                    Indicates which fields in the provided subscription to update.
UpdateTopicRequest::getTopic() — Method in class UpdateTopicRequest
                    The topic to update.
UpdateTopicRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateTopicRequest
                    Indicates which fields in the provided topic to update.
CloudRedisGrpcClient::GetInstance() — Method in class CloudRedisGrpcClient
                    Gets the details of a specific Redis instance.
CreateInstanceRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the instance location using the form:
    projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}
where location_id refers to a GCP region
CreateInstanceRequest::getInstanceId() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The logical name of the Redis instance in the customer project
with the following restrictions:
* Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.
CreateInstanceRequest::getInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. A Redis [Instance] resource
DeleteInstanceRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    Required. Redis instance resource name using the form:
    projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}
where location_id refers to a GCP region
GetInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1
                    Request for [GetInstance][google.cloud.redis.v1beta1.CloudRedis.GetInstance].
GetInstanceRequest::getName() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    Required. Redis instance resource name using the form:
    projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}
where location_id refers to a GCP region
Instance::getName() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and
location using the form:
    projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}
Note: Redis instances are managed and addressed at regional level so
location_id here refers to a GCP region; however, users get to choose which
specific zone (or collection of zones for cross-zone instances) an instance
should be provisioned in. Refer to [location_id] and
[alternative_location_id] fields for more details.
Instance::getDisplayName() — Method in class Instance
                    An arbitrary and optional user-provided name for the instance.
Instance::getLabels() — Method in class Instance
                    Resource labels to represent user provided metadata
Instance::getLocationId() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided,
the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier,
instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal
failures. if [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be
different from [location_id].
Instance::getAlternativeLocationId() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance
against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it
must be a different zone from the one provided in [location_id].
Instance::getRedisVersion() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. The version of Redis software.
Instance::getReservedIpRange() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. The CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this
instance. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block,
for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. Ranges must be unique
and non-overlapping with existing subnets in a network.
Instance::getHost() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. Hostname or IP address of the exposed redis endpoint used by
clients to connect to the service.
Instance::getPort() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The port number of the exposed redis endpoint.
Instance::getCurrentLocationId() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The current zone where the Redis endpoint is placed. In
single zone deployments, this will always be the same as [location_id]
provided by the user at creation time. In cross-zone instances (only
applicable in STANDARD_HA tier), this can be either [location_id] or
[alternative_location_id] and can change on a failover event.
Instance::getCreateTime() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The time the instance was created.
Instance::getState() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The current state of this instance.
Instance::getStatusMessage() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. Additional information about the current status of this
instance, if available.
Instance::getRedisConfigs() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. Redis configuration parameters, according to
http://redis.io/topics/config. Currently, the only supported parameters
are:
 * maxmemory-policy
 * notify-keyspace-events
Instance::getTier() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The service tier of the instance.
Instance::getMemorySizeGb() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. Redis memory size in GB.
Instance::getAuthorizedNetwork() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine
network to which the
instance is connected. If left unspecified, the default network
will be used.
ListInstancesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the instance location using the form:
    projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}
where location_id refers to a GCP region
ListInstancesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    The maximum number of items to return.
ListInstancesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request,
if any.
ListInstancesResponse::getInstances() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    A list of Redis instances in the project in the specified location,
or across all locations.
ListInstancesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more
results in the list.
LocationMetadata::getAvailableZones() — Method in class LocationMetadata
                    Output only. The set of available zones in the location. The map is keyed
by the lowercase ID of each zone, as defined by GCE. These keys can be
specified in location_id or alternative_location_id fields when
creating a Redis instance.
UpdateInstanceRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in
this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these
fields from [Instance][CloudRedis.Instance]:
* display_name
* labels
* memory_size_gb
* redis_config
UpdateInstanceRequest::getInstance() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. Update description.
CreateDatabaseMetadata::getDatabase() — Method in class CreateDatabaseMetadata
                    The database being created.
CreateDatabaseRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The name of the instance that will serve the new database.
CreateDatabaseRequest::getCreateStatement() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    Required. A CREATE DATABASE statement, which specifies the ID of the
new database.  The database ID must conform to the regular expression
[a-z][a-z0-9_\-]*[a-z0-9] and be between 2 and 30 characters in length.
CreateDatabaseRequest::getExtraStatements() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    An optional list of DDL statements to run inside the newly created
database. Statements can create tables, indexes, etc. These
statements execute atomically with the creation of the database:
if there is an error in any statement, the database is not created.
Database::getName() — Method in class Database
                    Required. The name of the database. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/databases/<database>,
where <database> is as specified in the CREATE DATABASE
statement. This name can be passed to other API methods to
identify the database.
Database::getState() — Method in class Database
                    Output only. The current database state.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::GetDatabase() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets the state of a Cloud Spanner database.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::GetDatabaseDdl() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Returns the schema of a Cloud Spanner database as a list of formatted
DDL statements. This method does not show pending schema updates, those may
be queried using the [Operations][google.longrunning.Operations] API.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::GetIamPolicy() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets the access control policy for a database resource. Returns an empty
policy if a database exists but does not have a policy set.
DropDatabaseRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class DropDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The database to be dropped.
GetDatabaseDdlRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    The request for [GetDatabaseDdl][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.GetDatabaseDdl].
GetDatabaseDdlRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlRequest
                    Required. The database whose schema we wish to get.
GetDatabaseDdlResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    The response for [GetDatabaseDdl][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.GetDatabaseDdl].
GetDatabaseDdlResponse::getStatements() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlResponse
                    A list of formatted DDL statements defining the schema of the database
specified in the request.
GetDatabaseRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    The request for [GetDatabase][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.GetDatabase].
GetDatabaseRequest::getName() — Method in class GetDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested database. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/databases/<database>.
ListDatabasesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    Required. The instance whose databases should be listed.
ListDatabasesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    Number of databases to be returned in the response. If 0 or less,
defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListDatabasesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.ListDatabasesResponse.next_page_token] from a
previous [ListDatabasesResponse][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.ListDatabasesResponse].
ListDatabasesResponse::getDatabases() — Method in class ListDatabasesResponse
                    Databases that matched the request.
ListDatabasesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDatabasesResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListDatabases][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.ListDatabases] call to fetch more
of the matching databases.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::getDatabase() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    The database being modified.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::getStatements() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    For an update this list contains all the statements. For an
individual statement, this list contains only that statement.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::getCommitTimestamps() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    Reports the commit timestamps of all statements that have
succeeded so far, where commit_timestamps[i] is the commit
timestamp for the statement statements[i].
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    Required. The database to update.
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::getStatements() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    DDL statements to be applied to the database.
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::getOperationId() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    If empty, the new update request is assigned an
automatically-generated operation ID. Otherwise, operation_id
is used to construct the name of the resulting
[Operation][google.longrunning.Operation].
CreateInstanceMetadata::getInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The instance being created.
CreateInstanceMetadata::getStartTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the
[CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance] request was
received.
CreateInstanceMetadata::getCancelTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation was cancelled. If set, this operation is
in the process of undoing itself (which is guaranteed to succeed) and
cannot be cancelled again.
CreateInstanceMetadata::getEndTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation failed or was completed successfully.
CreateInstanceRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the project in which to create the instance. Values
are of the form projects/<project>.
CreateInstanceRequest::getInstanceId() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The ID of the instance to create.  Valid identifiers are of the
form [a-z][-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9] and must be between 6 and 30 characters in
length.
CreateInstanceRequest::getInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The instance to create.  The name may be omitted, but if
specified must be <parent>/instances/<instance_id>.
DeleteInstanceRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the instance to be deleted. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>
GetInstanceConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The request for
[GetInstanceConfigRequest][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.GetInstanceConfig].
GetInstanceConfigRequest::getName() — Method in class GetInstanceConfigRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested instance configuration. Values are of
the form projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/<config>.
GetInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The request for [GetInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.GetInstance].
GetInstanceRequest::getName() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested instance. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>.
Instance::getName() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. A unique identifier for the instance, which cannot be changed
after the instance is created. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/[a-z][-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9]. The final
segment of the name must be between 6 and 30 characters in length.
Instance::getConfig() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The name of the instance's configuration. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/<configuration>. See
also [InstanceConfig][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceConfig] and
[ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs].
Instance::getDisplayName() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs.
Instance::getNodeCount() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The number of nodes allocated to this instance. This may be zero
in API responses for instances that are not yet in state READY.
Instance::getState() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The current instance state. For
[CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance], the state must be
either omitted or set to CREATING. For
[UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance], the state must be
either omitted or set to READY.
Instance::getLabels() — Method in class Instance
                    Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud
resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and
deployment strategies. Cloud Labels can be used to filter collections of
resources. They can be used to control how resource metrics are aggregated.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::GetInstanceConfig() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets information about a particular instance configuration.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::GetInstance() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets information about a particular instance.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::GetIamPolicy() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Gets the access control policy for an instance resource. Returns an empty
policy if an instance exists but does not have a policy set.
InstanceConfig::getName() — Method in class InstanceConfig
                    A unique identifier for the instance configuration.  Values
are of the form
projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/[a-z][-a-z0-9]*
InstanceConfig::getDisplayName() — Method in class InstanceConfig
                    The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    Required. The name of the project for which a list of supported instance
configurations is requested. Values are of the form
projects/<project>.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    Number of instance configurations to be returned in the response. If 0 or
less, defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstanceConfigsResponse.next_page_token]
from a previous [ListInstanceConfigsResponse][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstanceConfigsResponse].
ListInstanceConfigsResponse::getInstanceConfigs() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsResponse
                    The list of requested instance configurations.
ListInstanceConfigsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs] call to
fetch more of the matching instance configurations.
ListInstancesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    Required. The name of the project for which a list of instances is
requested. Values are of the form projects/<project>.
ListInstancesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    Number of instances to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults
to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListInstancesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstancesResponse.next_page_token] from a
previous [ListInstancesResponse][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstancesResponse].
ListInstancesRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are
case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are:
  * name
  * display_name
  * labels.key where key is the name of a label
Some examples of using filters are:
  * name:* --> The instance has a name.
ListInstancesResponse::getInstances() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    The list of requested instances.
ListInstancesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListInstances][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstances] call to fetch more
of the matching instances.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::getInstance() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The desired end state of the update.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::getStartTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which [UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance]
request was received.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::getCancelTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation was cancelled. If set, this operation is
in the process of undoing itself (which is guaranteed to succeed) and
cannot be cancelled again.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::getEndTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation failed or was completed successfully.
UpdateInstanceRequest::getInstance() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The instance to update, which must always include the instance
name.  Otherwise, only fields mentioned in [][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.UpdateInstanceRequest.field_mask] need be included.
UpdateInstanceRequest::getFieldMask() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. A mask specifying which fields in [][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.UpdateInstanceRequest.instance] should be updated.
BeginTransactionRequest::getSession() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction runs.
BeginTransactionRequest::getOptions() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    Required. Options for the new transaction.
CommitRequest::getSession() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction to be committed is running.
CommitRequest::getTransactionId() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Commit a previously-started transaction.
CommitRequest::getSingleUseTransaction() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Execute mutations in a temporary transaction. Note that unlike
commit of a previously-started transaction, commit with a
temporary transaction is non-idempotent. That is, if the
CommitRequest is sent to Cloud Spanner more than once (for
instance, due to retries in the application, or in the
transport library), it is possible that the mutations are
executed more than once. If this is undesirable, use
[BeginTransaction][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.BeginTransaction] and
[Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit] instead.
CommitRequest::getMutations() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    The mutations to be executed when this transaction commits. All
mutations are applied atomically, in the order they appear in
this list.
CommitRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    
CommitResponse::getCommitTimestamp() — Method in class CommitResponse
                    The Cloud Spanner timestamp at which the transaction committed.
CreateSessionRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class CreateSessionRequest
                    Required. The database in which the new session is created.
CreateSessionRequest::getSession() — Method in class CreateSessionRequest
                    The session to create.
DeleteSessionRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteSessionRequest
                    Required. The name of the session to delete.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getSession() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Required. The session in which the SQL query should be performed.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    The transaction to use. If none is provided, the default is a
temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getSql() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Required. The SQL query string.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getParams() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    The SQL query string can contain parameter placeholders. A parameter
placeholder consists of '&#64;' followed by the parameter
name. Parameter names consist of any combination of letters,
numbers, and underscores.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getParamTypes() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    It is not always possible for Cloud Spanner to infer the right SQL type
from a JSON value.  For example, values of type BYTES and values
of type STRING both appear in [params][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.params] as JSON strings.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getResumeToken() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    If this request is resuming a previously interrupted SQL query
execution, resume_token should be copied from the last
[PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet] yielded before the interruption. Doing this
enables the new SQL query execution to resume where the last one left
off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the
request that yielded this token.
ExecuteSqlRequest::getQueryMode() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Used to control the amount of debugging information returned in
[ResultSetStats][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetStats]. If [partition_token][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.partition_token] is set, [query_mode][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode] can only
be set to [QueryMode.NORMAL][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.QueryMode.NORMAL].
ExecuteSqlRequest::getPartitionToken() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    If present, results will be restricted to the specified partition
previously created using PartitionQuery().  There must be an exact
match for the values of fields common to this message and the
PartitionQueryRequest message used to create this partition_token.
GetSessionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    The request for [GetSession][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.GetSession].
GetSessionRequest::getName() — Method in class GetSessionRequest
                    Required. The name of the session to retrieve.
KeyRange::getStartClosed() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the start is closed, then the range includes all rows whose
first len(start_closed) key columns exactly match start_closed.
KeyRange::getStartOpen() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the start is open, then the range excludes rows whose first
len(start_open) key columns exactly match start_open.
KeyRange::getEndClosed() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the end is closed, then the range includes all rows whose
first len(end_closed) key columns exactly match end_closed.
KeyRange::getEndOpen() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the end is open, then the range excludes rows whose first
len(end_open) key columns exactly match end_open.
KeyRange::getStartKeyType() — Method in class KeyRange
                    
KeyRange::getEndKeyType() — Method in class KeyRange
                    
KeySet::getKeys() — Method in class KeySet
                    A list of specific keys. Entries in keys should have exactly as
many elements as there are columns in the primary or index key
with which this KeySet is used.  Individual key values are
encoded as described [here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
KeySet::getRanges() — Method in class KeySet
                    A list of key ranges. See [KeyRange][google.spanner.v1.KeyRange] for more information about
key range specifications.
KeySet::getAll() — Method in class KeySet
                    For convenience all can be set to true to indicate that this
KeySet matches all keys in the table or index. Note that any keys
specified in keys or ranges are only yielded once.
ListSessionsRequest::getDatabase() — Method in class ListSessionsRequest
                    Required. The database in which to list sessions.
ListSessionsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListSessionsRequest
                    Number of sessions to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults
to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListSessionsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListSessionsRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.v1.ListSessionsResponse.next_page_token] from a previous
[ListSessionsResponse][google.spanner.v1.ListSessionsResponse].
ListSessionsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListSessionsRequest
                    An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are
case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are:
  * labels.key where key is the name of a label
Some examples of using filters are:
  * labels.env:* --> The session has the label "env".
ListSessionsResponse::getSessions() — Method in class ListSessionsResponse
                    The list of requested sessions.
ListSessionsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSessionsResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListSessions][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ListSessions] call to fetch more of the matching
sessions.
Mutation::getInsert() — Method in class Mutation
                    Insert new rows in a table. If any of the rows already exist,
the write or transaction fails with error ALREADY_EXISTS.
Mutation::getUpdate() — Method in class Mutation
                    Update existing rows in a table. If any of the rows does not
already exist, the transaction fails with error NOT_FOUND.
Mutation::getInsertOrUpdate() — Method in class Mutation
                    Like [insert][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert], except that if the row already exists, then
its column values are overwritten with the ones provided. Any
column values not explicitly written are preserved.
Mutation::getReplace() — Method in class Mutation
                    Like [insert][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert], except that if the row already exists, it is
deleted, and the column values provided are inserted
instead. Unlike [insert_or_update][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert_or_update], this means any values not
explicitly written become NULL.
Mutation::getDelete() — Method in class Mutation
                    Delete rows from a table. Succeeds whether or not the named
rows were present.
Mutation::getOperation() — Method in class Mutation
                    
Mutation_Delete::getTable() — Method in class Mutation_Delete
                    Required. The table whose rows will be deleted.
Mutation_Delete::getKeySet() — Method in class Mutation_Delete
                    Required. The primary keys of the rows within [table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Delete.table] to delete.
Mutation_Write::getTable() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    Required. The table whose rows will be written.
Mutation_Write::getColumns() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    The names of the columns in [table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.table] to be written.
Mutation_Write::getValues() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    The values to be written. values can contain more than one
list of values. If it does, then multiple rows are written, one
for each entry in values. Each list in values must have
exactly as many entries as there are entries in [columns][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.columns]
above. Sending multiple lists is equivalent to sending multiple
Mutations, each containing one values entry and repeating
[table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.table] and [columns][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.columns]. Individual values in each list are
encoded as described [here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
PartialResultSet::getMetadata() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Metadata about the result set, such as row type information.
PartialResultSet::getValues() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    A streamed result set consists of a stream of values, which might
be split into many PartialResultSet messages to accommodate
large rows and/or large values. Every N complete values defines a
row, where N is equal to the number of entries in
[metadata.row_type.fields][google.spanner.v1.StructType.fields].
PartialResultSet::getChunkedValue() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    If true, then the final value in [values][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet.values] is chunked, and must
be combined with more values from subsequent PartialResultSets
to obtain a complete field value.
PartialResultSet::getResumeToken() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Streaming calls might be interrupted for a variety of reasons, such
as TCP connection loss. If this occurs, the stream of results can
be resumed by re-sending the original request and including
resume_token. Note that executing any other transaction in the
same session invalidates the token.
PartialResultSet::getStats() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Query plan and execution statistics for the query that produced this
streaming result set. These can be requested by setting
[ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode] and are sent
only once with the last response in the stream.
Partition::getPartitionToken() — Method in class Partition
                    This token can be passed to Read, StreamingRead, ExecuteSql, or
ExecuteStreamingSql requests to restrict the results to those identified by
this partition token.
PartitionOptions::getPartitionSizeBytes() — Method in class PartitionOptions
                    Note: This hint is currently ignored by PartitionQuery and
PartitionRead requests.
PartitionOptions::getMaxPartitions() — Method in class PartitionOptions
                    Note: This hint is currently ignored by PartitionQuery and
PartitionRead requests.
PartitionQueryRequest::getSession() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    Required. The session used to create the partitions.
PartitionQueryRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    Read only snapshot transactions are supported, read/write and single use
transactions are not.
PartitionQueryRequest::getSql() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    The query request to generate partitions for. The request will fail if
the query is not root partitionable. The query plan of a root
partitionable query has a single distributed union operator. A distributed
union operator conceptually divides one or more tables into multiple
splits, remotely evaluates a subquery independently on each split, and
then unions all results.
PartitionQueryRequest::getParams() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    The SQL query string can contain parameter placeholders. A parameter
placeholder consists of '&#64;' followed by the parameter
name. Parameter names consist of any combination of letters,
numbers, and underscores.
PartitionQueryRequest::getParamTypes() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    It is not always possible for Cloud Spanner to infer the right SQL type
from a JSON value.  For example, values of type BYTES and values
of type STRING both appear in [params][google.spanner.v1.PartitionQueryRequest.params] as JSON strings.
PartitionQueryRequest::getPartitionOptions() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    Additional options that affect how many partitions are created.
PartitionReadRequest::getSession() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    Required. The session used to create the partitions.
PartitionReadRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    Read only snapshot transactions are supported, read/write and single use
transactions are not.
PartitionReadRequest::getTable() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    Required. The name of the table in the database to be read.
PartitionReadRequest::getIndex() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    If non-empty, the name of an index on [table][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.table]. This index is
used instead of the table primary key when interpreting [key_set][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.key_set]
and sorting result rows. See [key_set][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.key_set] for further information.
PartitionReadRequest::getColumns() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    The columns of [table][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.table] to be returned for each row matching
this request.
PartitionReadRequest::getKeySet() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    Required. key_set identifies the rows to be yielded. key_set names the
primary keys of the rows in [table][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.table] to be yielded, unless [index][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.index]
is present. If [index][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.index] is present, then [key_set][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.key_set] instead names
index keys in [index][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.index].
PartitionReadRequest::getPartitionOptions() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    Additional options that affect how many partitions are created.
PartitionResponse::getPartitions() — Method in class PartitionResponse
                    Partitions created by this request.
PartitionResponse::getTransaction() — Method in class PartitionResponse
                    Transaction created by this request.
PlanNode::getIndex() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The PlanNode's index in [node list][google.spanner.v1.QueryPlan.plan_nodes].
PlanNode::getKind() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Used to determine the type of node. May be needed for visualizing
different kinds of nodes differently. For example, If the node is a
[SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] node, it will have a condensed representation
which can be used to directly embed a description of the node in its
parent.
PlanNode::getDisplayName() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The display name for the node.
PlanNode::getChildLinks() — Method in class PlanNode
                    List of child node indexes and their relationship to this parent.
PlanNode::getShortRepresentation() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Condensed representation for [SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] nodes.
PlanNode::getMetadata() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Attributes relevant to the node contained in a group of key-value pairs.
PlanNode::getExecutionStats() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The execution statistics associated with the node, contained in a group of
key-value pairs. Only present if the plan was returned as a result of a
profile query. For example, number of executions, number of rows/time per
execution etc.
PlanNode_ChildLink::getChildIndex() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    The node to which the link points.
PlanNode_ChildLink::getType() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    The type of the link. For example, in Hash Joins this could be used to
distinguish between the build child and the probe child, or in the case
of the child being an output variable, to represent the tag associated
with the output variable.
PlanNode_ChildLink::getVariable() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    Only present if the child node is [SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] and corresponds
to an output variable of the parent node. The field carries the name of
the output variable.
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation::getDescription() — Method in class PlanNode_ShortRepresentation
                    A string representation of the expression subtree rooted at this node.
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation::getSubqueries() — Method in class PlanNode_ShortRepresentation
                    A mapping of (subquery variable name) -> (subquery node id) for cases
where the description string of this node references a SCALAR
subquery contained in the expression subtree rooted at this node. The
referenced SCALAR subquery may not necessarily be a direct child of
this node.
QueryPlan::getPlanNodes() — Method in class QueryPlan
                    The nodes in the query plan. Plan nodes are returned in pre-order starting
with the plan root. Each [PlanNode][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode]'s id corresponds to its index in
plan_nodes.
ReadRequest::getSession() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. The session in which the read should be performed.
ReadRequest::getTransaction() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    The transaction to use. If none is provided, the default is a
temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency.
ReadRequest::getTable() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. The name of the table in the database to be read.
ReadRequest::getIndex() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If non-empty, the name of an index on [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table]. This index is
used instead of the table primary key when interpreting [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set]
and sorting result rows. See [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set] for further information.
ReadRequest::getColumns() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    The columns of [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table] to be returned for each row matching
this request.
ReadRequest::getKeySet() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. key_set identifies the rows to be yielded. key_set names the
primary keys of the rows in [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table] to be yielded, unless [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index]
is present. If [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index] is present, then [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set] instead names
index keys in [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index].
ReadRequest::getLimit() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If greater than zero, only the first limit rows are yielded. If limit
is zero, the default is no limit. A limit cannot be specified if
partition_token is set.
ReadRequest::getResumeToken() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If this request is resuming a previously interrupted read,
resume_token should be copied from the last
[PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet] yielded before the interruption. Doing this
enables the new read to resume where the last read left off. The
rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request
that yielded this token.
ReadRequest::getPartitionToken() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If present, results will be restricted to the specified partition
previously created using PartitionRead().    There must be an exact
match for the values of fields common to this message and the
PartitionReadRequest message used to create this partition_token.
ResultSet::getMetadata() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Metadata about the result set, such as row type information.
ResultSet::getRows() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Each element in rows is a row whose format is defined by
[metadata.row_type][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.row_type]. The ith element
in each row matches the ith field in
[metadata.row_type][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.row_type]. Elements are
encoded based on type as described
[here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
ResultSet::getStats() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Query plan and execution statistics for the query that produced this
result set. These can be requested by setting
[ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode].
ResultSetMetadata::getRowType() — Method in class ResultSetMetadata
                    Indicates the field names and types for the rows in the result
set.  For example, a SQL query like "SELECT UserId, UserName FROM
Users" could return a row_type value like:
    "fields": [
      { "name": "UserId", "type": { "code": "INT64" } },
      { "name": "UserName", "type": { "code": "STRING" } },
    ]
ResultSetMetadata::getTransaction() — Method in class ResultSetMetadata
                    If the read or SQL query began a transaction as a side-effect, the
information about the new transaction is yielded here.
ResultSetStats::getQueryPlan() — Method in class ResultSetStats
                    [QueryPlan][google.spanner.v1.QueryPlan] for the query associated with this result.
ResultSetStats::getQueryStats() — Method in class ResultSetStats
                    Aggregated statistics from the execution of the query. Only present when
the query is profiled. For example, a query could return the statistics as
follows:
    {
      "rows_returned": "3",
      "elapsed_time": "1.22 secs",
      "cpu_time": "1.19 secs"
    }
RollbackRequest::getSession() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction to roll back is running.
RollbackRequest::getTransactionId() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    Required. The transaction to roll back.
Session::getName() — Method in class Session
                    The name of the session. This is always system-assigned; values provided
when creating a session are ignored.
Session::getLabels() — Method in class Session
                    The labels for the session.
Session::getCreateTime() — Method in class Session
                    Output only. The timestamp when the session is created.
Session::getApproximateLastUseTime() — Method in class Session
                    Output only. The approximate timestamp when the session is last used. It is
typically earlier than the actual last use time.
SpannerGrpcClient::GetSession() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    Gets a session. Returns NOT_FOUND if the session does not exist.
StructType::getFields() — Method in class StructType
                    The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is
significant, because values of this struct type are represented as
lists, where the order of field values matches the order of
fields in the [StructType][google.spanner.v1.StructType]. In turn, the order of fields
matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of
fields in the SELECT clause of a query.
StructType_Field::getName() — Method in class StructType_Field
                    The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For
SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., "Word" in the
query "SELECT 'hello' AS Word"), or the column name (e.g.,
"ColName" in the query "SELECT ColName FROM Table"). Some
columns might have an empty name (e.g., !"SELECT
UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain
multiple fields with the same name.
StructType_Field::getType() — Method in class StructType_Field
                    The type of the field.
Transaction::getId() — Method in class Transaction
                    id may be used to identify the transaction in subsequent
[Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read],
[ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql],
[Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit], or
[Rollback][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Rollback] calls.
Transaction::getReadTimestamp() — Method in class Transaction
                    For snapshot read-only transactions, the read timestamp chosen
for the transaction. Not returned by default: see
[TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.return_read_timestamp][google.spanner.v1.TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.return_read_timestamp].
TransactionOptions::getReadWrite() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    Transaction may write.
TransactionOptions::getReadOnly() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    Transaction will not write.
TransactionOptions::getMode() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getStrong() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Read at a timestamp where all previously committed transactions
are visible.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getMinReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at a timestamp >= min_read_timestamp.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getMaxStaleness() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Read data at a timestamp >= NOW - max_staleness
seconds. Guarantees that all writes that have committed more
than the specified number of seconds ago are visible. Because
Cloud Spanner chooses the exact timestamp, this mode works even if
the client's local clock is substantially skewed from Cloud Spanner
commit timestamps.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at the given timestamp. Unlike other modes,
reads at a specific timestamp are repeatable; the same read at
the same timestamp always returns the same data. If the
timestamp is in the future, the read will block until the
specified timestamp, modulo the read's deadline.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getExactStaleness() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at a timestamp that is exact_staleness
old. The timestamp is chosen soon after the read is started.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getReturnReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    If true, the Cloud Spanner-selected read timestamp is included in
the [Transaction][google.spanner.v1.Transaction] message that describes the transaction.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::getTimestampBound() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    
TransactionSelector::getSingleUse() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Execute the read or SQL query in a temporary transaction.
TransactionSelector::getId() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Execute the read or SQL query in a previously-started transaction.
TransactionSelector::getBegin() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in
it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in
[ResultSetMetadata.transaction][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.transaction], which is a [Transaction][google.spanner.v1.Transaction].
TransactionSelector::getSelector() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    
Type::getCode() — Method in class Type
                    Required. The [TypeCode][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode] for this type.
Type::getArrayElementType() — Method in class Type
                    If [code][google.spanner.v1.Type.code] == [ARRAY][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode.ARRAY], then array_element_type
is the type of the array elements.
Type::getStructType() — Method in class Type
                    If [code][google.spanner.v1.Type.code] == [STRUCT][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode.STRUCT], then struct_type
provides type information for the struct's fields.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::getProgressPercent() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Approximate percentage of audio processed thus far. Guaranteed to be 100
when the audio is fully processed and the results are available.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::getStartTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time when the request was received.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::getLastUpdateTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time of the most recent processing update.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::getConfig() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::getAudio() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
LongRunningRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
RecognitionAudio::getContent() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    The audio data bytes encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64.
RecognitionAudio::getUri() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    URI that points to a file that contains audio data bytes as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Currently, only Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
RecognitionAudio::getAudioSource() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    
RecognitionConfig::getEncoding() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Encoding of audio data sent in all RecognitionAudio messages.
RecognitionConfig::getSampleRateHertz() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all
RecognitionAudio messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000.
RecognitionConfig::getLanguageCode() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required The language of the supplied audio as a
BCP-47 language tag.
RecognitionConfig::getMaxAlternatives() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Maximum number of recognition hypotheses to be returned.
RecognitionConfig::getProfanityFilter() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If set to true, the server will attempt to filter out
profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word
with asterisks, e.g. "f***". If set to false or omitted, profanities
won't be filtered out.
RecognitionConfig::getSpeechContexts() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition.
RecognitionConfig::getEnableWordTimeOffsets() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, the top result includes a list of words and
the start and end time offsets (timestamps) for those words. If
false, no word-level time offset information is returned. The default is
false.
RecognizeRequest::getConfig() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
RecognizeRequest::getAudio() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
RecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class RecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
SpeechContext::getPhrases() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    Optional A list of strings containing words and phrases "hints" so that
the speech recognition is more likely to recognize them. This can be used
to improve the accuracy for specific words and phrases, for example, if
specific commands are typically spoken by the user. This can also be used
to add additional words to the vocabulary of the recognizer. See
usage limits.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getTranscript() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getConfidence() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is typically provided only for the top hypothesis, and
only for is_final=true results. Clients should not rely on the
confidence field as it is not guaranteed to be accurate or consistent.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getWords() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only A list of word-specific information for each recognized word.
SpeechRecognitionResult::getAlternatives() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If false or omitted, the recognizer will perform continuous
recognition (continuing to wait for and process audio even if the user
pauses speaking) until the client closes the input stream (gRPC API) or
until the maximum time limit has been reached. May return multiple
StreamingRecognitionResults with the is_final flag set to true.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getInterimResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, interim results (tentative hypotheses) may be
returned as they become available (these interim results are indicated with
the is_final=false flag).
StreamingRecognitionResult::getAlternatives() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionResult::getIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only If false, this StreamingRecognitionResult represents an
interim result that may change. If true, this is the final time the
speech service will return this particular StreamingRecognitionResult,
the recognizer will not return any further hypotheses for this portion of
the transcript and corresponding audio.
StreamingRecognitionResult::getStability() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only An estimate of the likelihood that the recognizer will not
change its guess about this interim result. Values range from 0.0
(completely unstable) to 1.0 (completely stable).
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getStreamingConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request. The first StreamingRecognizeRequest message must contain a
streaming_config  message.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getAudioContent() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    The audio data to be recognized. Sequential chunks of audio data are sent
in sequential StreamingRecognizeRequest messages. The first
StreamingRecognizeRequest message must not contain audio_content data
and all subsequent StreamingRecognizeRequest messages must contain
audio_content data. The audio bytes must be encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation (not base64). See
audio limits.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getStreamingRequest() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getError() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only If set, returns a [google.rpc.Status][google.rpc.Status] message that
specifies the error for the operation.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only This repeated list contains zero or more results that
correspond to consecutive portions of the audio currently being processed.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getSpeechEventType() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the type of speech event.
WordInfo::getStartTime() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output-only Time offset relative to the beginning of the audio,
and corresponding to the start of the spoken word.
WordInfo::getEndTime() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output-only Time offset relative to the beginning of the audio,
and corresponding to the end of the spoken word.
WordInfo::getWord() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output-only The word corresponding to this set of information.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::getProgressPercent() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Approximate percentage of audio processed thus far. Guaranteed to be 100
when the audio is fully processed and the results are available.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::getStartTime() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Time when the request was received.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::getLastUpdateTime() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Time of the most recent processing update.
AsyncRecognizeRequest::getConfig() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
AsyncRecognizeRequest::getAudio() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
AsyncRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
RecognitionAudio::getContent() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    The audio data bytes encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64.
RecognitionAudio::getUri() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    URI that points to a file that contains audio data bytes as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Currently, only Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
RecognitionAudio::getAudioSource() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    
RecognitionConfig::getEncoding() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Encoding of audio data sent in all RecognitionAudio messages.
RecognitionConfig::getSampleRate() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all
RecognitionAudio messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000.
RecognitionConfig::getLanguageCode() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional The language of the supplied audio as a BCP-47 language tag.
RecognitionConfig::getMaxAlternatives() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Maximum number of recognition hypotheses to be returned.
RecognitionConfig::getProfanityFilter() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If set to true, the server will attempt to filter out
profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word
with asterisks, e.g. "f***". If set to false or omitted, profanities
won't be filtered out.
RecognitionConfig::getSpeechContext() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition.
SpeechContext::getPhrases() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    Optional A list of strings containing words and phrases "hints" so that
the speech recognition is more likely to recognize them. This can be used
to improve the accuracy for specific words and phrases, for example, if
specific commands are typically spoken by the user. This can also be used
to add additional words to the vocabulary of the recognizer. See
usage limits.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getTranscript() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getConfidence() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is typically provided only for the top hypothesis, and
only for is_final=true results. Clients should not rely on the
confidence field as it is not guaranteed to be accurate, or even set, in
any of the results.
SpeechRecognitionResult::getAlternatives() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If false or omitted, the recognizer will perform continuous
recognition (continuing to wait for and process audio even if the user
pauses speaking) until the client closes the input stream (gRPC API) or
until the maximum time limit has been reached. May return multiple
StreamingRecognitionResults with the is_final flag set to true.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getInterimResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, interim results (tentative hypotheses) may be
returned as they become available (these interim results are indicated with
the is_final=false flag).
StreamingRecognitionResult::getAlternatives() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionResult::getIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only If false, this StreamingRecognitionResult represents an
interim result that may change. If true, this is the final time the
speech service will return this particular StreamingRecognitionResult,
the recognizer will not return any further hypotheses for this portion of
the transcript and corresponding audio.
StreamingRecognitionResult::getStability() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only An estimate of the likelihood that the recognizer will not
change its guess about this interim result. Values range from 0.0
(completely unstable) to 1.0 (completely stable).
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getStreamingConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request. The first StreamingRecognizeRequest message must contain a
streaming_config  message.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getAudioContent() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    The audio data to be recognized. Sequential chunks of audio data are sent
in sequential StreamingRecognizeRequest messages. The first
StreamingRecognizeRequest message must not contain audio_content data
and all subsequent StreamingRecognizeRequest messages must contain
audio_content data. The audio bytes must be encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation (not base64). See
audio limits.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getStreamingRequest() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getError() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only If set, returns a [google.rpc.Status][google.rpc.Status] message that
specifies the error for the operation.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only This repeated list contains zero or more results that
correspond to consecutive portions of the audio currently being processed.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getResultIndex() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the lowest index in the results array that has
changed. The repeated StreamingRecognitionResult results overwrite past
results at this index and higher.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getEndpointerType() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the type of endpointer event.
SyncRecognizeRequest::getConfig() — Method in class SyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
SyncRecognizeRequest::getAudio() — Method in class SyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
SyncRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class SyncRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::getProgressPercent() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Approximate percentage of audio processed thus far. Guaranteed to be 100
when the audio is fully processed and the results are available.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::getStartTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time when the request was received.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::getLastUpdateTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time of the most recent processing update.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::getConfig() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::getAudio() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
LongRunningRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeResponse
                    Output only. Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
RecognitionAudio::getContent() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    The audio data bytes encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64.
RecognitionAudio::getUri() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    URI that points to a file that contains audio data bytes as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Currently, only Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
RecognitionAudio::getAudioSource() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    
RecognitionConfig::getEncoding() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Encoding of audio data sent in all RecognitionAudio messages.
RecognitionConfig::getSampleRateHertz() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all
RecognitionAudio messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000.
RecognitionConfig::getAudioChannelCount() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional The number of channels in the input audio data.
RecognitionConfig::getEnableSeparateRecognitionPerChannel() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    This needs to be set to ‘true’ explicitly and audio_channel_count > 1
to get each channel recognized separately. The recognition result will
contain a channel_tag field to state which channel that result belongs to.
RecognitionConfig::getLanguageCode() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required The language of the supplied audio as a
BCP-47 language tag.
RecognitionConfig::getAlternativeLanguageCodes() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A list of up to 3 additional
BCP-47 language tags,
listing possible alternative languages of the supplied audio.
RecognitionConfig::getMaxAlternatives() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Maximum number of recognition hypotheses to be returned.
RecognitionConfig::getProfanityFilter() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If set to true, the server will attempt to filter out
profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word
with asterisks, e.g. "f***". If set to false or omitted, profanities
won't be filtered out.
RecognitionConfig::getSpeechContexts() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition.
RecognitionConfig::getEnableWordTimeOffsets() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, the top result includes a list of words and
the start and end time offsets (timestamps) for those words. If
false, no word-level time offset information is returned. The default is
false.
RecognitionConfig::getEnableWordConfidence() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, the top result includes a list of words and the
confidence for those words. If false, no word-level confidence
information is returned. The default is false.
RecognitionConfig::getEnableAutomaticPunctuation() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If 'true', adds punctuation to recognition result hypotheses.
RecognitionConfig::getEnableSpeakerDiarization() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If 'true', enables speaker detection for each recognized word in
the top alternative of the recognition result using a speaker_tag provided
in the WordInfo.
RecognitionConfig::getDiarizationSpeakerCount() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional
If set, specifies the estimated number of speakers in the conversation.
RecognitionConfig::getMetadata() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Metadata regarding this request.
RecognitionConfig::getModel() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Which model to select for the given request. Select the model
best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not
explicitly specified, then we auto-select a model based on the parameters
in the RecognitionConfig.
RecognitionConfig::getUseEnhanced() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Set to true to use an enhanced model for speech recognition.
RecognitionMetadata::getInteractionType() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The use case most closely describing the audio content to be recognized.
RecognitionMetadata::getIndustryNaicsCodeOfAudio() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The industry vertical to which this speech recognition request most
closely applies. This is most indicative of the topics contained
in the audio.  Use the 6-digit NAICS code to identify the industry
vertical - see https://www.naics.com/search/.
RecognitionMetadata::getMicrophoneDistance() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The audio type that most closely describes the audio being recognized.
RecognitionMetadata::getOriginalMediaType() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The original media the speech was recorded on.
RecognitionMetadata::getRecordingDeviceType() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The type of device the speech was recorded with.
RecognitionMetadata::getRecordingDeviceName() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The device used to make the recording.  Examples 'Nexus 5X' or
'Polycom SoundStation IP 6000' or 'POTS' or 'VoIP' or
'Cardioid Microphone'.
RecognitionMetadata::getOriginalMimeType() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    Mime type of the original audio file.  For example audio/m4a,
audio/x-alaw-basic, audio/mp3, audio/3gpp.
RecognitionMetadata::getObfuscatedId() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    Obfuscated (privacy-protected) ID of the user, to identify number of
unique users using the service.
RecognitionMetadata::getAudioTopic() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    Description of the content. Eg. "Recordings of federal supreme court
hearings from 2012".
RecognizeRequest::getConfig() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
RecognizeRequest::getAudio() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
RecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class RecognizeResponse
                    Output only. Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
SpeechContext::getPhrases() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    Optional A list of strings containing words and phrases "hints" so that
the speech recognition is more likely to recognize them. This can be used
to improve the accuracy for specific words and phrases, for example, if
specific commands are typically spoken by the user. This can also be used
to add additional words to the vocabulary of the recognizer. See
usage limits.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getTranscript() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output only. Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getConfidence() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output only. The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is set only for the top alternative of a non-streaming
result or, of a streaming result where is_final=true.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::getWords() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output only. A list of word-specific information for each recognized word.
SpeechRecognitionResult::getAlternatives() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output only. May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
SpeechRecognitionResult::getChannelTag() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    For multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the
recognized result for the audio from that channel.
SpeechRecognitionResult::getLanguageCode() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output only. The
BCP-47 language tag of the
language in this result. This language code was detected to have the most
likelihood of being spoken in the audio.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If false or omitted, the recognizer will perform continuous
recognition (continuing to wait for and process audio even if the user
pauses speaking) until the client closes the input stream (gRPC API) or
until the maximum time limit has been reached. May return multiple
StreamingRecognitionResults with the is_final flag set to true.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::getInterimResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, interim results (tentative hypotheses) may be
returned as they become available (these interim results are indicated with
the is_final=false flag).
StreamingRecognitionResult::getAlternatives() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output only. May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionResult::getIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output only. If false, this StreamingRecognitionResult represents an
interim result that may change. If true, this is the final time the
speech service will return this particular StreamingRecognitionResult,
the recognizer will not return any further hypotheses for this portion of
the transcript and corresponding audio.
StreamingRecognitionResult::getStability() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output only. An estimate of the likelihood that the recognizer will not
change its guess about this interim result. Values range from 0.0
(completely unstable) to 1.0 (completely stable).
StreamingRecognitionResult::getChannelTag() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    For multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the
recognized result for the audio from that channel.
StreamingRecognitionResult::getLanguageCode() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output only. The
BCP-47 language tag of the
language in this result. This language code was detected to have the most
likelihood of being spoken in the audio.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getStreamingConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request. The first StreamingRecognizeRequest message must contain a
streaming_config  message.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getAudioContent() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    The audio data to be recognized. Sequential chunks of audio data are sent
in sequential StreamingRecognizeRequest messages. The first
StreamingRecognizeRequest message must not contain audio_content data
and all subsequent StreamingRecognizeRequest messages must contain
audio_content data. The audio bytes must be encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation (not base64). See
audio limits.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::getStreamingRequest() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getError() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output only. If set, returns a [google.rpc.Status][google.rpc.Status] message that
specifies the error for the operation.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output only. This repeated list contains zero or more results that
correspond to consecutive portions of the audio currently being processed.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::getSpeechEventType() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output only. Indicates the type of speech event.
WordInfo::getStartTime() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output only. Time offset relative to the beginning of the audio,
and corresponding to the start of the spoken word.
WordInfo::getEndTime() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output only. Time offset relative to the beginning of the audio,
and corresponding to the end of the spoken word.
WordInfo::getWord() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output only. The word corresponding to this set of information.
WordInfo::getConfidence() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output only. The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is set only for the top alternative of a non-streaming
result or, of a streaming result where is_final=true.
WordInfo::getSpeakerTag() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output only. A distinct integer value is assigned for every speaker within
the audio. This field specifies which one of those speakers was detected to
have spoken this word. Value ranges from '1' to diarization_speaker_count.
AcknowledgeTaskRequest::getName() — Method in class AcknowledgeTaskRequest
                    Required.
AcknowledgeTaskRequest::getScheduleTime() — Method in class AcknowledgeTaskRequest
                    Required.
AppEngineHttpRequest::getHttpMethod() — Method in class AppEngineHttpRequest
                    The HTTP method to use for the request. The default is POST.
AppEngineHttpRequest::getAppEngineRouting() — Method in class AppEngineHttpRequest
                    Task-level setting for App Engine routing.
AppEngineHttpRequest::getRelativeUrl() — Method in class AppEngineHttpRequest
                    The relative URL.
AppEngineHttpRequest::getHeaders() — Method in class AppEngineHttpRequest
                    HTTP request headers.
AppEngineHttpRequest::getPayload() — Method in class AppEngineHttpRequest
                    Payload.
AppEngineHttpTarget::getAppEngineRoutingOverride() — Method in class AppEngineHttpTarget
                    Overrides for the
[task-level app_engine_routing][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.AppEngineHttpRequest.app_engine_routing].
AppEngineRouting::getService() — Method in class AppEngineRouting
                    App service.
AppEngineRouting::getVersion() — Method in class AppEngineRouting
                    App version.
AppEngineRouting::getInstance() — Method in class AppEngineRouting
                    App instance.
AppEngineRouting::getHost() — Method in class AppEngineRouting
                    Output only. The host that the task is sent to.
AttemptStatus::getScheduleTime() — Method in class AttemptStatus
                    Output only. The time that this attempt was scheduled.
AttemptStatus::getDispatchTime() — Method in class AttemptStatus
                    Output only. The time that this attempt was dispatched.
AttemptStatus::getResponseTime() — Method in class AttemptStatus
                    Output only. The time that this attempt response was received.
AttemptStatus::getResponseStatus() — Method in class AttemptStatus
                    Output only. The response from the target for this attempt.
CancelLeaseRequest::getName() — Method in class CancelLeaseRequest
                    Required.
CancelLeaseRequest::getScheduleTime() — Method in class CancelLeaseRequest
                    Required.
CancelLeaseRequest::getResponseView() — Method in class CancelLeaseRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::GetQueue() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Gets a queue.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::GetIamPolicy() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Gets the access control policy for a [Queue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Queue].
CloudTasksGrpcClient::GetTask() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Gets a task.
CreateQueueRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateQueueRequest
                    Required.
CreateQueueRequest::getQueue() — Method in class CreateQueueRequest
                    Required.
CreateTaskRequest::getParent() — Method in class CreateTaskRequest
                    Required.
CreateTaskRequest::getTask() — Method in class CreateTaskRequest
                    Required.
CreateTaskRequest::getResponseView() — Method in class CreateTaskRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
DeleteQueueRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteQueueRequest
                    Required.
DeleteTaskRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteTaskRequest
                    Required.
GetQueueRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Request message for [GetQueue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.GetQueue].
GetQueueRequest::getName() — Method in class GetQueueRequest
                    Required.
GetTaskRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Request message for getting a task using [GetTask][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.GetTask].
GetTaskRequest::getName() — Method in class GetTaskRequest
                    Required.
GetTaskRequest::getResponseView() — Method in class GetTaskRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
LeaseTasksRequest::getParent() — Method in class LeaseTasksRequest
                    Required.
LeaseTasksRequest::getMaxTasks() — Method in class LeaseTasksRequest
                    The maximum number of tasks to lease. The maximum that can be
requested is 1000.
LeaseTasksRequest::getLeaseDuration() — Method in class LeaseTasksRequest
                    After the worker has successfully finished the work associated
with the task, the worker must call via
[AcknowledgeTask][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.AcknowledgeTask] before the
[schedule_time][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task.schedule_time]. Otherwise the task will be
returned to a later [LeaseTasks][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.LeaseTasks] call so
that another worker can retry it.
LeaseTasksRequest::getResponseView() — Method in class LeaseTasksRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
LeaseTasksRequest::getFilter() — Method in class LeaseTasksRequest
                    filter can be used to specify a subset of tasks to lease.
LeaseTasksResponse::getTasks() — Method in class LeaseTasksResponse
                    The leased tasks.
ListQueuesRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListQueuesRequest
                    Required.
ListQueuesRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListQueuesRequest
                    filter can be used to specify a subset of queues. Any [Queue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Queue]
field can be used as a filter and several operators as supported.
ListQueuesRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListQueuesRequest
                    Requested page size.
ListQueuesRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListQueuesRequest
                    A token identifying the page of results to return.
ListQueuesResponse::getQueues() — Method in class ListQueuesResponse
                    The list of queues.
ListQueuesResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListQueuesResponse
                    A token to retrieve next page of results.
ListTasksRequest::getParent() — Method in class ListTasksRequest
                    Required.
ListTasksRequest::getResponseView() — Method in class ListTasksRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
ListTasksRequest::getOrderBy() — Method in class ListTasksRequest
                    Sort order used for the query. The only fields supported for sorting
are schedule_time and pull_message.tag. All results will be
returned in approximately ascending order. The default ordering is by
schedule_time.
ListTasksRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListTasksRequest
                    Requested page size. Fewer tasks than requested might be returned.
ListTasksRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListTasksRequest
                    A token identifying the page of results to return.
ListTasksResponse::getTasks() — Method in class ListTasksResponse
                    The list of tasks.
ListTasksResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTasksResponse
                    A token to retrieve next page of results.
PauseQueueRequest::getName() — Method in class PauseQueueRequest
                    Required.
PullMessage::getPayload() — Method in class PullMessage
                    A data payload consumed by the worker to execute the task.
PullMessage::getTag() — Method in class PullMessage
                    The task's tag.
PurgeQueueRequest::getName() — Method in class PurgeQueueRequest
                    Required.
Queue::getName() — Method in class Queue
                    The queue name.
Queue::getAppEngineHttpTarget() — Method in class Queue
                    App Engine HTTP target.
Queue::getPullTarget() — Method in class Queue
                    Pull target.
Queue::getRateLimits() — Method in class Queue
                    Rate limits for task dispatches.
Queue::getRetryConfig() — Method in class Queue
                    Settings that determine the retry behavior.
Queue::getState() — Method in class Queue
                    Output only. The state of the queue.
Queue::getPurgeTime() — Method in class Queue
                    Output only. The last time this queue was purged.
Queue::getTargetType() — Method in class Queue
                    
RateLimits::getMaxTasksDispatchedPerSecond() — Method in class RateLimits
                    The maximum rate at which tasks are dispatched from this queue.
RateLimits::getMaxBurstSize() — Method in class RateLimits
                    Output only. The max burst size.
RateLimits::getMaxConcurrentTasks() — Method in class RateLimits
                    The maximum number of concurrent tasks that Cloud Tasks allows
to be dispatched for this queue. After this threshold has been
reached, Cloud Tasks stops dispatching tasks until the number of
concurrent requests decreases.
RenewLeaseRequest::getName() — Method in class RenewLeaseRequest
                    Required.
RenewLeaseRequest::getScheduleTime() — Method in class RenewLeaseRequest
                    Required.
RenewLeaseRequest::getLeaseDuration() — Method in class RenewLeaseRequest
                    Required.
RenewLeaseRequest::getResponseView() — Method in class RenewLeaseRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
ResumeQueueRequest::getName() — Method in class ResumeQueueRequest
                    Required.
RetryConfig::getMaxAttempts() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    The maximum number of attempts for a task.
RetryConfig::getUnlimitedAttempts() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    If true, then the number of attempts is unlimited.
RetryConfig::getMaxRetryDuration() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    If positive, max_retry_duration specifies the time limit for
retrying a failed task, measured from when the task was first
attempted. Once max_retry_duration time has passed and the
task has been attempted [max_attempts][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig.max_attempts]
times, no further attempts will be made and the task will be
deleted.
RetryConfig::getMinBackoff() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    A task will be scheduled for retry between
[min_backoff][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig.min_backoff] and
[max_backoff][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig.max_backoff] duration after it fails,
if the queue's [RetryConfig][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig] specifies that the task should be
retried.
RetryConfig::getMaxBackoff() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    A task will be scheduled for retry between
[min_backoff][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig.min_backoff] and
[max_backoff][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig.max_backoff] duration after it fails,
if the queue's [RetryConfig][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig] specifies that the task should be
retried.
RetryConfig::getMaxDoublings() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    The time between retries will double max_doublings times.
RetryConfig::getNumAttempts() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    
RunTaskRequest::getName() — Method in class RunTaskRequest
                    Required.
RunTaskRequest::getResponseView() — Method in class RunTaskRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
Task::getName() — Method in class Task
                    The task name.
Task::getAppEngineHttpRequest() — Method in class Task
                    App Engine HTTP request that is sent to the task's target. Can
be set only if
[app_engine_http_target][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Queue.app_engine_http_target] is set
on the queue.
Task::getPullMessage() — Method in class Task
                    [LeaseTasks][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.LeaseTasks] to process the task. Can be
set only if [pull_target][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Queue.pull_target] is set on the queue.
Task::getScheduleTime() — Method in class Task
                    The time when the task is scheduled to be attempted.
Task::getCreateTime() — Method in class Task
                    Output only. The time that the task was created.
Task::getStatus() — Method in class Task
                    Output only. The task status.
Task::getView() — Method in class Task
                    Output only. The view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] has
been returned.
Task::getPayloadType() — Method in class Task
                    
TaskStatus::getAttemptDispatchCount() — Method in class TaskStatus
                    Output only. The number of attempts dispatched.
TaskStatus::getAttemptResponseCount() — Method in class TaskStatus
                    Output only. The number of attempts which have received a response.
TaskStatus::getFirstAttemptStatus() — Method in class TaskStatus
                    Output only. The status of the task's first attempt.
TaskStatus::getLastAttemptStatus() — Method in class TaskStatus
                    Output only. The status of the task's last attempt.
UpdateQueueRequest::getQueue() — Method in class UpdateQueueRequest
                    Required.
UpdateQueueRequest::getUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateQueueRequest
                    A mask used to specify which fields of the queue are being updated.
AttributeValue::getStringValue() — Method in class AttributeValue
                    A string up to 256 bytes long.
AttributeValue::getIntValue() — Method in class AttributeValue
                    A 64-bit signed integer.
AttributeValue::getBoolValue() — Method in class AttributeValue
                    A Boolean value represented by true or false.
AttributeValue::getValue() — Method in class AttributeValue
                    
BatchWriteSpansRequest::getName() — Method in class BatchWriteSpansRequest
                    Required. The name of the project where the spans belong. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID].
BatchWriteSpansRequest::getSpans() — Method in class BatchWriteSpansRequest
                    A list of new spans. The span names must not match existing
spans, or the results are undefined.
Module::getModule() — Method in class Module
                    For example: main binary, kernel modules, and dynamic libraries
such as libc.so, sharedlib.so (up to 256 bytes).
Module::getBuildId() — Method in class Module
                    A unique identifier for the module, usually a hash of its
contents (up to 128 bytes).
Span::getName() — Method in class Span
                    The resource name of the span in the following format:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/traces/[TRACE_ID]/spans/[SPAN_ID]
[TRACE_ID] is a unique identifier for a trace within a project;
it is a 32-character hexadecimal encoding of a 16-byte array.
Span::getSpanId() — Method in class Span
                    The [SPAN_ID] portion of the span's resource name.
Span::getParentSpanId() — Method in class Span
                    The [SPAN_ID] of this span's parent span. If this is a root span,
then this field must be empty.
Span::getDisplayName() — Method in class Span
                    A description of the span's operation (up to 128 bytes).
Span::getStartTime() — Method in class Span
                    The start time of the span. On the client side, this is the time kept by
the local machine where the span execution starts. On the server side, this
is the time when the server's application handler starts running.
Span::getEndTime() — Method in class Span
                    The end time of the span. On the client side, this is the time kept by
the local machine where the span execution ends. On the server side, this
is the time when the server application handler stops running.
Span::getAttributes() — Method in class Span
                    A set of attributes on the span. You can have up to 32 attributes per
span.
Span::getStackTrace() — Method in class Span
                    Stack trace captured at the start of the span.
Span::getTimeEvents() — Method in class Span
                    A set of time events. You can have up to 32 annotations and 128 message
events per span.
Span::getLinks() — Method in class Span
                    Links associated with the span. You can have up to 128 links per Span.
Span::getStatus() — Method in class Span
                    An optional final status for this span.
Span::getSameProcessAsParentSpan() — Method in class Span
                    (Optional) Set this parameter to indicate whether this span is in
the same process as its parent. If you do not set this parameter,
Stackdriver Trace is unable to take advantage of this helpful
information.
Span::getChildSpanCount() — Method in class Span
                    An optional number of child spans that were generated while this span
was active. If set, allows implementation to detect missing child spans.
Span_Attributes::getAttributeMap() — Method in class Span_Attributes
                    The set of attributes. Each attribute's key can be up to 128 bytes
long. The value can be a string up to 256 bytes, an integer, or the
Boolean values true and false. For example:
    "/instance_id": "my-instance"
    "/http/user_agent": ""
    "/http/request_bytes": 300
    "abc.com/myattribute": true
Span_Attributes::getDroppedAttributesCount() — Method in class Span_Attributes
                    The number of attributes that were discarded. Attributes can be discarded
because their keys are too long or because there are too many attributes.
Span_Link::getTraceId() — Method in class Span_Link
                    The [TRACE_ID] for a trace within a project.
Span_Link::getSpanId() — Method in class Span_Link
                    The [SPAN_ID] for a span within a trace.
Span_Link::getType() — Method in class Span_Link
                    The relationship of the current span relative to the linked span.
Span_Link::getAttributes() — Method in class Span_Link
                    A set of attributes on the link. You have have up to  32 attributes per
link.
Span_Links::getLink() — Method in class Span_Links
                    A collection of links.
Span_Links::getDroppedLinksCount() — Method in class Span_Links
                    The number of dropped links after the maximum size was enforced. If
this value is 0, then no links were dropped.
Span_TimeEvent::getTime() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent
                    The timestamp indicating the time the event occurred.
Span_TimeEvent::getAnnotation() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent
                    Text annotation with a set of attributes.
Span_TimeEvent::getMessageEvent() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent
                    An event describing a message sent/received between Spans.
Span_TimeEvent::getValue() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent
                    
Span_TimeEvent_Annotation::getDescription() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_Annotation
                    A user-supplied message describing the event. The maximum length for
the description is 256 bytes.
Span_TimeEvent_Annotation::getAttributes() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_Annotation
                    A set of attributes on the annotation. You can have up to 4 attributes
per Annotation.
Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent::getType() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent
                    Type of MessageEvent. Indicates whether the message was sent or
received.
Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent::getId() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent
                    An identifier for the MessageEvent's message that can be used to match
SENT and RECEIVED MessageEvents. It is recommended to be unique within
a Span.
Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent::getUncompressedSizeBytes() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent
                    The number of uncompressed bytes sent or received.
Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent::getCompressedSizeBytes() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent
                    The number of compressed bytes sent or received. If missing assumed to
be the same size as uncompressed.
Span_TimeEvents::getTimeEvent() — Method in class Span_TimeEvents
                    A collection of TimeEvents.
Span_TimeEvents::getDroppedAnnotationsCount() — Method in class Span_TimeEvents
                    The number of dropped annotations in all the included time events.
Span_TimeEvents::getDroppedMessageEventsCount() — Method in class Span_TimeEvents
                    The number of dropped message events in all the included time events.
StackTrace::getStackFrames() — Method in class StackTrace
                    Stack frames in this stack trace. A maximum of 128 frames are allowed.
StackTrace::getStackTraceHashId() — Method in class StackTrace
                    The hash ID is used to conserve network bandwidth for duplicate
stack traces within a single trace.
StackTrace_StackFrame::getFunctionName() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The fully-qualified name that uniquely identifies the function or
method that is active in this frame (up to 1024 bytes).
StackTrace_StackFrame::getOriginalFunctionName() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    An un-mangled function name, if function_name is
mangled. The name can
be fully-qualified (up to 1024 bytes).
StackTrace_StackFrame::getFileName() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The name of the source file where the function call appears (up to 256
bytes).
StackTrace_StackFrame::getLineNumber() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The line number in file_name where the function call appears.
StackTrace_StackFrame::getColumnNumber() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The column number where the function call appears, if available.
StackTrace_StackFrame::getLoadModule() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The binary module from where the code was loaded.
StackTrace_StackFrame::getSourceVersion() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The version of the deployed source code (up to 128 bytes).
StackTrace_StackFrames::getFrame() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrames
                    Stack frames in this call stack.
StackTrace_StackFrames::getDroppedFramesCount() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrames
                    The number of stack frames that were dropped because there
were too many stack frames.
TruncatableString::getValue() — Method in class TruncatableString
                    The shortened string. For example, if the original string is 500
bytes long and the limit of the string is 128 bytes, then
value contains the first 128 bytes of the 500-byte string.
TruncatableString::getTruncatedByteCount() — Method in class TruncatableString
                    The number of bytes removed from the original string. If this
value is 0, then the string was not shortened.
AnnotateVideoProgress::getAnnotationProgress() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    Progress metadata for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getInputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Input video location. Currently, only
Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket-id/object-id (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getInputContent() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    The video data bytes.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Requested video annotation features.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getVideoContext() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Additional video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getOutputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional location where the output (in JSON format) should be stored.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getLocationId() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional cloud region where annotation should take place. Supported cloud
regions: us-east1, us-west1, europe-west1, asia-east1. If no region
is specified, a region will be determined based on video file location.
AnnotateVideoResponse::getAnnotationResults() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    Annotation results for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
Entity::getEntityId() — Method in class Entity
                    Opaque entity ID. Some IDs may be available in
Google Knowledge Graph Search
API.
Entity::getDescription() — Method in class Entity
                    Textual description, e.g. Fixed-gear bicycle.
Entity::getLanguageCode() — Method in class Entity
                    Language code for description in BCP-47 format.
ExplicitContentAnnotation::getFrames() — Method in class ExplicitContentAnnotation
                    All video frames where explicit content was detected.
ExplicitContentDetectionConfig::getModel() — Method in class ExplicitContentDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for explicit content detection.
ExplicitContentFrame::getTimeOffset() — Method in class ExplicitContentFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video, corresponding to the
video frame for this location.
ExplicitContentFrame::getPornographyLikelihood() — Method in class ExplicitContentFrame
                    Likelihood of the pornography content.
FaceAnnotation::getThumbnail() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Thumbnail of a representative face view (in JPEG format).
FaceAnnotation::getSegments() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All video segments where a face was detected.
FaceAnnotation::getFrames() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All video frames where a face was detected.
FaceDetectionConfig::getModel() — Method in class FaceDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for face detection.
FaceDetectionConfig::getIncludeBoundingBoxes() — Method in class FaceDetectionConfig
                    Whether bounding boxes be included in the face annotation output.
FaceFrame::getNormalizedBoundingBoxes() — Method in class FaceFrame
                    Normalized Bounding boxes in a frame.
FaceFrame::getTimeOffset() — Method in class FaceFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the video frame for this location.
FaceSegment::getSegment() — Method in class FaceSegment
                    Video segment where a face was detected.
LabelAnnotation::getEntity() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Detected entity.
LabelAnnotation::getCategoryEntities() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Common categories for the detected entity.
LabelAnnotation::getSegments() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    All video segments where a label was detected.
LabelAnnotation::getFrames() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    All video frames where a label was detected.
LabelDetectionConfig::getLabelDetectionMode() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    What labels should be detected with LABEL_DETECTION, in addition to
video-level labels or segment-level labels.
LabelDetectionConfig::getStationaryCamera() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    Whether the video has been shot from a stationary (i.e. non-moving) camera.
LabelDetectionConfig::getModel() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for label detection.
LabelFrame::getTimeOffset() — Method in class LabelFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video, corresponding to the
video frame for this location.
LabelFrame::getConfidence() — Method in class LabelFrame
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
LabelSegment::getSegment() — Method in class LabelSegment
                    Video segment where a label was detected.
LabelSegment::getConfidence() — Method in class LabelSegment
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
NormalizedBoundingBox::getLeft() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Left X coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::getTop() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Top Y coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::getRight() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Right X coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::getBottom() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Bottom Y coordinate.
ShotChangeDetectionConfig::getModel() — Method in class ShotChangeDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for shot change detection.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getProgressPercent() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Approximate percentage processed thus far.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getStartTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time when the request was received.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getUpdateTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time of the most recent update.
VideoAnnotationResults::getInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationResults::getSegmentLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on video level or user specified segment level.
VideoAnnotationResults::getShotLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on shot level.
VideoAnnotationResults::getFrameLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on frame level.
VideoAnnotationResults::getFaceAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Face annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique face.
VideoAnnotationResults::getShotAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Shot annotations. Each shot is represented as a video segment.
VideoAnnotationResults::getExplicitAnnotation() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Explicit content annotation.
VideoAnnotationResults::getError() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    If set, indicates an error. Note that for a single AnnotateVideoRequest
some videos may succeed and some may fail.
VideoContext::getSegments() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Video segments to annotate. The segments may overlap and are not required
to be contiguous or span the whole video. If unspecified, each video
is treated as a single segment.
VideoContext::getLabelDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for LABEL_DETECTION.
VideoContext::getShotChangeDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for SHOT_CHANGE_DETECTION.
VideoContext::getExplicitContentDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for EXPLICIT_CONTENT_DETECTION.
VideoContext::getFaceDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for FACE_DETECTION.
VideoSegment::getStartTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the start of the segment (inclusive).
VideoSegment::getEndTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the end of the segment (inclusive).
AnnotateVideoProgress::getAnnotationProgress() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    Progress metadata for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getInputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Input video location. Currently, only
Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket-id/object-id (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getInputContent() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    The video data bytes. Encoding: base64. If unset, the input video(s)
should be specified via input_uri. If set, input_uri should be unset.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Requested video annotation features.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getVideoContext() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Additional video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getOutputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional location where the output (in JSON format) should be stored.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getLocationId() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional cloud region where annotation should take place. Supported cloud
regions: us-east1, us-west1, europe-west1, asia-east1. If no region
is specified, a region will be determined based on video file location.
AnnotateVideoResponse::getAnnotationResults() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    Annotation results for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
BoundingBox::getLeft() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Left X coordinate.
BoundingBox::getRight() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Right X coordinate.
BoundingBox::getBottom() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Bottom Y coordinate.
BoundingBox::getTop() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Top Y coordinate.
FaceAnnotation::getThumbnail() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Thumbnail of a representative face view (in JPEG format). Encoding: base64.
FaceAnnotation::getSegments() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All locations where a face was detected.
FaceAnnotation::getLocations() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Face locations at one frame per second.
FaceLocation::getBoundingBox() — Method in class FaceLocation
                    Bounding box in a frame.
FaceLocation::getTimeOffset() — Method in class FaceLocation
                    Video time offset in microseconds.
LabelAnnotation::getDescription() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Textual description, e.g. Fixed-gear bicycle.
LabelAnnotation::getLanguageCode() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Language code for description in BCP-47 format.
LabelAnnotation::getLocations() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Where the label was detected and with what confidence.
LabelLocation::getSegment() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Video segment. Set to [-1, -1] for video-level labels.
LabelLocation::getConfidence() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
LabelLocation::getLevel() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Label level.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getAdult() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of adult content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getSpoof() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that an obvious modification was made to the original
version to make it appear funny or offensive.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getMedical() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of medical content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getViolent() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of violent content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getRacy() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of racy content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getTimeOffset() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Video time offset in microseconds.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getProgressPercent() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Approximate percentage processed thus far.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getStartTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time when the request was received.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getUpdateTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time of the most recent update.
VideoAnnotationResults::getInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationResults::getLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique label.
VideoAnnotationResults::getFaceAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Face annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique face.
VideoAnnotationResults::getShotAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Shot annotations. Each shot is represented as a video segment.
VideoAnnotationResults::getSafeSearchAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Safe search annotations.
VideoAnnotationResults::getError() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    If set, indicates an error. Note that for a single AnnotateVideoRequest
some videos may succeed and some may fail.
VideoContext::getSegments() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Video segments to annotate. The segments may overlap and are not required
to be contiguous or span the whole video. If unspecified, each video
is treated as a single segment.
VideoContext::getLabelDetectionMode() — Method in class VideoContext
                    If label detection has been requested, what labels should be detected
in addition to video-level labels or segment-level labels. If unspecified,
defaults to SHOT_MODE.
VideoContext::getStationaryCamera() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Whether the video has been shot from a stationary (i.e. non-moving) camera.
VideoContext::getLabelDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for label detection.
VideoContext::getFaceDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for face detection.
VideoContext::getShotChangeDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for shot change detection.
VideoContext::getSafeSearchDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for safe search detection.
VideoSegment::getStartTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Start offset in microseconds (inclusive). Unset means 0.
VideoSegment::getEndTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    End offset in microseconds (inclusive). Unset means 0.
AnnotateVideoProgress::getAnnotationProgress() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    Progress metadata for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getInputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Input video location. Currently, only
Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket-id/object-id (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getInputContent() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    The video data bytes.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Requested video annotation features.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getVideoContext() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Additional video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getOutputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional location where the output (in JSON format) should be stored.
AnnotateVideoRequest::getLocationId() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional cloud region where annotation should take place. Supported cloud
regions: us-east1, us-west1, europe-west1, asia-east1. If no region
is specified, a region will be determined based on video file location.
AnnotateVideoResponse::getAnnotationResults() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    Annotation results for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
Entity::getEntityId() — Method in class Entity
                    Opaque entity ID. Some IDs may be available in
Google Knowledge Graph Search
API.
Entity::getDescription() — Method in class Entity
                    Textual description, e.g. Fixed-gear bicycle.
Entity::getLanguageCode() — Method in class Entity
                    Language code for description in BCP-47 format.
ExplicitContentAnnotation::getFrames() — Method in class ExplicitContentAnnotation
                    All video frames where explicit content was detected.
ExplicitContentDetectionConfig::getModel() — Method in class ExplicitContentDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for explicit content detection.
ExplicitContentFrame::getTimeOffset() — Method in class ExplicitContentFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video, corresponding to the
video frame for this location.
ExplicitContentFrame::getPornographyLikelihood() — Method in class ExplicitContentFrame
                    Likelihood of the pornography content.
FaceAnnotation::getThumbnail() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Thumbnail of a representative face view (in JPEG format).
FaceAnnotation::getSegments() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All video segments where a face was detected.
FaceAnnotation::getFrames() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All video frames where a face was detected.
FaceDetectionConfig::getModel() — Method in class FaceDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for face detection.
FaceDetectionConfig::getIncludeBoundingBoxes() — Method in class FaceDetectionConfig
                    Whether bounding boxes be included in the face annotation output.
FaceFrame::getNormalizedBoundingBoxes() — Method in class FaceFrame
                    Normalized Bounding boxes in a frame.
FaceFrame::getTimeOffset() — Method in class FaceFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the video frame for this location.
FaceSegment::getSegment() — Method in class FaceSegment
                    Video segment where a face was detected.
LabelAnnotation::getEntity() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Detected entity.
LabelAnnotation::getCategoryEntities() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Common categories for the detected entity.
LabelAnnotation::getSegments() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    All video segments where a label was detected.
LabelAnnotation::getFrames() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    All video frames where a label was detected.
LabelDetectionConfig::getLabelDetectionMode() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    What labels should be detected with LABEL_DETECTION, in addition to
video-level labels or segment-level labels.
LabelDetectionConfig::getStationaryCamera() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    Whether the video has been shot from a stationary (i.e. non-moving) camera.
LabelDetectionConfig::getModel() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for label detection.
LabelFrame::getTimeOffset() — Method in class LabelFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video, corresponding to the
video frame for this location.
LabelFrame::getConfidence() — Method in class LabelFrame
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
LabelSegment::getSegment() — Method in class LabelSegment
                    Video segment where a label was detected.
LabelSegment::getConfidence() — Method in class LabelSegment
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
NormalizedBoundingBox::getLeft() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Left X coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::getTop() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Top Y coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::getRight() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Right X coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::getBottom() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Bottom Y coordinate.
ShotChangeDetectionConfig::getModel() — Method in class ShotChangeDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for shot change detection.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getProgressPercent() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Approximate percentage processed thus far.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getStartTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time when the request was received.
VideoAnnotationProgress::getUpdateTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time of the most recent update.
VideoAnnotationResults::getInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationResults::getSegmentLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on video level or user specified segment level.
VideoAnnotationResults::getShotLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on shot level.
VideoAnnotationResults::getFrameLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on frame level.
VideoAnnotationResults::getFaceAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Face annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique face.
VideoAnnotationResults::getShotAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Shot annotations. Each shot is represented as a video segment.
VideoAnnotationResults::getExplicitAnnotation() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Explicit content annotation.
VideoAnnotationResults::getError() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    If set, indicates an error. Note that for a single AnnotateVideoRequest
some videos may succeed and some may fail.
VideoContext::getSegments() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Video segments to annotate. The segments may overlap and are not required
to be contiguous or span the whole video. If unspecified, each video
is treated as a single segment.
VideoContext::getLabelDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for LABEL_DETECTION.
VideoContext::getShotChangeDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for SHOT_CHANGE_DETECTION.
VideoContext::getExplicitContentDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for EXPLICIT_CONTENT_DETECTION.
VideoContext::getFaceDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for FACE_DETECTION.
VideoSegment::getStartTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the start of the segment (inclusive).
VideoSegment::getEndTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the end of the segment (inclusive).
AnnotateFileResponse::getInputConfig() — Method in class AnnotateFileResponse
                    Information about the file for which this response is generated.
AnnotateFileResponse::getResponses() — Method in class AnnotateFileResponse
                    Individual responses to images found within the file.
AnnotateImageRequest::getImage() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    The image to be processed.
AnnotateImageRequest::getFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    Requested features.
AnnotateImageRequest::getImageContext() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    Additional context that may accompany the image.
AnnotateImageResponse::getFaceAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, face detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getLandmarkAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, landmark detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getLogoAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, logo detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getLabelAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, label detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getTextAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, text (OCR) detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getFullTextAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, text (OCR) detection or document (OCR) text detection has
completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getSafeSearchAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, safe-search annotation has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getImagePropertiesAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, image properties were extracted successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getCropHintsAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, crop hints have completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getWebDetection() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, web detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::getError() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If set, represents the error message for the operation.
AnnotateImageResponse::getContext() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, contextual information is needed to understand where this image
comes from.
AsyncAnnotateFileRequest::getInputConfig() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileRequest
                    Required. Information about the input file.
AsyncAnnotateFileRequest::getFeatures() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileRequest
                    Required. Requested features.
AsyncAnnotateFileRequest::getImageContext() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileRequest
                    Additional context that may accompany the image(s) in the file.
AsyncAnnotateFileRequest::getOutputConfig() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileRequest
                    Required. The desired output location and metadata (e.g. format).
AsyncAnnotateFileResponse::getOutputConfig() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileResponse
                    The output location and metadata from AsyncAnnotateFileRequest.
AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesRequest::getRequests() — Method in class AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesRequest
                    Individual async file annotation requests for this batch.
AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesResponse::getResponses() — Method in class AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesResponse
                    The list of file annotation responses, one for each request in
AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesRequest.
BatchAnnotateImagesRequest::getRequests() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesRequest
                    Individual image annotation requests for this batch.
BatchAnnotateImagesResponse::getResponses() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesResponse
                    Individual responses to image annotation requests within the batch.
Block::getProperty() — Method in class Block
                    Additional information detected for the block.
Block::getBoundingBox() — Method in class Block
                    The bounding box for the block.
Block::getParagraphs() — Method in class Block
                    List of paragraphs in this block (if this blocks is of type text).
Block::getBlockType() — Method in class Block
                    Detected block type (text, image etc) for this block.
Block::getConfidence() — Method in class Block
                    Confidence of the OCR results on the block. Range [0, 1].
BoundingPoly::getVertices() — Method in class BoundingPoly
                    The bounding polygon vertices.
BoundingPoly::getNormalizedVertices() — Method in class BoundingPoly
                    The bounding polygon normalized vertices.
ColorInfo::getColor() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    RGB components of the color.
ColorInfo::getScore() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    Image-specific score for this color. Value in range [0, 1].
ColorInfo::getPixelFraction() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    The fraction of pixels the color occupies in the image.
CropHint::getBoundingPoly() — Method in class CropHint
                    The bounding polygon for the crop region. The coordinates of the bounding
box are in the original image's scale, as returned in ImageParams.
CropHint::getConfidence() — Method in class CropHint
                    Confidence of this being a salient region.  Range [0, 1].
CropHint::getImportanceFraction() — Method in class CropHint
                    Fraction of importance of this salient region with respect to the original
image.
CropHintsAnnotation::getCropHints() — Method in class CropHintsAnnotation
                    Crop hint results.
CropHintsParams::getAspectRatios() — Method in class CropHintsParams
                    Aspect ratios in floats, representing the ratio of the width to the height
of the image. For example, if the desired aspect ratio is 4/3, the
corresponding float value should be 1.33333.  If not specified, the
best possible crop is returned. The number of provided aspect ratios is
limited to a maximum of 16; any aspect ratios provided after the 16th are
ignored.
DominantColorsAnnotation::getColors() — Method in class DominantColorsAnnotation
                    RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
EntityAnnotation::getMid() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Opaque entity ID. Some IDs may be available in
Google Knowledge Graph Search
API.
EntityAnnotation::getLocale() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The language code for the locale in which the entity textual
description is expressed.
EntityAnnotation::getDescription() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Entity textual description, expressed in its locale language.
EntityAnnotation::getScore() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Overall score of the result. Range [0, 1].
EntityAnnotation::getConfidence() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Deprecated. Use score instead.
The accuracy of the entity detection in an image.
EntityAnnotation::getTopicality() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The relevancy of the ICA (Image Content Annotation) label to the
image. For example, the relevancy of "tower" is likely higher to an image
containing the detected "Eiffel Tower" than to an image containing a
detected distant towering building, even though the confidence that
there is a tower in each image may be the same. Range [0, 1].
EntityAnnotation::getBoundingPoly() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Image region to which this entity belongs. Not produced
for LABEL_DETECTION features.
EntityAnnotation::getLocations() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The location information for the detected entity. Multiple
LocationInfo elements can be present because one location may
indicate the location of the scene in the image, and another location
may indicate the location of the place where the image was taken.
EntityAnnotation::getProperties() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Some entities may have optional user-supplied Property (name/value)
fields, such a score or string that qualifies the entity.
FaceAnnotation::getBoundingPoly() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    The bounding polygon around the face. The coordinates of the bounding box
are in the original image's scale, as returned in ImageParams.
FaceAnnotation::getFdBoundingPoly() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    The fd_bounding_poly bounding polygon is tighter than the
boundingPoly, and encloses only the skin part of the face. Typically, it
is used to eliminate the face from any image analysis that detects the
"amount of skin" visible in an image. It is not based on the
landmarker results, only on the initial face detection, hence
the fd (face detection) prefix.
FaceAnnotation::getLandmarks() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Detected face landmarks.
FaceAnnotation::getRollAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Roll angle, which indicates the amount of clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation
of the face relative to the image vertical about the axis perpendicular to
the face. Range [-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::getPanAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Yaw angle, which indicates the leftward/rightward angle that the face is
pointing relative to the vertical plane perpendicular to the image. Range
[-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::getTiltAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Pitch angle, which indicates the upwards/downwards angle that the face is
pointing relative to the image's horizontal plane. Range [-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::getDetectionConfidence() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Detection confidence. Range [0, 1].
FaceAnnotation::getLandmarkingConfidence() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Face landmarking confidence. Range [0, 1].
FaceAnnotation::getJoyLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Joy likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getSorrowLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Sorrow likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getAngerLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Anger likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getSurpriseLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Surprise likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getUnderExposedLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Under-exposed likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getBlurredLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Blurred likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::getHeadwearLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Headwear likelihood.
FaceAnnotation_Landmark::getType() — Method in class FaceAnnotation_Landmark
                    Face landmark type.
FaceAnnotation_Landmark::getPosition() — Method in class FaceAnnotation_Landmark
                    Face landmark position.
Feature::getType() — Method in class Feature
                    The feature type.
Feature::getMaxResults() — Method in class Feature
                    Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to
TEXT_DETECTION, DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION, or CROP_HINTS.
Feature::getModel() — Method in class Feature
                    Model to use for the feature.
GcsDestination — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    The Google Cloud Storage location where the output will be written to.
GcsDestination::getUri() — Method in class GcsDestination
                    Google Cloud Storage URI where the results will be stored. Results will
be in JSON format and preceded by its corresponding input URI. This field
can either represent a single file, or a prefix for multiple outputs.
GcsSource — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    The Google Cloud Storage location where the input will be read from.
GcsSource::getUri() — Method in class GcsSource
                    Google Cloud Storage URI for the input file. This must only be a
Google Cloud Storage object. Wildcards are not currently supported.
Image::getContent() — Method in class Image
                    Image content, represented as a stream of bytes.
Image::getSource() — Method in class Image
                    Google Cloud Storage image location, or publicly-accessible image
URL. If both content and source are provided for an image, content
takes precedence and is used to perform the image annotation request.
ImageAnnotationContext::getUri() — Method in class ImageAnnotationContext
                    The URI of the file used to produce the image.
ImageAnnotationContext::getPageNumber() — Method in class ImageAnnotationContext
                    If the file was a PDF or TIFF, this field gives the page number within
the file used to produce the image.
ImageContext::getLatLongRect() — Method in class ImageContext
                    Not used.
ImageContext::getLanguageHints() — Method in class ImageContext
                    List of languages to use for TEXT_DETECTION. In most cases, an empty value
yields the best results since it enables automatic language detection. For
languages based on the Latin alphabet, setting language_hints is not
needed. In rare cases, when the language of the text in the image is known,
setting a hint will help get better results (although it will be a
significant hindrance if the hint is wrong). Text detection returns an
error if one or more of the specified languages is not one of the
supported languages.
ImageContext::getCropHintsParams() — Method in class ImageContext
                    Parameters for crop hints annotation request.
ImageContext::getWebDetectionParams() — Method in class ImageContext
                    Parameters for web detection.
ImageProperties::getDominantColors() — Method in class ImageProperties
                    If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
ImageSource::getGcsImageUri() — Method in class ImageSource
                    Use image_uri instead.
The Google Cloud Storage  URI of the form
gs://bucket_name/object_name. Object versioning is not supported. See
Google Cloud Storage Request
URIs for more info.
ImageSource::getImageUri() — Method in class ImageSource
                    The URI of the source image. Can be either:
1. A Google Cloud Storage URI of the form
   gs://bucket_name/object_name. Object versioning is not supported. See
   Google Cloud Storage Request
   URIs for more
   info.
InputConfig::getGcsSource() — Method in class InputConfig
                    The Google Cloud Storage location to read the input from.
InputConfig::getMimeType() — Method in class InputConfig
                    The type of the file. Currently only "application/pdf" and "image/tiff"
are supported. Wildcards are not supported.
LatLongRect::getMinLatLng() — Method in class LatLongRect
                    Min lat/long pair.
LatLongRect::getMaxLatLng() — Method in class LatLongRect
                    Max lat/long pair.
LocationInfo::getLatLng() — Method in class LocationInfo
                    lat/long location coordinates.
NormalizedVertex::getX() — Method in class NormalizedVertex
                    X coordinate.
NormalizedVertex::getY() — Method in class NormalizedVertex
                    Y coordinate.
OperationMetadata::getState() — Method in class OperationMetadata
                    Current state of the batch operation.
OperationMetadata::getCreateTime() — Method in class OperationMetadata
                    The time when the batch request was received.
OperationMetadata::getUpdateTime() — Method in class OperationMetadata
                    The time when the operation result was last updated.
OutputConfig::getGcsDestination() — Method in class OutputConfig
                    The Google Cloud Storage location to write the output(s) to.
OutputConfig::getBatchSize() — Method in class OutputConfig
                    The max number of response protos to put into each output JSON file on
Google Cloud Storage.
Page::getProperty() — Method in class Page
                    Additional information detected on the page.
Page::getWidth() — Method in class Page
                    Page width. For PDFs the unit is points. For images (including
TIFFs) the unit is pixels.
Page::getHeight() — Method in class Page
                    Page height. For PDFs the unit is points. For images (including
TIFFs) the unit is pixels.
Page::getBlocks() — Method in class Page
                    List of blocks of text, images etc on this page.
Page::getConfidence() — Method in class Page
                    Confidence of the OCR results on the page. Range [0, 1].
Paragraph::getProperty() — Method in class Paragraph
                    Additional information detected for the paragraph.
Paragraph::getBoundingBox() — Method in class Paragraph
                    The bounding box for the paragraph.
Paragraph::getWords() — Method in class Paragraph
                    List of words in this paragraph.
Paragraph::getConfidence() — Method in class Paragraph
                    Confidence of the OCR results for the paragraph. Range [0, 1].
Position::getX() — Method in class Position
                    X coordinate.
Position::getY() — Method in class Position
                    Y coordinate.
Position::getZ() — Method in class Position
                    Z coordinate (or depth).
Property::getName() — Method in class Property
                    Name of the property.
Property::getValue() — Method in class Property
                    Value of the property.
Property::getUint64Value() — Method in class Property
                    Value of numeric properties.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getAdult() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Represents the adult content likelihood for the image. Adult content may
contain elements such as nudity, pornographic images or cartoons, or
sexual activities.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getSpoof() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Spoof likelihood. The likelihood that an modification
was made to the image's canonical version to make it appear
funny or offensive.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getMedical() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that this is a medical image.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getViolence() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that this image contains violent content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::getRacy() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that the request image contains racy content. Racy content may
include (but is not limited to) skimpy or sheer clothing, strategically
covered nudity, lewd or provocative poses, or close-ups of sensitive
body areas.
Symbol::getProperty() — Method in class Symbol
                    Additional information detected for the symbol.
Symbol::getBoundingBox() — Method in class Symbol
                    The bounding box for the symbol.
Symbol::getText() — Method in class Symbol
                    The actual UTF-8 representation of the symbol.
Symbol::getConfidence() — Method in class Symbol
                    Confidence of the OCR results for the symbol. Range [0, 1].
TextAnnotation::getPages() — Method in class TextAnnotation
                    List of pages detected by OCR.
TextAnnotation::getText() — Method in class TextAnnotation
                    UTF-8 text detected on the pages.
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak::getType() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak
                    Detected break type.
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak::getIsPrefix() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak
                    True if break prepends the element.
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage::getLanguageCode() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage
                    The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more
information, see
http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage::getConfidence() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage
                    Confidence of detected language. Range [0, 1].
TextAnnotation_TextProperty::getDetectedLanguages() — Method in class TextAnnotation_TextProperty
                    A list of detected languages together with confidence.
TextAnnotation_TextProperty::getDetectedBreak() — Method in class TextAnnotation_TextProperty
                    Detected start or end of a text segment.
Vertex::getX() — Method in class Vertex
                    X coordinate.
Vertex::getY() — Method in class Vertex
                    Y coordinate.
WebDetection::getWebEntities() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Deduced entities from similar images on the Internet.
WebDetection::getFullMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Fully matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection::getPartialMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Partial matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection::getPagesWithMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Web pages containing the matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection::getVisuallySimilarImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    The visually similar image results.
WebDetection::getBestGuessLabels() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Best guess text labels for the request image.
WebDetectionParams::getIncludeGeoResults() — Method in class WebDetectionParams
                    Whether to include results derived from the geo information in the image.
WebDetection_WebEntity::getEntityId() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Opaque entity ID.
WebDetection_WebEntity::getScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Overall relevancy score for the entity.
WebDetection_WebEntity::getDescription() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Canonical description of the entity, in English.
WebDetection_WebImage::getUrl() — Method in class WebDetection_WebImage
                    The result image URL.
WebDetection_WebImage::getScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebImage
                    (Deprecated) Overall relevancy score for the image.
WebDetection_WebLabel::getLabel() — Method in class WebDetection_WebLabel
                    Label for extra metadata.
WebDetection_WebLabel::getLanguageCode() — Method in class WebDetection_WebLabel
                    The BCP-47 language code for label, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn".
WebDetection_WebPage::getUrl() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    The result web page URL.
WebDetection_WebPage::getScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    (Deprecated) Overall relevancy score for the web page.
WebDetection_WebPage::getPageTitle() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    Title for the web page, may contain HTML markups.
WebDetection_WebPage::getFullMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    Fully matching images on the page.
WebDetection_WebPage::getPartialMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    Partial matching images on the page.
Word::getProperty() — Method in class Word
                    Additional information detected for the word.
Word::getBoundingBox() — Method in class Word
                    The bounding box for the word.
Word::getSymbols() — Method in class Word
                    List of symbols in the word.
Word::getConfidence() — Method in class Word
                    Confidence of the OCR results for the word. Range [0, 1].
AuditData::getPolicyDelta() — Method in class AuditData
                    Policy delta between the original policy and the newly set policy.
CancelOperationRequest::getName() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.
DeleteOperationRequest::getName() — Method in class DeleteOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource to be deleted.
GetOperationRequest — Class in namespace Google\LongRunning
                    The request message for [Operations.GetOperation][google.longrunning.Operations.GetOperation].
GetOperationRequest::getName() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource.
ListOperationsRequest::getName() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The name of the operation collection.
ListOperationsRequest::getFilter() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list filter.
ListOperationsRequest::getPageSize() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list page size.
ListOperationsRequest::getPageToken() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list page token.
ListOperationsResponse::getOperations() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
ListOperationsResponse::getNextPageToken() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    The standard List next-page token.
Operation::getName() — Method in class Operation
                    The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that
originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the
name should have the format of operations/some/unique/name.
Operation::getMetadata() — Method in class Operation
                    Service-specific metadata associated with the operation.  It typically
contains progress information and common metadata such as create time.
Operation::getDone() — Method in class Operation
                    If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress.
Operation::getError() — Method in class Operation
                    The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
Operation::getResponse() — Method in class Operation
                    The normal response of the operation in case of success.  If the original
method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is
google.protobuf.Empty.  If the original method is standard
Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource.  For other
methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx
is the original method name.  For example, if the original method name
is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is
TakeSnapshotResponse.
Operation::getResult() — Method in class Operation
                    
OperationsGrpcClient::GetOperation() — Method in class OperationsGrpcClient
                    Gets the latest state of a long-running operation.  Clients can use this
method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API
service.
BadRequest::getFieldViolations() — Method in class BadRequest
                    Describes all violations in a client request.
BadRequest_FieldViolation::getField() — Method in class BadRequest_FieldViolation
                    A path leading to a field in the request body. The value will be a
sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer
field. E.g., "field_violations.field" would identify this field.
BadRequest_FieldViolation::getDescription() — Method in class BadRequest_FieldViolation
                    A description of why the request element is bad.
DebugInfo::getStackEntries() — Method in class DebugInfo
                    The stack trace entries indicating where the error occurred.
DebugInfo::getDetail() — Method in class DebugInfo
                    Additional debugging information provided by the server.
Help::getLinks() — Method in class Help
                    URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
Help_Link::getDescription() — Method in class Help_Link
                    Describes what the link offers.
Help_Link::getUrl() — Method in class Help_Link
                    The URL of the link.
LocalizedMessage::getLocale() — Method in class LocalizedMessage
                    The locale used following the specification defined at
http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
LocalizedMessage::getMessage() — Method in class LocalizedMessage
                    The localized error message in the above locale.
PreconditionFailure::getViolations() — Method in class PreconditionFailure
                    Describes all precondition violations.
PreconditionFailure_Violation::getType() — Method in class PreconditionFailure_Violation
                    The type of PreconditionFailure. We recommend using a service-specific
enum type to define the supported precondition violation types. For
example, "TOS" for "Terms of Service violation".
PreconditionFailure_Violation::getSubject() — Method in class PreconditionFailure_Violation
                    The subject, relative to the type, that failed.
PreconditionFailure_Violation::getDescription() — Method in class PreconditionFailure_Violation
                    A description of how the precondition failed. Developers can use this
description to understand how to fix the failure.
QuotaFailure::getViolations() — Method in class QuotaFailure
                    Describes all quota violations.
QuotaFailure_Violation::getSubject() — Method in class QuotaFailure_Violation
                    The subject on which the quota check failed.
QuotaFailure_Violation::getDescription() — Method in class QuotaFailure_Violation
                    A description of how the quota check failed. Clients can use this
description to find more about the quota configuration in the service's
public documentation, or find the relevant quota limit to adjust through
developer console.
RequestInfo::getRequestId() — Method in class RequestInfo
                    An opaque string that should only be interpreted by the service generating
it. For example, it can be used to identify requests in the service's logs.
RequestInfo::getServingData() — Method in class RequestInfo
                    Any data that was used to serve this request. For example, an encrypted
stack trace that can be sent back to the service provider for debugging.
ResourceInfo::getResourceType() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    A name for the type of resource being accessed, e.g. "sql table",
"cloud storage bucket", "file", "Google calendar"; or the type URL
of the resource: e.g. "type.googleapis.com/google.pubsub.v1.Topic".
ResourceInfo::getResourceName() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    The name of the resource being accessed.  For example, a shared calendar
name: "example.com_4fghdhgsrgh@group.calendar.google.com", if the current
error is [google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED][google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED].
ResourceInfo::getOwner() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    The owner of the resource (optional).
ResourceInfo::getDescription() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    Describes what error is encountered when accessing this resource.
RetryInfo::getRetryDelay() — Method in class RetryInfo
                    Clients should wait at least this long between retrying the same request.
Status::getCode() — Method in class Status
                    The status code, which should be an enum value of [google.rpc.Code][google.rpc.Code].
Status::getMessage() — Method in class Status
                    A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
[google.rpc.Status.details][google.rpc.Status.details] field, or localized by the client.
Status::getDetails() — Method in class Status
                    A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
message types for APIs to use.
Color::getRed() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::getGreen() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::getBlue() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::getAlpha() — Method in class Color
                    The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is,
the final pixel color is defined by the equation:
  pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)
This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas
a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This
uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is
possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset.
Date::getYear() — Method in class Date
                    Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a date without
a year.
Date::getMonth() — Method in class Date
                    Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12.
Date::getDay() — Method in class Date
                    Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0
if specifying a year/month where the day is not significant.
LatLng::getLatitude() — Method in class LatLng
                    The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
LatLng::getLongitude() — Method in class LatLng
                    The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
Money::getCurrencyCode() — Method in class Money
                    The 3-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
Money::getUnits() — Method in class Money
                    The whole units of the amount.
Money::getNanos() — Method in class Money
                    Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount.
PostalAddress::getRevision() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    The schema revision of the PostalAddress.
PostalAddress::getRegionCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This
is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is
correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and
http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html
for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
PostalAddress::getLanguageCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if
known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected
to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their
transliterated equivalents.
PostalAddress::getPostalCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require
postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger
additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip
validation in the U.S.A.).
PostalAddress::getSortingCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used
in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like
"CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number
alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator"
(Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
PostalAddress::getAdministrativeArea() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal
addresses of a country or region.
PostalAddress::getLocality() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address.
PostalAddress::getSublocality() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Sublocality of the address.
PostalAddress::getAddressLines() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address.
PostalAddress::getRecipients() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. The recipient at the address.
PostalAddress::getOrganization() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
TimeOfDay::getHours() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose
to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
TimeOfDay::getMinutes() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
TimeOfDay::getSeconds() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may
allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
TimeOfDay::getNanos() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.

`H`


        FixedSizeCollection::hasNextCollection() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection
                    Returns true if there are more elements that can be retrieved
from the API.
Page::hasNextPage() — Method in class Page
                    Returns true if there are more pages that can be retrieved from the
API.
Http — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Defines the HTTP configuration for a service. It contains a list of
[HttpRule][google.api.HttpRule], each specifying the mapping of an RPC method
to one or more HTTP REST API methods.
HttpBody — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for
payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or
an HTML page.
HttpRule — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    HttpRule defines the mapping of an RPC method to one or more HTTP
REST APIs.  The mapping determines what portions of the request
message are populated from the path, query parameters, or body of
the HTTP request.  The mapping is typically specified as an
google.api.http annotation, see "google/api/annotations.proto"
for details.
HorizontalPodAutoscaling — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Configuration options for the horizontal pod autoscaling feature, which
increases or decreases the number of replica pods a replication controller
has based on the resource usage of the existing pods.
HttpLoadBalancing — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Configuration options for the HTTP (L7) load balancing controller addon,
which makes it easy to set up HTTP load balancers for services in a cluster.
HadoopJob — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A Cloud Dataproc job for running
Apache Hadoop MapReduce
jobs on Apache Hadoop YARN.
HiveJob — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A Cloud Dataproc job for running Apache Hive
queries on YARN.
HttpRequestContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    HTTP request data that is related to a reported error.
HttpConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    The configuration of the HTTP bridge for a device registry.
HttpState — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Indicates whether DeviceService (HTTP) is enabled or disabled for the
registry. See the field description for details.
HttpRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\Type
                    A common proto for logging HTTP requests. Only contains semantics
defined by the HTTP specification. Product-specific logging
information MUST be defined in a separate message.
HttpMethod — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    The HTTP method used to execute the task.
Help — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
Help_Link — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Describes a URL link.
        
I
        ApiStatus::isValidStatus() — Method in class ApiStatus
                    
FixedSizeCollection::iterateCollections() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection
                    Returns an iterator over FixedSizeCollections, starting with this
and making API calls as required until all of the elements have
been retrieved.
$LexerConditions#inclusive — Property in class LexerConditions
                    
$Parser#input — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::input() — Method in class Parser
                    
$ParserState#index — Property in class ParserState
                    
$ParserSymbol#index — Property in class ParserSymbol
                    
Segment::incrementBindingCount() — Method in class Segment
                    
Segment::incrementSegmentCount() — Method in class Segment
                    
OperationResponse::isDone() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Check whether the operation has completed.
Page::iteratePages() — Method in class Page
                    Return an iterator over Page objects, beginning with this object.
PagedListResponse::iterateAllElements() — Method in class PagedListResponse
                    Returns an iterator over the full list of elements. Elements
of the list are retrieved lazily using the underlying API.
PagedListResponse::iteratePages() — Method in class PagedListResponse
                    Returns an iterator over pages of results. The pages are
retrieved lazily from the underlying API.
PagedListResponse::iterateFixedSizeCollections() — Method in class PagedListResponse
                    Returns an iterator over fixed size collections of results.
MockStubTrait::isExhausted() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    
Instance — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    A collection of Bigtable [Tables][google.bigtable.admin.v2.Table] and
the resources that serve them.
Instance_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Possible states of an instance.
Instance_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    The type of the instance.
IPAllocationPolicy — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the cluster.
InstanceGroupConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    Optional. The config settings for Google Compute Engine resources in
an instance group, such as a master or worker group.
$RepoId#id — Property in class RepoId
                    
AgentsGrpcClient::ImportAgent() — Method in class AgentsGrpcClient
                    Imports the specified agent from a ZIP file.
$BatchUpdateIntentsRequest#intent_batch — Property in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    
ImportAgentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [Agents.ImportAgent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Agents.ImportAgent].
InputAudioConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the audio content.
Intent — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents an intent.
IntentBatch — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    This message is a wrapper around a collection of intents.
IntentView — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents the options for views of an intent.
Intent_FollowupIntentInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents a single followup intent in the chain.
Intent_Message — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Corresponds to the Response field in the Dialogflow console.
Intent_Message_BasicCard — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The basic card message. Useful for displaying information.
Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The button object that appears at the bottom of a card.
Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button_OpenUriAction — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Opens the given URI.
Intent_Message_Card — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The card response message.
Intent_Message_Card_Button — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Optional. Contains information about a button.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The card for presenting a carousel of options to select from.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    An item in the carousel.
Intent_Message_Image — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The image response message.
Intent_Message_LinkOutSuggestion — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The suggestion chip message that allows the user to jump out to the app
or website associated with this agent.
Intent_Message_ListSelect — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The card for presenting a list of options to select from.
Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    An item in the list.
Intent_Message_Platform — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents different platforms that a rich message can be intended for.
Intent_Message_QuickReplies — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The quick replies response message.
Intent_Message_SelectItemInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Additional info about the select item for when it is triggered in a
dialog.
Intent_Message_SimpleResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The simple response message containing speech or text.
Intent_Message_SimpleResponses — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The collection of simple response candidates.
Intent_Message_Suggestion — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The suggestion chip message that the user can tap to quickly post a reply
to the conversation.
Intent_Message_Suggestions — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The collection of suggestions.
Intent_Message_Text — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The text response message.
Intent_Parameter — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents intent parameters.
Intent_TrainingPhrase — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents an example or template that the agent is trained on.
Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents a part of a training phrase.
Intent_TrainingPhrase_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents different types of training phrases.
Intent_WebhookState — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents the different states that webhooks can be in.
IntentsGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    An intent represents a mapping between input from a user and an action to
be taken by your application. When you pass user input to the
[DetectIntent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Sessions.DetectIntent] (or
[StreamingDetectIntent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent]) method, the
Dialogflow API analyzes the input and searches
for a matching intent. If no match is found, the Dialogflow API returns a
fallback intent (is_fallback = true).
$QueryInput#input — Property in class QueryInput
                    
DlpServiceGrpcClient::InspectContent() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Finds potentially sensitive info in content.
ImageLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Location of the finding within an image.
InfoType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Type of information detected by the API.
InfoTypeDescription — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    InfoType description.
InfoTypeStats — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Statistics regarding a specific InfoType.
InfoTypeSupportedBy — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Parts of the APIs which use certain infoTypes.
InfoTypeTransformations — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A type of transformation that will scan unstructured text and
apply various PrimitiveTransformations to each finding, where the
transformation is applied to only values that were identified as a specific
info_type.
InfoTypeTransformations_InfoTypeTransformation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A transformation to apply to text that is identified as a specific
info_type.
InspectConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Configuration description of the scanning process.
InspectConfig_FindingLimits — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Generated from protobuf message google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectConfig.FindingLimits
InspectConfig_FindingLimits_InfoTypeLimit — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Max findings configuration per infoType, per content item or long
running DlpJob.
InspectContentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request to search for potentially sensitive info in a ContentItem.
InspectContentResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Results of inspecting an item.
InspectDataSourceDetails — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    The results of an inspect DataSource job.
InspectDataSourceDetails_RequestedOptions — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Generated from protobuf message google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectDataSourceDetails.RequestedOptions
InspectDataSourceDetails_Result — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Generated from protobuf message google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectDataSourceDetails.Result
InspectJobConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Generated from protobuf message google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectJobConfig
InspectResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    All the findings for a single scanned item.
InspectTemplate — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    The inspectTemplate contains a configuration (set of types of sensitive data
to be detected) to be used anywhere you otherwise would normally specify
InspectConfig.
$Key_PathElement#id_type — Property in class Key_PathElement
                    
IAMPolicyGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iam\V1
                    API Overview
ImportSshPublicKeyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\OsLogin\V1beta
                    A request message for importing an SSH public key.
ImportSshPublicKeyResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\OsLogin\V1beta
                    A response message for importing an SSH public key.
OsLoginServiceGrpcClient::ImportSshPublicKey() — Method in class OsLoginServiceGrpcClient
                    Adds an SSH public key and returns the profile information. Default POSIX
account information is set when no username and UID exist as part of the
login profile.
Instance — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1
                    A Google Cloud Redis instance.
Instance_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1
                    Represents the different states of a Redis instance.
Instance_Tier — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1
                    Available service tiers to choose from
Instance — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    An isolated set of Cloud Spanner resources on which databases can be hosted.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    Cloud Spanner Instance Admin API
InstanceConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations
define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication.
Instance_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    Indicates the current state of the instance.
Image — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Client image to perform Google Cloud Vision API tasks over.
ImageAnnotationContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    If an image was produced from a file (e.g. a PDF), this message gives
information about the source of that image.
ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Service that performs Google Cloud Vision API detection tasks over client
images, such as face, landmark, logo, label, and text detection. The
ImageAnnotator service returns detected entities from the images.
ImageContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Image context and/or feature-specific parameters.
ImageProperties — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Stores image properties, such as dominant colors.
ImageSource — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    External image source (Google Cloud Storage or web URL image location).
InputConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    The desired input location and metadata.
        
J
        Job — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A Cloud Dataproc job resource.
JobControllerGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    The JobController provides methods to manage jobs.
JobPlacement — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    Cloud Dataproc job config.
JobReference — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    Encapsulates the full scoping used to reference a job.
JobScheduling — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    Job scheduling options.
JobStatus — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    Cloud Dataproc job status.
JobStatus_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    The job state.
JobStatus_Substate — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    Protobuf enum Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1\JobStatus\Substate
$CreateDlpJobRequest#job — Property in class CreateDlpJobRequest
                    
JobTrigger — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Contains a configuration to make dlp api calls on a repeating basis.
$JobTrigger#job — Property in class JobTrigger
                    
JobTrigger_Status — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Whether the trigger is currently active. If PAUSED or CANCELLED, no jobs
will be created with this configuration. The service may automatically
pause triggers experiencing frequent errors. To restart a job, set the
status to HEALTHY after correcting user errors.
JobTrigger_Trigger — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    What event needs to occur for a new job to be started.
        
K
        $Segment#kind — Property in class Segment
                    
KubernetesDashboard — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Configuration for the Kubernetes Dashboard.
Key — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A unique identifier for a Datastore entity.
Key_PathElement — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path.
KindExpression — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A representation of a Datastore kind.
KmsWrappedCryptoKey — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Include to use an existing data crypto key wrapped by KMS.
KeyRange — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    KeyRange represents a range of rows in a table or index.
KeySet — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    KeySet defines a collection of Cloud Spanner keys and/or key ranges. All
the keys are expected to be in the same table or index. The keys need
not be sorted in any particular way.
        
L
        LexerConditions — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
LexerError — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
$LexerError#lineNo — Property in class LexerError
                    
$Parser#less — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::lexerError() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::lexerLex() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::LexerPerformAction() — Method in class Parser
                    
$ParserError#lineNo — Property in class ParserError
                    
$ParserError#loc — Property in class ParserError
                    
$ParserLocation#lastLine — Property in class ParserLocation
                    
$ParserLocation#lastColumn — Property in class ParserLocation
                    
$ParserProduction#len — Property in class ParserProduction
                    
$ParserValue#leng — Property in class ParserValue
                    
$ParserValue#loc — Property in class ParserValue
                    
$ParserValue#lineNo — Property in class ParserValue
                    
$Segment#literal — Property in class Segment
                    
OperationsGapicClient::listOperations() — Method in class OperationsGapicClient
                    Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the
server doesn't support this method, it returns UNIMPLEMENTED.
RetrySettings::load() — Method in class RetrySettings
                    Constructs an array mapping method names to CallSettings.
LabelDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    A description of a label.
LabelDescriptor_ValueType — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Value types that can be used as label values.
LogDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    A description of a log type. Example in YAML format:
    - name: library.googleapis.com/activity_history
      description: The history of borrowing and returning library items.
Logging — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Logging configuration of the service.
Logging_LoggingDestination — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Configuration of a specific logging destination (the producer project
or the consumer project).
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::ListDataSources() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists supported data sources and returns their settings,
which can be used for UI rendering.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::ListTransferConfigs() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient
                    Returns information about all data transfers in the project.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::ListTransferRuns() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient
                    Returns information about running and completed jobs.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::ListTransferLogs() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient
                    Returns user facing log messages for the data transfer run.
ListDataSourcesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    Request to list supported data sources and their data transfer settings.
ListDataSourcesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    Returns list of supported data sources and their metadata.
ListTransferConfigsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    A request to list data transfers configured for a BigQuery project.
ListTransferConfigsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    The returned list of pipelines in the project.
ListTransferLogsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    A request to get user facing log messages associated with data transfer run.
ListTransferLogsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    The returned list transfer run messages.
ListTransferRunsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    A request to list data transfer runs. UI can use this method to show/filter
specific data transfer runs. The data source can use this method to request
all scheduled transfer runs.
ListTransferRunsRequest_RunAttempt — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    Represents which runs should be pulled.
ListTransferRunsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    The returned list of pipelines in the project.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::ListInstances() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Lists information about instances in a project.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::ListClusters() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Lists information about clusters in an instance.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::ListAppProfiles() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Lists information about app profiles in an instance.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::ListTables() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient
                    Lists all tables served from a specified instance.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::ListSnapshots() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient
                    Lists all snapshots associated with the specified cluster.
ListAppProfilesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.ListAppProfiles.
ListAppProfilesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Response message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.ListAppProfiles.
ListClustersRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.ListClusters.
ListClustersResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Response message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.ListClusters.
ListInstancesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.ListInstances.
ListInstancesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Response message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.ListInstances.
ListSnapshotsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for
[google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ListSnapshots][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ListSnapshots]
Note: This is a private alpha release of Cloud Bigtable snapshots. This
feature is not currently available to most Cloud Bigtable customers. This
feature might be changed in backward-incompatible ways and is not recommended
for production use. It is not subject to any SLA or deprecation policy.
ListSnapshotsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Response message for
[google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ListSnapshots][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ListSnapshots]
Note: This is a private alpha release of Cloud Bigtable snapshots. This
feature is not currently available to most Cloud Bigtable customers. This
feature might be changed in backward-incompatible ways and is not recommended
for production use. It is not subject to any SLA or deprecation policy.
ListTablesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for
[google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ListTables][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ListTables]
ListTablesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Response message for
[google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ListTables][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ListTables]
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::ListClusters() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Lists all clusters owned by a project in either the specified zone or all
zones.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::ListOperations() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Lists all operations in a project in a specific zone or all zones.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::ListNodePools() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Lists the node pools for a cluster.
LegacyAbac — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Configuration for the legacy Attribute Based Access Control authorization
mode.
ListClustersRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    ListClustersRequest lists clusters.
ListClustersResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    ListClustersResponse is the result of ListClustersRequest.
ListNodePoolsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    ListNodePoolsRequest lists the node pool(s) for a cluster.
ListNodePoolsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    ListNodePoolsResponse is the result of ListNodePoolsRequest.
ListOperationsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    ListOperationsRequest lists operations.
ListOperationsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    ListOperationsResponse is the result of ListOperationsRequest.
ClusterControllerGrpcClient::ListClusters() — Method in class ClusterControllerGrpcClient
                    Lists all regions/{region}/clusters in a project.
JobControllerGrpcClient::ListJobs() — Method in class JobControllerGrpcClient
                    Lists regions/{region}/jobs in a project.
ListClustersRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A request to list the clusters in a project.
ListClustersResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    The list of all clusters in a project.
ListJobsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A request to list jobs in a project.
ListJobsRequest_JobStateMatcher — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A matcher that specifies categories of job states.
ListJobsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A list of jobs in a project.
LoggingConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    The runtime logging config of the job.
LoggingConfig_Level — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    The Log4j level for job execution. When running an
Apache Hive job, Cloud
Dataproc configures the Hive client to an equivalent verbosity level.
Controller2GrpcClient::ListActiveBreakpoints() — Method in class Controller2GrpcClient
                    Returns the list of all active breakpoints for the debuggee.
Debugger2GrpcClient::ListBreakpoints() — Method in class Debugger2GrpcClient
                    Lists all breakpoints for the debuggee.
Debugger2GrpcClient::ListDebuggees() — Method in class Debugger2GrpcClient
                    Lists all the debuggees that the user has access to.
ListActiveBreakpointsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Request to list active breakpoints.
ListActiveBreakpointsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Response for listing active breakpoints.
ListBreakpointsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Request to list breakpoints.
ListBreakpointsRequest_BreakpointActionValue — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Wrapper message for Breakpoint.Action. Defines a filter on the action
field of breakpoints.
ListBreakpointsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Response for listing breakpoints.
ListDebuggeesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Request to list debuggees.
ListDebuggeesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Response for listing debuggees.
ContextsGrpcClient::ListContexts() — Method in class ContextsGrpcClient
                    Returns the list of all contexts in the specified session.
EntityTypesGrpcClient::ListEntityTypes() — Method in class EntityTypesGrpcClient
                    Returns the list of all entity types in the specified agent.
IntentsGrpcClient::ListIntents() — Method in class IntentsGrpcClient
                    Returns the list of all intents in the specified agent.
ListContextsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [Contexts.ListContexts][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Contexts.ListContexts].
ListContextsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The response message for [Contexts.ListContexts][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Contexts.ListContexts].
ListEntityTypesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [EntityTypes.ListEntityTypes][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.ListEntityTypes].
ListEntityTypesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The response message for [EntityTypes.ListEntityTypes][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.ListEntityTypes].
ListIntentsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [Intents.ListIntents][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Intents.ListIntents].
ListIntentsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The response message for [Intents.ListIntents][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Intents.ListIntents].
ListSessionEntityTypesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [SessionEntityTypes.ListSessionEntityTypes][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.SessionEntityTypes.ListSessionEntityTypes].
ListSessionEntityTypesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The response message for [SessionEntityTypes.ListSessionEntityTypes][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.SessionEntityTypes.ListSessionEntityTypes].
SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient::ListSessionEntityTypes() — Method in class SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient
                    Returns the list of all session entity types in the specified session.
$ContentLocation#location — Property in class ContentLocation
                    
DlpServiceGrpcClient::ListInfoTypes() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Returns a list of the sensitive information types that the DLP API
supports. For more information, see Listing supported predefined
infoTypes.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::ListInspectTemplates() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists InspectTemplates.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::ListDeidentifyTemplates() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists DeidentifyTemplates.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::ListJobTriggers() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists job triggers.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::ListDlpJobs() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists DlpJobs that match the specified filter in the request.
Likelihood — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Categorization of results based on how likely they are to represent a match,
based on the number of elements they contain which imply a match.
ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request message for ListDeidentifyTemplates.
ListDeidentifyTemplatesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Response message for ListDeidentifyTemplates.
ListDlpJobsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    The request message for listing DLP jobs.
ListDlpJobsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    The response message for listing DLP jobs.
ListInfoTypesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request for the list of infoTypes.
ListInfoTypesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Response to the ListInfoTypes request.
ListInspectTemplatesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request message for ListInspectTemplates.
ListInspectTemplatesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Response message for ListInspectTemplates.
ListJobTriggersRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request message for ListJobTriggers.
ListJobTriggersResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Response message for ListJobTriggers.
Location — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Specifies the location of the finding.
ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient::ListGroupStats() — Method in class ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the specified groups.
ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient::ListEvents() — Method in class ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the specified events.
ListEventsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    Specifies a set of error events to return.
ListEventsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    Contains a set of requested error events.
ListGroupStatsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    Specifies a set of ErrorGroupStats to return.
ListGroupStatsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    Contains a set of requested error group stats.
FirestoreGrpcClient::ListDocuments() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient
                    Lists documents.
FirestoreGrpcClient::Listen() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient
                    Listens to changes.
FirestoreGrpcClient::ListCollectionIds() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient
                    Lists all the collection IDs underneath a document.
ListCollectionIdsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The request for [Firestore.ListCollectionIds][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.ListCollectionIds].
ListCollectionIdsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The response from [Firestore.ListCollectionIds][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.ListCollectionIds].
ListDocumentsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The request for [Firestore.ListDocuments][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.ListDocuments].
ListDocumentsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The response for [Firestore.ListDocuments][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.ListDocuments].
ListenRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A request for [Firestore.Listen][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.Listen]
ListenResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The response for [Firestore.Listen][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.Listen].
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::ListDeviceRegistries() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    Lists device registries.
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::ListDevices() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    List devices in a device registry.
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::ListDeviceConfigVersions() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    Lists the last few versions of the device configuration in descending
order (i.e.: newest first).
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::ListDeviceStates() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    Lists the last few versions of the device state in descending order (i.e.:
newest first).
ListDeviceConfigVersionsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Request for ListDeviceConfigVersions.
ListDeviceConfigVersionsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Response for ListDeviceConfigVersions.
ListDeviceRegistriesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Request for ListDeviceRegistries.
ListDeviceRegistriesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Response for ListDeviceRegistries.
ListDeviceStatesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Request for ListDeviceStates.
ListDeviceStatesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Response for ListDeviceStates.
ListDevicesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Request for ListDevices.
ListDevicesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Response for ListDevices.
LanguageServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Provides text analysis operations such as sentiment analysis and entity
recognition.
LogSeverity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\Type
                    The severity of the event described in a log entry, expressed as one of the
standard severity levels listed below.  For your reference, the levels are
assigned the listed numeric values. The effect of using numeric values other
than those listed is undefined.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::ListSinks() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Lists sinks.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::ListExclusions() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Lists all the exclusions in a parent resource.
ListExclusionsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to ListExclusions.
ListExclusionsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from ListExclusions.
ListLogEntriesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to ListLogEntries.
ListLogEntriesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from ListLogEntries.
ListLogMetricsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to ListLogMetrics.
ListLogMetricsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from ListLogMetrics.
ListLogsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to ListLogs.
ListLogsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from ListLogs.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to ListMonitoredResourceDescriptors
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from ListMonitoredResourceDescriptors.
ListSinksRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to ListSinks.
ListSinksResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from ListSinks.
LogEntry — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    An individual entry in a log.
LogEntryOperation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Additional information about a potentially long-running operation with which
a log entry is associated.
LogEntrySourceLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Additional information about the source code location that produced the log
entry.
LogExclusion — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Stackdriver
Logging. If your project receives a large volume of logs, you might be able
to use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed
after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded.
LogMetric — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Describes a logs-based metric.  The value of the metric is the
number of log entries that match a logs filter in a given time interval.
LogMetric_ApiVersion — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Stackdriver Logging API version.
LogSink — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following
destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, or a
Cloud Pub/Sub topic.  A logs filter controls which log entries are
exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing
account, or folder.
LogSink_VersionFormat — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Available log entry formats. Log entries can be written to Stackdriver
Logging in either format and can be exported in either format.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Service for ingesting and querying logs.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::ListLogEntries() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Lists log entries.  Use this method to retrieve log entries from
Stackdriver Logging.  For ways to export log entries, see
Exporting Logs.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::ListMonitoredResourceDescriptors() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Lists the descriptors for monitored resource types used by Stackdriver
Logging.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::ListLogs() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Lists the logs in projects, organizations, folders, or billing accounts.
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::ListLogMetrics() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Lists logs-based metrics.
AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient::ListAlertPolicies() — Method in class AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the existing alerting policies for the project.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::ListGroups() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the existing groups.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::ListGroupMembers() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the monitored resources that are members of a group.
ListAlertPoliciesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The protocol for the ListAlertPolicies request.
ListAlertPoliciesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The protocol for the ListAlertPolicies response.
ListGroupMembersRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListGroupMembers request.
ListGroupMembersResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListGroupMembers response.
ListGroupsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListGroup request.
ListGroupsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListGroups response.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListMetricDescriptors request.
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListMetricDescriptors response.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListMonitoredResourceDescriptors request.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListMonitoredResourcDescriptors response.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListNotificationChannelDescriptors request.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListNotificationChannelDescriptors response.
ListNotificationChannelsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListNotificationChannels request.
ListNotificationChannelsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListNotificationChannels response.
ListTimeSeriesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListTimeSeries request.
ListTimeSeriesRequest_TimeSeriesView — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    Controls which fields are returned by ListTimeSeries.
ListTimeSeriesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The ListTimeSeries response.
ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The protocol for the ListUptimeCheckConfigs request.
ListUptimeCheckConfigsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The protocol for the ListUptimeCheckConfigs response.
ListUptimeCheckIpsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The protocol for the ListUptimeCheckIps request.
ListUptimeCheckIpsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The protocol for the ListUptimeCheckIps response.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::ListMonitoredResourceDescriptors() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists monitored resource descriptors that match a filter. This method does not require a Stackdriver account.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::ListMetricDescriptors() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists metric descriptors that match a filter. This method does not require a Stackdriver account.
MetricServiceGrpcClient::ListTimeSeries() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists time series that match a filter. This method does not require a Stackdriver account.
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient::ListNotificationChannelDescriptors() — Method in class NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the descriptors for supported channel types. The use of descriptors
makes it possible for new channel types to be dynamically added.
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient::ListNotificationChannels() — Method in class NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the notification channels that have been created for the project.
UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient::ListUptimeCheckConfigs() — Method in class UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient
                    Lists the existing valid uptime check configurations for the project,
leaving out any invalid configurations.
UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient::ListUptimeCheckIps() — Method in class UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient
                    Returns the list of IPs that checkers run from
LoginProfile — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\OsLogin\V1beta
                    The user profile information used for logging in to a virtual machine on
Google Compute Engine.
ListSnapshotsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the ListSnapshots method.
ListSnapshotsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Response for the ListSnapshots method.
ListSubscriptionsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the ListSubscriptions method.
ListSubscriptionsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Response for the ListSubscriptions method.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the ListTopicSubscriptions method.
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Response for the ListTopicSubscriptions method.
ListTopicsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the ListTopics method.
ListTopicsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Response for the ListTopics method.
PublisherGrpcClient::ListTopics() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient
                    Lists matching topics.
PublisherGrpcClient::ListTopicSubscriptions() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient
                    Lists the name of the subscriptions for this topic.
SubscriberGrpcClient::ListSubscriptions() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Lists matching subscriptions.
SubscriberGrpcClient::ListSnapshots() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Lists the existing snapshots.
CloudRedisGrpcClient::ListInstances() — Method in class CloudRedisGrpcClient
                    Lists all Redis instances owned by a project in either the specified
location (region) or all locations.
ListInstancesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1
                    Request for [ListInstances][google.cloud.redis.v1beta1.CloudRedis.ListInstances].
ListInstancesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1
                    Response for [ListInstances][google.cloud.redis.v1beta1.CloudRedis.ListInstances].
LocationMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1
                    This location metadata represents additional configuration options for a
given location where a Redis instance may be created. All fields are output
only. It is returned as content of the
google.cloud.location.Location.metadata field.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::ListDatabases() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Lists Cloud Spanner databases.
ListDatabasesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    The request for [ListDatabases][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.ListDatabases].
ListDatabasesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    The response for [ListDatabases][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.ListDatabases].
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::ListInstanceConfigs() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Lists the supported instance configurations for a given project.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::ListInstances() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Lists all instances in the given project.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The request for [ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs].
ListInstanceConfigsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The response for [ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs].
ListInstancesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The request for [ListInstances][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstances].
ListInstancesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The response for [ListInstances][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstances].
ListSessionsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    The request for [ListSessions][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ListSessions].
ListSessionsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    The response for [ListSessions][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ListSessions].
SpannerGrpcClient::ListSessions() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    Lists all sessions in a given database.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Describes the progress of a long-running LongRunningRecognize call. It is
included in the metadata field of the Operation returned by the
GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the LongRunningRecognize
method.
LongRunningRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    The only message returned to the client by the LongRunningRecognize method.
SpeechGrpcClient::LongRunningRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs asynchronous speech recognition: receive results via the
google.longrunning.Operations interface. Returns either an
Operation.error or an Operation.response which contains
a LongRunningRecognizeResponse message.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Describes the progress of a long-running LongRunningRecognize call. It is
included in the metadata field of the Operation returned by the
GetOperation call of the google::longrunning::Operations service.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the LongRunningRecognize
method.
LongRunningRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    The only message returned to the client by the LongRunningRecognize method.
SpeechGrpcClient::LongRunningRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs asynchronous speech recognition: receive results via the
google.longrunning.Operations interface. Returns either an
Operation.error or an Operation.response which contains
a LongRunningRecognizeResponse message.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::ListQueues() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Lists queues.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::ListTasks() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Lists the tasks in a queue.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::LeaseTasks() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Leases tasks from a pull queue for
[lease_duration][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.LeaseTasksRequest.lease_duration].
LeaseTasksRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Request message for leasing tasks using [LeaseTasks][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.LeaseTasks].
LeaseTasksResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Response message for leasing tasks using [LeaseTasks][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.LeaseTasks].
ListQueuesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Request message for [ListQueues][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.ListQueues].
ListQueuesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Response message for [ListQueues][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.ListQueues].
ListTasksRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Request message for listing tasks using [ListTasks][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.ListTasks].
ListTasksResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Response message for listing tasks using [ListTasks][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.ListTasks].
LabelAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Label annotation.
LabelDetectionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Config for LABEL_DETECTION.
LabelDetectionMode — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Label detection mode.
LabelFrame — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Video frame level annotation results for label detection.
LabelSegment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Video segment level annotation results for label detection.
Likelihood — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Bucketized representation of likelihood.
LabelAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1
                    Label annotation.
LabelDetectionMode — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1
                    Label detection mode.
LabelLevel — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1
                    Label level (scope).
LabelLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1
                    Label location.
Likelihood — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1
                    Bucketized representation of likelihood.
LabelAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Label annotation.
LabelDetectionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Config for LABEL_DETECTION.
LabelDetectionMode — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Label detection mode.
LabelFrame — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Video frame level annotation results for label detection.
LabelSegment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Video segment level annotation results for label detection.
Likelihood — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Bucketized representation of likelihood.
LatLongRect — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Rectangle determined by min and max LatLng pairs.
Likelihood — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A bucketized representation of likelihood, which is intended to give clients
highly stable results across model upgrades.
LocationInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Detected entity location information.
ListOperationsRequest — Class in namespace Google\LongRunning
                    The request message for [Operations.ListOperations][google.longrunning.Operations.ListOperations].
ListOperationsResponse — Class in namespace Google\LongRunning
                    The response message for [Operations.ListOperations][google.longrunning.Operations.ListOperations].
OperationsGrpcClient::ListOperations() — Method in class OperationsGrpcClient
                    Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the
server doesn't support this method, it returns UNIMPLEMENTED.
LocalizedMessage — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
which can be attached to an RPC error.
LatLng — Class in namespace Google\Type
                    An object representing a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair
of doubles representing degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless
specified otherwise, this must conform to the
WGS84
standard. Values must be within normalized ranges.
        
M
        $Parser#match — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser#matched — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser#more — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::more() — Method in class Parser
                    
PathTemplate::match() — Method in class PathTemplate
                    Matches a fully qualified path template string.
MockBidiStreamingCall — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    The MockBidiStreamingCall class is used to mock out the \Grpc\BidiStreamingCall class
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BidiStreamingCall.php)
MockClientStreamingCall — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    The MockClientStreamingCall class is used to mock out the \Grpc\ClientStreamingCall class
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/ClientStreamingCall.php)
MockGrpcTransport — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    
MockRequest — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    Generated from protobuf message google.apicore.testing.MockRequest
MockRequestBody — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    Generated from protobuf message google.apicore.testing.MockRequestBody
MockResponse — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    Generated from protobuf message google.apicore.testing.MockResponse
MockServerStreamingCall — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    The MockServerStreamingCall class is used to mock out the \Grpc\ServerStreamingCall class
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/ServerStreamingCall.php)
MockStatus — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    
$MockStatus#metadata — Property in class MockStatus
                    
MockStubTrait — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    The MockStubTrait is used by generated mock stub classes which extent \Grpc\BaseStub
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BaseStub.php)
It provides functionality to add responses, get received calls, and overrides the _simpleRequest
method so that the elements of $responses are returned instead of making a call to the API.
MockTransport — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    
MockUnaryCall — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    The MockUnaryCall class is used to mock out the \Grpc\UnaryCall class
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/UnaryCall.php)
Metric — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    A specific metric, identified by specifying values for all of the
labels of a [MetricDescriptor][google.api.MetricDescriptor].
MetricDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Defines a metric type and its schema. Once a metric descriptor is created,
deleting or altering it stops data collection and makes the metric type's
existing data unusable.
MetricDescriptor_MetricKind — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    The kind of measurement. It describes how the data is reported.
MetricDescriptor_ValueType — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    The value type of a metric.
MetricRule — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Bind API methods to metrics. Binding a method to a metric causes that
metric's configured quota, billing, and monitoring behaviors to apply to the
method call.
MonitoredResource — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging,
billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances,
databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a
[MonitoredResourceDescriptor][google.api.MonitoredResourceDescriptor] object that describes the resource's
schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and
its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute
Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the
[MonitoredResourceDescriptor][google.api.MonitoredResourceDescriptor] for "gce_instance" has labels
"instance_id" and "zone":
    { "type": "gce_instance",
      "labels": { "instance_id": "12345678901234",
                  "zone": "us-central1-a" }}
MonitoredResourceDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    An object that describes the schema of a [MonitoredResource][google.api.MonitoredResource] object using a
type name and a set of labels.  For example, the monitored resource
descriptor for Google Compute Engine VM instances has a type of
"gce_instance" and specifies the use of the labels "instance_id" and
"zone" to identify particular VM instances.
Monitoring — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Monitoring configuration of the service.
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Configuration of a specific monitoring destination (the producer project
or the consumer project).
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::ModifyColumnFamilies() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient
                    Performs a series of column family modifications on the specified table.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for
[google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ModifyColumnFamilies][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.ModifyColumnFamilies]
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    A create, update, or delete of a particular column family.
$ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification#mod — Property in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification
                    
BigtableGrpcClient::MutateRow() — Method in class BigtableGrpcClient
                    Mutates a row atomically. Cells already present in the row are left
unchanged unless explicitly changed by mutation.
BigtableGrpcClient::MutateRows() — Method in class BigtableGrpcClient
                    Mutates multiple rows in a batch. Each individual row is mutated
atomically as in MutateRow, but the entire batch is not executed
atomically.
MutateRowRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Request message for Bigtable.MutateRow.
MutateRowResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Response message for Bigtable.MutateRow.
MutateRowsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Request message for BigtableService.MutateRows.
MutateRowsRequest_Entry — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Generated from protobuf message google.bigtable.v2.MutateRowsRequest.Entry
MutateRowsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Response message for BigtableService.MutateRows.
MutateRowsResponse_Entry — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Generated from protobuf message google.bigtable.v2.MutateRowsResponse.Entry
Mutation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Specifies a particular change to be made to the contents of a row.
$Mutation#mutation — Property in class Mutation
                    
Mutation_DeleteFromColumn — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    A Mutation which deletes cells from the specified column, optionally
restricting the deletions to a given timestamp range.
Mutation_DeleteFromFamily — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    A Mutation which deletes all cells from the specified column family.
Mutation_DeleteFromRow — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    A Mutation which deletes all cells from the containing row.
Mutation_SetCell — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    A Mutation which sets the value of the specified cell.
MaintenancePolicy — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster.
MaintenanceWindow — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster.
MasterAuth — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    The authentication information for accessing the master endpoint.
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Master authorized networks is a Beta feature.
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig_CidrBlock — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    CidrBlock contains an optional name and one CIDR block.
ManagedGroupConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    Specifies the resources used to actively manage an instance group.
$Intent_Message#message — Property in class Intent_Message
                    
$DateShiftConfig#method — Property in class DateShiftConfig
                    
MapValue — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A map value.
$TransactionOptions#mode — Property in class TransactionOptions
                    
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::ModifyCloudToDeviceConfig() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    Modifies the configuration for the device, which is eventually sent from
the Cloud IoT Core servers. Returns the modified configuration version and
its metadata.
ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Request for ModifyCloudToDeviceConfig.
MqttConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    The configuration of MQTT for a device registry.
MqttState — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Indicates whether an MQTT connection is enabled or disabled. See the field
description for details.
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Service for configuring logs-based metrics.
MetricServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    Manages metric descriptors, monitored resource descriptors, and
time series data.
MutationRecord — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    Describes a change made to a configuration.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the ModifyAckDeadline method.
ModifyPushConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the ModifyPushConfig method.
SubscriberGrpcClient::ModifyAckDeadline() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Modifies the ack deadline for a specific message. This method is useful
to indicate that more time is needed to process a message by the
subscriber, or to make the message available for redelivery if the
processing was interrupted. Note that this does not modify the
subscription-level ackDeadlineSeconds used for subsequent messages.
SubscriberGrpcClient::ModifyPushConfig() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Modifies the PushConfig for a specified subscription.
Mutation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    A modification to one or more Cloud Spanner rows.  Mutations can be
applied to a Cloud Spanner database by sending them in a
[Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit] call.
Mutation_Delete — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Arguments to [delete][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.delete] operations.
Mutation_Write — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Arguments to [insert][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert], [update][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.update], [insert_or_update][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert_or_update], and
[replace][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.replace] operations.
$TransactionOptions#mode — Property in class TransactionOptions
                    
Module — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    Binary module.
Money — Class in namespace Google\Type
                    Represents an amount of money with its currency type.
        
N
        $Parser#none — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::next() — Method in class Parser
                    
$ParserSymbol#name — Property in class ParserSymbol
                    
NetworkPolicy — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature.
NetworkPolicyConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Configuration for NetworkPolicy. This only tracks whether the addon
is enabled or not on the Master, it does not track whether network policy
is enabled for the nodes.
NetworkPolicy_Provider — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Allowed Network Policy providers.
NodeConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Parameters that describe the nodes in a cluster.
NodeManagement — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    NodeManagement defines the set of node management services turned on for the
node pool.
NodePool — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    NodePool contains the name and configuration for a cluster's node pool.
NodePoolAutoscaling — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to
adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage.
NodePool_Status — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    The current status of the node pool instance.
NodeInitializationAction — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    Specifies an executable to run on a fully configured node and a
timeout period for executable completion.
NotificationChannel — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    A NotificationChannel is a medium through which an alert is
delivered when a policy violation is detected. Examples of channels
include email, SMS, and third-party messaging applications. Fields
containing sensitive information like authentication tokens or
contact info are only partially populated on retrieval.
NotificationChannelDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    A description of a notification channel. The descriptor includes
the properties of the channel and the set of labels or fields that
must be specified to configure channels of a given type.
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The Notification Channel API provides access to configuration that
controls how messages related to incidents are sent.
NotificationChannel_VerificationStatus — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    Indicates whether the channel has been verified or not. It is illegal
to specify this field in a
[CreateNotificationChannel][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.CreateNotificationChannel]
or an
[UpdateNotificationChannel][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.UpdateNotificationChannel]
operation.
$RetryConfig#num_attempts — Property in class RetryConfig
                    
NormalizedBoundingBox — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Normalized bounding box.
NormalizedBoundingBox — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Normalized bounding box.
NormalizedVertex — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A vertex represents a 2D point in the image.
        
O
        $Parser#offset — Property in class Parser
                    
OperationsGapicClient — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\LongRunning\Gapic
                    Service Description: Manages long-running operations with an API service.
OperationsClient — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\LongRunning
                    {@inheritdoc}
OperationResponse — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    Response object from a long running API method.
OperationResponse::operationSucceeded() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Check whether the operation completed successfully. If the operation is not complete, or if the operation
failed, return false.
OperationResponse::operationFailed() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Check whether the operation failed. If the operation is not complete, or if the operation
succeeded, return false.
$Distribution_BucketOptions#options — Property in class Distribution_BucketOptions
                    
OAuthRequirements — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    OAuth scopes are a way to define data and permissions on data. For example,
there are scopes defined for "Read-only access to Google Calendar" and
"Access to Cloud Platform". Users can consent to a scope for an application,
giving it permission to access that data on their behalf.
Operation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    This operation resource represents operations that may have happened or are
happening on the cluster. All fields are output only.
Operation_Status — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Current status of the operation.
Operation_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Operation type.
OriginalDetectIntentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents the contents of the original request that was passed to
the [Streaming]DetectIntent call.
OutputStorageConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Cloud repository for storing output.
OutputStorageConfig_OutputSchema — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Predefined schemas for storing findings.
$Schedule#option — Property in class Schedule
                    
$StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter#operand_type — Property in class StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter
                    
$Write#operation — Property in class Write
                    
OsLoginServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\OsLogin\V1beta
                    Cloud OS Login API
$Mutation#operation — Property in class Mutation
                    
OperationMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Contains metadata for the BatchAnnotateImages operation.
OperationMetadata_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Batch operation states.
OutputConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    The desired output location and metadata.
Operation — Class in namespace Google\LongRunning
                    This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a
network API call.
OperationsGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\LongRunning
                    Manages long-running operations with an API service.
        
P
        Parser — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
$Parser#productions — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::parserPerformAction() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::parserLex() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::parseError() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::parse() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::pastInput() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::popState() — Method in class Parser
                    
ParserAction — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
ParserCachedAction — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
ParserError — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
ParserLocation — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
ParserProduction — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
ParserRange — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
ParserState — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
ParserSymbol — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
ParserValue — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    
OperationResponse::pollUntilComplete() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Poll the server in a loop until the operation is complete.
Page — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    A Page object wraps an API list method response and provides methods
to retrieve additional pages using the page token.
PageStreamingDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    Holds the description information used for page streaming.
PagedListResponse — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    Response object for paged results from a list API method
Parser — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    Parser used by {see PathTemplate} to parse path template strings
Parser::parse() — Method in class Parser
                    Returns an array of path template segments parsed from data.
PathTemplate — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    Represents a path template.
MockBidiStreamingCall::popReceivedCalls() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall
                    Return a list of calls made to write(), and clear $receivedFuncCalls.
MockClientStreamingCall::popReceivedCalls() — Method in class MockClientStreamingCall
                    Return a list of calls made to write(), and clear $receivedFuncCalls.
MockStubTrait::popReceivedCalls() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Return a list of calls made to _simpleRequest, and clear $receivedFuncCalls.
MockStubTrait::popCallObjects() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    
$HttpRule#pattern — Property in class HttpRule
                    
Page — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Represents a documentation page. A page can contain subpages to represent
nested documentation set structure.
ProjectProperties — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    A descriptor for defining project properties for a service. One service may
have many consumer projects, and the service may want to behave differently
depending on some properties on the project. For example, a project may be
associated with a school, or a business, or a government agency, a business
type property on the project may affect how a service responds to the client.
Property — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Defines project properties.
Property_PropertyType — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Supported data type of the property values
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::PartialUpdateInstance() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Partially updates an instance within a project.
PartialUpdateInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.PartialUpdateInstance.
$MaintenanceWindow#policy — Property in class MaintenanceWindow
                    
PigJob — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A Cloud Dataproc job for running Apache Pig
queries on YARN.
PySparkJob — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A Cloud Dataproc job for running
Apache PySpark
applications on YARN.
ProjectRepoId — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\DevTools\Source\V1
                    Selects a repo using a Google Cloud Platform project ID
(e.g. winged-cargo-31) and a repo name within that project.
PartitionId — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Datastore partition ID.
PrimitiveTransformation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A rule for transforming a value.
PrivacyMetric — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Privacy metric to compute for reidentification risk analysis.
PrivacyMetric_CategoricalStatsConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Compute numerical stats over an individual column, including
number of distinct values and value count distribution.
PrivacyMetric_KAnonymityConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    k-anonymity metric, used for analysis of reidentification risk.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Reidentifiability metric. This corresponds to a risk model similar to what
is called "journalist risk" in the literature, except the attack dataset is
statistically modeled instead of being perfectly known. This can be done
using publicly available data (like the US Census), or using a custom
statistical model (indicated as one or several BigQuery tables), or by
extrapolating from the distribution of values in the input dataset.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    An auxiliary table contains statistical information on the relative
frequency of different quasi-identifiers values. It has one or several
quasi-identifiers columns, and one column that indicates the relative
frequency of each quasi-identifier tuple.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable_QuasiIdField — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A quasi-identifier column has a custom_tag, used to know which column
in the data corresponds to which column in the statistical model.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Generated from protobuf message google.privacy.dlp.v2.PrivacyMetric.KMapEstimationConfig.TaggedField
PrivacyMetric_LDiversityConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    l-diversity metric, used for analysis of reidentification risk.
PrivacyMetric_NumericalStatsConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Compute numerical stats over an individual column, including
min, max, and quantiles.
$QuoteInfo#parsed_quote — Property in class QuoteInfo
                    
Precondition — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A precondition on a document, used for conditional operations.
Policy — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iam\V1
                    Defines an Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy. It is used to
specify access control policies for Cloud Platform resources.
PolicyDelta — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iam\V1
                    The difference delta between two policies.
PublicKeyCertificate — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    A public key certificate format and data.
PublicKeyCertificateFormat — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    The supported formats for the public key.
PublicKeyCredential — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    A public key format and data.
PublicKeyFormat — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    The supported formats for the public key.
PartOfSpeech — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Represents part of speech information for a token.
PartOfSpeech_Aspect — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The characteristic of a verb that expresses time flow during an event.
PartOfSpeech_Case — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The grammatical function performed by a noun or pronoun in a phrase,
clause, or sentence. In some languages, other parts of speech, such as
adjective and determiner, take case inflection in agreement with the noun.
PartOfSpeech_Form — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Depending on the language, Form can be categorizing different forms of
verbs, adjectives, adverbs, etc. For example, categorizing inflected
endings of verbs and adjectives or distinguishing between short and long
forms of adjectives and participles
PartOfSpeech_Gender — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Gender classes of nouns reflected in the behaviour of associated words.
PartOfSpeech_Mood — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The grammatical feature of verbs, used for showing modality and attitude.
PartOfSpeech_Number — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Count distinctions.
PartOfSpeech_Person — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The distinction between the speaker, second person, third person, etc.
PartOfSpeech_Proper — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    This category shows if the token is part of a proper name.
PartOfSpeech_Reciprocity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Reciprocal features of a pronoun.
PartOfSpeech_Tag — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The part of speech tags enum.
PartOfSpeech_Tense — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Time reference.
PartOfSpeech_Voice — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    The relationship between the action that a verb expresses and the
participants identified by its arguments.
$LogEntry#payload — Property in class LogEntry
                    
Point — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    A single data point in a time series.
PosixAccount — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\OsLogin\Common
                    The POSIX account information associated with a Google account.
PublishRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the Publish method.
PublishResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Response for the Publish method.
PublisherGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    The service that an application uses to manipulate topics, and to send
messages to a topic.
PublisherGrpcClient::Publish() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient
                    Adds one or more messages to the topic. Returns NOT_FOUND if the topic
does not exist. The message payload must not be empty; it must contain
 either a non-empty data field, or at least one attribute.
PubsubMessage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    A message data and its attributes. The message payload must not be empty;
it must contain either a non-empty data field, or at least one attribute.
PullRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the Pull method.
PullResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Response for the Pull method.
PushConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Configuration for a push delivery endpoint.
SubscriberGrpcClient::Pull() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Pulls messages from the server. Returns an empty list if there are no
messages available in the backlog. The server may return UNAVAILABLE if
there are too many concurrent pull requests pending for the given
subscription.
PartialResultSet — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Partial results from a streaming read or SQL query. Streaming reads and
SQL queries better tolerate large result sets, large rows, and large
values, but are a little trickier to consume.
Partition — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Information returned for each partition returned in a
PartitionResponse.
PartitionOptions — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Options for a PartitionQueryRequest and
PartitionReadRequest.
PartitionQueryRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    The request for [PartitionQuery][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.PartitionQuery]
PartitionReadRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    The request for [PartitionRead][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.PartitionRead]
PartitionResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    The response for [PartitionQuery][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.PartitionQuery]
or [PartitionRead][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.PartitionRead]
PlanNode — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Node information for nodes appearing in a [QueryPlan.plan_nodes][google.spanner.v1.QueryPlan.plan_nodes].
PlanNode_ChildLink — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Metadata associated with a parent-child relationship appearing in a
[PlanNode][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode].
PlanNode_Kind — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    The kind of [PlanNode][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode]. Distinguishes between the two different kinds of
nodes that can appear in a query plan.
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Condensed representation of a node and its subtree. Only present for
SCALAR [PlanNode(s)][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode].
SpannerGrpcClient::PartitionQuery() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    Creates a set of partition tokens that can be used to execute a query
operation in parallel.  Each of the returned partition tokens can be used
by [ExecuteStreamingSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteStreamingSql] to specify a subset
of the query result to read.  The same session and read-only transaction
must be used by the PartitionQueryRequest used to create the
partition tokens and the ExecuteSqlRequests that use the partition tokens.
SpannerGrpcClient::PartitionRead() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    Creates a set of partition tokens that can be used to execute a read
operation in parallel.  Each of the returned partition tokens can be used
by [StreamingRead][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.StreamingRead] to specify a subset of the read
result to read.  The same session and read-only transaction must be used by
the PartitionReadRequest used to create the partition tokens and the
ReadRequests that use the partition tokens.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::PurgeQueue() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Purges a queue by deleting all of its tasks.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::PauseQueue() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Pauses the queue.
PauseQueueRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Request message for [PauseQueue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.PauseQueue].
PullMessage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    The pull message contains data that can be used by the caller of
[LeaseTasks][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.LeaseTasks] to process the task.
PullTarget — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Pull target.
PurgeQueueRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Request message for [PurgeQueue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.PurgeQueue].
$Task#payload_type — Property in class Task
                    
Page — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Detected page from OCR.
Paragraph — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Structural unit of text representing a number of words in certain order.
Position — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A 3D position in the image, used primarily for Face detection landmarks.
Property — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A Property consists of a user-supplied name/value pair.
PreconditionFailure — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Describes what preconditions have failed.
PreconditionFailure_Violation — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    A message type used to describe a single precondition failure.
PostalAddress — Class in namespace Google\Type
                    Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses.
        
Q
        Quota — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Quota configuration helps to achieve fairness and budgeting in service
usage.
QuotaLimit — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    QuotaLimit defines a specific limit that applies over a specified duration
for a limit type. There can be at most one limit for a duration and limit
type combination defined within a QuotaGroup.
$HiveJob#queries — Property in class HiveJob
                    
$PigJob#queries — Property in class PigJob
                    
QueryList — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A list of queries to run on a cluster.
$SparkSqlJob#queries — Property in class SparkSqlJob
                    
QueryInput — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents the query input. It can contain either:
1.  An audio config which
    instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
QueryParameters — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents the parameters of the conversational query.
QueryResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents the result of conversational query or event processing.
QuoteInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Message for infoType-dependent details parsed from quote.
QueryTimeRange — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    Requests might be rejected or the resulting timed count durations might be
adjusted for lower durations.
QueryTimeRange_Period — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    The supported time ranges.
$RunQueryRequest#query_type — Property in class RunQueryRequest
                    
$Target_QueryTarget#query_type — Property in class Target_QueryTarget
                    
QueryPlan — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Contains an ordered list of nodes appearing in the query plan.
Queue — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    A queue is a container of related tasks. Queues are configured to manage
how those tasks are dispatched. Configurable properties include rate limits,
retry options, target types, and others.
Queue_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    State of the queue.
QuotaFailure — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Describes how a quota check failed.
QuotaFailure_Violation — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    A message type used to describe a single quota violation.  For example, a
daily quota or a custom quota that was exceeded.
        
R
        ApiStatus::rpcCodeFromStatus() — Method in class ApiStatus
                    
BidiStream::read() — Method in class BidiStream
                    Read the next response from the server. Returns null if the streaming call completed
successfully. Throws an ApiException if the streaming call failed.
ClientStream::readResponse() — Method in class ClientStream
                    Read the response from the server, completing the streaming call.
$LexerConditions#rules — Property in class LexerConditions
                    
$Parser#reduce — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser#rules — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser#ranges — Property in class Parser
                    
$ParserLocation#range — Property in class ParserLocation
                    
ParserLocation::Range() — Method in class ParserLocation
                    
Segment::resetBindingCount() — Method in class Segment
                    
Segment::resetSegmentCount() — Method in class Segment
                    
RetryMiddleware — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Middleware
                    Middleware that adds retry functionality.
OperationResponse::reload() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    Reload the status of the operation with a request to the service.
PageStreamingDescriptor::requestHasPageSizeField() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
                    
PathTemplate::render() — Method in class PathTemplate
                    Renders a path template using the provided bindings.
RequestBuilder — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    Builds a PSR-7 request from a set of request information.
RequestParamsHeaderDescriptor — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    Encapsulates request params header metadata.
RetrySettings — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    The RetrySettings class is used to configure retrying and timeouts for RPCs.
RetrySettings::retriesEnabled() — Method in class RetrySettings
                    
ServerStream::readAll() — Method in class ServerStream
                    A generator which yields results from the server until the streaming call
completes. Throws an ApiException if the streaming call failed.
MockBidiStreamingCall::read() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall
                    
MockServerStreamingCall::responses() — Method in class MockServerStreamingCall
                    
ReceivedRequest — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    Class ReceivedRequest used to hold the function name and request object of a call
make to a mock gRPC stub.
RestTransport — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Transport
                    A REST based transport implementation.
RequestMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Audit
                    Metadata about the request.
$AppProfile#routing_policy — Property in class AppProfile
                    
$GcRule#rule — Property in class GcRule
                    
BigtableGrpcClient::ReadRows() — Method in class BigtableGrpcClient
                    Streams back the contents of all requested rows in key order, optionally
applying the same Reader filter to each. Depending on their size,
rows and cells may be broken up across multiple responses, but
atomicity of each row will still be preserved. See the
ReadRowsResponse documentation for details.
BigtableGrpcClient::ReadModifyWriteRow() — Method in class BigtableGrpcClient
                    Modifies a row atomically on the server. The method reads the latest
existing timestamp and value from the specified columns and writes a new
entry based on pre-defined read/modify/write rules. The new value for the
timestamp is the greater of the existing timestamp or the current server
time. The method returns the new contents of all modified cells.
ReadModifyWriteRowRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Request message for Bigtable.ReadModifyWriteRow.
ReadModifyWriteRowResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Response message for Bigtable.ReadModifyWriteRow.
ReadModifyWriteRule — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Specifies an atomic read/modify/write operation on the latest value of the
specified column.
$ReadModifyWriteRule#rule — Property in class ReadModifyWriteRule
                    
ReadRowsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Request message for Bigtable.ReadRows.
ReadRowsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Response message for Bigtable.ReadRows.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Specifies a piece of a row's contents returned as part of the read
response stream.
$ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk#row_status — Property in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    
Row — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Specifies the complete (requested) contents of a single row of a table.
RowFilter — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Takes a row as input and produces an alternate view of the row based on
specified rules. For example, a RowFilter might trim down a row to include
just the cells from columns matching a given regular expression, or might
return all the cells of a row but not their values. More complicated filters
can be composed out of these components to express requests such as, "within
every column of a particular family, give just the two most recent cells
which are older than timestamp X."
There are two broad categories of RowFilters (true filters and transformers),
as well as two ways to compose simple filters into more complex ones
(chains and interleaves). They work as follows:
* True filters alter the input row by excluding some of its cells wholesale
from the output row. An example of a true filter is the value_regex_filter,
which excludes cells whose values don't match the specified pattern. All
regex true filters use RE2 syntax (https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax)
in raw byte mode (RE2::Latin1), and are evaluated as full matches. An
important point to keep in mind is that RE2(.) is equivalent by default to
RE2([^\n]), meaning that it does not match newlines. When attempting to
match an arbitrary byte, you should therefore use the escape sequence \C,
which may need to be further escaped as \\C in your client language.
RowFilter_Chain — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    A RowFilter which sends rows through several RowFilters in sequence.
RowFilter_Condition — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    A RowFilter which evaluates one of two possible RowFilters, depending on
whether or not a predicate RowFilter outputs any cells from the input row.
RowFilter_Interleave — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    A RowFilter which sends each row to each of several component
RowFilters and interleaves the results.
RowRange — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Specifies a contiguous range of rows.
RowSet — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Specifies a non-contiguous set of rows.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::RollbackNodePoolUpgrade() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Roll back the previously Aborted or Failed NodePool upgrade.
RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest rollbacks the previously Aborted or Failed
NodePool upgrade. This will be an no-op if the last upgrade successfully
completed.
Controller2GrpcClient::RegisterDebuggee() — Method in class Controller2GrpcClient
                    Registers the debuggee with the controller service.
RegisterDebuggeeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Request to register a debuggee.
RegisterDebuggeeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Response for registering a debuggee.
$CloudRepoSourceContext#revision — Property in class CloudRepoSourceContext
                    
$GerritSourceContext#revision — Property in class GerritSourceContext
                    
RepoId — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\DevTools\Source\V1
                    A unique identifier for a cloud repo.
AgentsGrpcClient::RestoreAgent() — Method in class AgentsGrpcClient
                    Restores the specified agent from a ZIP file.
RestoreAgentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [Agents.RestoreAgent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Agents.RestoreAgent].
$AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails#result — Property in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    
DlpServiceGrpcClient::RedactImage() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Redacts potentially sensitive info from an image.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::ReidentifyContent() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Re-identifies content that has been de-identified.
Range — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Generic half-open interval [start, end)
RecordCondition — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A condition for determining whether a transformation should be applied to
a field.
RecordCondition_Condition — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    The field type of value and field do not need to match to be
considered equal, but not all comparisons are possible.
RecordCondition_Conditions — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A collection of conditions.
RecordCondition_Expressions — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    An expression, consisting or an operator and conditions.
RecordCondition_Expressions_LogicalOperator — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Protobuf enum Google\Privacy\Dlp\V2\RecordCondition\Expressions\LogicalOperator
RecordKey — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Message for a unique key indicating a record that contains a finding.
RecordLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Location of a finding within a row or record.
RecordSuppression — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Configuration to suppress records whose suppression conditions evaluate to
true.
RecordTransformations — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A type of transformation that is applied over structured data such as a
table.
RedactConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Redact a given value. For example, if used with an InfoTypeTransformation
transforming PHONE_NUMBER, and input 'My phone number is 206-555-0123', the
output would be 'My phone number is '.
RedactImageRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request to search for potentially sensitive info in a list of items
and replace it with a default or provided content.
RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Configuration for determining how redaction of images should occur.
RedactImageResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Results of redacting an image.
ReidentifyContentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request to re-identify an item.
ReidentifyContentResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Results of re-identifying a item.
RelationalOperator — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Operators available for comparing the value of fields.
ReplaceValueConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Replace each input value with a given Value.
ReplaceWithInfoTypeConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Replace each matching finding with the name of the info_type.
RiskAnalysisJobConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Configuration for a risk analysis job.
ReportErrorEventRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    A request for reporting an individual error event.
ReportErrorEventResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    Response for reporting an individual error event.
ReportErrorsServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    An API for reporting error events.
ReportErrorsServiceGrpcClient::ReportErrorEvent() — Method in class ReportErrorsServiceGrpcClient
                    Report an individual error event.
ReportedErrorEvent — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    An error event which is reported to the Error Reporting system.
$BatchGetDocumentsResponse#result — Property in class BatchGetDocumentsResponse
                    
FirestoreGrpcClient::Rollback() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient
                    Rolls back a transaction.
FirestoreGrpcClient::RunQuery() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient
                    Runs a query.
$ListenResponse#response_type — Property in class ListenResponse
                    
RollbackRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The request for [Firestore.Rollback][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.Rollback].
RunQueryRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The request for [Firestore.RunQuery][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.RunQuery].
RunQueryResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The response for [Firestore.RunQuery][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.RunQuery].
$Target#resume_type — Property in class Target
                    
RegistryCredential — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    A server-stored registry credential used to validate device credentials.
$UptimeCheckConfig#resource — Property in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    
ReceivedMessage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    A message and its corresponding acknowledgment ID.
ReadRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    The request for [Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read] and
[StreamingRead][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.StreamingRead].
ResultSet — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Results from [Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read] or
[ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql].
ResultSetMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Metadata about a [ResultSet][google.spanner.v1.ResultSet] or [PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet].
ResultSetStats — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Additional statistics about a [ResultSet][google.spanner.v1.ResultSet] or [PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet].
RollbackRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    The request for [Rollback][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Rollback].
SpannerGrpcClient::Read() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    Reads rows from the database using key lookups and scans, as a
simple key/value style alternative to
[ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql].  This method cannot be used to
return a result set larger than 10 MiB; if the read matches more
data than that, the read fails with a FAILED_PRECONDITION
error.
SpannerGrpcClient::Rollback() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    Rolls back a transaction, releasing any locks it holds. It is a good
idea to call this for any transaction that includes one or more
[Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read] or [ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql] requests and
ultimately decides not to commit.
RecognitionAudio — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Contains audio data in the encoding specified in the RecognitionConfig.
RecognitionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request.
RecognitionConfig_AudioEncoding — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Audio encoding of the data sent in the audio message. All encodings support
only 1 channel (mono) audio. Only FLAC and WAV include a header that
describes the bytes of audio that follow the header. The other encodings
are raw audio bytes with no header.
RecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the Recognize method.
RecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    The only message returned to the client by the Recognize method. It
contains the result as zero or more sequential SpeechRecognitionResult
messages.
SpeechGrpcClient::Recognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs synchronous speech recognition: receive results after all audio
has been sent and processed.
RecognitionAudio — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Contains audio data in the encoding specified in the RecognitionConfig.
RecognitionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request.
RecognitionConfig_AudioEncoding — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Audio encoding of the data sent in the audio message. All encodings support
only 1 channel (mono) audio. Only FLAC includes a header that describes
the bytes of audio that follow the header. The other encodings are raw
audio bytes with no header.
RecognitionAudio — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Contains audio data in the encoding specified in the RecognitionConfig.
RecognitionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request.
RecognitionConfig_AudioEncoding — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    The encoding of the audio data sent in the request.
RecognitionMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Description of audio data to be recognized.
RecognitionMetadata_InteractionType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Use case categories that the audio recognition request can be described
by.
RecognitionMetadata_MicrophoneDistance — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Enumerates the types of capture settings describing an audio file.
RecognitionMetadata_OriginalMediaType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    The original media the speech was recorded on.
RecognitionMetadata_RecordingDeviceType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    The type of device the speech was recorded with.
RecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the Recognize method.
RecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    The only message returned to the client by the Recognize method. It
contains the result as zero or more sequential SpeechRecognitionResult
messages.
SpeechGrpcClient::Recognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs synchronous speech recognition: receive results after all audio
has been sent and processed.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::ResumeQueue() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Resume a queue.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::RenewLease() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Renew the current lease of a pull task.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::RunTask() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Forces a task to run now.
RateLimits — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Rate limits.
RenewLeaseRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Request message for renewing a lease using
[RenewLease][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.RenewLease].
ResumeQueueRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Request message for [ResumeQueue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.ResumeQueue].
RetryConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Retry config.
RunTaskRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Request message for forcing a task to run now using
[RunTask][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.RunTask].
$Operation#result — Property in class Operation
                    
RequestInfo — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Contains metadata about the request that clients can attach when filing a bug
or providing other forms of feedback.
ResourceInfo — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Describes the resource that is being accessed.
RetryInfo — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    Describes when the clients can retry a failed request. Clients could ignore
the recommendation here or retry when this information is missing from error
responses.
        
S
        ApiStatus::statusFromRpcCode() — Method in class ApiStatus
                    
GapicClientTrait::setClientOptions() — Method in class GapicClientTrait
                    Configures the GAPIC client based on an array of options.
GapicClientTrait::startCall() — Method in class GapicClientTrait
                    
GapicClientTrait::startOperationsCall() — Method in class GapicClientTrait
                    
$Parser#symbols — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser#shift — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::setInput() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::showPosition() — Method in class Parser
                    
$ParserAction#state — Property in class ParserAction
                    
$ParserAction#symbol — Property in class ParserAction
                    
$ParserCachedAction#symbol — Property in class ParserCachedAction
                    
$ParserError#state — Property in class ParserError
                    
$ParserError#symbol — Property in class ParserError
                    
$ParserProduction#symbol — Property in class ParserProduction
                    
ParserState::setActions() — Method in class ParserState
                    
$ParserSymbol#symbols — Property in class ParserSymbol
                    
$ParserSymbol#symbolsByName — Property in class ParserSymbol
                    
Segment — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Jison
                    This class represents a segment in a path template.
Serializer — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    Collection of methods to help with serialization of protobuf objects
Serializer::serializeToJson() — Method in class Serializer
                    
Serializer::serializeToPhpArray() — Method in class Serializer
                    
ServerStream — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    ServerStream is the response object from a gRPC server streaming API call.
MockRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class MockRequest
                    The value of the uninterpreted option, in whatever type the tokenizer
identified it as during parsing. Exactly one of these should be set.
MockRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class MockRequest
                    Generated from protobuf field uint64 page_size = 2;
MockRequestBody::setName() — Method in class MockRequestBody
                    The value of the uninterpreted option, in whatever type the tokenizer
identified it as during parsing. Exactly one of these should be set.
MockRequestBody::setNumber() — Method in class MockRequestBody
                    Generated from protobuf field uint64 number = 2;
MockRequestBody::setRepeatedField() — Method in class MockRequestBody
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated string repeated_field = 3;
MockRequestBody::setNestedMessage() — Method in class MockRequestBody
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.apicore.testing.MockRequestBody nested_message = 4;
MockResponse::setName() — Method in class MockResponse
                    Generated from protobuf field string name = 1;
MockResponse::setNumber() — Method in class MockResponse
                    Generated from protobuf field uint64 number = 2;
MockStubTrait::stripStatusFromResponses() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    
MockStubTrait::setStreamingStatus() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Set the status object to be used when creating streaming calls.
MockTransport::setAgentHeaderDescriptor() — Method in class MockTransport
                    
MockTransport::startUnaryCall() — Method in class MockTransport
                    Returns a promise used to execute network requests.
MockTransport::startBidiStreamingCall() — Method in class MockTransport
                    Starts a bidi streaming call.
MockTransport::startClientStreamingCall() — Method in class MockTransport
                    Starts a client streaming call.
MockTransport::startServerStreamingCall() — Method in class MockTransport
                    Starts a server streaming call.
SerializationTrait — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Testing
                    
GrpcTransport::startBidiStreamingCall() — Method in class GrpcTransport
                    Starts a bidi streaming call.
GrpcTransport::startClientStreamingCall() — Method in class GrpcTransport
                    Starts a client streaming call.
GrpcTransport::startServerStreamingCall() — Method in class GrpcTransport
                    Starts a server streaming call.
GrpcTransport::startUnaryCall() — Method in class GrpcTransport
                    Returns a promise used to execute network requests.
RestTransport::startClientStreamingCall() — Method in class RestTransport
                    Starts a client streaming call.
RestTransport::startServerStreamingCall() — Method in class RestTransport
                    Starts a server streaming call.
RestTransport::startBidiStreamingCall() — Method in class RestTransport
                    Starts a bidi streaming call.
RestTransport::startUnaryCall() — Method in class RestTransport
                    Returns a promise used to execute network requests.
TransportInterface::startBidiStreamingCall() — Method in class TransportInterface
                    Starts a bidi streaming call.
TransportInterface::startClientStreamingCall() — Method in class TransportInterface
                    Starts a client streaming call.
TransportInterface::startServerStreamingCall() — Method in class TransportInterface
                    Starts a server streaming call.
TransportInterface::startUnaryCall() — Method in class TransportInterface
                    Returns a promise used to execute network requests.
Advice::setDescription() — Method in class Advice
                    Useful description for why this advice was applied and what actions should
be taken to mitigate any implied risks.
AuthProvider::setId() — Method in class AuthProvider
                    The unique identifier of the auth provider. It will be referred to by
AuthRequirement.provider_id.
AuthProvider::setIssuer() — Method in class AuthProvider
                    Identifies the principal that issued the JWT. See
https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32#section-4.1.1
Usually a URL or an email address.
AuthProvider::setJwksUri() — Method in class AuthProvider
                    URL of the provider's public key set to validate signature of the JWT. See
OpenID Discovery.
AuthProvider::setAudiences() — Method in class AuthProvider
                    The list of JWT
audiences.
AuthProvider::setAuthorizationUrl() — Method in class AuthProvider
                    Redirect URL if JWT token is required but no present or is expired.
AuthRequirement::setProviderId() — Method in class AuthRequirement
                    [id][google.api.AuthProvider.id] from authentication provider.
AuthRequirement::setAudiences() — Method in class AuthRequirement
                    NOTE: This will be deprecated soon, once AuthProvider.audiences is
implemented and accepted in all the runtime components.
Authentication::setRules() — Method in class Authentication
                    A list of authentication rules that apply to individual API methods.
Authentication::setProviders() — Method in class Authentication
                    Defines a set of authentication providers that a service supports.
AuthenticationRule::setSelector() — Method in class AuthenticationRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies.
AuthenticationRule::setOauth() — Method in class AuthenticationRule
                    The requirements for OAuth credentials.
AuthenticationRule::setAllowWithoutCredential() — Method in class AuthenticationRule
                    Whether to allow requests without a credential. The credential can be
an OAuth token, Google cookies (first-party auth) or EndUserCreds.
AuthenticationRule::setRequirements() — Method in class AuthenticationRule
                    Requirements for additional authentication providers.
AuthorizationConfig::setProvider() — Method in class AuthorizationConfig
                    The name of the authorization provider, such as
firebaserules.googleapis.com.
Backend::setRules() — Method in class Backend
                    A list of API backend rules that apply to individual API methods.
BackendRule::setSelector() — Method in class BackendRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies.
BackendRule::setAddress() — Method in class BackendRule
                    The address of the API backend.
BackendRule::setDeadline() — Method in class BackendRule
                    The number of seconds to wait for a response from a request.  The
default depends on the deployment context.
Billing::setConsumerDestinations() — Method in class Billing
                    Billing configurations for sending metrics to the consumer project.
Billing_BillingDestination::setMonitoredResource() — Method in class Billing_BillingDestination
                    The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in
[Service.monitored_resources][google.api.Service.monitored_resources] section.
Billing_BillingDestination::setMetrics() — Method in class Billing_BillingDestination
                    Names of the metrics to report to this billing destination.
ConfigChange::setElement() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    Object hierarchy path to the change, with levels separated by a '.'
character. For repeated fields, an applicable unique identifier field is
used for the index (usually selector, name, or id). For maps, the term
'key' is used. If the field has no unique identifier, the numeric index
is used.
ConfigChange::setOldValue() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    Value of the changed object in the old Service configuration,
in JSON format. This field will not be populated if ChangeType == ADDED.
ConfigChange::setNewValue() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    Value of the changed object in the new Service configuration,
in JSON format. This field will not be populated if ChangeType == REMOVED.
ConfigChange::setChangeType() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    The type for this change, either ADDED, REMOVED, or MODIFIED.
ConfigChange::setAdvices() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    Collection of advice provided for this change, useful for determining the
possible impact of this change.
Context::setRules() — Method in class Context
                    A list of RPC context rules that apply to individual API methods.
ContextRule::setSelector() — Method in class ContextRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies.
ContextRule::setRequested() — Method in class ContextRule
                    A list of full type names of requested contexts.
ContextRule::setProvided() — Method in class ContextRule
                    A list of full type names of provided contexts.
Control::setEnvironment() — Method in class Control
                    The service control environment to use. If empty, no control plane
feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.
CustomHttpPattern::setKind() — Method in class CustomHttpPattern
                    The name of this custom HTTP verb.
CustomHttpPattern::setPath() — Method in class CustomHttpPattern
                    The path matched by this custom verb.
Distribution::setCount() — Method in class Distribution
                    The number of values in the population. Must be non-negative.
Distribution::setMean() — Method in class Distribution
                    The arithmetic mean of the values in the population. If count is zero
then this field must be zero.
Distribution::setSumOfSquaredDeviation() — Method in class Distribution
                    The sum of squared deviations from the mean of the values in the
population.  For values x_i this is:
    Sum[i=1.
Distribution::setRange() — Method in class Distribution
                    If specified, contains the range of the population values. The field
must not be present if the count is zero.
Distribution::setBucketOptions() — Method in class Distribution
                    Defines the histogram bucket boundaries.
Distribution::setBucketCounts() — Method in class Distribution
                    If bucket_options is given, then the sum of the values in bucket_counts
must equal the value in count.  If bucket_options is not given, no
bucket_counts fields may be given.
Distribution_BucketOptions::setLinearBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions
                    The linear bucket.
Distribution_BucketOptions::setExponentialBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions
                    The exponential buckets.
Distribution_BucketOptions::setExplicitBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions
                    The explicit buckets.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit::setBounds() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit
                    The values must be monotonically increasing.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::setNumFiniteBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential
                    Must be greater than 0.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::setGrowthFactor() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential
                    Must be greater than 1.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::setScale() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential
                    Must be greater than 0.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::setNumFiniteBuckets() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear
                    Must be greater than 0.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::setWidth() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear
                    Must be greater than 0.
Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::setOffset() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear
                    Lower bound of the first bucket.
Distribution_Range::setMin() — Method in class Distribution_Range
                    The minimum of the population values.
Distribution_Range::setMax() — Method in class Distribution_Range
                    The maximum of the population values.
Documentation::setSummary() — Method in class Documentation
                    A short summary of what the service does. Can only be provided by
plain text.
Documentation::setPages() — Method in class Documentation
                    The top level pages for the documentation set.
Documentation::setRules() — Method in class Documentation
                    A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements.
Documentation::setDocumentationRootUrl() — Method in class Documentation
                    The URL to the root of documentation.
Documentation::setOverview() — Method in class Documentation
                    Declares a single overview page. For example:

<

pre>documentation:
  summary: .
DocumentationRule::setSelector() — Method in class DocumentationRule

                    The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns. Each pattern is a
qualified name of the element which may end in "*", indicating a wildcard.
DocumentationRule::setDescription() — Method in class DocumentationRule
                    Description of the selected API(s).
DocumentationRule::setDeprecationDescription() — Method in class DocumentationRule
                    Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an
element is marked as deprecated.
Endpoint::setName() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The canonical name of this endpoint.
Endpoint::setAliases() — Method in class Endpoint
                    DEPRECATED: This field is no longer supported. Instead of using aliases,
please specify multiple [google.api.Endpoint][google.api.Endpoint] for each of the intented
alias.
Endpoint::setApis() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The list of APIs served by this endpoint.
Endpoint::setFeatures() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The list of features enabled on this endpoint.
Endpoint::setTarget() — Method in class Endpoint
                    The specification of an Internet routable address of API frontend that will
handle requests to this API Endpoint.
Endpoint::setAllowCors() — Method in class Endpoint
                    Allowing
CORS, aka
cross-domain traffic, would allow the backends served from this endpoint to
receive and respond to HTTP OPTIONS requests. The response will be used by
the browser to determine whether the subsequent cross-origin request is
allowed to proceed.
Experimental::setAuthorization() — Method in class Experimental
                    Authorization configuration.
Http::setRules() — Method in class Http
                    A list of HTTP configuration rules that apply to individual API methods.
HttpBody::setContentType() — Method in class HttpBody
                    The HTTP Content-Type string representing the content type of the body.
HttpBody::setData() — Method in class HttpBody
                    HTTP body binary data.
HttpRule::setSelector() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Selects methods to which this rule applies.
HttpRule::setGet() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for listing and getting information about resources.
HttpRule::setPut() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for updating a resource.
HttpRule::setPost() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for creating a resource.
HttpRule::setDelete() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for deleting a resource.
HttpRule::setPatch() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Used for updating a resource.
HttpRule::setCustom() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Custom pattern is used for defining custom verbs.
HttpRule::setBody() — Method in class HttpRule
                    The name of the request field whose value is mapped to the HTTP body, or
* for mapping all fields not captured by the path pattern to the HTTP
body. NOTE: the referred field must not be a repeated field and must be
present at the top-level of request message type.
HttpRule::setAdditionalBindings() — Method in class HttpRule
                    Additional HTTP bindings for the selector. Nested bindings must
not contain an additional_bindings field themselves (that is,
the nesting may only be one level deep).
LabelDescriptor::setKey() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    The label key.
LabelDescriptor::setValueType() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    The type of data that can be assigned to the label.
LabelDescriptor::setDescription() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    A human-readable description for the label.
LogDescriptor::setName() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The name of the log. It must be less than 512 characters long and can
include the following characters: upper- and lower-case alphanumeric
characters [A-Za-z0-9], and punctuation characters including
slash, underscore, hyphen, period [/_-.].
LogDescriptor::setLabels() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The set of labels that are available to describe a specific log entry.
LogDescriptor::setDescription() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    A human-readable description of this log. This information appears in
the documentation and can contain details.
LogDescriptor::setDisplayName() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    The human-readable name for this log. This information appears on
the user interface and should be concise.
Logging::setProducerDestinations() — Method in class Logging
                    Logging configurations for sending logs to the producer project.
Logging::setConsumerDestinations() — Method in class Logging
                    Logging configurations for sending logs to the consumer project.
Logging_LoggingDestination::setMonitoredResource() — Method in class Logging_LoggingDestination
                    The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in the
[Service.monitored_resources][google.api.Service.monitored_resources] section.
Logging_LoggingDestination::setLogs() — Method in class Logging_LoggingDestination
                    Names of the logs to be sent to this destination. Each name must
be defined in the [Service.logs][google.api.Service.logs] section. If the log name is
not a domain scoped name, it will be automatically prefixed with
the service name followed by "/".
Metric::setType() — Method in class Metric
                    An existing metric type, see [google.api.MetricDescriptor][google.api.MetricDescriptor].
Metric::setLabels() — Method in class Metric
                    The set of label values that uniquely identify this metric. All
labels listed in the MetricDescriptor must be assigned values.
MetricDescriptor::setName() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The resource name of the metric descriptor. Depending on the
implementation, the name typically includes: (1) the parent resource name
that defines the scope of the metric type or of its data; and (2) the
metric's URL-encoded type, which also appears in the type field of this
descriptor. For example, following is the resource name of a custom
metric within the GCP project my-project-id:
    "projects/my-project-id/metricDescriptors/custom.googleapis.com%2Finvoice%2Fpaid%2Famount"
MetricDescriptor::setType() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The metric type, including its DNS name prefix. The type is not
URL-encoded.  All user-defined custom metric types have the DNS name
custom.googleapis.com.  Metric types should use a natural hierarchical
grouping. For example:
    "custom.googleapis.com/invoice/paid/amount"
    "appengine.googleapis.com/http/server/response_latencies"
MetricDescriptor::setLabels() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The set of labels that can be used to describe a specific
instance of this metric type. For example, the
appengine.googleapis.com/http/server/response_latencies metric
type has a label for the HTTP response code, response_code, so
you can look at latencies for successful responses or just
for responses that failed.
MetricDescriptor::setMetricKind() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    Whether the metric records instantaneous values, changes to a value, etc.
MetricDescriptor::setValueType() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    Whether the measurement is an integer, a floating-point number, etc.
MetricDescriptor::setUnit() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    The unit in which the metric value is reported. It is only applicable
if the value_type is INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. The
supported units are a subset of The Unified Code for Units of
Measure standard:
Basic units (UNIT)
* bit   bit
* By    byte
* s     second
* min   minute
* h     hour
* d     day
Prefixes (PREFIX)
* k     kilo    (103)
* M     mega    (106)
* G     giga    (109)
* T     tera    (1012)
* P     peta    (1015)
* E     exa     (1018)
* Z     zetta   (1021)
* Y     yotta   (1024)
* m     milli   (10-3)
* u     micro   (10-6)
* n     nano    (10-9)
* p     pico    (10-12)
* f     femto   (10-15)
* a     atto    (10-18)
* z     zepto   (10-21)
* y     yocto   (10-24)
* Ki    kibi    (210)
* Mi    mebi    (220)
* Gi    gibi    (230)
* Ti    tebi    (240)
Grammar
The grammar includes the dimensionless unit 1, such as 1/s.
MetricDescriptor::setDescription() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    A detailed description of the metric, which can be used in documentation.
MetricDescriptor::setDisplayName() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    A concise name for the metric, which can be displayed in user interfaces.
MetricRule::setSelector() — Method in class MetricRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies.
MetricRule::setMetricCosts() — Method in class MetricRule
                    Metrics to update when the selected methods are called, and the associated
cost applied to each metric.
MonitoredResource::setType() — Method in class MonitoredResource
                    Required. The monitored resource type. This field must match
the type field of a [MonitoredResourceDescriptor][google.api.MonitoredResourceDescriptor] object. For
example, the type of a Cloud SQL database is "cloudsql_database".
MonitoredResource::setLabels() — Method in class MonitoredResource
                    Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored
resource descriptor. For example, Cloud SQL databases use the labels
"database_id" and "zone".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::setName() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor:
"projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}" where
{type} is the value of the type field in this object and
{project_id} is a project ID that provides API-specific context for
accessing the type.  APIs that do not use project information can use the
resource name format "monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::setType() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type
"cloudsql_database" represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::setDisplayName() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. A concise name for the monitored resource type that might be
displayed in user interfaces. It should be a Title Cased Noun Phrase,
without any article or other determiners. For example,
"Google Cloud SQL Database".
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::setDescription() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Optional. A detailed description of the monitored resource type that might
be used in documentation.
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::setLabels() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    Required. A set of labels used to describe instances of this monitored
resource type. For example, an individual Google Cloud SQL database is
identified by values for the labels "database_id" and "zone".
Monitoring::setProducerDestinations() — Method in class Monitoring
                    Monitoring configurations for sending metrics to the producer project.
Monitoring::setConsumerDestinations() — Method in class Monitoring
                    Monitoring configurations for sending metrics to the consumer project.
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination::setMonitoredResource() — Method in class Monitoring_MonitoringDestination
                    The monitored resource type. The type must be defined in
[Service.monitored_resources][google.api.Service.monitored_resources] section.
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination::setMetrics() — Method in class Monitoring_MonitoringDestination
                    Names of the metrics to report to this monitoring destination.
OAuthRequirements::setCanonicalScopes() — Method in class OAuthRequirements
                    The list of publicly documented OAuth scopes that are allowed access. An
OAuth token containing any of these scopes will be accepted.
Page::setName() — Method in class Page
                    The name of the page. It will be used as an identity of the page to
generate URI of the page, text of the link to this page in navigation,
etc. The full page name (start from the root page name to this page
concatenated with .) can be used as reference to the page in your
documentation. For example:

pages:
- name: Tutorial
  content: (== include tutorial.md ==)
  subpages:
  - name: Java
    content: (== include tutorial_java.md ==)


You can reference Java page using Markdown reference link syntax:
[Java][Tutorial.Java].
Page::setContent() — Method in class Page
                    The Markdown content of the page. You can use (== include {path} ==)
to include content from a Markdown file.
Page::setSubpages() — Method in class Page
                    Subpages of this page. The order of subpages specified here will be
honored in the generated docset.
ProjectProperties::setProperties() — Method in class ProjectProperties
                    List of per consumer project-specific properties.
Property::setName() — Method in class Property
                    The name of the property (a.k.a key).
Property::setType() — Method in class Property
                    The type of this property.
Property::setDescription() — Method in class Property
                    The description of the property
Quota::setLimits() — Method in class Quota
                    List of QuotaLimit definitions for the service.
Quota::setMetricRules() — Method in class Quota
                    List of MetricRule definitions, each one mapping a selected method to one
or more metrics.
QuotaLimit::setName() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Name of the quota limit. The name is used to refer to the limit when
overriding the default limit on per-consumer basis.
QuotaLimit::setDescription() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Optional. User-visible, extended description for this quota limit.
QuotaLimit::setDefaultLimit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Default number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
duration. This is the number of tokens assigned when a client
application developer activates the service for his/her project.
QuotaLimit::setMaxLimit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Maximum number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified
duration. Client application developers can override the default limit up
to this maximum. If specified, this value cannot be set to a value less
than the default limit. If not specified, it is set to the default limit.
QuotaLimit::setFreeTier() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Free tier value displayed in the Developers Console for this limit.
QuotaLimit::setDuration() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Duration of this limit in textual notation. Example: "100s", "24h", "1d".
QuotaLimit::setMetric() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    The name of the metric this quota limit applies to. The quota limits with
the same metric will be checked together during runtime. The metric must be
defined within the service config.
QuotaLimit::setUnit() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as
[Metric.unit][]. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota
backend system.
QuotaLimit::setValues() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    Tiered limit values. Also allows for regional or zone overrides for these
values if "/{region}" or "/{zone}" is specified in the unit field.
QuotaLimit::setDisplayName() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    User-visible display name for this limit.
Service — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Service is the root object of Google service configuration schema. It
describes basic information about a service, such as the name and the
title, and delegates other aspects to sub-sections. Each sub-section is
either a proto message or a repeated proto message that configures a
specific aspect, such as auth. See each proto message definition for details.
Service::setConfigVersion() — Method in class Service
                    The semantic version of the service configuration. The config version
affects the interpretation of the service configuration. For example,
certain features are enabled by default for certain config versions.
Service::setName() — Method in class Service
                    The DNS address at which this service is available,
e.g. calendar.googleapis.com.
Service::setId() — Method in class Service
                    A unique ID for a specific instance of this message, typically assigned
by the client for tracking purpose. If empty, the server may choose to
generate one instead.
Service::setTitle() — Method in class Service
                    The product title for this service.
Service::setProducerProjectId() — Method in class Service
                    The Google project that owns this service.
Service::setApis() — Method in class Service
                    A list of API interfaces exported by this service. Only the name field
of the [google.protobuf.Api][google.protobuf.Api] needs to be provided by the configuration
author, as the remaining fields will be derived from the IDL during the
normalization process. It is an error to specify an API interface here
which cannot be resolved against the associated IDL files.
Service::setTypes() — Method in class Service
                    A list of all proto message types included in this API service.
Service::setEnums() — Method in class Service
                    A list of all enum types included in this API service.  Enums
referenced directly or indirectly by the apis are automatically
included.  Enums which are not referenced but shall be included
should be listed here by name. Example:
    enums:
    - name: google.someapi.v1.SomeEnum
Service::setDocumentation() — Method in class Service
                    Additional API documentation.
Service::setBackend() — Method in class Service
                    API backend configuration.
Service::setHttp() — Method in class Service
                    HTTP configuration.
Service::setQuota() — Method in class Service
                    Quota configuration.
Service::setAuthentication() — Method in class Service
                    Auth configuration.
Service::setContext() — Method in class Service
                    Context configuration.
Service::setUsage() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration controlling usage of this service.
Service::setEndpoints() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration for network endpoints.  If this is empty, then an endpoint
with the same name as the service is automatically generated to service all
defined APIs.
Service::setControl() — Method in class Service
                    Configuration for the service control plane.
Service::setLogs() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the logs used by this service.
Service::setMetrics() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the metrics used by this service.
Service::setMonitoredResources() — Method in class Service
                    Defines the monitored resources used by this service. This is required
by the [Service.monitoring][google.api.Service.monitoring] and [Service.logging][google.api.Service.logging] configurations.
Service::setBilling() — Method in class Service
                    Billing configuration.
Service::setLogging() — Method in class Service
                    Logging configuration.
Service::setMonitoring() — Method in class Service
                    Monitoring configuration.
Service::setSystemParameters() — Method in class Service
                    System parameter configuration.
Service::setSourceInfo() — Method in class Service
                    Output only. The source information for this configuration if available.
Service::setExperimental() — Method in class Service
                    Experimental configuration.
SourceInfo — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Source information used to create a Service Config
SourceInfo::setSourceFiles() — Method in class SourceInfo
                    All files used during config generation.
SystemParameter — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Define a parameter's name and location. The parameter may be passed as either
an HTTP header or a URL query parameter, and if both are passed the behavior
is implementation-dependent.
SystemParameter::setName() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the name of the parameter, such as "api_key" . It is case sensitive.
SystemParameter::setHttpHeader() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the HTTP header name to use for the parameter. It is case
insensitive.
SystemParameter::setUrlQueryParameter() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    Define the URL query parameter name to use for the parameter. It is case
sensitive.
SystemParameterRule — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Define a system parameter rule mapping system parameter definitions to
methods.
SystemParameterRule::setSelector() — Method in class SystemParameterRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
methods in all APIs.
SystemParameterRule::setParameters() — Method in class SystemParameterRule
                    Define parameters. Multiple names may be defined for a parameter.
SystemParameters — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    System parameter configuration

A system parameter is a special kind of parameter defined by the API
system, not by an individual API. It is typically mapped to an HTTP header
and/or a URL query parameter. This configuration specifies which methods
change the names of the system parameters.
SystemParameters::setRules() — Method in class SystemParameters
                    Define system parameters.
Usage::setRequirements() — Method in class Usage
                    Requirements that must be satisfied before a consumer project can use the
service. Each requirement is of the form <service.name>/;
for example 'serviceusage.googleapis.com/billing-enabled'.
Usage::setRules() — Method in class Usage
                    A list of usage rules that apply to individual API methods.
Usage::setProducerNotificationChannel() — Method in class Usage
                    The full resource name of a channel used for sending notifications to the
service producer.
UsageRule::setSelector() — Method in class UsageRule
                    Selects the methods to which this rule applies. Use '*' to indicate all
methods in all APIs.
UsageRule::setAllowUnregisteredCalls() — Method in class UsageRule
                    True, if the method allows unregistered calls; false otherwise.
UsageRule::setSkipServiceControl() — Method in class UsageRule
                    True, if the method should skip service control. If so, no control plane
feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.
AuditLog::setServiceName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The name of the API service performing the operation. For example,
"datastore.googleapis.com".
AuditLog::setMethodName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The name of the service method or operation.
AuditLog::setResourceName() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The resource or collection that is the target of the operation.
AuditLog::setNumResponseItems() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The number of items returned from a List or Query API method,
if applicable.
AuditLog::setStatus() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The status of the overall operation.
AuditLog::setAuthenticationInfo() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Authentication information.
AuditLog::setAuthorizationInfo() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Authorization information. If there are multiple
resources or permissions involved, then there is
one AuthorizationInfo element for each {resource, permission} tuple.
AuditLog::setRequestMetadata() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Metadata about the operation.
AuditLog::setRequest() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The operation request. This may not include all request parameters,
such as those that are too large, privacy-sensitive, or duplicated
elsewhere in the log record.
AuditLog::setResponse() — Method in class AuditLog
                    The operation response. This may not include all response elements,
such as those that are too large, privacy-sensitive, or duplicated
elsewhere in the log record.
AuditLog::setServiceData() — Method in class AuditLog
                    Other service-specific data about the request, response, and other
activities.
AuthenticationInfo::setPrincipalEmail() — Method in class AuthenticationInfo
                    The email address of the authenticated user making the request.
AuthorizationInfo::setResource() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    The resource being accessed, as a REST-style string. For example:
    bigquery.googlapis.com/projects/PROJECTID/datasets/DATASETID
AuthorizationInfo::setPermission() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    The required IAM permission.
AuthorizationInfo::setGranted() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    Whether or not authorization for resource and permission
was granted.
RequestMetadata::setCallerIp() — Method in class RequestMetadata
                    The IP address of the caller.
RequestMetadata::setCallerSuppliedUserAgent() — Method in class RequestMetadata
                    The user agent of the caller.
CheckValidCredsRequest::setName() — Method in class CheckValidCredsRequest
                    The data source in the form:
projects/{project_id}/dataSources/{data_source_id}
CheckValidCredsResponse::setHasValidCreds() — Method in class CheckValidCredsResponse
                    If set to true, the credentials exist and are valid.
CreateTransferConfigRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateTransferConfigRequest
                    The BigQuery project id where the transfer configuration should be created.
CreateTransferConfigRequest::setTransferConfig() — Method in class CreateTransferConfigRequest
                    Data transfer configuration to create.
CreateTransferConfigRequest::setAuthorizationCode() — Method in class CreateTransferConfigRequest
                    Optional OAuth2 authorization code to use with this transfer configuration.
DataSource::setName() — Method in class DataSource
                    Output only. Data source resource name.
DataSource::setDataSourceId() — Method in class DataSource
                    Data source id.
DataSource::setDisplayName() — Method in class DataSource
                    User friendly data source name.
DataSource::setDescription() — Method in class DataSource
                    User friendly data source description string.
DataSource::setClientId() — Method in class DataSource
                    Data source client id which should be used to receive refresh token.
DataSource::setScopes() — Method in class DataSource
                    Api auth scopes for which refresh token needs to be obtained. Only valid
when client_id is specified. Ignored otherwise. These are scopes needed
by a data source to prepare data and ingest them into BigQuery,
e.g., https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery
DataSource::setTransferType() — Method in class DataSource
                    Deprecated. This field has no effect.
DataSource::setSupportsMultipleTransfers() — Method in class DataSource
                    Indicates whether the data source supports multiple transfers
to different BigQuery targets.
DataSource::setUpdateDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class DataSource
                    The number of seconds to wait for an update from the data source
before BigQuery marks the transfer as failed.
DataSource::setDefaultSchedule() — Method in class DataSource
                    Default data transfer schedule.
DataSource::setSupportsCustomSchedule() — Method in class DataSource
                    Specifies whether the data source supports a user defined schedule, or
operates on the default schedule.
DataSource::setParameters() — Method in class DataSource
                    Data source parameters.
DataSource::setHelpUrl() — Method in class DataSource
                    Url for the help document for this data source.
DataSource::setAuthorizationType() — Method in class DataSource
                    Indicates the type of authorization.
DataSource::setDataRefreshType() — Method in class DataSource
                    Specifies whether the data source supports automatic data refresh for the
past few days, and how it's supported.
DataSource::setDefaultDataRefreshWindowDays() — Method in class DataSource
                    Default data refresh window on days.
DataSource::setManualRunsDisabled() — Method in class DataSource
                    Disables backfilling and manual run scheduling
for the data source.
DataSource::setMinimumScheduleInterval() — Method in class DataSource
                    The minimum interval for scheduler to schedule runs.
DataSourceParameter::setParamId() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Parameter identifier.
DataSourceParameter::setDisplayName() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Parameter display name in the user interface.
DataSourceParameter::setDescription() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Parameter description.
DataSourceParameter::setType() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Parameter type.
DataSourceParameter::setRequired() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Is parameter required.
DataSourceParameter::setRepeated() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Can parameter have multiple values.
DataSourceParameter::setValidationRegex() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Regular expression which can be used for parameter validation.
DataSourceParameter::setAllowedValues() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    All possible values for the parameter.
DataSourceParameter::setMinValue() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    For integer and double values specifies minimum allowed value.
DataSourceParameter::setMaxValue() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    For integer and double values specifies maxminum allowed value.
DataSourceParameter::setFields() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    When parameter is a record, describes child fields.
DataSourceParameter::setValidationDescription() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Description of the requirements for this field, in case the user input does
not fulfill the regex pattern or min/max values.
DataSourceParameter::setValidationHelpUrl() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    URL to a help document to further explain the naming requirements.
DataSourceParameter::setImmutable() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    Cannot be changed after initial creation.
DataSourceParameter::setRecurse() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    If set to true, schema should be taken from the parent with the same
parameter_id. Only applicable when parameter type is RECORD.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::ScheduleTransferRuns() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient
                    Creates transfer runs for a time range [start_time, end_time].
DeleteTransferConfigRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteTransferConfigRequest
                    The field will contain name of the resource requested, for example:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}
DeleteTransferRunRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteTransferRunRequest
                    The field will contain name of the resource requested, for example:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}
GetDataSourceRequest::setName() — Method in class GetDataSourceRequest
                    The field will contain name of the resource requested, for example:
projects/{project_id}/dataSources/{data_source_id}
GetTransferConfigRequest::setName() — Method in class GetTransferConfigRequest
                    The field will contain name of the resource requested, for example:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}
GetTransferRunRequest::setName() — Method in class GetTransferRunRequest
                    The field will contain name of the resource requested, for example:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}/runs/{run_id}
ListDataSourcesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListDataSourcesRequest
                    The BigQuery project id for which data sources should be returned.
ListDataSourcesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListDataSourcesRequest
                    Pagination token, which can be used to request a specific page
of ListDataSourcesRequest list results. For multiple-page
results, ListDataSourcesResponse outputs
a next_page token, which can be used as the
page_token value to request the next page of list results.
ListDataSourcesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListDataSourcesRequest
                    Page size. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.
ListDataSourcesResponse::setDataSources() — Method in class ListDataSourcesResponse
                    List of supported data sources and their transfer settings.
ListDataSourcesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDataSourcesResponse
                    Output only. The next-pagination token. For multiple-page list results,
this token can be used as the
ListDataSourcesRequest.page_token
to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferConfigsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsRequest
                    The BigQuery project id for which data sources
should be returned: projects/{project_id}.
ListTransferConfigsRequest::setDataSourceIds() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsRequest
                    When specified, only configurations of requested data sources are returned.
ListTransferConfigsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsRequest
                    Pagination token, which can be used to request a specific page
of ListTransfersRequest list results. For multiple-page
results, ListTransfersResponse outputs
a next_page token, which can be used as the
page_token value to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferConfigsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsRequest
                    Page size. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.
ListTransferConfigsResponse::setTransferConfigs() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsResponse
                    Output only. The stored pipeline transfer configurations.
ListTransferConfigsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsResponse
                    Output only. The next-pagination token. For multiple-page list results,
this token can be used as the
ListTransferConfigsRequest.page_token
to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferLogsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListTransferLogsRequest
                    Transfer run name in the form:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_Id}/runs/{run_id}.
ListTransferLogsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferLogsRequest
                    Pagination token, which can be used to request a specific page
of ListTransferLogsRequest list results. For multiple-page
results, ListTransferLogsResponse outputs
a next_page token, which can be used as the
page_token value to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferLogsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListTransferLogsRequest
                    Page size. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.
ListTransferLogsRequest::setMessageTypes() — Method in class ListTransferLogsRequest
                    Message types to return. If not populated - INFO, WARNING and ERROR
messages are returned.
ListTransferLogsResponse::setTransferMessages() — Method in class ListTransferLogsResponse
                    Output only. The stored pipeline transfer messages.
ListTransferLogsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferLogsResponse
                    Output only. The next-pagination token. For multiple-page list results,
this token can be used as the
GetTransferRunLogRequest.page_token
to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferRunsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListTransferRunsRequest
                    Name of transfer configuration for which transfer runs should be retrieved.
ListTransferRunsRequest::setStates() — Method in class ListTransferRunsRequest
                    When specified, only transfer runs with requested states are returned.
ListTransferRunsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferRunsRequest
                    Pagination token, which can be used to request a specific page
of ListTransferRunsRequest list results. For multiple-page
results, ListTransferRunsResponse outputs
a next_page token, which can be used as the
page_token value to request the next page of list results.
ListTransferRunsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListTransferRunsRequest
                    Page size. The default page size is the maximum value of 1000 results.
ListTransferRunsRequest::setRunAttempt() — Method in class ListTransferRunsRequest
                    Indicates how run attempts are to be pulled.
ListTransferRunsResponse::setTransferRuns() — Method in class ListTransferRunsResponse
                    Output only. The stored pipeline transfer runs.
ListTransferRunsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTransferRunsResponse
                    Output only. The next-pagination token. For multiple-page list results,
this token can be used as the
ListTransferRunsRequest.page_token
to request the next page of list results.
ScheduleTransferRunsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    A request to schedule transfer runs for a time range.
ScheduleTransferRunsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ScheduleTransferRunsRequest
                    Transfer configuration name in the form:
projects/{project_id}/transferConfigs/{config_id}.
ScheduleTransferRunsRequest::setStartTime() — Method in class ScheduleTransferRunsRequest
                    Start time of the range of transfer runs. For example,
"2017-05-25T00:00:00+00:00".
ScheduleTransferRunsRequest::setEndTime() — Method in class ScheduleTransferRunsRequest
                    End time of the range of transfer runs. For example,
"2017-05-30T00:00:00+00:00".
ScheduleTransferRunsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    A response to schedule transfer runs for a time range.
ScheduleTransferRunsResponse::setRuns() — Method in class ScheduleTransferRunsResponse
                    The transfer runs that were scheduled.
TransferConfig::setName() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    The resource name of the transfer config.
TransferConfig::setDestinationDatasetId() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    The BigQuery target dataset id.
TransferConfig::setDisplayName() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    User specified display name for the data transfer.
TransferConfig::setDataSourceId() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Data source id. Cannot be changed once data transfer is created.
TransferConfig::setParams() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Data transfer specific parameters.
TransferConfig::setSchedule() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Data transfer schedule.
TransferConfig::setDataRefreshWindowDays() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    The number of days to look back to automatically refresh the data.
TransferConfig::setDisabled() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Is this config disabled. When set to true, no runs are scheduled
for a given transfer.
TransferConfig::setUpdateTime() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Output only. Data transfer modification time. Ignored by server on input.
TransferConfig::setNextRunTime() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Output only. Next time when data transfer will run.
TransferConfig::setState() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Output only. State of the most recently updated transfer run.
TransferConfig::setUserId() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Output only. Unique ID of the user on whose behalf transfer is done.
TransferConfig::setDatasetRegion() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    Output only. Region in which BigQuery dataset is located.
TransferMessage::setMessageTime() — Method in class TransferMessage
                    Time when message was logged.
TransferMessage::setSeverity() — Method in class TransferMessage
                    Message severity.
TransferMessage::setMessageText() — Method in class TransferMessage
                    Message text.
TransferRun::setName() — Method in class TransferRun
                    The resource name of the transfer run.
TransferRun::setScheduleTime() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Minimum time after which a transfer run can be started.
TransferRun::setRunTime() — Method in class TransferRun
                    For batch transfer runs, specifies the date and time that
data should be ingested.
TransferRun::setErrorStatus() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Status of the transfer run.
TransferRun::setStartTime() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Time when transfer run was started.
TransferRun::setEndTime() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Time when transfer run ended.
TransferRun::setUpdateTime() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Last time the data transfer run state was updated.
TransferRun::setParams() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Data transfer specific parameters.
TransferRun::setDestinationDatasetId() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. The BigQuery target dataset id.
TransferRun::setDataSourceId() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Data source id.
TransferRun::setState() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Data transfer run state. Ignored for input requests.
TransferRun::setUserId() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Unique ID of the user on whose behalf transfer is done.
TransferRun::setSchedule() — Method in class TransferRun
                    Output only. Describes the schedule of this transfer run if it was
created as part of a regular schedule. For batch transfer runs that are
scheduled manually, this is empty.
UpdateTransferConfigRequest::setTransferConfig() — Method in class UpdateTransferConfigRequest
                    Data transfer configuration to create.
UpdateTransferConfigRequest::setAuthorizationCode() — Method in class UpdateTransferConfigRequest
                    Optional OAuth2 authorization code to use with this transfer configuration.
UpdateTransferConfigRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateTransferConfigRequest
                    Required list of fields to be updated in this request.
AppProfile::setName() — Method in class AppProfile
                    (OutputOnly)
The unique name of the app profile. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/appProfiles/[_a-zA-Z0-9][-_.a-zA-Z0-9]*.
AppProfile::setEtag() — Method in class AppProfile
                    Strongly validated etag for optimistic concurrency control. Preserve the
value returned from GetAppProfile when calling UpdateAppProfile to
fail the request if there has been a modification in the mean time. The
update_mask of the request need not include etag for this protection
to apply.
AppProfile::setDescription() — Method in class AppProfile
                    Optional long form description of the use case for this AppProfile.
AppProfile::setMultiClusterRoutingUseAny() — Method in class AppProfile
                    Use a multi-cluster routing policy that may pick any cluster.
AppProfile::setSingleClusterRouting() — Method in class AppProfile
                    Use a single-cluster routing policy.
AppProfile_SingleClusterRouting::setClusterId() — Method in class AppProfile_SingleClusterRouting
                    The cluster to which read/write requests should be routed.
AppProfile_SingleClusterRouting::setAllowTransactionalWrites() — Method in class AppProfile_SingleClusterRouting
                    Whether or not CheckAndMutateRow and ReadModifyWriteRow requests are
allowed by this app profile. It is unsafe to send these requests to
the same table/row/column in multiple clusters.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::SetIamPolicy() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Sets the access control policy on an instance resource. Replaces any
existing policy.
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::SnapshotTable() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient
                    Creates a new snapshot in the specified cluster from the specified
source table. The cluster and the table must be in the same instance.
CheckConsistencyRequest::setName() — Method in class CheckConsistencyRequest
                    The unique name of the Table for which to check replication consistency.
CheckConsistencyRequest::setConsistencyToken() — Method in class CheckConsistencyRequest
                    The token created using GenerateConsistencyToken for the Table.
CheckConsistencyResponse::setConsistent() — Method in class CheckConsistencyResponse
                    True only if the token is consistent. A token is consistent if replication
has caught up with the restrictions specified in the request.
Cluster::setName() — Method in class Cluster
                    (OutputOnly)
The unique name of the cluster. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/clusters/[a-z][-a-z0-9]*.
Cluster::setLocation() — Method in class Cluster
                    (CreationOnly)
The location where this cluster's nodes and storage reside. For best
performance, clients should be located as close as possible to this
cluster. Currently only zones are supported, so values should be of the
form projects/<project>/locations/<zone>.
Cluster::setState() — Method in class Cluster
                    (OutputOnly)
The current state of the cluster.
Cluster::setServeNodes() — Method in class Cluster
                    The number of nodes allocated to this cluster. More nodes enable higher
throughput and more consistent performance.
Cluster::setDefaultStorageType() — Method in class Cluster
                    (CreationOnly)
The type of storage used by this cluster to serve its
parent instance's tables, unless explicitly overridden.
ColumnFamily::setGcRule() — Method in class ColumnFamily
                    Garbage collection rule specified as a protobuf.
CreateAppProfileRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateAppProfileRequest
                    The unique name of the instance in which to create the new app profile.
CreateAppProfileRequest::setAppProfileId() — Method in class CreateAppProfileRequest
                    The ID to be used when referring to the new app profile within its
instance, e.g., just myprofile rather than
projects/myproject/instances/myinstance/appProfiles/myprofile.
CreateAppProfileRequest::setAppProfile() — Method in class CreateAppProfileRequest
                    The app profile to be created.
CreateAppProfileRequest::setIgnoreWarnings() — Method in class CreateAppProfileRequest
                    If true, ignore safety checks when creating the app profile.
CreateClusterMetadata::setOriginalRequest() — Method in class CreateClusterMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this CreateCluster operation.
CreateClusterMetadata::setRequestTime() — Method in class CreateClusterMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
CreateClusterMetadata::setFinishTime() — Method in class CreateClusterMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
CreateClusterRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    The unique name of the instance in which to create the new cluster.
CreateClusterRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    The ID to be used when referring to the new cluster within its instance,
e.g., just mycluster rather than
projects/myproject/instances/myinstance/clusters/mycluster.
CreateClusterRequest::setCluster() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    The cluster to be created.
CreateInstanceMetadata::setOriginalRequest() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this CreateInstance operation.
CreateInstanceMetadata::setRequestTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
CreateInstanceMetadata::setFinishTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
CreateInstanceRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    The unique name of the project in which to create the new instance.
CreateInstanceRequest::setInstanceId() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    The ID to be used when referring to the new instance within its project,
e.g., just myinstance rather than
projects/myproject/instances/myinstance.
CreateInstanceRequest::setInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    The instance to create.
CreateInstanceRequest::setClusters() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    The clusters to be created within the instance, mapped by desired
cluster ID, e.g., just mycluster rather than
projects/myproject/instances/myinstance/clusters/mycluster.
CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata::setOriginalRequest() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this CreateTableFromSnapshot
operation.
CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata::setRequestTime() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata::setFinishTime() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest
                    The unique name of the instance in which to create the table.
CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest::setTableId() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest
                    The name by which the new table should be referred to within the parent
instance, e.g., foobar rather than <parent>/tables/foobar.
CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest::setSourceSnapshot() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest
                    The unique name of the snapshot from which to restore the table. The
snapshot and the table must be in the same instance.
CreateTableRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateTableRequest
                    The unique name of the instance in which to create the table.
CreateTableRequest::setTableId() — Method in class CreateTableRequest
                    The name by which the new table should be referred to within the parent
instance, e.g., foobar rather than <parent>/tables/foobar.
CreateTableRequest::setTable() — Method in class CreateTableRequest
                    The Table to create.
CreateTableRequest::setInitialSplits() — Method in class CreateTableRequest
                    The optional list of row keys that will be used to initially split the
table into several tablets (tablets are similar to HBase regions).
CreateTableRequest_Split::setKey() — Method in class CreateTableRequest_Split
                    Row key to use as an initial tablet boundary.
DeleteAppProfileRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteAppProfileRequest
                    The unique name of the app profile to be deleted. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/appProfiles/<app_profile>.
DeleteAppProfileRequest::setIgnoreWarnings() — Method in class DeleteAppProfileRequest
                    If true, ignore safety checks when deleting the app profile.
DeleteClusterRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    The unique name of the cluster to be deleted. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/clusters/<cluster>.
DeleteInstanceRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    The unique name of the instance to be deleted.
DeleteSnapshotRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteSnapshotRequest
                    The unique name of the snapshot to be deleted.
DeleteTableRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteTableRequest
                    The unique name of the table to be deleted.
DropRowRangeRequest::setName() — Method in class DropRowRangeRequest
                    The unique name of the table on which to drop a range of rows.
DropRowRangeRequest::setRowKeyPrefix() — Method in class DropRowRangeRequest
                    Delete all rows that start with this row key prefix. Prefix cannot be
zero length.
DropRowRangeRequest::setDeleteAllDataFromTable() — Method in class DropRowRangeRequest
                    Delete all rows in the table. Setting this to false is a no-op.
GcRule::setMaxNumVersions() — Method in class GcRule
                    Delete all cells in a column except the most recent N.
GcRule::setMaxAge() — Method in class GcRule
                    Delete cells in a column older than the given age.
GcRule::setIntersection() — Method in class GcRule
                    Delete cells that would be deleted by every nested rule.
GcRule::setUnion() — Method in class GcRule
                    Delete cells that would be deleted by any nested rule.
GcRule_Intersection::setRules() — Method in class GcRule_Intersection
                    Only delete cells which would be deleted by every element of rules.
GcRule_Union::setRules() — Method in class GcRule_Union
                    Delete cells which would be deleted by any element of rules.
GenerateConsistencyTokenRequest::setName() — Method in class GenerateConsistencyTokenRequest
                    The unique name of the Table for which to create a consistency token.
GenerateConsistencyTokenResponse::setConsistencyToken() — Method in class GenerateConsistencyTokenResponse
                    The generated consistency token.
GetAppProfileRequest::setName() — Method in class GetAppProfileRequest
                    The unique name of the requested app profile. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/appProfiles/<app_profile>.
GetClusterRequest::setName() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    The unique name of the requested cluster. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/clusters/<cluster>.
GetInstanceRequest::setName() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    The unique name of the requested instance. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>.
GetSnapshotRequest::setName() — Method in class GetSnapshotRequest
                    The unique name of the requested snapshot.
GetTableRequest::setName() — Method in class GetTableRequest
                    The unique name of the requested table.
GetTableRequest::setView() — Method in class GetTableRequest
                    The view to be applied to the returned table's fields.
Instance::setName() — Method in class Instance
                    (OutputOnly)
The unique name of the instance. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/[a-z][a-z0-9\\-]+[a-z0-9].
Instance::setDisplayName() — Method in class Instance
                    The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs.
Instance::setState() — Method in class Instance
                    (OutputOnly)
The current state of the instance.
Instance::setType() — Method in class Instance
                    The type of the instance. Defaults to PRODUCTION.
Instance::setLabels() — Method in class Instance
                    Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud
resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and
deployment strategies. They can be used to filter resources and aggregate
metrics.
ListAppProfilesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListAppProfilesRequest
                    The unique name of the instance for which a list of app profiles is
requested. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>.
ListAppProfilesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListAppProfilesRequest
                    The value of next_page_token returned by a previous call.
ListAppProfilesResponse::setAppProfiles() — Method in class ListAppProfilesResponse
                    The list of requested app profiles.
ListAppProfilesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListAppProfilesResponse
                    Set if not all app profiles could be returned in a single response.
ListClustersRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    The unique name of the instance for which a list of clusters is requested.
ListClustersRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    The value of next_page_token returned by a previous call.
ListClustersResponse::setClusters() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    The list of requested clusters.
ListClustersResponse::setFailedLocations() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    Locations from which Cluster information could not be retrieved,
due to an outage or some other transient condition.
ListClustersResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    Set if not all clusters could be returned in a single response.
ListInstancesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    The unique name of the project for which a list of instances is requested.
ListInstancesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    The value of next_page_token returned by a previous call.
ListInstancesResponse::setInstances() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    The list of requested instances.
ListInstancesResponse::setFailedLocations() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    Locations from which Instance information could not be retrieved,
due to an outage or some other transient condition.
ListInstancesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    Set if not all instances could be returned in a single response.
ListSnapshotsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The unique name of the cluster for which snapshots should be listed.
ListSnapshotsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The maximum number of snapshots to return.
ListSnapshotsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The value of next_page_token returned by a previous call.
ListSnapshotsResponse::setSnapshots() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    The snapshots present in the requested cluster.
ListSnapshotsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    Set if not all snapshots could be returned in a single response.
ListTablesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListTablesRequest
                    The unique name of the instance for which tables should be listed.
ListTablesRequest::setView() — Method in class ListTablesRequest
                    The view to be applied to the returned tables' fields.
ListTablesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTablesRequest
                    The value of next_page_token returned by a previous call.
ListTablesResponse::setTables() — Method in class ListTablesResponse
                    The tables present in the requested instance.
ListTablesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTablesResponse
                    Set if not all tables could be returned in a single response.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest::setName() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest
                    The unique name of the table whose families should be modified.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest::setModifications() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest
                    Modifications to be atomically applied to the specified table's families.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification::setId() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification
                    The ID of the column family to be modified.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification::setCreate() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification
                    Create a new column family with the specified schema, or fail if
one already exists with the given ID.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification::setUpdate() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification
                    Update an existing column family to the specified schema, or fail
if no column family exists with the given ID.
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification::setDrop() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification
                    Drop (delete) the column family with the given ID, or fail if no such
family exists.
PartialUpdateInstanceRequest::setInstance() — Method in class PartialUpdateInstanceRequest
                    The Instance which will (partially) replace the current value.
PartialUpdateInstanceRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class PartialUpdateInstanceRequest
                    The subset of Instance fields which should be replaced.
Snapshot — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    A snapshot of a table at a particular time. A snapshot can be used as a
checkpoint for data restoration or a data source for a new table.
Snapshot::setName() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The unique name of the snapshot.
Snapshot::setSourceTable() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The source table at the time the snapshot was taken.
Snapshot::setDataSizeBytes() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The size of the data in the source table at the time the snapshot was
taken. In some cases, this value may be computed asynchronously via a
background process and a placeholder of 0 will be used in the meantime.
Snapshot::setCreateTime() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The time when the snapshot is created.
Snapshot::setDeleteTime() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The time when the snapshot will be deleted. The maximum amount of time a
snapshot can stay active is 365 days. If 'ttl' is not specified,
the default maximum of 365 days will be used.
Snapshot::setState() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
The current state of the snapshot.
Snapshot::setDescription() — Method in class Snapshot
                    (OutputOnly)
Description of the snapshot.
SnapshotTableMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    The metadata for the Operation returned by SnapshotTable.
SnapshotTableMetadata::setOriginalRequest() — Method in class SnapshotTableMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this SnapshotTable operation.
SnapshotTableMetadata::setRequestTime() — Method in class SnapshotTableMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
SnapshotTableMetadata::setFinishTime() — Method in class SnapshotTableMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
SnapshotTableRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for
[google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.SnapshotTable][google.bigtable.admin.v2.BigtableTableAdmin.SnapshotTable]
Note: This is a private alpha release of Cloud Bigtable snapshots. This
feature is not currently available to most Cloud Bigtable customers. This
feature might be changed in backward-incompatible ways and is not recommended
for production use. It is not subject to any SLA or deprecation policy.
SnapshotTableRequest::setName() — Method in class SnapshotTableRequest
                    The unique name of the table to have the snapshot taken.
SnapshotTableRequest::setCluster() — Method in class SnapshotTableRequest
                    The name of the cluster where the snapshot will be created in.
SnapshotTableRequest::setSnapshotId() — Method in class SnapshotTableRequest
                    The ID by which the new snapshot should be referred to within the parent
cluster, e.g., mysnapshot of the form: [_a-zA-Z0-9][-_.a-zA-Z0-9]*
rather than
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/clusters/<cluster>/snapshots/mysnapshot.
SnapshotTableRequest::setTtl() — Method in class SnapshotTableRequest
                    The amount of time that the new snapshot can stay active after it is
created. Once 'ttl' expires, the snapshot will get deleted. The maximum
amount of time a snapshot can stay active is 7 days. If 'ttl' is not
specified, the default value of 24 hours will be used.
SnapshotTableRequest::setDescription() — Method in class SnapshotTableRequest
                    Description of the snapshot.
Snapshot_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Possible states of a snapshot.
StorageType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Storage media types for persisting Bigtable data.
Table::setName() — Method in class Table
                    (OutputOnly)
The unique name of the table. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/tables/[_a-zA-Z0-9][-_.a-zA-Z0-9]*.
Table::setClusterStates() — Method in class Table
                    (OutputOnly)
Map from cluster ID to per-cluster table state.
Table::setColumnFamilies() — Method in class Table
                    (CreationOnly)
The column families configured for this table, mapped by column family ID.
Table::setGranularity() — Method in class Table
                    (CreationOnly)
The granularity (i.e. MILLIS) at which timestamps are stored in
this table. Timestamps not matching the granularity will be rejected.
Table_ClusterState::setReplicationState() — Method in class Table_ClusterState
                    (OutputOnly)
The state of replication for the table in this cluster.
UpdateAppProfileRequest::setAppProfile() — Method in class UpdateAppProfileRequest
                    The app profile which will (partially) replace the current value.
UpdateAppProfileRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateAppProfileRequest
                    The subset of app profile fields which should be replaced.
UpdateAppProfileRequest::setIgnoreWarnings() — Method in class UpdateAppProfileRequest
                    If true, ignore safety checks when updating the app profile.
UpdateClusterMetadata::setOriginalRequest() — Method in class UpdateClusterMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this UpdateCluster operation.
UpdateClusterMetadata::setRequestTime() — Method in class UpdateClusterMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
UpdateClusterMetadata::setFinishTime() — Method in class UpdateClusterMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::setOriginalRequest() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The request that prompted the initiation of this UpdateInstance operation.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::setRequestTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the original request was received.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::setFinishTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the operation failed or was completed successfully.
BigtableGrpcClient::SampleRowKeys() — Method in class BigtableGrpcClient
                    Returns a sample of row keys in the table. The returned row keys will
delimit contiguous sections of the table of approximately equal size,
which can be used to break up the data for distributed tasks like
mapreduces.
Cell::setTimestampMicros() — Method in class Cell
                    The cell's stored timestamp, which also uniquely identifies it within
its column.
Cell::setValue() — Method in class Cell
                    The value stored in the cell.
Cell::setLabels() — Method in class Cell
                    Labels applied to the cell by a [RowFilter][google.bigtable.v2.RowFilter].
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::setTableName() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    The unique name of the table to which the conditional mutation should be
applied.
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::setAppProfileId() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::setRowKey() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    The key of the row to which the conditional mutation should be applied.
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::setPredicateFilter() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    The filter to be applied to the contents of the specified row. Depending
on whether or not any results are yielded, either true_mutations or
false_mutations will be executed. If unset, checks that the row contains
any values at all.
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::setTrueMutations() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    Changes to be atomically applied to the specified row if predicate_filter
yields at least one cell when applied to row_key. Entries are applied in
order, meaning that earlier mutations can be masked by later ones.
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::setFalseMutations() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    Changes to be atomically applied to the specified row if predicate_filter
does not yield any cells when applied to row_key. Entries are applied in
order, meaning that earlier mutations can be masked by later ones.
CheckAndMutateRowResponse::setPredicateMatched() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowResponse
                    Whether or not the request's predicate_filter yielded any results for
the specified row.
Column::setQualifier() — Method in class Column
                    The unique key which identifies this column within its family. This is the
same key that's used to identify the column in, for example, a RowFilter
which sets its column_qualifier_regex_filter field.
Column::setCells() — Method in class Column
                    Must not be empty. Sorted in order of decreasing "timestamp_micros".
$ColumnRange#start_qualifier — Property in class ColumnRange
                    
ColumnRange::setFamilyName() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    The name of the column family within which this range falls.
ColumnRange::setStartQualifierClosed() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive lower bound for the range.
ColumnRange::setStartQualifierOpen() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive lower bound for the range.
ColumnRange::setEndQualifierClosed() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive upper bound for the range.
ColumnRange::setEndQualifierOpen() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive upper bound for the range.
Family::setName() — Method in class Family
                    The unique key which identifies this family within its row. This is the
same key that's used to identify the family in, for example, a RowFilter
which sets its "family_name_regex_filter" field.
Family::setColumns() — Method in class Family
                    Must not be empty. Sorted in order of increasing "qualifier".
MutateRowRequest::setTableName() — Method in class MutateRowRequest
                    The unique name of the table to which the mutation should be applied.
MutateRowRequest::setAppProfileId() — Method in class MutateRowRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
MutateRowRequest::setRowKey() — Method in class MutateRowRequest
                    The key of the row to which the mutation should be applied.
MutateRowRequest::setMutations() — Method in class MutateRowRequest
                    Changes to be atomically applied to the specified row. Entries are applied
in order, meaning that earlier mutations can be masked by later ones.
MutateRowsRequest::setTableName() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest
                    The unique name of the table to which the mutations should be applied.
MutateRowsRequest::setAppProfileId() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
MutateRowsRequest::setEntries() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest
                    The row keys and corresponding mutations to be applied in bulk.
MutateRowsRequest_Entry::setRowKey() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest_Entry
                    The key of the row to which the mutations should be applied.
MutateRowsRequest_Entry::setMutations() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest_Entry
                    Changes to be atomically applied to the specified row. Mutations are
applied in order, meaning that earlier mutations can be masked by
later ones.
MutateRowsResponse::setEntries() — Method in class MutateRowsResponse
                    One or more results for Entries from the batch request.
MutateRowsResponse_Entry::setIndex() — Method in class MutateRowsResponse_Entry
                    The index into the original request's entries list of the Entry
for which a result is being reported.
MutateRowsResponse_Entry::setStatus() — Method in class MutateRowsResponse_Entry
                    The result of the request Entry identified by index.
Mutation::setSetCell() — Method in class Mutation
                    Set a cell's value.
Mutation::setDeleteFromColumn() — Method in class Mutation
                    Deletes cells from a column.
Mutation::setDeleteFromFamily() — Method in class Mutation
                    Deletes cells from a column family.
Mutation::setDeleteFromRow() — Method in class Mutation
                    Deletes cells from the entire row.
Mutation_DeleteFromColumn::setFamilyName() — Method in class Mutation_DeleteFromColumn
                    The name of the family from which cells should be deleted.
Mutation_DeleteFromColumn::setColumnQualifier() — Method in class Mutation_DeleteFromColumn
                    The qualifier of the column from which cells should be deleted.
Mutation_DeleteFromColumn::setTimeRange() — Method in class Mutation_DeleteFromColumn
                    The range of timestamps within which cells should be deleted.
Mutation_DeleteFromFamily::setFamilyName() — Method in class Mutation_DeleteFromFamily
                    The name of the family from which cells should be deleted.
Mutation_SetCell::setFamilyName() — Method in class Mutation_SetCell
                    The name of the family into which new data should be written.
Mutation_SetCell::setColumnQualifier() — Method in class Mutation_SetCell
                    The qualifier of the column into which new data should be written.
Mutation_SetCell::setTimestampMicros() — Method in class Mutation_SetCell
                    The timestamp of the cell into which new data should be written.
Mutation_SetCell::setValue() — Method in class Mutation_SetCell
                    The value to be written into the specified cell.
ReadModifyWriteRowRequest::setTableName() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowRequest
                    The unique name of the table to which the read/modify/write rules should be
applied.
ReadModifyWriteRowRequest::setAppProfileId() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
ReadModifyWriteRowRequest::setRowKey() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowRequest
                    The key of the row to which the read/modify/write rules should be applied.
ReadModifyWriteRowRequest::setRules() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowRequest
                    Rules specifying how the specified row's contents are to be transformed
into writes. Entries are applied in order, meaning that earlier rules will
affect the results of later ones.
ReadModifyWriteRowResponse::setRow() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowResponse
                    A Row containing the new contents of all cells modified by the request.
ReadModifyWriteRule::setFamilyName() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRule
                    The name of the family to which the read/modify/write should be applied.
ReadModifyWriteRule::setColumnQualifier() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRule
                    The qualifier of the column to which the read/modify/write should be
applied.
ReadModifyWriteRule::setAppendValue() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRule
                    Rule specifying that append_value be appended to the existing value.
ReadModifyWriteRule::setIncrementAmount() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRule
                    Rule specifying that increment_amount be added to the existing value.
ReadRowsRequest::setTableName() — Method in class ReadRowsRequest
                    The unique name of the table from which to read.
ReadRowsRequest::setAppProfileId() — Method in class ReadRowsRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
ReadRowsRequest::setRows() — Method in class ReadRowsRequest
                    The row keys and/or ranges to read. If not specified, reads from all rows.
ReadRowsRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ReadRowsRequest
                    The filter to apply to the contents of the specified row(s). If unset,
reads the entirety of each row.
ReadRowsRequest::setRowsLimit() — Method in class ReadRowsRequest
                    The read will terminate after committing to N rows' worth of results. The
default (zero) is to return all results.
ReadRowsResponse::setChunks() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.bigtable.v2.ReadRowsResponse.CellChunk chunks = 1;
ReadRowsResponse::setLastScannedRowKey() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse
                    Optionally the server might return the row key of the last row it
has scanned.  The client can use this to construct a more
efficient retry request if needed: any row keys or portions of
ranges less than this row key can be dropped from the request.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::setRowKey() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    The row key for this chunk of data.  If the row key is empty,
this CellChunk is a continuation of the same row as the previous
CellChunk in the response stream, even if that CellChunk was in a
previous ReadRowsResponse message.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::setFamilyName() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    The column family name for this chunk of data.  If this message
is not present this CellChunk is a continuation of the same column
family as the previous CellChunk.  The empty string can occur as a
column family name in a response so clients must check
explicitly for the presence of this message, not just for
family_name.value being non-empty.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::setQualifier() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    The column qualifier for this chunk of data.  If this message
is not present, this CellChunk is a continuation of the same column
as the previous CellChunk.  Column qualifiers may be empty so
clients must check for the presence of this message, not just
for qualifier.value being non-empty.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::setTimestampMicros() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    The cell's stored timestamp, which also uniquely identifies it
within its column.  Values are always expressed in
microseconds, but individual tables may set a coarser
granularity to further restrict the allowed values. For
example, a table which specifies millisecond granularity will
only allow values of timestamp_micros which are multiples of
1000.  Timestamps are only set in the first CellChunk per cell
(for cells split into multiple chunks).
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::setLabels() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    Labels applied to the cell by a
[RowFilter][google.bigtable.v2.RowFilter].  Labels are only set
on the first CellChunk per cell.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::setValue() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    The value stored in the cell.  Cell values can be split across
multiple CellChunks.  In that case only the value field will be
set in CellChunks after the first: the timestamp and labels
will only be present in the first CellChunk, even if the first
CellChunk came in a previous ReadRowsResponse.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::setValueSize() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    If this CellChunk is part of a chunked cell value and this is
not the final chunk of that cell, value_size will be set to the
total length of the cell value.  The client can use this size
to pre-allocate memory to hold the full cell value.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::setResetRow() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    Indicates that the client should drop all previous chunks for
row_key, as it will be re-read from the beginning.
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::setCommitRow() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    Indicates that the client can safely process all previous chunks for
row_key, as its data has been fully read.
Row::setKey() — Method in class Row
                    The unique key which identifies this row within its table. This is the same
key that's used to identify the row in, for example, a MutateRowRequest.
Row::setFamilies() — Method in class Row
                    May be empty, but only if the entire row is empty.
RowFilter::setChain() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Applies several RowFilters to the data in sequence, progressively
narrowing the results.
RowFilter::setInterleave() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Applies several RowFilters to the data in parallel and combines the
results.
RowFilter::setCondition() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Applies one of two possible RowFilters to the data based on the output of
a predicate RowFilter.
RowFilter::setSink() — Method in class RowFilter
                    ADVANCED USE ONLY.
RowFilter::setPassAllFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches all cells, regardless of input. Functionally equivalent to
leaving filter unset, but included for completeness.
RowFilter::setBlockAllFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Does not match any cells, regardless of input. Useful for temporarily
disabling just part of a filter.
RowFilter::setRowKeyRegexFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells from rows whose keys satisfy the given RE2 regex. In
other words, passes through the entire row when the key matches, and
otherwise produces an empty row.
RowFilter::setRowSampleFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches all cells from a row with probability p, and matches no cells
from the row with probability 1-p.
RowFilter::setFamilyNameRegexFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells from columns whose families satisfy the given RE2
regex. For technical reasons, the regex must not contain the :
character, even if it is not being used as a literal.
RowFilter::setColumnQualifierRegexFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells from columns whose qualifiers satisfy the given RE2
regex.
RowFilter::setColumnRangeFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells from columns within the given range.
RowFilter::setTimestampRangeFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells with timestamps within the given range.
RowFilter::setValueRegexFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells with values that satisfy the given regular expression.
RowFilter::setValueRangeFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only cells with values that fall within the given range.
RowFilter::setCellsPerRowOffsetFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Skips the first N cells of each row, matching all subsequent cells.
RowFilter::setCellsPerRowLimitFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only the first N cells of each row.
RowFilter::setCellsPerColumnLimitFilter() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Matches only the most recent N cells within each column. For example,
if N=2, this filter would match column foo:bar at timestamps 10 and 9,
skip all earlier cells in foo:bar, and then begin matching again in
column foo:bar2.
RowFilter::setStripValueTransformer() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Replaces each cell's value with the empty string.
RowFilter::setApplyLabelTransformer() — Method in class RowFilter
                    Applies the given label to all cells in the output row. This allows
the client to determine which results were produced from which part of
the filter.
RowFilter_Chain::setFilters() — Method in class RowFilter_Chain
                    The elements of "filters" are chained together to process the input row:
in row -> f(0) -> intermediate row -> f(1) -> .
RowFilter_Condition::setPredicateFilter() — Method in class RowFilter_Condition
                    If predicate_filter outputs any cells, then true_filter will be
evaluated on the input row. Otherwise, false_filter will be evaluated.
RowFilter_Condition::setTrueFilter() — Method in class RowFilter_Condition
                    The filter to apply to the input row if predicate_filter returns any
results. If not provided, no results will be returned in the true case.
RowFilter_Condition::setFalseFilter() — Method in class RowFilter_Condition
                    The filter to apply to the input row if predicate_filter does not
return any results. If not provided, no results will be returned in the
false case.
RowFilter_Interleave::setFilters() — Method in class RowFilter_Interleave
                    The elements of "filters" all process a copy of the input row, and the
results are pooled, sorted, and combined into a single output row.
$RowRange#start_key — Property in class RowRange
                    
RowRange::setStartKeyClosed() — Method in class RowRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive lower bound for the range.
RowRange::setStartKeyOpen() — Method in class RowRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive lower bound for the range.
RowRange::setEndKeyOpen() — Method in class RowRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive upper bound for the range.
RowRange::setEndKeyClosed() — Method in class RowRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive upper bound for the range.
RowSet::setRowKeys() — Method in class RowSet
                    Single rows included in the set.
RowSet::setRowRanges() — Method in class RowSet
                    Contiguous row ranges included in the set.
SampleRowKeysRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Request message for Bigtable.SampleRowKeys.
SampleRowKeysRequest::setTableName() — Method in class SampleRowKeysRequest
                    The unique name of the table from which to sample row keys.
SampleRowKeysRequest::setAppProfileId() — Method in class SampleRowKeysRequest
                    This value specifies routing for replication. If not specified, the
"default" application profile will be used.
SampleRowKeysResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Response message for Bigtable.SampleRowKeys.
SampleRowKeysResponse::setRowKey() — Method in class SampleRowKeysResponse
                    Sorted streamed sequence of sample row keys in the table. The table might
have contents before the first row key in the list and after the last one,
but a key containing the empty string indicates "end of table" and will be
the last response given, if present.
SampleRowKeysResponse::setOffsetBytes() — Method in class SampleRowKeysResponse
                    Approximate total storage space used by all rows in the table which precede
row_key. Buffering the contents of all rows between two subsequent
samples would require space roughly equal to the difference in their
offset_bytes fields.
TimestampRange::setStartTimestampMicros() — Method in class TimestampRange
                    Inclusive lower bound. If left empty, interpreted as 0.
TimestampRange::setEndTimestampMicros() — Method in class TimestampRange
                    Exclusive upper bound. If left empty, interpreted as infinity.
$ValueRange#start_value — Property in class ValueRange
                    
ValueRange::setStartValueClosed() — Method in class ValueRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive lower bound for the range.
ValueRange::setStartValueOpen() — Method in class ValueRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive lower bound for the range.
ValueRange::setEndValueClosed() — Method in class ValueRange
                    Used when giving an inclusive upper bound for the range.
ValueRange::setEndValueOpen() — Method in class ValueRange
                    Used when giving an exclusive upper bound for the range.
AcceleratorConfig::setAcceleratorCount() — Method in class AcceleratorConfig
                    The number of the accelerator cards exposed to an instance.
AcceleratorConfig::setAcceleratorType() — Method in class AcceleratorConfig
                    The accelerator type resource name. List of supported accelerators
here
AddonsConfig::setHttpLoadBalancing() — Method in class AddonsConfig
                    Configuration for the HTTP (L7) load balancing controller addon, which
makes it easy to set up HTTP load balancers for services in a cluster.
AddonsConfig::setHorizontalPodAutoscaling() — Method in class AddonsConfig
                    Configuration for the horizontal pod autoscaling feature, which
increases or decreases the number of replica pods a replication controller
has based on the resource usage of the existing pods.
AddonsConfig::setKubernetesDashboard() — Method in class AddonsConfig
                    Configuration for the Kubernetes Dashboard.
AddonsConfig::setNetworkPolicyConfig() — Method in class AddonsConfig
                    Configuration for NetworkPolicy. This only tracks whether the addon
is enabled or not on the Master, it does not track whether network policy
is enabled for the nodes.
AutoUpgradeOptions::setAutoUpgradeStartTime() — Method in class AutoUpgradeOptions
                    [Output only] This field is set when upgrades are about to commence
with the approximate start time for the upgrades, in
RFC3339 text format.
AutoUpgradeOptions::setDescription() — Method in class AutoUpgradeOptions
                    [Output only] This field is set when upgrades are about to commence
with the description of the upgrade.
CancelOperationRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
CancelOperationRequest::setZone() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the operation resides.
CancelOperationRequest::setOperationId() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    The server-assigned name of the operation.
ClientCertificateConfig::setIssueClientCertificate() — Method in class ClientCertificateConfig
                    Issue a client certificate.
Cluster::setName() — Method in class Cluster
                    The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project
and zone, and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions:
* Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only.
Cluster::setDescription() — Method in class Cluster
                    An optional description of this cluster.
Cluster::setInitialNodeCount() — Method in class Cluster
                    The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your
Compute Engine resource quota
is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available
firewall and routes quota.
Cluster::setNodeConfig() — Method in class Cluster
                    Parameters used in creating the cluster's nodes.
Cluster::setMasterAuth() — Method in class Cluster
                    The authentication information for accessing the master endpoint.
Cluster::setLoggingService() — Method in class Cluster
                    The logging service the cluster should use to write logs.
Cluster::setMonitoringService() — Method in class Cluster
                    The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics.
Cluster::setNetwork() — Method in class Cluster
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
network to which the
cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the default network
will be used.
Cluster::setClusterIpv4Cidr() — Method in class Cluster
                    The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in
CIDR
notation (e.g. 10.96.0.0/14). Leave blank to have
one automatically chosen or specify a /14 block in 10.0.0.0/8.
Cluster::setAddonsConfig() — Method in class Cluster
                    Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster.
Cluster::setSubnetwork() — Method in class Cluster
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
subnetwork to which the
cluster is connected.
Cluster::setNodePools() — Method in class Cluster
                    The node pools associated with this cluster.
Cluster::setLocations() — Method in class Cluster
                    The list of Google Compute Engine
locations in which the cluster's nodes
should be located.
Cluster::setEnableKubernetesAlpha() — Method in class Cluster
                    Kubernetes alpha features are enabled on this cluster. This includes alpha
API groups (e.g. v1alpha1) and features that may not be production ready in
the kubernetes version of the master and nodes.
Cluster::setResourceLabels() — Method in class Cluster
                    The resource labels for the cluster to use to annotate any related
Google Compute Engine resources.
Cluster::setLabelFingerprint() — Method in class Cluster
                    The fingerprint of the set of labels for this cluster.
Cluster::setLegacyAbac() — Method in class Cluster
                    Configuration for the legacy ABAC authorization mode.
Cluster::setNetworkPolicy() — Method in class Cluster
                    Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature.
Cluster::setIpAllocationPolicy() — Method in class Cluster
                    Configuration for cluster IP allocation.
Cluster::setMasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig() — Method in class Cluster
                    Master authorized networks is a Beta feature.
Cluster::setMaintenancePolicy() — Method in class Cluster
                    Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
Cluster::setSelfLink() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
Cluster::setZone() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
Cluster::setEndpoint() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The IP address of this cluster's master endpoint.
Cluster::setInitialClusterVersion() — Method in class Cluster
                    The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster.  Valid versions are those
found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig.  The version can
be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in
currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion.
Cluster::setCurrentMasterVersion() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The current software version of the master endpoint.
Cluster::setCurrentNodeVersion() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The current version of the node software components.
Cluster::setCreateTime() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The time the cluster was created, in
RFC3339 text format.
Cluster::setStatus() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The current status of this cluster.
Cluster::setStatusMessage() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] Additional information about the current status of this
cluster, if available.
Cluster::setNodeIpv4CidrSize() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The size of the address space on each node for hosting
containers. This is provisioned from within the container_ipv4_cidr
range.
Cluster::setServicesIpv4Cidr() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The IP address range of the Kubernetes services in
this cluster, in
CIDR
notation (e.g. 1.2.3.4/29). Service addresses are
typically put in the last /16 from the container CIDR.
Cluster::setInstanceGroupUrls() — Method in class Cluster
                    Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
Cluster::setCurrentNodeCount() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The number of nodes currently in the cluster.
Cluster::setExpireTime() — Method in class Cluster
                    [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically
deleted in RFC3339 text format.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetNodePoolAutoscaling() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Sets the autoscaling settings of a specific node pool.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetLoggingService() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Sets the logging service of a specific cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetMonitoringService() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Sets the monitoring service of a specific cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetAddonsConfig() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Sets the addons of a specific cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetLocations() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Sets the locations of a specific cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetMasterAuth() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Used to set master auth materials. Currently supports :-
Changing the admin password of a specific cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetNodePoolManagement() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Sets the NodeManagement options for a node pool.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetLabels() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Sets labels on a cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetLegacyAbac() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Enables or disables the ABAC authorization mechanism on a cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::StartIPRotation() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Start master IP rotation.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetNodePoolSize() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Sets the size of a specific node pool.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetNetworkPolicy() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Enables/Disables Network Policy for a cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::SetMaintenancePolicy() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Sets the maintenance policy for a cluster.
ClusterUpdate::setDesiredNodeVersion() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an
upgrade). Use - to upgrade to the latest version supported by
the server.
ClusterUpdate::setDesiredMonitoringService() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics.
ClusterUpdate::setDesiredAddonsConfig() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    Configurations for the various addons available to run in the cluster.
ClusterUpdate::setDesiredNodePoolId() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The node pool to be upgraded. This field is mandatory if
"desired_node_version", "desired_image_family" or
"desired_node_pool_autoscaling" is specified and there is more than one
node pool on the cluster.
ClusterUpdate::setDesiredImageType() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The desired image type for the node pool.
ClusterUpdate::setDesiredNodePoolAutoscaling() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in
desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the
cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then
the change applies to that single node pool.
ClusterUpdate::setDesiredLocations() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The desired list of Google Compute Engine
locations in which the cluster's nodes
should be located. Changing the locations a cluster is in will result
in nodes being either created or removed from the cluster, depending on
whether locations are being added or removed.
ClusterUpdate::setDesiredMasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    Master authorized networks is a Beta feature.
ClusterUpdate::setDesiredMasterVersion() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    The Kubernetes version to change the master to. The only valid value is the
latest supported version. Use "-" to have the server automatically select
the latest version.
CompleteIPRotationRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class CompleteIPRotationRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
CompleteIPRotationRequest::setZone() — Method in class CompleteIPRotationRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
CompleteIPRotationRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class CompleteIPRotationRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
CreateClusterRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
CreateClusterRequest::setZone() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
CreateClusterRequest::setCluster() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    A cluster
resource
CreateNodePoolRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class CreateNodePoolRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
CreateNodePoolRequest::setZone() — Method in class CreateNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
CreateNodePoolRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class CreateNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
CreateNodePoolRequest::setNodePool() — Method in class CreateNodePoolRequest
                    The node pool to create.
DailyMaintenanceWindow::setStartTime() — Method in class DailyMaintenanceWindow
                    Time within the maintenance window to start the maintenance operations.
DailyMaintenanceWindow::setDuration() — Method in class DailyMaintenanceWindow
                    [Output only] Duration of the time window, automatically chosen to be
smallest possible in the given scenario.
DeleteClusterRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
DeleteClusterRequest::setZone() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
DeleteClusterRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    The name of the cluster to delete.
DeleteNodePoolRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class DeleteNodePoolRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
DeleteNodePoolRequest::setZone() — Method in class DeleteNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
DeleteNodePoolRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class DeleteNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
DeleteNodePoolRequest::setNodePoolId() — Method in class DeleteNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the node pool to delete.
GetClusterRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
GetClusterRequest::setZone() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
GetClusterRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    The name of the cluster to retrieve.
GetNodePoolRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class GetNodePoolRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
GetNodePoolRequest::setZone() — Method in class GetNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
GetNodePoolRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class GetNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
GetNodePoolRequest::setNodePoolId() — Method in class GetNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the node pool.
GetOperationRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
GetOperationRequest::setZone() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
GetOperationRequest::setOperationId() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    The server-assigned name of the operation.
GetServerConfigRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class GetServerConfigRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
GetServerConfigRequest::setZone() — Method in class GetServerConfigRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine zone
to return operations for.
HorizontalPodAutoscaling::setDisabled() — Method in class HorizontalPodAutoscaling
                    Whether the Horizontal Pod Autoscaling feature is enabled in the cluster.
HttpLoadBalancing::setDisabled() — Method in class HttpLoadBalancing
                    Whether the HTTP Load Balancing controller is enabled in the cluster.
IPAllocationPolicy::setUseIpAliases() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    Whether alias IPs will be used for pod IPs in the cluster.
IPAllocationPolicy::setCreateSubnetwork() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    Whether a new subnetwork will be created automatically for the cluster.
IPAllocationPolicy::setSubnetworkName() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    A custom subnetwork name to be used if create_subnetwork is true.  If
this field is empty, then an automatic name will be chosen for the new
subnetwork.
IPAllocationPolicy::setClusterIpv4Cidr() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    This field is deprecated, use cluster_ipv4_cidr_block.
IPAllocationPolicy::setNodeIpv4Cidr() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    This field is deprecated, use node_ipv4_cidr_block.
IPAllocationPolicy::setServicesIpv4Cidr() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    This field is deprecated, use services_ipv4_cidr_block.
IPAllocationPolicy::setClusterSecondaryRangeName() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    The name of the secondary range to be used for the cluster CIDR
block.  The secondary range will be used for pod IP
addresses. This must be an existing secondary range associated
with the cluster subnetwork.
IPAllocationPolicy::setServicesSecondaryRangeName() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    The name of the secondary range to be used as for the services
CIDR block.  The secondary range will be used for service
ClusterIPs. This must be an existing secondary range associated
with the cluster subnetwork.
IPAllocationPolicy::setClusterIpv4CidrBlock() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    The IP address range for the cluster pod IPs. If this field is set, then
cluster.cluster_ipv4_cidr must be left blank.
IPAllocationPolicy::setNodeIpv4CidrBlock() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    The IP address range of the instance IPs in this cluster.
IPAllocationPolicy::setServicesIpv4CidrBlock() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    The IP address range of the services IPs in this cluster. If blank, a range
will be automatically chosen with the default size.
KubernetesDashboard::setDisabled() — Method in class KubernetesDashboard
                    Whether the Kubernetes Dashboard is enabled for this cluster.
LegacyAbac::setEnabled() — Method in class LegacyAbac
                    Whether the ABAC authorizer is enabled for this cluster. When enabled,
identities in the system, including service accounts, nodes, and
controllers, will have statically granted permissions beyond those
provided by the RBAC configuration or IAM.
ListClustersRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
ListClustersRequest::setZone() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides, or "-" for all zones.
ListClustersResponse::setClusters() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    A list of clusters in the project in the specified zone, or
across all ones.
ListClustersResponse::setMissingZones() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    If any zones are listed here, the list of clusters returned
may be missing those zones.
ListNodePoolsRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class ListNodePoolsRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
ListNodePoolsRequest::setZone() — Method in class ListNodePoolsRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
ListNodePoolsRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class ListNodePoolsRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
ListNodePoolsResponse::setNodePools() — Method in class ListNodePoolsResponse
                    A list of node pools for a cluster.
ListOperationsRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
ListOperationsRequest::setZone() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine zone
to return operations for, or - for all zones.
ListOperationsResponse::setOperations() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    A list of operations in the project in the specified zone.
ListOperationsResponse::setMissingZones() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    If any zones are listed here, the list of operations returned
may be missing the operations from those zones.
MaintenancePolicy::setWindow() — Method in class MaintenancePolicy
                    Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed.
MaintenanceWindow::setDailyMaintenanceWindow() — Method in class MaintenanceWindow
                    DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window.
MasterAuth::setUsername() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    The username to use for HTTP basic authentication to the master endpoint.
MasterAuth::setPassword() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    The password to use for HTTP basic authentication to the master endpoint.
MasterAuth::setClientCertificateConfig() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    Configuration for client certificate authentication on the cluster.  If no
configuration is specified, a client certificate is issued.
MasterAuth::setClusterCaCertificate() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    [Output only] Base64-encoded public certificate that is the root of
trust for the cluster.
MasterAuth::setClientCertificate() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    [Output only] Base64-encoded public certificate used by clients to
authenticate to the cluster endpoint.
MasterAuth::setClientKey() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    [Output only] Base64-encoded private key used by clients to authenticate
to the cluster endpoint.
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig::setEnabled() — Method in class MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig
                    Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig::setCidrBlocks() — Method in class MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig
                    cidr_blocks define up to 10 external networks that could access
Kubernetes master through HTTPS.
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig_CidrBlock::setDisplayName() — Method in class MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig_CidrBlock
                    display_name is an optional field for users to identify CIDR blocks.
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig_CidrBlock::setCidrBlock() — Method in class MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig_CidrBlock
                    cidr_block must be specified in CIDR notation.
NetworkPolicy::setProvider() — Method in class NetworkPolicy
                    The selected network policy provider.
NetworkPolicy::setEnabled() — Method in class NetworkPolicy
                    Whether network policy is enabled on the cluster.
NetworkPolicyConfig::setDisabled() — Method in class NetworkPolicyConfig
                    Whether NetworkPolicy is enabled for this cluster.
NodeConfig::setMachineType() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The name of a Google Compute Engine machine
type (e.g.
NodeConfig::setDiskSizeGb() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    Size of the disk attached to each node, specified in GB.
NodeConfig::setOauthScopes() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The set of Google API scopes to be made available on all of the
node VMs under the "default" service account.
NodeConfig::setServiceAccount() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The Google Cloud Platform Service Account to be used by the node VMs. If
no Service Account is specified, the "default" service account is used.
NodeConfig::setMetadata() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The metadata key/value pairs assigned to instances in the cluster.
NodeConfig::setImageType() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The image type to use for this node. Note that for a given image type,
the latest version of it will be used.
NodeConfig::setLabels() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node.
NodeConfig::setLocalSsdCount() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The number of local SSD disks to be attached to the node.
NodeConfig::setTags() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify
valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by
the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list
must comply with RFC1035.
NodeConfig::setPreemptible() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    Whether the nodes are created as preemptible VM instances. See:
https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/preemptible for more
information about preemptible VM instances.
NodeConfig::setAccelerators() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    A list of hardware accelerators to be attached to each node.
NodeConfig::setMinCpuPlatform() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    Minimum CPU platform to be used by this instance. The instance may be
scheduled on the specified or newer CPU platform. Applicable values are the
friendly names of CPU platforms, such as
minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or
minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". For more
information, read how to specify min CPU platform
NodeManagement::setAutoUpgrade() — Method in class NodeManagement
                    A flag that specifies whether node auto-upgrade is enabled for the node
pool. If enabled, node auto-upgrade helps keep the nodes in your node pool
up to date with the latest release version of Kubernetes.
NodeManagement::setAutoRepair() — Method in class NodeManagement
                    A flag that specifies whether the node auto-repair is enabled for the node
pool. If enabled, the nodes in this node pool will be monitored and, if
they fail health checks too many times, an automatic repair action will be
triggered.
NodeManagement::setUpgradeOptions() — Method in class NodeManagement
                    Specifies the Auto Upgrade knobs for the node pool.
NodePool::setName() — Method in class NodePool
                    The name of the node pool.
NodePool::setConfig() — Method in class NodePool
                    The node configuration of the pool.
NodePool::setInitialNodeCount() — Method in class NodePool
                    The initial node count for the pool. You must ensure that your
Compute Engine resource quota
is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available
firewall and routes quota.
NodePool::setSelfLink() — Method in class NodePool
                    [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
NodePool::setVersion() — Method in class NodePool
                    The version of the Kubernetes of this node.
NodePool::setInstanceGroupUrls() — Method in class NodePool
                    [Output only] The resource URLs of the managed instance
groups
associated with this node pool.
NodePool::setStatus() — Method in class NodePool
                    [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
NodePool::setStatusMessage() — Method in class NodePool
                    [Output only] Additional information about the current status of this
node pool instance, if available.
NodePool::setAutoscaling() — Method in class NodePool
                    Autoscaler configuration for this NodePool. Autoscaler is enabled
only if a valid configuration is present.
NodePool::setManagement() — Method in class NodePool
                    NodeManagement configuration for this NodePool.
NodePoolAutoscaling::setEnabled() — Method in class NodePoolAutoscaling
                    Is autoscaling enabled for this node pool.
NodePoolAutoscaling::setMinNodeCount() — Method in class NodePoolAutoscaling
                    Minimum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be >= 1 and <=
max_node_count.
NodePoolAutoscaling::setMaxNodeCount() — Method in class NodePoolAutoscaling
                    Maximum number of nodes in the NodePool. Must be >= min_node_count. There
has to enough quota to scale up the cluster.
Operation::setName() — Method in class Operation
                    The server-assigned ID for the operation.
Operation::setZone() — Method in class Operation
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the operation
is taking place.
Operation::setOperationType() — Method in class Operation
                    The operation type.
Operation::setStatus() — Method in class Operation
                    The current status of the operation.
Operation::setDetail() — Method in class Operation
                    Detailed operation progress, if available.
Operation::setStatusMessage() — Method in class Operation
                    If an error has occurred, a textual description of the error.
Operation::setSelfLink() — Method in class Operation
                    Server-defined URL for the resource.
Operation::setTargetLink() — Method in class Operation
                    Server-defined URL for the target of the operation.
Operation::setStartTime() — Method in class Operation
                    [Output only] The time the operation started, in
RFC3339 text format.
Operation::setEndTime() — Method in class Operation
                    [Output only] The time the operation completed, in
RFC3339 text format.
RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest::setZone() — Method in class RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest
                    The name of the cluster to rollback.
RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest::setNodePoolId() — Method in class RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest
                    The name of the node pool to rollback.
ServerConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Container Engine service configuration.
ServerConfig::setDefaultClusterVersion() — Method in class ServerConfig
                    Version of Kubernetes the service deploys by default.
ServerConfig::setValidNodeVersions() — Method in class ServerConfig
                    List of valid node upgrade target versions.
ServerConfig::setDefaultImageType() — Method in class ServerConfig
                    Default image type.
ServerConfig::setValidImageTypes() — Method in class ServerConfig
                    List of valid image types.
ServerConfig::setValidMasterVersions() — Method in class ServerConfig
                    List of valid master versions.
SetAddonsConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetAddonsConfigRequest sets the addons associated with the cluster.
SetAddonsConfigRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetAddonsConfigRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetAddonsConfigRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetAddonsConfigRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetAddonsConfigRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetAddonsConfigRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetAddonsConfigRequest::setAddonsConfig() — Method in class SetAddonsConfigRequest
                    The desired configurations for the various addons available to run in the
cluster.
SetLabelsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetLabelsRequest sets the Google Cloud Platform labels on a Google Container
Engine cluster, which will in turn set them for Google Compute Engine
resources used by that cluster
SetLabelsRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetLabelsRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetLabelsRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetLabelsRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetLabelsRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetLabelsRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
SetLabelsRequest::setResourceLabels() — Method in class SetLabelsRequest
                    The labels to set for that cluster.
SetLabelsRequest::setLabelFingerprint() — Method in class SetLabelsRequest
                    The fingerprint of the previous set of labels for this resource,
used to detect conflicts. The fingerprint is initially generated by
Container Engine and changes after every request to modify or update
labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash when
updating or changing labels. Make a get() request to the
resource to get the latest fingerprint.
SetLegacyAbacRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetLegacyAbacRequest enables or disables the ABAC authorization mechanism for
a cluster.
SetLegacyAbacRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetLegacyAbacRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetLegacyAbacRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetLegacyAbacRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetLegacyAbacRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetLegacyAbacRequest
                    The name of the cluster to update.
SetLegacyAbacRequest::setEnabled() — Method in class SetLegacyAbacRequest
                    Whether ABAC authorization will be enabled in the cluster.
SetLocationsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetLocationsRequest sets the locations of the cluster.
SetLocationsRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetLocationsRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetLocationsRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetLocationsRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetLocationsRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetLocationsRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetLocationsRequest::setLocations() — Method in class SetLocationsRequest
                    The desired list of Google Compute Engine
locations in which the cluster's nodes
should be located. Changing the locations a cluster is in will result
in nodes being either created or removed from the cluster, depending on
whether locations are being added or removed.
SetLoggingServiceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetLoggingServiceRequest sets the logging service of a cluster.
SetLoggingServiceRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetLoggingServiceRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetLoggingServiceRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetLoggingServiceRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetLoggingServiceRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetLoggingServiceRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetLoggingServiceRequest::setLoggingService() — Method in class SetLoggingServiceRequest
                    The logging service the cluster should use to write metrics.
SetMaintenancePolicyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetMaintenancePolicyRequest sets the maintenance policy for a cluster.
SetMaintenancePolicyRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetMaintenancePolicyRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetMaintenancePolicyRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetMaintenancePolicyRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetMaintenancePolicyRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetMaintenancePolicyRequest
                    The name of the cluster to update.
SetMaintenancePolicyRequest::setMaintenancePolicy() — Method in class SetMaintenancePolicyRequest
                    The maintenance policy to be set for the cluster. An empty field
clears the existing maintenance policy.
SetMasterAuthRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetMasterAuthRequest updates the admin password of a cluster.
SetMasterAuthRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetMasterAuthRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetMasterAuthRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetMasterAuthRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetMasterAuthRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetMasterAuthRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetMasterAuthRequest::setAction() — Method in class SetMasterAuthRequest
                    The exact form of action to be taken on the master auth.
SetMasterAuthRequest::setUpdate() — Method in class SetMasterAuthRequest
                    A description of the update.
SetMasterAuthRequest_Action — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    Operation type: what type update to perform.
SetMonitoringServiceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetMonitoringServiceRequest sets the monitoring service of a cluster.
SetMonitoringServiceRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetMonitoringServiceRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetMonitoringServiceRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetMonitoringServiceRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetMonitoringServiceRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetMonitoringServiceRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetMonitoringServiceRequest::setMonitoringService() — Method in class SetMonitoringServiceRequest
                    The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics.
SetNetworkPolicyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetNetworkPolicyRequest enables/disables network policy for a cluster.
SetNetworkPolicyRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetNetworkPolicyRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetNetworkPolicyRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetNetworkPolicyRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetNetworkPolicyRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetNetworkPolicyRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
SetNetworkPolicyRequest::setNetworkPolicy() — Method in class SetNetworkPolicyRequest
                    Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature.
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest sets the autoscaler settings of a node pool.
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest::setNodePoolId() — Method in class SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest
                    The name of the node pool to upgrade.
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest::setAutoscaling() — Method in class SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest
                    Autoscaling configuration for the node pool.
SetNodePoolManagementRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetNodePoolManagementRequest sets the node management properties of a node
pool.
SetNodePoolManagementRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetNodePoolManagementRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetNodePoolManagementRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetNodePoolManagementRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetNodePoolManagementRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetNodePoolManagementRequest
                    The name of the cluster to update.
SetNodePoolManagementRequest::setNodePoolId() — Method in class SetNodePoolManagementRequest
                    The name of the node pool to update.
SetNodePoolManagementRequest::setManagement() — Method in class SetNodePoolManagementRequest
                    NodeManagement configuration for the node pool.
SetNodePoolSizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    SetNodePoolSizeRequest sets the size a node
pool.
SetNodePoolSizeRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SetNodePoolSizeRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
SetNodePoolSizeRequest::setZone() — Method in class SetNodePoolSizeRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
SetNodePoolSizeRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class SetNodePoolSizeRequest
                    The name of the cluster to update.
SetNodePoolSizeRequest::setNodePoolId() — Method in class SetNodePoolSizeRequest
                    The name of the node pool to update.
SetNodePoolSizeRequest::setNodeCount() — Method in class SetNodePoolSizeRequest
                    The desired node count for the pool.
StartIPRotationRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    StartIPRotationRequest creates a new IP for the cluster and then performs
a node upgrade on each node pool to point to the new IP.
StartIPRotationRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class StartIPRotationRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
StartIPRotationRequest::setZone() — Method in class StartIPRotationRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
StartIPRotationRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class StartIPRotationRequest
                    The name of the cluster.
UpdateClusterRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
UpdateClusterRequest::setZone() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
UpdateClusterRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
UpdateClusterRequest::setUpdate() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    A description of the update.
UpdateMasterRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class UpdateMasterRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
UpdateMasterRequest::setZone() — Method in class UpdateMasterRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
UpdateMasterRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class UpdateMasterRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
UpdateMasterRequest::setMasterVersion() — Method in class UpdateMasterRequest
                    The Kubernetes version to change the master to. The only valid value is the
latest supported version. Use "-" to have the server automatically select
the latest version.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The Google Developers Console project ID or project
number.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::setZone() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the Google Compute Engine
zone in which the cluster
resides.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::setClusterId() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the cluster to upgrade.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::setNodePoolId() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The name of the node pool to upgrade.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::setNodeVersion() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an
upgrade). Use - to upgrade to the latest version supported by
the server.
UpdateNodePoolRequest::setImageType() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    The desired image type for the node pool.
AcceleratorConfig::setAcceleratorTypeUri() — Method in class AcceleratorConfig
                    Full URL, partial URI, or short name of the accelerator type resource to
expose to this instance. See Google Compute Engine AcceleratorTypes
Examples
* https://www.googleapis.com/compute/beta/projects/[project_id]/zones/us-east1-a/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-k80
* projects/[project_id]/zones/us-east1-a/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-k80
* nvidia-tesla-k80
AcceleratorConfig::setAcceleratorCount() — Method in class AcceleratorConfig
                    The number of the accelerator cards of this type exposed to this instance.
CancelJobRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class CancelJobRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
CancelJobRequest::setRegion() — Method in class CancelJobRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
CancelJobRequest::setJobId() — Method in class CancelJobRequest
                    Required. The job ID.
Cluster::setProjectId() — Method in class Cluster
                    Required. The Google Cloud Platform project ID that the cluster belongs to.
Cluster::setClusterName() — Method in class Cluster
                    Required. The cluster name. Cluster names within a project must be
unique. Names of deleted clusters can be reused.
Cluster::setConfig() — Method in class Cluster
                    Required. The cluster config. Note that Cloud Dataproc may set
default values, and values may change when clusters are updated.
Cluster::setLabels() — Method in class Cluster
                    Optional. The labels to associate with this cluster.
Cluster::setStatus() — Method in class Cluster
                    Output-only. Cluster status.
Cluster::setStatusHistory() — Method in class Cluster
                    Output-only. The previous cluster status.
Cluster::setClusterUuid() — Method in class Cluster
                    Output-only. A cluster UUID (Unique Universal Identifier). Cloud Dataproc
generates this value when it creates the cluster.
Cluster::setMetrics() — Method in class Cluster
                    Contains cluster daemon metrics such as HDFS and YARN stats.
ClusterConfig::setConfigBucket() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. A Google Cloud Storage staging bucket used for sharing generated
SSH keys and config. If you do not specify a staging bucket, Cloud
Dataproc will determine an appropriate Cloud Storage location (US,
ASIA, or EU) for your cluster's staging bucket according to the Google
Compute Engine zone where your cluster is deployed, and then it will create
and manage this project-level, per-location bucket for you.
ClusterConfig::setGceClusterConfig() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Required. The shared Google Compute Engine config settings for
all instances in a cluster.
ClusterConfig::setMasterConfig() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine config settings for
the master instance in a cluster.
ClusterConfig::setWorkerConfig() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine config settings for
worker instances in a cluster.
ClusterConfig::setSecondaryWorkerConfig() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine config settings for
additional worker instances in a cluster.
ClusterConfig::setSoftwareConfig() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. The config settings for software inside the cluster.
ClusterConfig::setInitializationActions() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    Optional. Commands to execute on each node after config is
completed. By default, executables are run on master and all worker nodes.
ClusterMetrics::setHdfsMetrics() — Method in class ClusterMetrics
                    The HDFS metrics.
ClusterMetrics::setYarnMetrics() — Method in class ClusterMetrics
                    The YARN metrics.
ClusterOperationMetadata::setClusterName() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Name of the cluster for the operation.
ClusterOperationMetadata::setClusterUuid() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Cluster UUID for the operation.
ClusterOperationMetadata::setStatus() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Current operation status.
ClusterOperationMetadata::setStatusHistory() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. The previous operation status.
ClusterOperationMetadata::setOperationType() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. The operation type.
ClusterOperationMetadata::setDescription() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Short description of operation.
ClusterOperationMetadata::setLabels() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Labels associated with the operation
ClusterOperationMetadata::setWarnings() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    Output-only. Errors encountered during operation execution.
ClusterOperationStatus::setState() — Method in class ClusterOperationStatus
                    Output-only. A message containing the operation state.
ClusterOperationStatus::setInnerState() — Method in class ClusterOperationStatus
                    Output-only. A message containing the detailed operation state.
ClusterOperationStatus::setDetails() — Method in class ClusterOperationStatus
                    Output-only.A message containing any operation metadata details.
ClusterOperationStatus::setStateStartTime() — Method in class ClusterOperationStatus
                    Output-only. The time this state was entered.
ClusterStatus::setState() — Method in class ClusterStatus
                    Output-only. The cluster's state.
ClusterStatus::setDetail() — Method in class ClusterStatus
                    Output-only. Optional details of cluster's state.
ClusterStatus::setStateStartTime() — Method in class ClusterStatus
                    Output-only. Time when this state was entered.
ClusterStatus::setSubstate() — Method in class ClusterStatus
                    Output-only. Additional state information that includes
status reported by the agent.
CreateClusterRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster
belongs to.
CreateClusterRequest::setRegion() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
CreateClusterRequest::setCluster() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    Required. The cluster to create.
DeleteClusterRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster
belongs to.
DeleteClusterRequest::setRegion() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
DeleteClusterRequest::setClusterName() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    Required. The cluster name.
DeleteJobRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class DeleteJobRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
DeleteJobRequest::setRegion() — Method in class DeleteJobRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
DeleteJobRequest::setJobId() — Method in class DeleteJobRequest
                    Required. The job ID.
DiagnoseClusterRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class DiagnoseClusterRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster
belongs to.
DiagnoseClusterRequest::setRegion() — Method in class DiagnoseClusterRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
DiagnoseClusterRequest::setClusterName() — Method in class DiagnoseClusterRequest
                    Required. The cluster name.
DiagnoseClusterResults::setOutputUri() — Method in class DiagnoseClusterResults
                    Output-only. The Google Cloud Storage URI of the diagnostic output.
DiskConfig::setBootDiskSizeGb() — Method in class DiskConfig
                    Optional. Size in GB of the boot disk (default is 500GB).
DiskConfig::setNumLocalSsds() — Method in class DiskConfig
                    Optional. Number of attached SSDs, from 0 to 4 (default is 0).
GceClusterConfig::setZoneUri() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. The zone where the Google Compute Engine cluster will be located.
GceClusterConfig::setNetworkUri() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine network to be used for machine
communications. Cannot be specified with subnetwork_uri. If neither
network_uri nor subnetwork_uri is specified, the "default" network of
the project is used, if it exists. Cannot be a "Custom Subnet Network" (see
Using Subnetworks for more information).
GceClusterConfig::setSubnetworkUri() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine subnetwork to be used for machine
communications. Cannot be specified with network_uri.
GceClusterConfig::setInternalIpOnly() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. If true, all instances in the cluster will only have internal IP
addresses. By default, clusters are not restricted to internal IP addresses,
and will have ephemeral external IP addresses assigned to each instance.
GceClusterConfig::setServiceAccount() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. The service account of the instances. Defaults to the default
Google Compute Engine service account. Custom service accounts need
permissions equivalent to the folloing IAM roles:
* roles/logging.logWriter
* roles/storage.objectAdmin
(see https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#custom_service_accounts
for more information).
GceClusterConfig::setServiceAccountScopes() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    Optional. The URIs of service account scopes to be included in Google
Compute Engine instances. The following base set of scopes is always
included:
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud.useraccounts.readonly
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/logging.write
If no scopes are specified, the following defaults are also provided:
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.admin.table
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigtable.data
* https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.full_control
GceClusterConfig::setTags() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    The Google Compute Engine tags to add to all instances (see
Tagging instances).
GceClusterConfig::setMetadata() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    The Google Compute Engine metadata entries to add to all instances (see
Project and instance metadata).
GetClusterRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster
belongs to.
GetClusterRequest::setRegion() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
GetClusterRequest::setClusterName() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    Required. The cluster name.
GetJobRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class GetJobRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
GetJobRequest::setRegion() — Method in class GetJobRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
GetJobRequest::setJobId() — Method in class GetJobRequest
                    Required. The job ID.
HadoopJob::setMainJarFileUri() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    The HCFS URI of the jar file containing the main class.
HadoopJob::setMainClass() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    The name of the driver's main class. The jar file containing the class
must be in the default CLASSPATH or specified in jar_file_uris.
HadoopJob::setArgs() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not
include arguments, such as -libjars or -Dfoo=bar, that can be set as job
properties, since a collision may occur that causes an incorrect job
submission.
HadoopJob::setJarFileUris() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. Jar file URIs to add to the CLASSPATHs of the
Hadoop driver and tasks.
HadoopJob::setFileUris() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. HCFS (Hadoop Compatible Filesystem) URIs of files to be copied
to the working directory of Hadoop drivers and distributed tasks. Useful
for naively parallel tasks.
HadoopJob::setArchiveUris() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted in the working directory of
Hadoop drivers and tasks. Supported file types:
HadoopJob::setProperties() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names to values, used to configure Hadoop.
HadoopJob::setLoggingConfig() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    Optional. The runtime log config for job execution.
HiveJob::setQueryFileUri() — Method in class HiveJob
                    The HCFS URI of the script that contains Hive queries.
HiveJob::setQueryList() — Method in class HiveJob
                    A list of queries.
HiveJob::setContinueOnFailure() — Method in class HiveJob
                    Optional. Whether to continue executing queries if a query fails.
HiveJob::setScriptVariables() — Method in class HiveJob
                    Optional. Mapping of query variable names to values (equivalent to the
Hive command: SET name="value";).
HiveJob::setProperties() — Method in class HiveJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names and values, used to configure Hive.
HiveJob::setJarFileUris() — Method in class HiveJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the CLASSPATH of the
Hive server and Hadoop MapReduce (MR) tasks. Can contain Hive SerDes
and UDFs.
InstanceGroupConfig::setNumInstances() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. The number of VM instances in the instance group.
InstanceGroupConfig::setInstanceNames() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. The list of instance names. Cloud Dataproc derives the names from
cluster_name, num_instances, and the instance group if not set by user
(recommended practice is to let Cloud Dataproc derive the name).
InstanceGroupConfig::setImageUri() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Output-only. The Google Compute Engine image resource used for cluster
instances. Inferred from SoftwareConfig.image_version.
InstanceGroupConfig::setMachineTypeUri() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine machine type used for cluster instances.
InstanceGroupConfig::setDiskConfig() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. Disk option config settings.
InstanceGroupConfig::setIsPreemptible() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. Specifies that this instance group contains preemptible instances.
InstanceGroupConfig::setManagedGroupConfig() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Output-only. The config for Google Compute Engine Instance Group
Manager that manages this group.
InstanceGroupConfig::setAccelerators() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    Optional. The Google Compute Engine accelerator configuration for these
instances.
Job::setReference() — Method in class Job
                    Optional. The fully qualified reference to the job, which can be used to
obtain the equivalent REST path of the job resource. If this property
is not specified when a job is created, the server generates a
job_id.
Job::setPlacement() — Method in class Job
                    Required. Job information, including how, when, and where to
run the job.
Job::setHadoopJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a Hadoop job.
Job::setSparkJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a Spark job.
Job::setPysparkJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a Pyspark job.
Job::setHiveJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a Hive job.
Job::setPigJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a Pig job.
Job::setSparkSqlJob() — Method in class Job
                    Job is a SparkSql job.
Job::setStatus() — Method in class Job
                    Output-only. The job status. Additional application-specific
status information may be contained in the type_job
and yarn_applications fields.
Job::setStatusHistory() — Method in class Job
                    Output-only. The previous job status.
Job::setYarnApplications() — Method in class Job
                    Output-only. The collection of YARN applications spun up by this job.
Job::setDriverOutputResourceUri() — Method in class Job
                    Output-only. A URI pointing to the location of the stdout of the job's
driver program.
Job::setDriverControlFilesUri() — Method in class Job
                    Output-only. If present, the location of miscellaneous control files
which may be used as part of job setup and handling. If not present,
control files may be placed in the same location as driver_output_uri.
Job::setLabels() — Method in class Job
                    Optional. The labels to associate with this job.
Job::setScheduling() — Method in class Job
                    Optional. Job scheduling configuration.
JobControllerGrpcClient::SubmitJob() — Method in class JobControllerGrpcClient
                    Submits a job to a cluster.
JobPlacement::setClusterName() — Method in class JobPlacement
                    Required. The name of the cluster where the job will be submitted.
JobPlacement::setClusterUuid() — Method in class JobPlacement
                    Output-only. A cluster UUID generated by the Cloud Dataproc service when
the job is submitted.
JobReference::setProjectId() — Method in class JobReference
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
JobReference::setJobId() — Method in class JobReference
                    Optional. The job ID, which must be unique within the project. The job ID
is generated by the server upon job submission or provided by the user as a
means to perform retries without creating duplicate jobs. The ID must
contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), or
hyphens (-). The maximum length is 100 characters.
JobScheduling::setMaxFailuresPerHour() — Method in class JobScheduling
                    Optional. Maximum number of times per hour a driver may be restarted as
a result of driver terminating with non-zero code before job is
reported failed.
JobStatus::setState() — Method in class JobStatus
                    Output-only. A state message specifying the overall job state.
JobStatus::setDetails() — Method in class JobStatus
                    Output-only. Optional job state details, such as an error
description if the state is ERROR.
JobStatus::setStateStartTime() — Method in class JobStatus
                    Output-only. The time when this state was entered.
JobStatus::setSubstate() — Method in class JobStatus
                    Output-only. Additional state information, which includes
status reported by the agent.
ListClustersRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the cluster
belongs to.
ListClustersRequest::setRegion() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
ListClustersRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    Optional. A filter constraining the clusters to list. Filters are
case-sensitive and have the following syntax:
field = value [AND [field = value]] .
ListClustersRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    Optional. The standard List page size.
ListClustersRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    Optional. The standard List page token.
ListClustersResponse::setClusters() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    Output-only. The clusters in the project.
ListClustersResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    Output-only. This token is included in the response if there are more
results to fetch. To fetch additional results, provide this value as the
page_token in a subsequent ListClustersRequest.
ListJobsRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
ListJobsRequest::setRegion() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
ListJobsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Optional. The number of results to return in each response.
ListJobsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Optional. The page token, returned by a previous call, to request the
next page of results.
ListJobsRequest::setClusterName() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Optional. If set, the returned jobs list includes only jobs that were
submitted to the named cluster.
ListJobsRequest::setJobStateMatcher() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Optional. Specifies enumerated categories of jobs to list.
ListJobsRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    Optional. A filter constraining the jobs to list. Filters are
case-sensitive and have the following syntax:
[field = value] AND [field [= value]] .
ListJobsResponse::setJobs() — Method in class ListJobsResponse
                    Output-only. Jobs list.
ListJobsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListJobsResponse
                    Optional. This token is included in the response if there are more results
to fetch. To fetch additional results, provide this value as the
page_token in a subsequent ListJobsRequest.
LoggingConfig::setDriverLogLevels() — Method in class LoggingConfig
                    The per-package log levels for the driver. This may include
"root" package name to configure rootLogger.
ManagedGroupConfig::setInstanceTemplateName() — Method in class ManagedGroupConfig
                    Output-only. The name of the Instance Template used for the Managed
Instance Group.
ManagedGroupConfig::setInstanceGroupManagerName() — Method in class ManagedGroupConfig
                    Output-only. The name of the Instance Group Manager for this group.
NodeInitializationAction::setExecutableFile() — Method in class NodeInitializationAction
                    Required. Google Cloud Storage URI of executable file.
NodeInitializationAction::setExecutionTimeout() — Method in class NodeInitializationAction
                    Optional. Amount of time executable has to complete. Default is
10 minutes. Cluster creation fails with an explanatory error message (the
name of the executable that caused the error and the exceeded timeout
period) if the executable is not completed at end of the timeout period.
PigJob::setQueryFileUri() — Method in class PigJob
                    The HCFS URI of the script that contains the Pig queries.
PigJob::setQueryList() — Method in class PigJob
                    A list of queries.
PigJob::setContinueOnFailure() — Method in class PigJob
                    Optional. Whether to continue executing queries if a query fails.
PigJob::setScriptVariables() — Method in class PigJob
                    Optional. Mapping of query variable names to values (equivalent to the Pig
command: name=[value]).
PigJob::setProperties() — Method in class PigJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names to values, used to configure Pig.
PigJob::setJarFileUris() — Method in class PigJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the CLASSPATH of
the Pig Client and Hadoop MapReduce (MR) tasks. Can contain Pig UDFs.
PigJob::setLoggingConfig() — Method in class PigJob
                    Optional. The runtime log config for job execution.
PySparkJob::setMainPythonFileUri() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Required. The HCFS URI of the main Python file to use as the driver. Must
be a .py file.
PySparkJob::setArgs() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver.  Do not include arguments,
such as --conf, that can be set as job properties, since a collision may
occur that causes an incorrect job submission.
PySparkJob::setPythonFileUris() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS file URIs of Python files to pass to the PySpark
framework. Supported file types: .py, .egg, and .zip.
PySparkJob::setJarFileUris() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the CLASSPATHs of the
Python driver and tasks.
PySparkJob::setFileUris() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be copied to the working directory of
Python drivers and distributed tasks. Useful for naively parallel tasks.
PySparkJob::setArchiveUris() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted in the working directory of
PySparkJob::setProperties() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names to values, used to configure PySpark.
PySparkJob::setLoggingConfig() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    Optional. The runtime log config for job execution.
QueryList::setQueries() — Method in class QueryList
                    Required. The queries to execute. You do not need to terminate a query
with a semicolon. Multiple queries can be specified in one string
by separating each with a semicolon. Here is an example of an Cloud
Dataproc API snippet that uses a QueryList to specify a HiveJob:
    "hiveJob": {
      "queryList": {
        "queries": [
          "query1",
          "query2",
          "query3;query4",
        ]
      }
    }
SoftwareConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    Specifies the selection and config of software inside the cluster.
SoftwareConfig::setImageVersion() — Method in class SoftwareConfig
                    Optional. The version of software inside the cluster. It must match the
regular expression [0-9]+\.[0-9]+. If unspecified, it defaults to the
latest version (see Cloud Dataproc Versioning).
SoftwareConfig::setProperties() — Method in class SoftwareConfig
                    Optional. The properties to set on daemon config files.
SparkJob — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A Cloud Dataproc job for running Apache Spark
applications on YARN.
SparkJob::setMainJarFileUri() — Method in class SparkJob
                    The HCFS URI of the jar file that contains the main class.
SparkJob::setMainClass() — Method in class SparkJob
                    The name of the driver's main class. The jar file that contains the class
must be in the default CLASSPATH or specified in jar_file_uris.
SparkJob::setArgs() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. The arguments to pass to the driver. Do not include arguments,
such as --conf, that can be set as job properties, since a collision may
occur that causes an incorrect job submission.
SparkJob::setJarFileUris() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to add to the CLASSPATHs of the
Spark driver and tasks.
SparkJob::setFileUris() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of files to be copied to the working directory of
Spark drivers and distributed tasks. Useful for naively parallel tasks.
SparkJob::setArchiveUris() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of archives to be extracted in the working directory
of Spark drivers and tasks. Supported file types:
SparkJob::setProperties() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names to values, used to configure Spark.
SparkJob::setLoggingConfig() — Method in class SparkJob
                    Optional. The runtime log config for job execution.
SparkSqlJob — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A Cloud Dataproc job for running Apache Spark SQL
queries.
SparkSqlJob::setQueryFileUri() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    The HCFS URI of the script that contains SQL queries.
SparkSqlJob::setQueryList() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    A list of queries.
SparkSqlJob::setScriptVariables() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    Optional. Mapping of query variable names to values (equivalent to the
Spark SQL command: SET name="value";).
SparkSqlJob::setProperties() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    Optional. A mapping of property names to values, used to configure
Spark SQL's SparkConf. Properties that conflict with values set by the
Cloud Dataproc API may be overwritten.
SparkSqlJob::setJarFileUris() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    Optional. HCFS URIs of jar files to be added to the Spark CLASSPATH.
SparkSqlJob::setLoggingConfig() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    Optional. The runtime log config for job execution.
SubmitJobRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A request to submit a job.
SubmitJobRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class SubmitJobRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
SubmitJobRequest::setRegion() — Method in class SubmitJobRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
SubmitJobRequest::setJob() — Method in class SubmitJobRequest
                    Required. The job resource.
UpdateClusterRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project the
cluster belongs to.
UpdateClusterRequest::setRegion() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
UpdateClusterRequest::setClusterName() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    Required. The cluster name.
UpdateClusterRequest::setCluster() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    Required. The changes to the cluster.
UpdateClusterRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    Required. Specifies the path, relative to Cluster, of
the field to update. For example, to change the number of workers
in a cluster to 5, the update_mask parameter would be
specified as config.worker_config.num_instances,
and the PATCH request body would specify the new value, as follows:
    {
      "config":{
        "workerConfig":{
          "numInstances":"5"
        }
      }
    }
Similarly, to change the number of preemptible workers in a cluster to 5,
the update_mask parameter would be
config.secondary_worker_config.num_instances, and the PATCH request
body would be set as follows:
    {
      "config":{
        "secondaryWorkerConfig":{
          "numInstances":"5"
        }
      }
    }
Note: Currently, only the following fields can be updated:


 
 
 Mask
 Purpose
 
 
 labels
 Update labels
 
 
 config.worker_config.num_instances
 Resize primary worker group
 
 
 config.secondary_worker_config.num_instances
 Resize secondary worker group
 
 
 
UpdateJobRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class UpdateJobRequest
                    Required. The ID of the Google Cloud Platform project that the job
belongs to.
UpdateJobRequest::setRegion() — Method in class UpdateJobRequest
                    Required. The Cloud Dataproc region in which to handle the request.
UpdateJobRequest::setJobId() — Method in class UpdateJobRequest
                    Required. The job ID.
UpdateJobRequest::setJob() — Method in class UpdateJobRequest
                    Required. The changes to the job.
UpdateJobRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateJobRequest
                    Required. Specifies the path, relative to Job, of
the field to update. For example, to update the labels of a Job the
update_mask parameter would be specified as
labels, and the PATCH request body would specify the new
value. Note: Currently, labels is the only
field that can be updated.
YarnApplication::setName() — Method in class YarnApplication
                    Required. The application name.
YarnApplication::setState() — Method in class YarnApplication
                    Required. The application state.
YarnApplication::setProgress() — Method in class YarnApplication
                    Required. The numerical progress of the application, from 1 to 100.
YarnApplication::setTrackingUrl() — Method in class YarnApplication
                    Optional. The HTTP URL of the ApplicationMaster, HistoryServer, or
TimelineServer that provides application-specific information. The URL uses
the internal hostname, and requires a proxy server for resolution and,
possibly, access.
Breakpoint::setId() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Breakpoint identifier, unique in the scope of the debuggee.
Breakpoint::setAction() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Action that the agent should perform when the code at the
breakpoint location is hit.
Breakpoint::setLocation() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Breakpoint source location.
Breakpoint::setCondition() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Condition that triggers the breakpoint.
Breakpoint::setExpressions() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    List of read-only expressions to evaluate at the breakpoint location.
Breakpoint::setLogMessageFormat() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Only relevant when action is LOG. Defines the message to log when
the breakpoint hits. The message may include parameter placeholders $0,
$1, etc. These placeholders are replaced with the evaluated value
of the appropriate expression. Expressions not referenced in
log_message_format are not logged.
Breakpoint::setLogLevel() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Indicates the severity of the log. Only relevant when action is LOG.
Breakpoint::setIsFinalState() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    When true, indicates that this is a final result and the
breakpoint state will not change from here on.
Breakpoint::setCreateTime() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Time this breakpoint was created by the server in seconds resolution.
Breakpoint::setFinalTime() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Time this breakpoint was finalized as seen by the server in seconds
resolution.
Breakpoint::setUserEmail() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    E-mail address of the user that created this breakpoint
Breakpoint::setStatus() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Breakpoint status.
Breakpoint::setStackFrames() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    The stack at breakpoint time.
Breakpoint::setEvaluatedExpressions() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    Values of evaluated expressions at breakpoint time.
Breakpoint::setVariableTable() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    The variable_table exists to aid with computation, memory and network
traffic optimization.  It enables storing a variable once and reference
it from multiple variables, including variables stored in the
variable_table itself.
Breakpoint::setLabels() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    A set of custom breakpoint properties, populated by the agent, to be
displayed to the user.
Debuggee::setId() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Unique identifier for the debuggee generated by the controller service.
Debuggee::setProject() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Project the debuggee is associated with.
Debuggee::setUniquifier() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Uniquifier to further distiguish the application.
Debuggee::setDescription() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Human readable description of the debuggee.
Debuggee::setIsInactive() — Method in class Debuggee
                    If set to true, indicates that Controller service does not detect any
activity from the debuggee agents and the application is possibly stopped.
Debuggee::setAgentVersion() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Version ID of the agent.
Debuggee::setIsDisabled() — Method in class Debuggee
                    If set to true, indicates that the agent should disable itself and
detach from the debuggee.
Debuggee::setStatus() — Method in class Debuggee
                    Human readable message to be displayed to the user about this debuggee.
Debuggee::setSourceContexts() — Method in class Debuggee
                    References to the locations and revisions of the source code used in the
deployed application.
Debuggee::setExtSourceContexts() — Method in class Debuggee
                    References to the locations and revisions of the source code used in the
deployed application.
Debuggee::setLabels() — Method in class Debuggee
                    A set of custom debuggee properties, populated by the agent, to be
displayed to the user.
Debugger2GrpcClient::SetBreakpoint() — Method in class Debugger2GrpcClient
                    Sets the breakpoint to the debuggee.
DeleteBreakpointRequest::setDebuggeeId() — Method in class DeleteBreakpointRequest
                    ID of the debuggee whose breakpoint to delete.
DeleteBreakpointRequest::setBreakpointId() — Method in class DeleteBreakpointRequest
                    ID of the breakpoint to delete.
DeleteBreakpointRequest::setClientVersion() — Method in class DeleteBreakpointRequest
                    The client version making the call.
FormatMessage::setFormat() — Method in class FormatMessage
                    Format template for the message. The format uses placeholders $0,
$1, etc. to reference parameters. $$ can be used to denote the $
character.
FormatMessage::setParameters() — Method in class FormatMessage
                    Optional parameters to be embedded into the message.
GetBreakpointRequest::setDebuggeeId() — Method in class GetBreakpointRequest
                    ID of the debuggee whose breakpoint to get.
GetBreakpointRequest::setBreakpointId() — Method in class GetBreakpointRequest
                    ID of the breakpoint to get.
GetBreakpointRequest::setClientVersion() — Method in class GetBreakpointRequest
                    The client version making the call.
GetBreakpointResponse::setBreakpoint() — Method in class GetBreakpointResponse
                    Complete breakpoint state.
ListActiveBreakpointsRequest::setDebuggeeId() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsRequest
                    Identifies the debuggee.
ListActiveBreakpointsRequest::setWaitToken() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsRequest
                    A token that, if specified, blocks the method call until the list
of active breakpoints has changed, or a server-selected timeout has
expired. The value should be set from the next_wait_token field in
the last response. The initial value should be set to "init".
ListActiveBreakpointsRequest::setSuccessOnTimeout() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsRequest
                    If set to true (recommended), returns google.rpc.Code.OK status and
sets the wait_expired response field to true when the server-selected
timeout has expired.
ListActiveBreakpointsResponse::setBreakpoints() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsResponse
                    List of all active breakpoints.
ListActiveBreakpointsResponse::setNextWaitToken() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsResponse
                    A token that can be used in the next method call to block until
the list of breakpoints changes.
ListActiveBreakpointsResponse::setWaitExpired() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsResponse
                    If set to true, indicates that there is no change to the
list of active breakpoints and the server-selected timeout has expired.
ListBreakpointsRequest::setDebuggeeId() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    ID of the debuggee whose breakpoints to list.
ListBreakpointsRequest::setIncludeAllUsers() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    When set to true, the response includes the list of breakpoints set by
any user. Otherwise, it includes only breakpoints set by the caller.
ListBreakpointsRequest::setIncludeInactive() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    When set to true, the response includes active and inactive
breakpoints. Otherwise, it includes only active breakpoints.
ListBreakpointsRequest::setAction() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    When set, the response includes only breakpoints with the specified action.
ListBreakpointsRequest::setStripResults() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    This field is deprecated. The following fields are always stripped out of
the result: stack_frames, evaluated_expressions and variable_table.
ListBreakpointsRequest::setWaitToken() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    A wait token that, if specified, blocks the call until the breakpoints
list has changed, or a server selected timeout has expired.  The value
should be set from the last response. The error code
google.rpc.Code.ABORTED (RPC) is returned on wait timeout, which
should be called again with the same wait_token.
ListBreakpointsRequest::setClientVersion() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    The client version making the call.
ListBreakpointsRequest_BreakpointActionValue::setValue() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest_BreakpointActionValue
                    Only breakpoints with the specified action will pass the filter.
ListBreakpointsResponse::setBreakpoints() — Method in class ListBreakpointsResponse
                    List of breakpoints matching the request.
ListBreakpointsResponse::setNextWaitToken() — Method in class ListBreakpointsResponse
                    A wait token that can be used in the next call to list (REST) or
ListBreakpoints (RPC) to block until the list of breakpoints has changes.
ListDebuggeesRequest::setProject() — Method in class ListDebuggeesRequest
                    Project number of a Google Cloud project whose debuggees to list.
ListDebuggeesRequest::setIncludeInactive() — Method in class ListDebuggeesRequest
                    When set to true, the result includes all debuggees. Otherwise, the
result includes only debuggees that are active.
ListDebuggeesRequest::setClientVersion() — Method in class ListDebuggeesRequest
                    The client version making the call.
ListDebuggeesResponse::setDebuggees() — Method in class ListDebuggeesResponse
                    List of debuggees accessible to the calling user.
RegisterDebuggeeRequest::setDebuggee() — Method in class RegisterDebuggeeRequest
                    Debuggee information to register.
RegisterDebuggeeResponse::setDebuggee() — Method in class RegisterDebuggeeResponse
                    Debuggee resource.
SetBreakpointRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Request to set a breakpoint
SetBreakpointRequest::setDebuggeeId() — Method in class SetBreakpointRequest
                    ID of the debuggee where the breakpoint is to be set.
SetBreakpointRequest::setBreakpoint() — Method in class SetBreakpointRequest
                    Breakpoint specification to set.
SetBreakpointRequest::setClientVersion() — Method in class SetBreakpointRequest
                    The client version making the call.
SetBreakpointResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Response for setting a breakpoint.
SetBreakpointResponse::setBreakpoint() — Method in class SetBreakpointResponse
                    Breakpoint resource.
SourceLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Represents a location in the source code.
SourceLocation::setPath() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    Path to the source file within the source context of the target binary.
SourceLocation::setLine() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    Line inside the file. The first line in the file has the value 1.
StackFrame — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Represents a stack frame context.
StackFrame::setFunction() — Method in class StackFrame
                    Demangled function name at the call site.
StackFrame::setLocation() — Method in class StackFrame
                    Source location of the call site.
StackFrame::setArguments() — Method in class StackFrame
                    Set of arguments passed to this function.
StackFrame::setLocals() — Method in class StackFrame
                    Set of local variables at the stack frame location.
StatusMessage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Represents a contextual status message.
StatusMessage::setIsError() — Method in class StatusMessage
                    Distinguishes errors from informational messages.
StatusMessage::setRefersTo() — Method in class StatusMessage
                    Reference to which the message applies.
StatusMessage::setDescription() — Method in class StatusMessage
                    Status message text.
StatusMessage_Reference — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Enumerates references to which the message applies.
UpdateActiveBreakpointRequest::setDebuggeeId() — Method in class UpdateActiveBreakpointRequest
                    Identifies the debuggee being debugged.
UpdateActiveBreakpointRequest::setBreakpoint() — Method in class UpdateActiveBreakpointRequest
                    Updated breakpoint information.
Variable::setName() — Method in class Variable
                    Name of the variable, if any.
Variable::setValue() — Method in class Variable
                    Simple value of the variable.
Variable::setType() — Method in class Variable
                    Variable type (e.g. MyClass). If the variable is split with
var_table_index, type goes next to value. The interpretation of
a type is agent specific. It is recommended to include the dynamic type
rather than a static type of an object.
Variable::setMembers() — Method in class Variable
                    Members contained or pointed to by the variable.
Variable::setVarTableIndex() — Method in class Variable
                    Reference to a variable in the shared variable table. More than
one variable can reference the same variable in the table. The
var_table_index field is an index into variable_table in Breakpoint.
Variable::setStatus() — Method in class Variable
                    Status associated with the variable. This field will usually stay
unset. A status of a single variable only applies to that variable or
expression. The rest of breakpoint data still remains valid. Variables
might be reported in error state even when breakpoint is not in final
state.
AliasContext::setKind() — Method in class AliasContext
                    The alias kind.
AliasContext::setName() — Method in class AliasContext
                    The alias name.
CloudRepoSourceContext::setRepoId() — Method in class CloudRepoSourceContext
                    The ID of the repo.
CloudRepoSourceContext::setRevisionId() — Method in class CloudRepoSourceContext
                    A revision ID.
CloudRepoSourceContext::setAliasName() — Method in class CloudRepoSourceContext
                    The name of an alias (branch, tag, etc.).
CloudRepoSourceContext::setAliasContext() — Method in class CloudRepoSourceContext
                    An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
CloudWorkspaceId::setRepoId() — Method in class CloudWorkspaceId
                    The ID of the repo containing the workspace.
CloudWorkspaceId::setName() — Method in class CloudWorkspaceId
                    The unique name of the workspace within the repo.  This is the name
chosen by the client in the Source API's CreateWorkspace method.
CloudWorkspaceSourceContext::setWorkspaceId() — Method in class CloudWorkspaceSourceContext
                    The ID of the workspace.
CloudWorkspaceSourceContext::setSnapshotId() — Method in class CloudWorkspaceSourceContext
                    The ID of the snapshot.
ExtendedSourceContext::setContext() — Method in class ExtendedSourceContext
                    Any source context.
ExtendedSourceContext::setLabels() — Method in class ExtendedSourceContext
                    Labels with user defined metadata.
GerritSourceContext::setHostUri() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    The URI of a running Gerrit instance.
GerritSourceContext::setGerritProject() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    The full project name within the host. Projects may be nested, so
"project/subproject" is a valid project name.
GerritSourceContext::setRevisionId() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    A revision (commit) ID.
GerritSourceContext::setAliasName() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    The name of an alias (branch, tag, etc.).
GerritSourceContext::setAliasContext() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    An alias, which may be a branch or tag.
GitSourceContext::setUrl() — Method in class GitSourceContext
                    Git repository URL.
GitSourceContext::setRevisionId() — Method in class GitSourceContext
                    Git commit hash.
ProjectRepoId::setProjectId() — Method in class ProjectRepoId
                    The ID of the project.
ProjectRepoId::setRepoName() — Method in class ProjectRepoId
                    The name of the repo. Leave empty for the default repo.
RepoId::setProjectRepoId() — Method in class RepoId
                    A combination of a project ID and a repo name.
RepoId::setUid() — Method in class RepoId
                    A server-assigned, globally unique identifier.
SourceContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\DevTools\Source\V1
                    A SourceContext is a reference to a tree of files. A SourceContext together
with a path point to a unique revision of a single file or directory.
SourceContext::setCloudRepo() — Method in class SourceContext
                    A SourceContext referring to a revision in a cloud repo.
SourceContext::setCloudWorkspace() — Method in class SourceContext
                    A SourceContext referring to a snapshot in a cloud workspace.
SourceContext::setGerrit() — Method in class SourceContext
                    A SourceContext referring to a Gerrit project.
SourceContext::setGit() — Method in class SourceContext
                    A SourceContext referring to any third party Git repo (e.g. GitHub).
Agent::setParent() — Method in class Agent
                    Required. The project of this agent.
Agent::setDisplayName() — Method in class Agent
                    Required. The name of this agent.
Agent::setDefaultLanguageCode() — Method in class Agent
                    Required. The default language of the agent as a language tag. See
Language Support for a
list of the currently supported language codes.
Agent::setSupportedLanguageCodes() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. The list of all languages supported by this agent (except for the
default_language_code).
Agent::setTimeZone() — Method in class Agent
                    Required. The time zone of this agent from the
time zone database, e.g.,
America/New_York, Europe/Paris.
Agent::setDescription() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. The description of this agent.
Agent::setAvatarUri() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. The URI of the agent's avatar.
Agent::setEnableLogging() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. Determines whether this agent should log conversation queries.
Agent::setMatchMode() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. Determines how intents are detected from user queries.
Agent::setClassificationThreshold() — Method in class Agent
                    Optional. To filter out false positive results and still get variety in
matched natural language inputs for your agent, you can tune the machine
learning classification threshold. If the returned score value is less than
the threshold value, then a fallback intent is be triggered or, if there
are no fallback intents defined, no intent will be triggered. The score
values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
AgentsGrpcClient::SearchAgents() — Method in class AgentsGrpcClient
                    Returns the list of agents.
BatchCreateEntitiesRequest::setParent() — Method in class BatchCreateEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type to create entities in. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/entityTypes/<Entity Type ID>.
BatchCreateEntitiesRequest::setEntities() — Method in class BatchCreateEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The collection of entities to create.
BatchCreateEntitiesRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class BatchCreateEntitiesRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entities. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest::setParent() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type to delete entries for. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/entityTypes/<Entity Type ID>.
BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest::setEntityValues() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The canonical values of the entities to delete. Note that
these are not fully-qualified names, i.e. they don't start with
projects/<Project ID>.
BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entities. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
BatchDeleteEntityTypesRequest::setParent() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntityTypesRequest
                    Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent.
BatchDeleteEntityTypesRequest::setEntityTypeNames() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntityTypesRequest
                    Required. The names entity types to delete. All names must point to the
same agent as parent.
BatchDeleteIntentsRequest::setParent() — Method in class BatchDeleteIntentsRequest
                    Required. The name of the agent to delete all entities types for. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent.
BatchDeleteIntentsRequest::setIntents() — Method in class BatchDeleteIntentsRequest
                    Required. The collection of intents to delete. Only intent name must be
filled in.
BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest::setParent() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type to update the entities in. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/entityTypes/<Entity Type ID>.
BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest::setEntities() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest
                    Required. The collection of new entities to replace the existing entities.
BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entities. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::setParent() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    Required. The name of the agent to update or create entity types in.
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::setEntityTypeBatchUri() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    The URI to a Google Cloud Storage file containing entity types to update
or create. The file format can either be a serialized proto (of
EntityBatch type) or a JSON object. Note: The URI must start with
"gs://".
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::setEntityTypeBatchInline() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    The collection of entity type to update or create.
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entity_types. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
BatchUpdateEntityTypesResponse::setEntityTypes() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesResponse
                    The collection of updated or created entity types.
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::setParent() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    Required. The name of the agent to update or create intents in.
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::setIntentBatchUri() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    The URI to a Google Cloud Storage file containing intents to update or
create. The file format can either be a serialized proto (of IntentBatch
type) or JSON object. Note: The URI must start with "gs://".
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::setIntentBatchInline() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    The collection of intents to update or create.
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The language of training phrases, parameters and rich messages
defined in intents. If not specified, the agent's default language is
used. More than a dozen
languages are supported.
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::setIntentView() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The resource view to apply to the returned intent.
BatchUpdateIntentsResponse::setIntents() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsResponse
                    The collection of updated or created intents.
Context::setName() — Method in class Context
                    Required. The unique identifier of the context. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/contexts/<Context ID>.
Context::setLifespanCount() — Method in class Context
                    Optional. The number of conversational query requests after which the
context expires. If set to 0 (the default) the context expires
immediately. Contexts expire automatically after 10 minutes even if there
are no matching queries.
Context::setParameters() — Method in class Context
                    Optional. The collection of parameters associated with this context.
CreateContextRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateContextRequest
                    Required. The session to create a context for.
CreateContextRequest::setContext() — Method in class CreateContextRequest
                    Required. The context to create.
CreateEntityTypeRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The agent to create a entity type for.
CreateEntityTypeRequest::setEntityType() — Method in class CreateEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The entity type to create.
CreateEntityTypeRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class CreateEntityTypeRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entity_type. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
CreateIntentRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateIntentRequest
                    Required. The agent to create a intent for.
CreateIntentRequest::setIntent() — Method in class CreateIntentRequest
                    Required. The intent to create.
CreateIntentRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class CreateIntentRequest
                    Optional. The language of training phrases, parameters and rich messages
defined in intent. If not specified, the agent's default language is
used. More than a dozen
languages are supported.
CreateIntentRequest::setIntentView() — Method in class CreateIntentRequest
                    Optional. The resource view to apply to the returned intent.
CreateSessionEntityTypeRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The session to create a session entity type for.
CreateSessionEntityTypeRequest::setSessionEntityType() — Method in class CreateSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The session entity type to create.
DeleteAllContextsRequest::setParent() — Method in class DeleteAllContextsRequest
                    Required. The name of the session to delete all contexts from. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>.
DeleteContextRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteContextRequest
                    Required. The name of the context to delete. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/contexts/<Context ID>.
DeleteEntityTypeRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type to delete.
DeleteIntentRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteIntentRequest
                    Required. The name of the intent to delete.
DeleteSessionEntityTypeRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type to delete. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/entityTypes/<Entity Type
Display Name>.
DetectIntentRequest::setSession() — Method in class DetectIntentRequest
                    Required. The name of the session this query is sent to. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>. It's up to the API
caller to choose an appropriate session ID. It can be a random number or
some type of user identifier (preferably hashed). The length of the session
ID must not exceed 36 bytes.
DetectIntentRequest::setQueryParams() — Method in class DetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. The parameters of this query.
DetectIntentRequest::setQueryInput() — Method in class DetectIntentRequest
                    Required. The input specification. It can be set to:
1.  an audio config
    which instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio,
2.  a conversational query in the form of text, or
3.  an event that specifies which intent to trigger.
DetectIntentRequest::setInputAudio() — Method in class DetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. The natural language speech audio to be processed. This field
should be populated iff query_input is set to an input audio config.
DetectIntentResponse::setResponseId() — Method in class DetectIntentResponse
                    The unique identifier of the response. It can be used to
locate a response in the training example set or for reporting issues.
DetectIntentResponse::setQueryResult() — Method in class DetectIntentResponse
                    The results of the conversational query or event processing.
DetectIntentResponse::setWebhookStatus() — Method in class DetectIntentResponse
                    Specifies the status of the webhook request. webhook_status
is never populated in webhook requests.
EntityType::setName() — Method in class EntityType
                    Required for all methods except create (create populates the name
automatically.
EntityType::setDisplayName() — Method in class EntityType
                    Required. The name of the entity.
EntityType::setKind() — Method in class EntityType
                    Required. Indicates the kind of entity type.
EntityType::setAutoExpansionMode() — Method in class EntityType
                    Optional. Indicates whether the entity type can be automatically
expanded.
EntityType::setEntities() — Method in class EntityType
                    Optional. The collection of entities associated with the entity type.
EntityTypeBatch::setEntityTypes() — Method in class EntityTypeBatch
                    A collection of entity types.
EntityType_Entity::setValue() — Method in class EntityType_Entity
                    Required.
EntityType_Entity::setSynonyms() — Method in class EntityType_Entity
                    Required. A collection of synonyms. For KIND_LIST entity types this
must contain exactly one synonym equal to value.
EventInput::setName() — Method in class EventInput
                    Required. The unique identifier of the event.
EventInput::setParameters() — Method in class EventInput
                    Optional. The collection of parameters associated with the event.
EventInput::setLanguageCode() — Method in class EventInput
                    Required. The language of this query. See Language
Support for a list of the
currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session
do not necessarily need to specify the same language.
ExportAgentRequest::setParent() — Method in class ExportAgentRequest
                    Required. The project that the agent to export is associated with.
ExportAgentRequest::setAgentUri() — Method in class ExportAgentRequest
                    Optional. The Google Cloud Storage URI to export the agent to.
ExportAgentResponse::setAgentUri() — Method in class ExportAgentResponse
                    The URI to a file containing the exported agent. This field is populated
only if agent_uri is specified in ExportAgentRequest.
ExportAgentResponse::setAgentContent() — Method in class ExportAgentResponse
                    The exported agent.
GetAgentRequest::setParent() — Method in class GetAgentRequest
                    Required. The project that the agent to fetch is associated with.
GetContextRequest::setName() — Method in class GetContextRequest
                    Required. The name of the context. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/contexts/<Context ID>.
GetEntityTypeRequest::setName() — Method in class GetEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The name of the entity type.
GetEntityTypeRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class GetEntityTypeRequest
                    Optional. The language to retrieve entity synonyms for. If not specified,
the agent's default language is used.
GetIntentRequest::setName() — Method in class GetIntentRequest
                    Required. The name of the intent.
GetIntentRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class GetIntentRequest
                    Optional. The language to retrieve training phrases, parameters and rich
messages for. If not specified, the agent's default language is used.
GetIntentRequest::setIntentView() — Method in class GetIntentRequest
                    Optional. The resource view to apply to the returned intent.
GetSessionEntityTypeRequest::setName() — Method in class GetSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The name of the session entity type. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/entityTypes/<Entity Type
Display Name>.
ImportAgentRequest::setParent() — Method in class ImportAgentRequest
                    Required. The project that the agent to import is associated with.
ImportAgentRequest::setAgentUri() — Method in class ImportAgentRequest
                    The URI to a Google Cloud Storage file containing the agent to import.
ImportAgentRequest::setAgentContent() — Method in class ImportAgentRequest
                    The agent to import.
InputAudioConfig::setAudioEncoding() — Method in class InputAudioConfig
                    Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
InputAudioConfig::setSampleRateHertz() — Method in class InputAudioConfig
                    Required. Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query.
InputAudioConfig::setLanguageCode() — Method in class InputAudioConfig
                    Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do
translations. See Language
Support for a list of the
currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session
do not necessarily need to specify the same language.
InputAudioConfig::setPhraseHints() — Method in class InputAudioConfig
                    Optional. The collection of phrase hints which are used to boost accuracy
of speech recognition.
Intent::setName() — Method in class Intent
                    Required for all methods except create (create populates the name
automatically.
Intent::setDisplayName() — Method in class Intent
                    Required. The name of this intent.
Intent::setWebhookState() — Method in class Intent
                    Required. Indicates whether webhooks are enabled for the intent.
Intent::setPriority() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher
priorities. Zero or negative numbers mean that the intent is disabled.
Intent::setIsFallback() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. Indicates whether this is a fallback intent.
Intent::setMlDisabled() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. Indicates whether Machine Learning is disabled for the intent.
Intent::setInputContextNames() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The list of context names required for this intent to be
triggered.
Intent::setEvents() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The collection of event names that trigger the intent.
Intent::setTrainingPhrases() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The collection of examples/templates that the agent is
trained on.
Intent::setAction() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The name of the action associated with the intent.
Intent::setOutputContexts() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The collection of contexts that are activated when the intent
is matched. Context messages in this collection should not set the
parameters field. Setting the lifespan_count to 0 will reset the context
when the intent is matched.
Intent::setResetContexts() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. Indicates whether to delete all contexts in the current
session when this intent is matched.
Intent::setParameters() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The collection of parameters associated with the intent.
Intent::setMessages() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The collection of rich messages corresponding to the
Response field in the Dialogflow console.
Intent::setDefaultResponsePlatforms() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. The list of platforms for which the first response will be
taken from among the messages assigned to the DEFAULT_PLATFORM.
Intent::setRootFollowupIntentName() — Method in class Intent
                    The unique identifier of the root intent in the chain of followup intents.
Intent::setParentFollowupIntentName() — Method in class Intent
                    The unique identifier of the parent intent in the chain of followup
intents.
Intent::setFollowupIntentInfo() — Method in class Intent
                    Optional. Collection of information about all followup intents that have
name of this intent as a root_name.
IntentBatch::setIntents() — Method in class IntentBatch
                    A collection of intents.
Intent_FollowupIntentInfo::setFollowupIntentName() — Method in class Intent_FollowupIntentInfo
                    The unique identifier of the followup intent.
Intent_FollowupIntentInfo::setParentFollowupIntentName() — Method in class Intent_FollowupIntentInfo
                    The unique identifier of the followup intent parent.
Intent_Message::setText() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The text response.
Intent_Message::setImage() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The image response.
Intent_Message::setQuickReplies() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The quick replies response.
Intent_Message::setCard() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The card response.
Intent_Message::setPayload() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload.
Intent_Message::setSimpleResponses() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The voice and text-only responses for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::setBasicCard() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The basic card response for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::setSuggestions() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The suggestion chips for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::setLinkOutSuggestion() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The link out suggestion chip for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::setListSelect() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The list card response for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::setCarouselSelect() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    The carousel card response for Actions on Google.
Intent_Message::setPlatform() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    Optional. The platform that this message is intended for.
Intent_Message_BasicCard::setTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard
                    Optional. The title of the card.
Intent_Message_BasicCard::setSubtitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard
                    Optional. The subtitle of the card.
Intent_Message_BasicCard::setFormattedText() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard
                    Required, unless image is present. The body text of the card.
Intent_Message_BasicCard::setImage() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard
                    Optional. The image for the card.
Intent_Message_BasicCard::setButtons() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard
                    Optional. The collection of card buttons.
Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button::setTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button
                    Required. The title of the button.
Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button::setOpenUriAction() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button
                    Required. Action to take when a user taps on the button.
Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button_OpenUriAction::setUri() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button_OpenUriAction
                    Required. The HTTP or HTTPS scheme URI.
Intent_Message_Card::setTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card
                    Optional. The title of the card.
Intent_Message_Card::setSubtitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card
                    Optional. The subtitle of the card.
Intent_Message_Card::setImageUri() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card
                    Optional. The public URI to an image file for the card.
Intent_Message_Card::setButtons() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card
                    Optional. The collection of card buttons.
Intent_Message_Card_Button::setText() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card_Button
                    Optional. The text to show on the button.
Intent_Message_Card_Button::setPostback() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card_Button
                    Optional. The text to send back to the Dialogflow API or a URI to
open.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect::setItems() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect
                    Required. Carousel items.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item::setInfo() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item
                    Required. Additional info about the option item.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item::setTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item
                    Required. Title of the carousel item.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item::setDescription() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item
                    Optional. The body text of the card.
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item::setImage() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item
                    Optional. The image to display.
Intent_Message_Image::setImageUri() — Method in class Intent_Message_Image
                    Optional. The public URI to an image file.
Intent_Message_Image::setAccessibilityText() — Method in class Intent_Message_Image
                    Optional. A text description of the image to be used for accessibility,
e.g., screen readers.
Intent_Message_LinkOutSuggestion::setDestinationName() — Method in class Intent_Message_LinkOutSuggestion
                    Required. The name of the app or site this chip is linking to.
Intent_Message_LinkOutSuggestion::setUri() — Method in class Intent_Message_LinkOutSuggestion
                    Required. The URI of the app or site to open when the user taps the
suggestion chip.
Intent_Message_ListSelect::setTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect
                    Optional. The overall title of the list.
Intent_Message_ListSelect::setItems() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect
                    Required. List items.
Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item::setInfo() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item
                    Required. Additional information about this option.
Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item::setTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item
                    Required. The title of the list item.
Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item::setDescription() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item
                    Optional. The main text describing the item.
Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item::setImage() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item
                    Optional. The image to display.
Intent_Message_QuickReplies::setTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_QuickReplies
                    Optional. The title of the collection of quick replies.
Intent_Message_QuickReplies::setQuickReplies() — Method in class Intent_Message_QuickReplies
                    Optional. The collection of quick replies.
Intent_Message_SelectItemInfo::setKey() — Method in class Intent_Message_SelectItemInfo
                    Required. A unique key that will be sent back to the agent if this
response is given.
Intent_Message_SelectItemInfo::setSynonyms() — Method in class Intent_Message_SelectItemInfo
                    Optional. A list of synonyms that can also be used to trigger this
item in dialog.
Intent_Message_SimpleResponse::setTextToSpeech() — Method in class Intent_Message_SimpleResponse
                    One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. The plain text of the
speech output. Mutually exclusive with ssml.
Intent_Message_SimpleResponse::setSsml() — Method in class Intent_Message_SimpleResponse
                    One of text_to_speech or ssml must be provided. Structured spoken
response to the user in the SSML format. Mutually exclusive with
text_to_speech.
Intent_Message_SimpleResponse::setDisplayText() — Method in class Intent_Message_SimpleResponse
                    Optional. The text to display.
Intent_Message_SimpleResponses::setSimpleResponses() — Method in class Intent_Message_SimpleResponses
                    Required. The list of simple responses.
Intent_Message_Suggestion::setTitle() — Method in class Intent_Message_Suggestion
                    Required. The text shown the in the suggestion chip.
Intent_Message_Suggestions::setSuggestions() — Method in class Intent_Message_Suggestions
                    Required. The list of suggested replies.
Intent_Message_Text::setText() — Method in class Intent_Message_Text
                    Optional. The collection of the agent's responses.
Intent_Parameter::setName() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    The unique identifier of this parameter.
Intent_Parameter::setDisplayName() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Required. The name of the parameter.
Intent_Parameter::setValue() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. The definition of the parameter value. It can be:
- a constant string,
- a parameter value defined as $parameter_name,
- an original parameter value defined as $parameter_name.original,
- a parameter value from some context defined as
  #context_name.parameter_name.
Intent_Parameter::setDefaultValue() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. The default value to use when the value yields an empty
result.
Intent_Parameter::setEntityTypeDisplayName() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. The name of the entity type, prefixed with &#64;, that
describes values of the parameter. If the parameter is
required, this must be provided.
Intent_Parameter::setMandatory() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. Indicates whether the parameter is required. That is,
whether the intent cannot be completed without collecting the parameter
value.
Intent_Parameter::setPrompts() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. The collection of prompts that the agent can present to the
user in order to collect value for the parameter.
Intent_Parameter::setIsList() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    Optional. Indicates whether the parameter represents a list of values.
Intent_TrainingPhrase::setName() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase
                    Required. The unique identifier of this training phrase.
Intent_TrainingPhrase::setType() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase
                    Required. The type of the training phrase.
Intent_TrainingPhrase::setParts() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase
                    Required. The collection of training phrase parts (can be annotated).
Intent_TrainingPhrase::setTimesAddedCount() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase
                    Optional. Indicates how many times this example or template was added to
the intent. Each time a developer adds an existing sample by editing an
intent or training, this counter is increased.
Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part::setText() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part
                    Required. The text corresponding to the example or template,
if there are no annotations. For
annotated examples, it is the text for one of the example's parts.
Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part::setEntityType() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part
                    Optional. The entity type name prefixed with &#64;. This field is
required for the annotated part of the text and applies only to
examples.
Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part::setAlias() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part
                    Optional. The parameter name for the value extracted from the
annotated part of the example.
Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part::setUserDefined() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part
                    Optional. Indicates whether the text was manually annotated by the
developer.
ListContextsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListContextsRequest
                    Required. The session to list all contexts from.
ListContextsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListContextsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By
default 100 and at most 1000.
ListContextsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListContextsRequest
                    Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
ListContextsResponse::setContexts() — Method in class ListContextsResponse
                    The list of contexts. There will be a maximum number of items
returned based on the page_size field in the request.
ListContextsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListContextsResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no
more results in the list.
ListEntityTypesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListEntityTypesRequest
                    Required. The agent to list all entity types from.
ListEntityTypesRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class ListEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The language to list entity synonyms for. If not specified,
the agent's default language is used.
ListEntityTypesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By
default 100 and at most 1000.
ListEntityTypesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
ListEntityTypesResponse::setEntityTypes() — Method in class ListEntityTypesResponse
                    The list of agent entity types. There will be a maximum number of items
returned based on the page_size field in the request.
ListEntityTypesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListEntityTypesResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no
more results in the list.
ListIntentsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListIntentsRequest
                    Required. The agent to list all intents from.
ListIntentsRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class ListIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The language to list training phrases, parameters and rich
messages for. If not specified, the agent's default language is used.
ListIntentsRequest::setIntentView() — Method in class ListIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The resource view to apply to the returned intent.
ListIntentsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By
default 100 and at most 1000.
ListIntentsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListIntentsRequest
                    Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
ListIntentsResponse::setIntents() — Method in class ListIntentsResponse
                    The list of agent intents. There will be a maximum number of items
returned based on the page_size field in the request.
ListIntentsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListIntentsResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no
more results in the list.
ListSessionEntityTypesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesRequest
                    Required. The session to list all session entity types from.
ListSessionEntityTypesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By
default 100 and at most 1000.
ListSessionEntityTypesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesRequest
                    Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
ListSessionEntityTypesResponse::setSessionEntityTypes() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesResponse
                    The list of session entity types. There will be a maximum number of items
returned based on the page_size field in the request.
ListSessionEntityTypesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no
more results in the list.
OriginalDetectIntentRequest::setSource() — Method in class OriginalDetectIntentRequest
                    The source of this request, e.g., google, facebook, slack. It is set
by Dialogflow-owned servers.
OriginalDetectIntentRequest::setPayload() — Method in class OriginalDetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. This field is set to the value of QueryParameters.payload field
passed in the request.
QueryInput::setAudioConfig() — Method in class QueryInput
                    Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
QueryInput::setText() — Method in class QueryInput
                    The natural language text to be processed.
QueryInput::setEvent() — Method in class QueryInput
                    The event to be processed.
QueryParameters::setTimeZone() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. The time zone of this conversational query from the
time zone database, e.g.,
America/New_York, Europe/Paris. If not provided, the time zone specified in
agent settings is used.
QueryParameters::setGeoLocation() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. The geo location of this conversational query.
QueryParameters::setContexts() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. The collection of contexts to be activated before this query is
executed.
QueryParameters::setResetContexts() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. Specifies whether to delete all contexts in the current session
before the new ones are activated.
QueryParameters::setSessionEntityTypes() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. The collection of session entity types to replace or extend
developer entities with for this query only. The entity synonyms apply
to all languages.
QueryParameters::setPayload() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    Optional. This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook
associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported.
QueryResult::setQueryText() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The original conversational query text:
- If natural language text was provided as input, query_text contains
  a copy of the input.
QueryResult::setLanguageCode() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The language that was triggered during intent detection.
QueryResult::setSpeechRecognitionConfidence() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The Speech recognition confidence between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. The default of 0.0 is a sentinel value indicating that confidence
was not set.
QueryResult::setAction() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The action name from the matched intent.
QueryResult::setParameters() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The collection of extracted parameters.
QueryResult::setAllRequiredParamsPresent() — Method in class QueryResult
                    This field is set to:
- false if the matched intent has required parameters and not all of
   the required parameter values have been collected.
QueryResult::setFulfillmentText() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The text to be pronounced to the user or shown on the screen.
QueryResult::setFulfillmentMessages() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The collection of rich messages to present to the user.
QueryResult::setWebhookSource() — Method in class QueryResult
                    If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the
value of the source field returned in the webhook response.
QueryResult::setWebhookPayload() — Method in class QueryResult
                    If the query was fulfilled by a webhook call, this field is set to the
value of the payload field returned in the webhook response.
QueryResult::setOutputContexts() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The collection of output contexts. If applicable,
output_contexts.parameters contains entries with name
<parameter name>.original containing the original parameter values
before the query.
QueryResult::setIntent() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not
all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to:
name, display_name and webhook_state.
QueryResult::setIntentDetectionConfidence() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The intent detection confidence. Values range from 0.0
(completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
QueryResult::setDiagnosticInfo() — Method in class QueryResult
                    The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field
could contain webhook call latency.
RestoreAgentRequest::setParent() — Method in class RestoreAgentRequest
                    Required. The project that the agent to restore is associated with.
RestoreAgentRequest::setAgentUri() — Method in class RestoreAgentRequest
                    The URI to a Google Cloud Storage file containing the agent to restore.
RestoreAgentRequest::setAgentContent() — Method in class RestoreAgentRequest
                    The agent to restore.
SearchAgentsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [Agents.SearchAgents][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Agents.SearchAgents].
SearchAgentsRequest::setParent() — Method in class SearchAgentsRequest
                    Required. The project to list agents from.
SearchAgentsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class SearchAgentsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By
default 100 and at most 1000.
SearchAgentsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class SearchAgentsRequest
                    Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
SearchAgentsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The response message for [Agents.SearchAgents][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Agents.SearchAgents].
SearchAgentsResponse::setAgents() — Method in class SearchAgentsResponse
                    The list of agents. There will be a maximum number of items returned based
on the page_size field in the request.
SearchAgentsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class SearchAgentsResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no
more results in the list.
SessionEntityType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents a session entity type.
SessionEntityType::setName() — Method in class SessionEntityType
                    Required. The unique identifier of this session entity type. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/entityTypes/<Entity Type
Display Name>.
SessionEntityType::setEntityOverrideMode() — Method in class SessionEntityType
                    Required. Indicates whether the additional data should override or
supplement the developer entity type definition.
SessionEntityType::setEntities() — Method in class SessionEntityType
                    Required. The collection of entities associated with this session entity
type.
SessionEntityType_EntityOverrideMode — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The types of modifications for a session entity type.
SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Entities are extracted from user input and represent parameters that are
meaningful to your application. For example, a date range, a proper name
such as a geographic location or landmark, and so on. Entities represent
actionable data for your application.
SessionsGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    A session represents an interaction with a user. You retrieve user input
and pass it to the [DetectIntent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Sessions.DetectIntent] (or
[StreamingDetectIntent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent]) method to determine
user intent and respond.
SessionsGrpcClient::StreamingDetectIntent() — Method in class SessionsGrpcClient
                    Processes a natural language query in audio format in a streaming fashion
and returns structured, actionable data as a result. This method is only
available via the gRPC API (not REST).
StreamingDetectIntentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The top-level message sent by the client to the
StreamingDetectIntent method.
StreamingDetectIntentRequest::setSession() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentRequest
                    Required. The name of the session the query is sent to.
StreamingDetectIntentRequest::setQueryParams() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. The parameters of this query.
StreamingDetectIntentRequest::setQueryInput() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentRequest
                    Required. The input specification. It can be set to:
1.  an audio config which instructs the speech recognizer how to process
    the speech audio,
2.  a conversational query in the form of text, or
3.  an event that specifies which intent to trigger.
StreamingDetectIntentRequest::setSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. If false (default), recognition does not cease until the
client closes the stream.
StreamingDetectIntentRequest::setInputAudio() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentRequest
                    Optional. The input audio content to be recognized. Must be sent if
query_input was set to a streaming input audio config. The complete audio
over all streaming messages must not exceed 1 minute.
StreamingDetectIntentResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The top-level message returned from the
StreamingDetectIntent method.
StreamingDetectIntentResponse::setResponseId() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentResponse
                    The unique identifier of the response. It can be used to
locate a response in the training example set or for reporting issues.
StreamingDetectIntentResponse::setRecognitionResult() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentResponse
                    The result of speech recognition.
StreamingDetectIntentResponse::setQueryResult() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentResponse
                    The result of the conversational query or event processing.
StreamingDetectIntentResponse::setWebhookStatus() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentResponse
                    Specifies the status of the webhook request.
StreamingRecognitionResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Contains a speech recognition result corresponding to a portion of the audio
that is currently being processed or an indication that this is the end
of the single requested utterance.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setMessageType() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Type of the result message.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setTranscript() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    The default of 0.0 is a sentinel value indicating confidence was not set.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setConfidence() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    The Speech confidence between 0.0 and 1.0 for the current portion of audio.
StreamingRecognitionResult_MessageType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Type of the response message.
TextInput::setText() — Method in class TextInput
                    Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed.
TextInput::setLanguageCode() — Method in class TextInput
                    Required. The language of this conversational query. See Language
Support for a list of the
currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session
do not necessarily need to specify the same language.
TrainAgentRequest::setParent() — Method in class TrainAgentRequest
                    Required. The project that the agent to train is associated with.
UpdateContextRequest::setContext() — Method in class UpdateContextRequest
                    Required. The context to update.
UpdateContextRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateContextRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
UpdateEntityTypeRequest::setEntityType() — Method in class UpdateEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The entity type to update.
UpdateEntityTypeRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class UpdateEntityTypeRequest
                    Optional. The language of entity synonyms defined in entity_type. If not
specified, the agent's default language is used.
UpdateEntityTypeRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateEntityTypeRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
UpdateIntentRequest::setIntent() — Method in class UpdateIntentRequest
                    Required. The intent to update.
UpdateIntentRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class UpdateIntentRequest
                    Optional. The language of training phrases, parameters and rich messages
defined in intent. If not specified, the agent's default language is
used. More than a dozen
languages are supported.
UpdateIntentRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateIntentRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
UpdateIntentRequest::setIntentView() — Method in class UpdateIntentRequest
                    Optional. The resource view to apply to the returned intent.
UpdateSessionEntityTypeRequest::setSessionEntityType() — Method in class UpdateSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Required. The entity type to update. Format:
projects/<Project ID>/agent/sessions/<Session ID>/entityTypes/<Entity Type
Display Name>.
UpdateSessionEntityTypeRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated.
WebhookRequest::setSession() — Method in class WebhookRequest
                    The unique identifier of detectIntent request session.
WebhookRequest::setResponseId() — Method in class WebhookRequest
                    The unique identifier of the response. Contains the same value as
[Streaming]DetectIntentResponse.response_id.
WebhookRequest::setQueryResult() — Method in class WebhookRequest
                    The result of the conversational query or event processing. Contains the
same value as [Streaming]DetectIntentResponse.query_result.
WebhookRequest::setOriginalDetectIntentRequest() — Method in class WebhookRequest
                    Optional. The contents of the original request that was passed to
[Streaming]DetectIntent call.
WebhookResponse::setFulfillmentText() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. The text to be shown on the screen. This value is passed directly
to QueryResult.fulfillment_text.
WebhookResponse::setFulfillmentMessages() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. The collection of rich messages to present to the user. This
value is passed directly to QueryResult.fulfillment_messages.
WebhookResponse::setSource() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. This value is passed directly to QueryResult.webhook_source.
WebhookResponse::setPayload() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. This value is passed directly to QueryResult.webhook_payload.
WebhookResponse::setOutputContexts() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. The collection of output contexts. This value is passed directly
to QueryResult.output_contexts.
WebhookResponse::setFollowupEventInput() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    Optional. Makes the platform immediately invoke another DetectIntent call
internally with the specified event as input.
Action::setSaveFindings() — Method in class Action
                    Save resulting findings in a provided location.
Action::setPubSub() — Method in class Action
                    Publish a notification to a pubsub topic.
Action::setPublishSummaryToCscc() — Method in class Action
                    Publish summary to Cloud Security Command Center (Alpha).
Action_PublishToPubSub::setTopic() — Method in class Action_PublishToPubSub
                    Cloud Pub/Sub topic to send notifications to. The topic must have given
publishing access rights to the DLP API service account executing
the long running DlpJob sending the notifications.
Action_SaveFindings::setOutputConfig() — Method in class Action_SaveFindings
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.OutputStorageConfig output_config = 1;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::setRequestedPrivacyMetric() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Privacy metric to compute.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::setRequestedSourceTable() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Input dataset to compute metrics over.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::setNumericalStatsResult() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.NumericalStatsResult numerical_stats_result = 3;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::setCategoricalStatsResult() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.CategoricalStatsResult categorical_stats_result = 4;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::setKAnonymityResult() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.KAnonymityResult k_anonymity_result = 5;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::setLDiversityResult() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.LDiversityResult l_diversity_result = 6;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::setKMapEstimationResult() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails.KMapEstimationResult k_map_estimation_result = 7;
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult::setValueFrequencyHistogramBuckets() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult
                    Histogram of value frequencies in the column.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket::setValueFrequencyLowerBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
                    Lower bound on the value frequency of the values in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket::setValueFrequencyUpperBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
                    Upper bound on the value frequency of the values in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket::setBucketSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
                    Total number of values in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket::setBucketValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
                    Sample of value frequencies in this bucket. The total number of
values returned per bucket is capped at 20.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket::setBucketValueCount() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
                    Total number of distinct values in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult::setEquivalenceClassHistogramBuckets() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult
                    Histogram of k-anonymity equivalence classes.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityEquivalenceClass::setQuasiIdsValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityEquivalenceClass
                    Set of values defining the equivalence class. One value per
quasi-identifier column in the original KAnonymity metric message.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityEquivalenceClass::setEquivalenceClassSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityEquivalenceClass
                    Size of the equivalence class, for example number of rows with the
above set of values.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket::setEquivalenceClassSizeLowerBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket
                    Lower bound on the size of the equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket::setEquivalenceClassSizeUpperBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket
                    Upper bound on the size of the equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket::setBucketSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket
                    Total number of equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket::setBucketValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket
                    Sample of equivalence classes in this bucket. The total number of
classes returned per bucket is capped at 20.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket::setBucketValueCount() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket
                    Total number of distinct equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult::setKMapEstimationHistogram() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult
                    The intervals [min_anonymity, max_anonymity] do not overlap. If a value
doesn't correspond to any such interval, the associated frequency is
zero. For example, the following records:
  {min_anonymity: 1, max_anonymity: 1, frequency: 17}
  {min_anonymity: 2, max_anonymity: 3, frequency: 42}
  {min_anonymity: 5, max_anonymity: 10, frequency: 99}
mean that there are no record with an estimated anonymity of 4, 5, or
larger than 10.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket::setMinAnonymity() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket
                    Always positive.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket::setMaxAnonymity() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket
                    Always greater than or equal to min_anonymity.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket::setBucketSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket
                    Number of records within these anonymity bounds.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket::setBucketValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket
                    Sample of quasi-identifier tuple values in this bucket. The total
number of classes returned per bucket is capped at 20.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket::setBucketValueCount() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket
                    Total number of distinct quasi-identifier tuple values in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationQuasiIdValues::setQuasiIdsValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationQuasiIdValues
                    The quasi-identifier values.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationQuasiIdValues::setEstimatedAnonymity() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationQuasiIdValues
                    The estimated anonymity for these quasi-identifier values.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult::setSensitiveValueFrequencyHistogramBuckets() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult
                    Histogram of l-diversity equivalence class sensitive value frequencies.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass::setQuasiIdsValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass
                    Quasi-identifier values defining the k-anonymity equivalence
class. The order is always the same as the original request.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass::setEquivalenceClassSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass
                    Size of the k-anonymity equivalence class.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass::setNumDistinctSensitiveValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass
                    Number of distinct sensitive values in this equivalence class.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass::setTopSensitiveValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass
                    Estimated frequencies of top sensitive values.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket::setSensitiveValueFrequencyLowerBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket
                    Lower bound on the sensitive value frequencies of the equivalence
classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket::setSensitiveValueFrequencyUpperBound() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket
                    Upper bound on the sensitive value frequencies of the equivalence
classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket::setBucketSize() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket
                    Total number of equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket::setBucketValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket
                    Sample of equivalence classes in this bucket. The total number of
classes returned per bucket is capped at 20.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket::setBucketValueCount() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket
                    Total number of distinct equivalence classes in this bucket.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult::setMinValue() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult
                    Minimum value appearing in the column.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult::setMaxValue() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult
                    Maximum value appearing in the column.
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult::setQuantileValues() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult
                    List of 99 values that partition the set of field values into 100 equal
sized buckets.
BigQueryKey::setTableReference() — Method in class BigQueryKey
                    Complete BigQuery table reference.
BigQueryKey::setRowNumber() — Method in class BigQueryKey
                    Absolute number of the row from the beginning of the table at the time
of scanning.
BigQueryOptions::setTableReference() — Method in class BigQueryOptions
                    Complete BigQuery table reference.
BigQueryOptions::setIdentifyingFields() — Method in class BigQueryOptions
                    References to fields uniquely identifying rows within the table.
BigQueryOptions::setRowsLimit() — Method in class BigQueryOptions
                    Max number of rows to scan. If the table has more rows than this value, the
rest of the rows are omitted. If not set, or if set to 0, all rows will be
scanned. Cannot be used in conjunction with TimespanConfig.
BigQueryOptions::setSampleMethod() — Method in class BigQueryOptions
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.BigQueryOptions.SampleMethod sample_method = 4;
BigQueryTable::setProjectId() — Method in class BigQueryTable
                    The Google Cloud Platform project ID of the project containing the table.
BigQueryTable::setDatasetId() — Method in class BigQueryTable
                    Dataset ID of the table.
BigQueryTable::setTableId() — Method in class BigQueryTable
                    Name of the table.
BoundingBox::setTop() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Top coordinate of the bounding box. (0,0) is upper left.
BoundingBox::setLeft() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Left coordinate of the bounding box. (0,0) is upper left.
BoundingBox::setWidth() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Width of the bounding box in pixels.
BoundingBox::setHeight() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Height of the bounding box in pixels.
BucketingConfig::setBuckets() — Method in class BucketingConfig
                    Set of buckets. Ranges must be non-overlapping.
BucketingConfig_Bucket::setMin() — Method in class BucketingConfig_Bucket
                    Lower bound of the range, inclusive. Type should be the same as max if
used.
BucketingConfig_Bucket::setMax() — Method in class BucketingConfig_Bucket
                    Upper bound of the range, exclusive; type must match min.
BucketingConfig_Bucket::setReplacementValue() — Method in class BucketingConfig_Bucket
                    Replacement value for this bucket. If not provided
the default behavior will be to hyphenate the min-max range.
ByteContentItem::setType() — Method in class ByteContentItem
                    The type of data stored in the bytes string. Default will be TEXT_UTF8.
ByteContentItem::setData() — Method in class ByteContentItem
                    Content data to inspect or redact.
CancelDlpJobRequest::setName() — Method in class CancelDlpJobRequest
                    The name of the DlpJob resource to be cancelled.
CharacterMaskConfig::setMaskingCharacter() — Method in class CharacterMaskConfig
                    Character to mask the sensitive values—for example, "" for an
alphabetic string such as name, or "0" for a numeric string such as ZIP
code or credit card number. String must have length 1. If not supplied, we
will default to "" for strings, 0 for digits.
CharacterMaskConfig::setNumberToMask() — Method in class CharacterMaskConfig
                    Number of characters to mask. If not set, all matching chars will be
masked. Skipped characters do not count towards this tally.
CharacterMaskConfig::setReverseOrder() — Method in class CharacterMaskConfig
                    Mask characters in reverse order. For example, if masking_character is
'0', number_to_mask is 14, and reverse_order is false, then
1234-5678-9012-3456 -> 00000000000000-3456
If masking_character is '*', number_to_mask is 3, and reverse_order
is true, then 12345 -> 12***
CharacterMaskConfig::setCharactersToIgnore() — Method in class CharacterMaskConfig
                    When masking a string, items in this list will be skipped when replacing.
CharsToIgnore::setCharactersToSkip() — Method in class CharsToIgnore
                    Generated from protobuf field string characters_to_skip = 1;
CharsToIgnore::setCommonCharactersToIgnore() — Method in class CharsToIgnore
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CharsToIgnore.CommonCharsToIgnore common_characters_to_ignore = 2;
CloudStorageOptions::setFileSet() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CloudStorageOptions.FileSet file_set = 1;
CloudStorageOptions::setBytesLimitPerFile() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions
                    Max number of bytes to scan from a file. If a scanned file's size is bigger
than this value then the rest of the bytes are omitted.
CloudStorageOptions::setFileTypes() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions
                    List of file type groups to include in the scan.
CloudStorageOptions::setSampleMethod() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CloudStorageOptions.SampleMethod sample_method = 6;
CloudStorageOptions::setFilesLimitPercent() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions
                    Limits the number of files to scan to this percentage of the input FileSet.
CloudStorageOptions_FileSet::setUrl() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions_FileSet
                    The url, in the format gs://<bucket>/<path>. Trailing wildcard in the
path is allowed.
CloudStoragePath::setPath() — Method in class CloudStoragePath
                    A url representing a file or path (no wildcards) in Cloud Storage.
Color::setRed() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::setGreen() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::setBlue() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
ContentItem::setValue() — Method in class ContentItem
                    String data to inspect or redact.
ContentItem::setTable() — Method in class ContentItem
                    Structured content for inspection.
ContentItem::setByteItem() — Method in class ContentItem
                    Content data to inspect or redact. Replaces type and data.
ContentLocation::setContainerName() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Name of the container where the finding is located.
ContentLocation::setRecordLocation() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Location within a row or record of a database table.
ContentLocation::setImageLocation() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Location within an image's pixels.
ContentLocation::setDocumentLocation() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Location data for document files.
ContentLocation::setContainerTimestamp() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Findings container modification timestamp, if applicable.
ContentLocation::setContainerVersion() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    Findings container version, if available
("generation" for Google Cloud Storage).
CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id or
organizations/my-org-id.
CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::setDeidentifyTemplate() — Method in class CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    The DeidentifyTemplate to create.
CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::setTemplateId() — Method in class CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    The template id can contain uppercase and lowercase letters,
numbers, and hyphens; that is, it must match the regular
expression: [a-zA-Z\\d-]+. The maximum length is 100
characters. Can be empty to allow the system to generate one.
CreateDlpJobRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateDlpJobRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
CreateDlpJobRequest::setInspectJob() — Method in class CreateDlpJobRequest
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectJobConfig inspect_job = 2;
CreateDlpJobRequest::setRiskJob() — Method in class CreateDlpJobRequest
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.RiskAnalysisJobConfig risk_job = 3;
CreateDlpJobRequest::setJobId() — Method in class CreateDlpJobRequest
                    The job id can contain uppercase and lowercase letters,
numbers, and hyphens; that is, it must match the regular
expression: [a-zA-Z\\d-]+. The maximum length is 100
characters. Can be empty to allow the system to generate one.
CreateInspectTemplateRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateInspectTemplateRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id or
organizations/my-org-id.
CreateInspectTemplateRequest::setInspectTemplate() — Method in class CreateInspectTemplateRequest
                    The InspectTemplate to create.
CreateInspectTemplateRequest::setTemplateId() — Method in class CreateInspectTemplateRequest
                    The template id can contain uppercase and lowercase letters,
numbers, and hyphens; that is, it must match the regular
expression: [a-zA-Z\\d-]+. The maximum length is 100
characters. Can be empty to allow the system to generate one.
CreateJobTriggerRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateJobTriggerRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
CreateJobTriggerRequest::setJobTrigger() — Method in class CreateJobTriggerRequest
                    The JobTrigger to create.
CreateJobTriggerRequest::setTriggerId() — Method in class CreateJobTriggerRequest
                    The trigger id can contain uppercase and lowercase letters,
numbers, and hyphens; that is, it must match the regular
expression: [a-zA-Z\\d-]+. The maximum length is 100
characters. Can be empty to allow the system to generate one.
CryptoHashConfig::setCryptoKey() — Method in class CryptoHashConfig
                    The key used by the hash function.
$CryptoKey#source — Property in class CryptoKey
                    
CryptoKey::setTransient() — Method in class CryptoKey
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.TransientCryptoKey transient = 1;
CryptoKey::setUnwrapped() — Method in class CryptoKey
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.UnwrappedCryptoKey unwrapped = 2;
CryptoKey::setKmsWrapped() — Method in class CryptoKey
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.KmsWrappedCryptoKey kms_wrapped = 3;
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::setCryptoKey() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    The key used by the encryption algorithm. [required]
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::setContext() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    The 'tweak', a context may be used for higher security since the same
identifier in two different contexts won't be given the same surrogate. If
the context is not set, a default tweak will be used.
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::setCommonAlphabet() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig.FfxCommonNativeAlphabet common_alphabet = 4;
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::setCustomAlphabet() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    This is supported by mapping these to the alphanumeric characters
that the FFX mode natively supports. This happens before/after
encryption/decryption.
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::setRadix() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    The native way to select the alphabet. Must be in the range [2, 62].
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::setSurrogateInfoType() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    The custom infoType to annotate the surrogate with.
CustomInfoType::setInfoType() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Info type configuration. All custom info types must have configurations
that do not conflict with built-in info types or other custom info types.
CustomInfoType::setLikelihood() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Likelihood to return for this custom info type. This base value can be
altered by a detection rule if the finding meets the criteria specified by
the rule. Defaults to VERY_LIKELY if not specified.
CustomInfoType::setDictionary() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Dictionary-based custom info type.
CustomInfoType::setRegex() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Regex-based custom info type.
CustomInfoType::setSurrogateType() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Surrogate info type.
CustomInfoType::setDetectionRules() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    Set of detection rules to apply to all findings of this custom info type.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule::setHotwordRule() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule
                    Hotword-based detection rule.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule::setHotwordRegex() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule
                    Regex pattern defining what qualifies as a hotword.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule::setProximity() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule
                    Proximity of the finding within which the entire hotword must reside.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule::setLikelihoodAdjustment() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule
                    Likelihood adjustment to apply to all matching findings.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment::setFixedLikelihood() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment
                    Set the likelihood of a finding to a fixed value.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment::setRelativeLikelihood() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment
                    Increase or decrease the likelihood by the specified number of
levels. For example, if a finding would be POSSIBLE without the
detection rule and relative_likelihood is 1, then it is upgraded to
LIKELY, while a value of -1 would downgrade it to UNLIKELY.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_Proximity::setWindowBefore() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_Proximity
                    Number of characters before the finding to consider.
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_Proximity::setWindowAfter() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_Proximity
                    Number of characters after the finding to consider.
$CustomInfoType_Dictionary#source — Property in class CustomInfoType_Dictionary
                    
CustomInfoType_Dictionary::setWordList() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Dictionary
                    List of words or phrases to search for.
CustomInfoType_Dictionary::setCloudStoragePath() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Dictionary
                    Newline-delimited file of words in Cloud Storage. Only a single file
is accepted.
CustomInfoType_Dictionary_WordList::setWords() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Dictionary_WordList
                    Words or phrases defining the dictionary. The dictionary must contain
at least one phrase and every phrase must contain at least 2 characters
that are letters or digits. [required]
CustomInfoType_Regex::setPattern() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Regex
                    Pattern defining the regular expression.
DatastoreKey::setEntityKey() — Method in class DatastoreKey
                    Datastore entity key.
DatastoreOptions::setPartitionId() — Method in class DatastoreOptions
                    A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always
by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty.
DatastoreOptions::setKind() — Method in class DatastoreOptions
                    The kind to process.
DateShiftConfig::setUpperBoundDays() — Method in class DateShiftConfig
                    Range of shift in days. Actual shift will be selected at random within this
range (inclusive ends). Negative means shift to earlier in time. Must not
be more than 365250 days (1000 years) each direction.
DateShiftConfig::setLowerBoundDays() — Method in class DateShiftConfig
                    For example, -5 means shift date to at most 5 days back in the past.
DateShiftConfig::setContext() — Method in class DateShiftConfig
                    Points to the field that contains the context, for example, an entity id.
DateShiftConfig::setCryptoKey() — Method in class DateShiftConfig
                    Causes the shift to be computed based on this key and the context. This
results in the same shift for the same context and crypto_key.
DateTime::setDate() — Method in class DateTime
                    One or more of the following must be set. All fields are optional, but
when set must be valid date or time values.
DateTime::setDayOfWeek() — Method in class DateTime
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.type.DayOfWeek day_of_week = 2;
DateTime::setTime() — Method in class DateTime
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.type.TimeOfDay time = 3;
DateTime::setTimeZone() — Method in class DateTime
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.DateTime.TimeZone time_zone = 4;
DateTime_TimeZone::setOffsetMinutes() — Method in class DateTime_TimeZone
                    Set only if the offset can be determined. Positive for time ahead of UTC.
DeidentifyConfig::setInfoTypeTransformations() — Method in class DeidentifyConfig
                    Treat the dataset as free-form text and apply the same free text
transformation everywhere.
DeidentifyConfig::setRecordTransformations() — Method in class DeidentifyConfig
                    Treat the dataset as structured. Transformations can be applied to
specific locations within structured datasets, such as transforming
a column within a table.
DeidentifyContentRequest::setParent() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
DeidentifyContentRequest::setDeidentifyConfig() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    Configuration for the de-identification of the content item.
DeidentifyContentRequest::setInspectConfig() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    Configuration for the inspector.
DeidentifyContentRequest::setItem() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    The item to de-identify. Will be treated as text.
DeidentifyContentRequest::setInspectTemplateName() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    Optional template to use. Any configuration directly specified in
inspect_config will override those set in the template. Singular fields
that are set in this request will replace their corresponding fields in the
template. Repeated fields are appended. Singular sub-messages and groups
are recursively merged.
DeidentifyContentRequest::setDeidentifyTemplateName() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    Optional template to use. Any configuration directly specified in
deidentify_config will override those set in the template. Singular fields
that are set in this request will replace their corresponding fields in the
template. Repeated fields are appended. Singular sub-messages and groups
are recursively merged.
DeidentifyContentResponse::setItem() — Method in class DeidentifyContentResponse
                    The de-identified item.
DeidentifyContentResponse::setOverview() — Method in class DeidentifyContentResponse
                    An overview of the changes that were made on the item.
DeidentifyTemplate::setName() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    The template name. Output only.
DeidentifyTemplate::setDisplayName() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    Display name (max 256 chars).
DeidentifyTemplate::setDescription() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    Short description (max 256 chars).
DeidentifyTemplate::setCreateTime() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    The creation timestamp of a inspectTemplate, output only field.
DeidentifyTemplate::setUpdateTime() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    The last update timestamp of a inspectTemplate, output only field.
DeidentifyTemplate::setDeidentifyConfig() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    ///////////// // The core content of the template  // ///////////////
DeleteDeidentifyTemplateRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of the organization and deidentify template to be deleted,
for example organizations/433245324/deidentifyTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/deidentifyTemplates/432452342.
DeleteDlpJobRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteDlpJobRequest
                    The name of the DlpJob resource to be deleted.
DeleteInspectTemplateRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteInspectTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of the organization and inspectTemplate to be deleted, for
example organizations/433245324/inspectTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/inspectTemplates/432452342.
DeleteJobTriggerRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteJobTriggerRequest
                    Resource name of the project and the triggeredJob, for example
projects/dlp-test-project/jobTriggers/53234423.
DlpJob::setName() — Method in class DlpJob
                    The server-assigned name.
DlpJob::setType() — Method in class DlpJob
                    The type of job.
DlpJob::setState() — Method in class DlpJob
                    State of a job.
DlpJob::setRiskDetails() — Method in class DlpJob
                    Results from analyzing risk of a data source.
DlpJob::setInspectDetails() — Method in class DlpJob
                    Results from inspecting a data source.
DlpJob::setCreateTime() — Method in class DlpJob
                    Time when the job was created.
DlpJob::setStartTime() — Method in class DlpJob
                    Time when the job started.
DlpJob::setEndTime() — Method in class DlpJob
                    Time when the job finished.
DlpJob::setJobTriggerName() — Method in class DlpJob
                    If created by a job trigger, the resource name of the trigger that
instantiated the job.
DlpJob::setErrors() — Method in class DlpJob
                    A stream of errors encountered running the job.
DocumentLocation::setFileOffset() — Method in class DocumentLocation
                    Offset of the line, from the beginning of the file, where the finding
is located.
EntityId::setField() — Method in class EntityId
                    Composite key indicating which field contains the entity identifier.
Error::setDetails() — Method in class Error
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.rpc.Status details = 1;
Error::setTimestamps() — Method in class Error
                    The times the error occurred.
FieldId::setName() — Method in class FieldId
                    Name describing the field.
FieldTransformation::setFields() — Method in class FieldTransformation
                    Input field(s) to apply the transformation to. [required]
FieldTransformation::setCondition() — Method in class FieldTransformation
                    Only apply the transformation if the condition evaluates to true for the
given RecordCondition. The conditions are allowed to reference fields
that are not used in the actual transformation. [optional]
Example Use Cases:
- Apply a different bucket transformation to an age column if the zip code
column for the same record is within a specific range.
FieldTransformation::setPrimitiveTransformation() — Method in class FieldTransformation
                    Apply the transformation to the entire field.
FieldTransformation::setInfoTypeTransformations() — Method in class FieldTransformation
                    Treat the contents of the field as free text, and selectively
transform content that matches an InfoType.
Finding::setQuote() — Method in class Finding
                    The content that was found. Even if the content is not textual, it
may be converted to a textual representation here.
Finding::setInfoType() — Method in class Finding
                    The type of content that might have been found.
Finding::setLikelihood() — Method in class Finding
                    Estimate of how likely it is that the info_type is correct.
Finding::setLocation() — Method in class Finding
                    Where the content was found.
Finding::setCreateTime() — Method in class Finding
                    Timestamp when finding was detected.
Finding::setQuoteInfo() — Method in class Finding
                    Contains data parsed from quotes. Only populated if include_quote was set
to true and a supported infoType was requested. Currently supported
infoTypes: DATE, DATE_OF_BIRTH and TIME.
FixedSizeBucketingConfig::setLowerBound() — Method in class FixedSizeBucketingConfig
                    Lower bound value of buckets. All values less than lower_bound are
grouped together into a single bucket; for example if lower_bound = 10,
then all values less than 10 are replaced with the value “-10”. [Required].
FixedSizeBucketingConfig::setUpperBound() — Method in class FixedSizeBucketingConfig
                    Upper bound value of buckets. All values greater than upper_bound are
grouped together into a single bucket; for example if upper_bound = 89,
then all values greater than 89 are replaced with the value “89+”.
FixedSizeBucketingConfig::setBucketSize() — Method in class FixedSizeBucketingConfig
                    Size of each bucket (except for minimum and maximum buckets). So if
lower_bound = 10, upper_bound = 89, and bucket_size = 10, then the
following buckets would be used: -10, 10-20, 20-30, 30-40, 40-50, 50-60,
60-70, 70-80, 80-89, 89+. Precision up to 2 decimals works. [Required].
GetDeidentifyTemplateRequest::setName() — Method in class GetDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of the organization and deidentify template to be read, for
example organizations/433245324/deidentifyTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/deidentifyTemplates/432452342.
GetDlpJobRequest::setName() — Method in class GetDlpJobRequest
                    The name of the DlpJob resource.
GetInspectTemplateRequest::setName() — Method in class GetInspectTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of the organization and inspectTemplate to be read, for
example organizations/433245324/inspectTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/inspectTemplates/432452342.
GetJobTriggerRequest::setName() — Method in class GetJobTriggerRequest
                    Resource name of the project and the triggeredJob, for example
projects/dlp-test-project/jobTriggers/53234423.
ImageLocation::setBoundingBoxes() — Method in class ImageLocation
                    Bounding boxes locating the pixels within the image containing the finding.
InfoType::setName() — Method in class InfoType
                    Name of the information type.
InfoTypeDescription::setName() — Method in class InfoTypeDescription
                    Internal name of the infoType.
InfoTypeDescription::setDisplayName() — Method in class InfoTypeDescription
                    Human readable form of the infoType name.
InfoTypeDescription::setSupportedBy() — Method in class InfoTypeDescription
                    Which parts of the API supports this InfoType.
InfoTypeStats::setInfoType() — Method in class InfoTypeStats
                    The type of finding this stat is for.
InfoTypeStats::setCount() — Method in class InfoTypeStats
                    Number of findings for this infoType.
InfoTypeTransformations::setTransformations() — Method in class InfoTypeTransformations
                    Transformation for each infoType. Cannot specify more than one
for a given infoType. [required]
InfoTypeTransformations_InfoTypeTransformation::setInfoTypes() — Method in class InfoTypeTransformations_InfoTypeTransformation
                    InfoTypes to apply the transformation to. Empty list will match all
available infoTypes for this transformation.
InfoTypeTransformations_InfoTypeTransformation::setPrimitiveTransformation() — Method in class InfoTypeTransformations_InfoTypeTransformation
                    Primitive transformation to apply to the infoType. [required]
InspectConfig::setInfoTypes() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    Restricts what info_types to look for. The values must correspond to
InfoType values returned by ListInfoTypes or found in documentation.
InspectConfig::setMinLikelihood() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    Only returns findings equal or above this threshold. The default is
POSSIBLE.
InspectConfig::setLimits() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectConfig.FindingLimits limits = 3;
InspectConfig::setIncludeQuote() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    When true, a contextual quote from the data that triggered a finding is
included in the response; see Finding.quote.
InspectConfig::setExcludeInfoTypes() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    When true, excludes type information of the findings.
InspectConfig::setCustomInfoTypes() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    Custom infoTypes provided by the user.
InspectConfig::setContentOptions() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    List of options defining data content to scan.
InspectConfig_FindingLimits::setMaxFindingsPerItem() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits
                    Max number of findings that will be returned for each item scanned.
InspectConfig_FindingLimits::setMaxFindingsPerRequest() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits
                    Max number of findings that will be returned per request/job.
InspectConfig_FindingLimits::setMaxFindingsPerInfoType() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits
                    Configuration of findings limit given for specified infoTypes.
InspectConfig_FindingLimits_InfoTypeLimit::setInfoType() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits_InfoTypeLimit
                    Type of information the findings limit applies to. Only one limit per
info_type should be provided. If InfoTypeLimit does not have an
info_type, the DLP API applies the limit against all info_types that
are found but not specified in another InfoTypeLimit.
InspectConfig_FindingLimits_InfoTypeLimit::setMaxFindings() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits_InfoTypeLimit
                    Max findings limit for the given infoType.
InspectContentRequest::setParent() — Method in class InspectContentRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
InspectContentRequest::setInspectConfig() — Method in class InspectContentRequest
                    Configuration for the inspector. What specified here will override
the template referenced by the inspect_template_name argument.
InspectContentRequest::setItem() — Method in class InspectContentRequest
                    The item to inspect.
InspectContentRequest::setInspectTemplateName() — Method in class InspectContentRequest
                    Optional template to use. Any configuration directly specified in
inspect_config will override those set in the template. Singular fields
that are set in this request will replace their corresponding fields in the
template. Repeated fields are appended. Singular sub-messages and groups
are recursively merged.
InspectContentResponse::setResult() — Method in class InspectContentResponse
                    The findings.
InspectDataSourceDetails::setRequestedOptions() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails
                    The configuration used for this job.
InspectDataSourceDetails::setResult() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails
                    A summary of the outcome of this inspect job.
InspectDataSourceDetails_RequestedOptions::setSnapshotInspectTemplate() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_RequestedOptions
                    If run with an InspectTemplate, a snapshot of its state at the time of
this run.
InspectDataSourceDetails_RequestedOptions::setJobConfig() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_RequestedOptions
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectJobConfig job_config = 3;
InspectDataSourceDetails_Result::setProcessedBytes() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_Result
                    Total size in bytes that were processed.
InspectDataSourceDetails_Result::setTotalEstimatedBytes() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_Result
                    Estimate of the number of bytes to process.
InspectDataSourceDetails_Result::setInfoTypeStats() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_Result
                    Statistics of how many instances of each info type were found during
inspect job.
InspectJobConfig::setStorageConfig() — Method in class InspectJobConfig
                    The data to scan.
InspectJobConfig::setInspectConfig() — Method in class InspectJobConfig
                    How and what to scan for.
InspectJobConfig::setInspectTemplateName() — Method in class InspectJobConfig
                    If provided, will be used as the default for all values in InspectConfig.
InspectJobConfig::setActions() — Method in class InspectJobConfig
                    Actions to execute at the completion of the job. Are executed in the order
provided.
InspectResult::setFindings() — Method in class InspectResult
                    List of findings for an item.
InspectResult::setFindingsTruncated() — Method in class InspectResult
                    If true, then this item might have more findings than were returned,
and the findings returned are an arbitrary subset of all findings.
InspectTemplate::setName() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    The template name. Output only.
InspectTemplate::setDisplayName() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    Display name (max 256 chars).
InspectTemplate::setDescription() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    Short description (max 256 chars).
InspectTemplate::setCreateTime() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    The creation timestamp of a inspectTemplate, output only field.
InspectTemplate::setUpdateTime() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    The last update timestamp of a inspectTemplate, output only field.
InspectTemplate::setInspectConfig() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    The core content of the template. Configuration of the scanning process.
JobTrigger::setName() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    Unique resource name for the triggeredJob, assigned by the service when the
triggeredJob is created, for example
projects/dlp-test-project/triggeredJobs/53234423.
JobTrigger::setDisplayName() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    Display name (max 100 chars)
JobTrigger::setDescription() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    User provided description (max 256 chars)
JobTrigger::setInspectJob() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.InspectJobConfig inspect_job = 4;
JobTrigger::setTriggers() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    A list of triggers which will be OR'ed together. Only one in the list
needs to trigger for a job to be started. The list may contain only
a single Schedule trigger and must have at least one object.
JobTrigger::setErrors() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    A stream of errors encountered when the trigger was activated. Repeated
errors may result in the JobTrigger automaticaly being paused.
JobTrigger::setCreateTime() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    The creation timestamp of a triggeredJob, output only field.
JobTrigger::setUpdateTime() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    The last update timestamp of a triggeredJob, output only field.
JobTrigger::setLastRunTime() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    The timestamp of the last time this trigger executed, output only field.
JobTrigger::setStatus() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    A status for this trigger. [required]
JobTrigger_Trigger::setSchedule() — Method in class JobTrigger_Trigger
                    Create a job on a repeating basis based on the elapse of time.
Key::setPartitionId() — Method in class Key
                    Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project
ID and namespace ID.
Key::setPath() — Method in class Key
                    The entity path.
Key_PathElement::setKind() — Method in class Key_PathElement
                    The kind of the entity.
Key_PathElement::setId() — Method in class Key_PathElement
                    The auto-allocated ID of the entity.
Key_PathElement::setName() — Method in class Key_PathElement
                    The name of the entity.
KindExpression::setName() — Method in class KindExpression
                    The name of the kind.
KmsWrappedCryptoKey::setWrappedKey() — Method in class KmsWrappedCryptoKey
                    The wrapped data crypto key. [required]
KmsWrappedCryptoKey::setCryptoKeyName() — Method in class KmsWrappedCryptoKey
                    The resource name of the KMS CryptoKey to use for unwrapping. [required]
ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id or
organizations/my-org-id.
ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest
                    Optional page token to continue retrieval. Comes from previous call
to ListDeidentifyTemplates.
ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest
                    Optional size of the page, can be limited by server. If zero server returns
a page of max size 100.
ListDeidentifyTemplatesResponse::setDeidentifyTemplates() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesResponse
                    List of deidentify templates, up to page_size in
ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest.
ListDeidentifyTemplatesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesResponse
                    If the next page is available then the next page token to be used
in following ListDeidentifyTemplates request.
ListDlpJobsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListDlpJobsRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
ListDlpJobsRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListDlpJobsRequest
                    Optional. Allows filtering.
ListDlpJobsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListDlpJobsRequest
                    The standard list page size.
ListDlpJobsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListDlpJobsRequest
                    The standard list page token.
ListDlpJobsRequest::setType() — Method in class ListDlpJobsRequest
                    The type of job. Defaults to DlpJobType.INSPECT
ListDlpJobsResponse::setJobs() — Method in class ListDlpJobsResponse
                    A list of DlpJobs that matches the specified filter in the request.
ListDlpJobsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDlpJobsResponse
                    The standard List next-page token.
ListInfoTypesRequest::setLanguageCode() — Method in class ListInfoTypesRequest
                    Optional BCP-47 language code for localized infoType friendly
names. If omitted, or if localized strings are not available,
en-US strings will be returned.
ListInfoTypesRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListInfoTypesRequest
                    Optional filter to only return infoTypes supported by certain parts of the
API. Defaults to supported_by=INSPECT.
ListInfoTypesResponse::setInfoTypes() — Method in class ListInfoTypesResponse
                    Set of sensitive infoTypes.
ListInspectTemplatesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id or
organizations/my-org-id.
ListInspectTemplatesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesRequest
                    Optional page token to continue retrieval. Comes from previous call
to ListInspectTemplates.
ListInspectTemplatesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesRequest
                    Optional size of the page, can be limited by server. If zero server returns
a page of max size 100.
ListInspectTemplatesResponse::setInspectTemplates() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesResponse
                    List of inspectTemplates, up to page_size in ListInspectTemplatesRequest.
ListInspectTemplatesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesResponse
                    If the next page is available then the next page token to be used
in following ListInspectTemplates request.
ListJobTriggersRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListJobTriggersRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
ListJobTriggersRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListJobTriggersRequest
                    Optional page token to continue retrieval. Comes from previous call
to ListJobTriggers. order_by and filter should not change for
subsequent calls, but can be omitted if token is specified.
ListJobTriggersRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListJobTriggersRequest
                    Optional size of the page, can be limited by a server.
ListJobTriggersRequest::setOrderBy() — Method in class ListJobTriggersRequest
                    Optional comma separated list of triggeredJob fields to order by,
followed by 'asc/desc' postfix, i.e.
ListJobTriggersResponse::setJobTriggers() — Method in class ListJobTriggersResponse
                    List of triggeredJobs, up to page_size in ListJobTriggersRequest.
ListJobTriggersResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListJobTriggersResponse
                    If the next page is available then the next page token to be used
in following ListJobTriggers request.
Location::setByteRange() — Method in class Location
                    Zero-based byte offsets delimiting the finding.
Location::setCodepointRange() — Method in class Location
                    Unicode character offsets delimiting the finding.
Location::setContentLocations() — Method in class Location
                    List of nested objects pointing to the precise location of the finding
within the file or record.
OutputStorageConfig::setTable() — Method in class OutputStorageConfig
                    Store findings in an existing table or a new table in an existing
dataset. Each column in an existing table must have the same name, type,
and mode of a field in the Finding object. If table_id is not set a new
one will be generated for you with the following format:
dlp_googleapis_yyyy_mm_dd_[dlp_job_id]. Pacific timezone will be used for
generating the date details.
OutputStorageConfig::setOutputSchema() — Method in class OutputStorageConfig
                    Schema used for writing the findings. Columns are derived from the
Finding object. If appending to an existing table, any columns from the
predefined schema that are missing will be added. No columns in the
existing table will be deleted.
PartitionId::setProjectId() — Method in class PartitionId
                    The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
PartitionId::setNamespaceId() — Method in class PartitionId
                    If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
PrimitiveTransformation::setReplaceConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.ReplaceValueConfig replace_config = 1;
PrimitiveTransformation::setRedactConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.RedactConfig redact_config = 2;
PrimitiveTransformation::setCharacterMaskConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CharacterMaskConfig character_mask_config = 3;
PrimitiveTransformation::setCryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig crypto_replace_ffx_fpe_config = 4;
PrimitiveTransformation::setFixedSizeBucketingConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.FixedSizeBucketingConfig fixed_size_bucketing_config = 5;
PrimitiveTransformation::setBucketingConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.BucketingConfig bucketing_config = 6;
PrimitiveTransformation::setReplaceWithInfoTypeConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.ReplaceWithInfoTypeConfig replace_with_info_type_config = 7;
PrimitiveTransformation::setTimePartConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.TimePartConfig time_part_config = 8;
PrimitiveTransformation::setCryptoHashConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.CryptoHashConfig crypto_hash_config = 9;
PrimitiveTransformation::setDateShiftConfig() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.DateShiftConfig date_shift_config = 11;
PrivacyMetric::setNumericalStatsConfig() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.PrivacyMetric.NumericalStatsConfig numerical_stats_config = 1;
PrivacyMetric::setCategoricalStatsConfig() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.PrivacyMetric.CategoricalStatsConfig categorical_stats_config = 2;
PrivacyMetric::setKAnonymityConfig() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.PrivacyMetric.KAnonymityConfig k_anonymity_config = 3;
PrivacyMetric::setLDiversityConfig() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.PrivacyMetric.LDiversityConfig l_diversity_config = 4;
PrivacyMetric::setKMapEstimationConfig() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.PrivacyMetric.KMapEstimationConfig k_map_estimation_config = 5;
PrivacyMetric_CategoricalStatsConfig::setField() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_CategoricalStatsConfig
                    Field to compute categorical stats on. All column types are
supported except for arrays and structs. However, it may be more
informative to use NumericalStats when the field type is supported,
depending on the data.
PrivacyMetric_KAnonymityConfig::setQuasiIds() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KAnonymityConfig
                    Set of fields to compute k-anonymity over. When multiple fields are
specified, they are considered a single composite key. Structs and
repeated data types are not supported; however, nested fields are
supported so long as they are not structs themselves or nested within
a repeated field.
PrivacyMetric_KAnonymityConfig::setEntityId() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KAnonymityConfig
                    Optional message indicating that multiple rows might be associated to a
single individual. If the same entity_id is associated to multiple
quasi-identifier tuples over distict rows, we consider the entire
collection of tuples as the composite quasi-identifier. This collection
is a multiset: the order in which the different tuples appear in the
dataset is ignored, but their frequency is taken into account.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig::setQuasiIds() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig
                    Fields considered to be quasi-identifiers. No two columns can have the
same tag. [required]
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig::setRegionCode() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig
                    ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 region code to use in the statistical modeling.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig::setAuxiliaryTables() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig
                    Several auxiliary tables can be used in the analysis. Each custom_tag
used to tag a quasi-identifiers column must appear in exactly one column
of one auxiliary table.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable::setTable() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable
                    Auxiliary table location. [required]
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable::setQuasiIds() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable
                    Quasi-identifier columns. [required]
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable::setRelativeFrequency() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable
                    The relative frequency column must contain a floating-point number
between 0 and 1 (inclusive). Null values are assumed to be zero.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable_QuasiIdField::setField() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable_QuasiIdField
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.FieldId field = 1;
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable_QuasiIdField::setCustomTag() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable_QuasiIdField
                    Generated from protobuf field string custom_tag = 2;
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField::setField() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField
                    Identifies the column. [required]
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField::setInfoType() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField
                    A column can be tagged with a InfoType to use the relevant public
dataset as a statistical model of population, if available. We
currently support US ZIP codes, region codes, ages and genders.
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField::setCustomTag() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField
                    A column can be tagged with a custom tag. In this case, the user must
indicate an auxiliary table that contains statistical information on
the possible values of this column (below).
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField::setInferred() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField
                    If no semantic tag is indicated, we infer the statistical model from
the distribution of values in the input data
PrivacyMetric_LDiversityConfig::setQuasiIds() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_LDiversityConfig
                    Set of quasi-identifiers indicating how equivalence classes are
defined for the l-diversity computation. When multiple fields are
specified, they are considered a single composite key.
PrivacyMetric_LDiversityConfig::setSensitiveAttribute() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_LDiversityConfig
                    Sensitive field for computing the l-value.
PrivacyMetric_NumericalStatsConfig::setField() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_NumericalStatsConfig
                    Field to compute numerical stats on. Supported types are
integer, float, date, datetime, timestamp, time.
QuoteInfo::setDateTime() — Method in class QuoteInfo
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.DateTime date_time = 2;
Range::setStart() — Method in class Range
                    Index of the first character of the range (inclusive).
Range::setEnd() — Method in class Range
                    Index of the last character of the range (exclusive).
RecordCondition::setExpressions() — Method in class RecordCondition
                    An expression.
RecordCondition_Condition::setField() — Method in class RecordCondition_Condition
                    Field within the record this condition is evaluated against. [required]
RecordCondition_Condition::setOperator() — Method in class RecordCondition_Condition
                    Operator used to compare the field or infoType to the value. [required]
RecordCondition_Condition::setValue() — Method in class RecordCondition_Condition
                    Value to compare against. [Required, except for EXISTS tests.]
RecordCondition_Conditions::setConditions() — Method in class RecordCondition_Conditions
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.privacy.dlp.v2.RecordCondition.Condition conditions = 1;
RecordCondition_Expressions::setLogicalOperator() — Method in class RecordCondition_Expressions
                    The operator to apply to the result of conditions. Default and currently
only supported value is AND.
RecordCondition_Expressions::setConditions() — Method in class RecordCondition_Expressions
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.RecordCondition.Conditions conditions = 3;
RecordKey::setDatastoreKey() — Method in class RecordKey
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.DatastoreKey datastore_key = 2;
RecordKey::setBigQueryKey() — Method in class RecordKey
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.BigQueryKey big_query_key = 3;
RecordLocation::setRecordKey() — Method in class RecordLocation
                    Key of the finding.
RecordLocation::setFieldId() — Method in class RecordLocation
                    Field id of the field containing the finding.
RecordLocation::setTableLocation() — Method in class RecordLocation
                    Location within a ContentItem.Table.
RecordSuppression::setCondition() — Method in class RecordSuppression
                    A condition that when it evaluates to true will result in the record being
evaluated to be suppressed from the transformed content.
RecordTransformations::setFieldTransformations() — Method in class RecordTransformations
                    Transform the record by applying various field transformations.
RecordTransformations::setRecordSuppressions() — Method in class RecordTransformations
                    Configuration defining which records get suppressed entirely. Records that
match any suppression rule are omitted from the output [optional].
RedactImageRequest::setParent() — Method in class RedactImageRequest
                    The parent resource name, for example projects/my-project-id.
RedactImageRequest::setInspectConfig() — Method in class RedactImageRequest
                    Configuration for the inspector.
RedactImageRequest::setImageRedactionConfigs() — Method in class RedactImageRequest
                    The configuration for specifying what content to redact from images.
RedactImageRequest::setByteItem() — Method in class RedactImageRequest
                    The content must be PNG, JPEG, SVG or BMP.
RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig::setInfoType() — Method in class RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig
                    Only one per info_type should be provided per request. If not
specified, and redact_all_text is false, the DLP API will redact all
text that it matches against all info_types that are found, but not
specified in another ImageRedactionConfig.
RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig::setRedactAllText() — Method in class RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig
                    If true, all text found in the image, regardless whether it matches an
info_type, is redacted.
RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig::setRedactionColor() — Method in class RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig
                    The color to use when redacting content from an image. If not specified,
the default is black.
RedactImageResponse::setRedactedImage() — Method in class RedactImageResponse
                    The redacted image. The type will be the same as the original image.
RedactImageResponse::setExtractedText() — Method in class RedactImageResponse
                    If an image was being inspected and the InspectConfig's include_quote was
set to true, then this field will include all text, if any, that was found
in the image.
ReidentifyContentRequest::setParent() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    The parent resource name.
ReidentifyContentRequest::setReidentifyConfig() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    Configuration for the re-identification of the content item.
ReidentifyContentRequest::setInspectConfig() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    Configuration for the inspector.
ReidentifyContentRequest::setItem() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    The item to re-identify. Will be treated as text.
ReidentifyContentRequest::setInspectTemplateName() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    Optional template to use. Any configuration directly specified in
inspect_config will override those set in the template. Singular fields
that are set in this request will replace their corresponding fields in the
template. Repeated fields are appended. Singular sub-messages and groups
are recursively merged.
ReidentifyContentRequest::setReidentifyTemplateName() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    Optional template to use. References an instance of DeidentifyTemplate.
ReidentifyContentResponse::setItem() — Method in class ReidentifyContentResponse
                    The re-identified item.
ReidentifyContentResponse::setOverview() — Method in class ReidentifyContentResponse
                    An overview of the changes that were made to the item.
ReplaceValueConfig::setNewValue() — Method in class ReplaceValueConfig
                    Value to replace it with.
RiskAnalysisJobConfig::setPrivacyMetric() — Method in class RiskAnalysisJobConfig
                    Privacy metric to compute.
RiskAnalysisJobConfig::setSourceTable() — Method in class RiskAnalysisJobConfig
                    Input dataset to compute metrics over.
RiskAnalysisJobConfig::setActions() — Method in class RiskAnalysisJobConfig
                    Actions to execute at the completion of the job. Are executed in the order
provided.
Schedule — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Schedule for triggeredJobs.
Schedule::setRecurrencePeriodDuration() — Method in class Schedule
                    With this option a job is started a regular periodic basis. For
example: every 10 minutes.
StorageConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Shared message indicating Cloud storage type.
StorageConfig::setDatastoreOptions() — Method in class StorageConfig
                    Google Cloud Datastore options specification.
StorageConfig::setCloudStorageOptions() — Method in class StorageConfig
                    Google Cloud Storage options specification.
StorageConfig::setBigQueryOptions() — Method in class StorageConfig
                    BigQuery options specification.
StorageConfig::setTimespanConfig() — Method in class StorageConfig
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.StorageConfig.TimespanConfig timespan_config = 6;
StorageConfig_TimespanConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Configuration of the timespan of the items to include in scanning.
StorageConfig_TimespanConfig::setStartTime() — Method in class StorageConfig_TimespanConfig
                    Exclude files older than this value.
StorageConfig_TimespanConfig::setEndTime() — Method in class StorageConfig_TimespanConfig
                    Exclude files newer than this value.
StorageConfig_TimespanConfig::setTimestampField() — Method in class StorageConfig_TimespanConfig
                    Specification of the field containing the timestamp of scanned items.
StorageConfig_TimespanConfig::setEnableAutoPopulationOfTimespanConfig() — Method in class StorageConfig_TimespanConfig
                    When the job is started by a JobTrigger we will automatically figure out
a valid start_time to avoid scanning files that have not been modified
since the last time the JobTrigger executed. This will be based on the
time of the execution of the last run of the JobTrigger.
Table::setHeaders() — Method in class Table
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.privacy.dlp.v2.FieldId headers = 1;
Table::setRows() — Method in class Table
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.privacy.dlp.v2.Table.Row rows = 2;
TableLocation::setRowIndex() — Method in class TableLocation
                    The zero-based index of the row where the finding is located.
Table_Row::setValues() — Method in class Table_Row
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.privacy.dlp.v2.Value values = 1;
TimePartConfig::setPartToExtract() — Method in class TimePartConfig
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.TimePartConfig.TimePart part_to_extract = 1;
TransformationOverview::setTransformedBytes() — Method in class TransformationOverview
                    Total size in bytes that were transformed in some way.
TransformationOverview::setTransformationSummaries() — Method in class TransformationOverview
                    Transformations applied to the dataset.
TransformationSummary::setInfoType() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    Set if the transformation was limited to a specific info_type.
TransformationSummary::setField() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    Set if the transformation was limited to a specific FieldId.
TransformationSummary::setTransformation() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    The specific transformation these stats apply to.
TransformationSummary::setFieldTransformations() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    The field transformation that was applied.
TransformationSummary::setRecordSuppress() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    The specific suppression option these stats apply to.
TransformationSummary::setResults() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    Generated from protobuf field repeated .google.privacy.dlp.v2.TransformationSummary.SummaryResult results = 4;
TransformationSummary::setTransformedBytes() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    Total size in bytes that were transformed in some way.
TransformationSummary_SummaryResult::setCount() — Method in class TransformationSummary_SummaryResult
                    Generated from protobuf field int64 count = 1;
TransformationSummary_SummaryResult::setCode() — Method in class TransformationSummary_SummaryResult
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.privacy.dlp.v2.TransformationSummary.TransformationResultCode code = 2;
TransformationSummary_SummaryResult::setDetails() — Method in class TransformationSummary_SummaryResult
                    A place for warnings or errors to show up if a transformation didn't
work as expected.
TransientCryptoKey::setName() — Method in class TransientCryptoKey
                    Name of the key. [required]
This is an arbitrary string used to differentiate different keys.
UnwrappedCryptoKey::setKey() — Method in class UnwrappedCryptoKey
                    The AES 128/192/256 bit key. [required]
UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::setName() — Method in class UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of organization and deidentify template to be updated, for
example organizations/433245324/deidentifyTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/deidentifyTemplates/432452342.
UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::setDeidentifyTemplate() — Method in class UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    New DeidentifyTemplate value.
UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    Mask to control which fields get updated.
UpdateInspectTemplateRequest::setName() — Method in class UpdateInspectTemplateRequest
                    Resource name of organization and inspectTemplate to be updated, for
example organizations/433245324/inspectTemplates/432452342 or
projects/project-id/inspectTemplates/432452342.
UpdateInspectTemplateRequest::setInspectTemplate() — Method in class UpdateInspectTemplateRequest
                    New InspectTemplate value.
UpdateInspectTemplateRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateInspectTemplateRequest
                    Mask to control which fields get updated.
UpdateJobTriggerRequest::setName() — Method in class UpdateJobTriggerRequest
                    Resource name of the project and the triggeredJob, for example
projects/dlp-test-project/jobTriggers/53234423.
UpdateJobTriggerRequest::setJobTrigger() — Method in class UpdateJobTriggerRequest
                    New JobTrigger value.
UpdateJobTriggerRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateJobTriggerRequest
                    Mask to control which fields get updated.
Value::setIntegerValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field int64 integer_value = 1;
Value::setFloatValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field double float_value = 2;
Value::setStringValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field string string_value = 3;
Value::setBooleanValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field bool boolean_value = 4;
Value::setTimestampValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.protobuf.Timestamp timestamp_value = 5;
Value::setTimeValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.type.TimeOfDay time_value = 6;
Value::setDateValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.type.Date date_value = 7;
Value::setDayOfWeekValue() — Method in class Value
                    Generated from protobuf field .google.type.DayOfWeek day_of_week_value = 8;
ValueFrequency::setValue() — Method in class ValueFrequency
                    A value contained in the field in question.
ValueFrequency::setCount() — Method in class ValueFrequency
                    How many times the value is contained in the field.
DeleteEventsRequest::setProjectName() — Method in class DeleteEventsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project
ID.
ErrorContext::setHttpRequest() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The HTTP request which was processed when the error was
triggered.
ErrorContext::setUser() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The user who caused or was affected by the crash.
ErrorContext::setReportLocation() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    The location in the source code where the decision was made to
report the error, usually the place where it was logged.
ErrorEvent::setEventTime() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    Time when the event occurred as provided in the error report.
ErrorEvent::setServiceContext() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    The ServiceContext for which this error was reported.
ErrorEvent::setMessage() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    The stack trace that was reported or logged by the service.
ErrorEvent::setContext() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    Data about the context in which the error occurred.
ErrorGroup::setName() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    The group resource name.
ErrorGroup::setGroupId() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    Group IDs are unique for a given project. If the same kind of error
occurs in different service contexts, it will receive the same group ID.
ErrorGroup::setTrackingIssues() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    Associated tracking issues.
ErrorGroupStats::setGroup() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Group data that is independent of the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::setCount() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate total number of events in the given group that match
the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::setAffectedUsersCount() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate number of affected users in the given group that
match the filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::setTimedCounts() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate number of occurrences over time.
ErrorGroupStats::setFirstSeenTime() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate first occurrence that was ever seen for this group
and which matches the given filter criteria, ignoring the
time_range that was specified in the request.
ErrorGroupStats::setLastSeenTime() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Approximate last occurrence that was ever seen for this group and
which matches the given filter criteria, ignoring the time_range
that was specified in the request.
ErrorGroupStats::setAffectedServices() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    Service contexts with a non-zero error count for the given filter
criteria. This list can be truncated if multiple services are affected.
ErrorGroupStats::setNumAffectedServices() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    The total number of services with a non-zero error count for the given
filter criteria.
ErrorGroupStats::setRepresentative() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    An arbitrary event that is chosen as representative for the whole group.
GetGroupRequest::setGroupName() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    [Required] The group resource name. Written as
projects/projectID/groups/group_name.
HttpRequestContext::setMethod() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The type of HTTP request, such as GET, POST, etc.
HttpRequestContext::setUrl() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The URL of the request.
HttpRequestContext::setUserAgent() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The user agent information that is provided with the request.
HttpRequestContext::setReferrer() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The referrer information that is provided with the request.
HttpRequestContext::setResponseStatusCode() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The HTTP response status code for the request.
HttpRequestContext::setRemoteIp() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    The IP address from which the request originated.
ListEventsRequest::setProjectName() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project
ID.
ListEventsRequest::setGroupId() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Required] The group for which events shall be returned.
ListEventsRequest::setServiceFilter() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] List only ErrorGroups which belong to a service context that
matches the filter.
ListEventsRequest::setTimeRange() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] List only data for the given time range.
ListEventsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] The maximum number of results to return per response.
ListEventsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    [Optional] A next_page_token provided by a previous response.
ListEventsResponse::setErrorEvents() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    The error events which match the given request.
ListEventsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    If non-empty, more results are available.
ListEventsResponse::setTimeRangeBegin() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    The timestamp specifies the start time to which the request was restricted.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setProjectName() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud
Platform project ID.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setGroupId() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List all ErrorGroupStats with these IDs.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setServiceFilter() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List only ErrorGroupStats which belong to a service
context that matches the filter.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setTimeRange() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] List data for the given time range.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setTimedCountDuration() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The preferred duration for a single returned TimedCount.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setAlignment() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The alignment of the timed counts to be returned.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setAlignmentTime() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] Time where the timed counts shall be aligned if rounded
alignment is chosen. Default is 00:00 UTC.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setOrder() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The sort order in which the results are returned.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] The maximum number of results to return per response.
ListGroupStatsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    [Optional] A next_page_token provided by a previous response. To view
additional results, pass this token along with the identical query
parameters as the first request.
ListGroupStatsResponse::setErrorGroupStats() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    The error group stats which match the given request.
ListGroupStatsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    If non-empty, more results are available.
ListGroupStatsResponse::setTimeRangeBegin() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    The timestamp specifies the start time to which the request was restricted.
QueryTimeRange::setPeriod() — Method in class QueryTimeRange
                    Restricts the query to the specified time range.
ReportErrorEventRequest::setProjectName() — Method in class ReportErrorEventRequest
                    [Required] The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written
as projects/ plus the
Google Cloud Platform project ID.
ReportErrorEventRequest::setEvent() — Method in class ReportErrorEventRequest
                    [Required] The error event to be reported.
ReportedErrorEvent::setEventTime() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Optional] Time when the event occurred.
ReportedErrorEvent::setServiceContext() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Required] The service context in which this error has occurred.
ReportedErrorEvent::setMessage() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Required] A message describing the error. The message can contain an
exception stack in one of the supported programming languages and formats.
ReportedErrorEvent::setContext() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    [Optional] A description of the context in which the error occurred.
ServiceContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    Describes a running service that sends errors.
ServiceContext::setService() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    An identifier of the service, such as the name of the
executable, job, or Google App Engine service name. This field is expected
to have a low number of values that are relatively stable over time, as
opposed to version, which can be changed whenever new code is deployed.
ServiceContext::setVersion() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    Represents the source code version that the developer provided,
which could represent a version label or a Git SHA-1 hash, for example.
ServiceContext::setResourceType() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    Type of the MonitoredResource. List of possible values:
https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources
Value is set automatically for incoming errors and must not be set when
reporting errors.
ServiceContextFilter — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    Specifies criteria for filtering a subset of service contexts.
ServiceContextFilter::setService() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.service.
ServiceContextFilter::setVersion() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.version.
ServiceContextFilter::setResourceType() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    [Optional] The exact value to match against
ServiceContext.resource_type.
SourceLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    Indicates a location in the source code of the service for which
errors are reported.
SourceLocation::setFilePath() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    The source code filename, which can include a truncated relative
path, or a full path from a production machine.
SourceLocation::setLineNumber() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    1-based. 0 indicates that the line number is unknown.
SourceLocation::setFunctionName() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    Human-readable name of a function or method.
TimedCount::setCount() — Method in class TimedCount
                    Approximate number of occurrences in the given time period.
TimedCount::setStartTime() — Method in class TimedCount
                    Start of the time period to which count refers (included).
TimedCount::setEndTime() — Method in class TimedCount
                    End of the time period to which count refers (excluded).
TrackingIssue::setUrl() — Method in class TrackingIssue
                    A URL pointing to a related entry in an issue tracking system.
UpdateGroupRequest::setGroup() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    [Required] The group which replaces the resource on the server.
ArrayValue::setValues() — Method in class ArrayValue
                    Values in the array.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::setDocuments() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    The names of the documents to retrieve. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::setMask() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    The fields to return. If not set, returns all fields.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    Reads documents in a transaction.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::setNewTransaction() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    Starts a new transaction and reads the documents.
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::setReadTime() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    Reads documents as they were at the given time.
BatchGetDocumentsResponse::setFound() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsResponse
                    A document that was requested.
BatchGetDocumentsResponse::setMissing() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsResponse
                    A document name that was requested but does not exist. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
BatchGetDocumentsResponse::setTransaction() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsResponse
                    The transaction that was started as part of this request.
BatchGetDocumentsResponse::setReadTime() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsResponse
                    The time at which the document was read.
BeginTransactionRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
BeginTransactionRequest::setOptions() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    The options for the transaction.
BeginTransactionResponse::setTransaction() — Method in class BeginTransactionResponse
                    The transaction that was started.
CommitRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
CommitRequest::setWrites() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    The writes to apply.
CommitRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    If set, applies all writes in this transaction, and commits it.
CommitResponse::setWriteResults() — Method in class CommitResponse
                    The result of applying the writes.
CommitResponse::setCommitTime() — Method in class CommitResponse
                    The time at which the commit occurred.
CreateDocumentRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateDocumentRequest
                    The parent resource. For example:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents or
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/chatrooms/{chatroom_id}
CreateDocumentRequest::setCollectionId() — Method in class CreateDocumentRequest
                    The collection ID, relative to parent, to list. For example: chatrooms.
CreateDocumentRequest::setDocumentId() — Method in class CreateDocumentRequest
                    The client-assigned document ID to use for this document.
CreateDocumentRequest::setDocument() — Method in class CreateDocumentRequest
                    The document to create. name must not be set.
CreateDocumentRequest::setMask() — Method in class CreateDocumentRequest
                    The fields to return. If not set, returns all fields.
Cursor::setValues() — Method in class Cursor
                    The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in
the order by clause of a query.
Cursor::setBefore() — Method in class Cursor
                    If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative
to the sort order defined by the query.
DeleteDocumentRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteDocumentRequest
                    The resource name of the Document to delete. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
DeleteDocumentRequest::setCurrentDocument() — Method in class DeleteDocumentRequest
                    An optional precondition on the document.
Document::setName() — Method in class Document
                    The resource name of the document, for example
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
Document::setFields() — Method in class Document
                    The document's fields.
Document::setCreateTime() — Method in class Document
                    Output only. The time at which the document was created.
Document::setUpdateTime() — Method in class Document
                    Output only. The time at which the document was last changed.
DocumentChange::setDocument() — Method in class DocumentChange
                    The new state of the [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document].
DocumentChange::setTargetIds() — Method in class DocumentChange
                    A set of target IDs of targets that match this document.
DocumentChange::setRemovedTargetIds() — Method in class DocumentChange
                    A set of target IDs for targets that no longer match this document.
DocumentDelete::setDocument() — Method in class DocumentDelete
                    The resource name of the [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] that was deleted.
DocumentDelete::setRemovedTargetIds() — Method in class DocumentDelete
                    A set of target IDs for targets that previously matched this entity.
DocumentDelete::setReadTime() — Method in class DocumentDelete
                    The read timestamp at which the delete was observed.
DocumentMask::setFieldPaths() — Method in class DocumentMask
                    The list of field paths in the mask. See [Document.fields][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document.fields] for a field
path syntax reference.
DocumentRemove::setDocument() — Method in class DocumentRemove
                    The resource name of the [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] that has gone out of view.
DocumentRemove::setRemovedTargetIds() — Method in class DocumentRemove
                    A set of target IDs for targets that previously matched this document.
DocumentRemove::setReadTime() — Method in class DocumentRemove
                    The read timestamp at which the remove was observed.
DocumentTransform::setDocument() — Method in class DocumentTransform
                    The name of the document to transform.
DocumentTransform::setFieldTransforms() — Method in class DocumentTransform
                    The list of transformations to apply to the fields of the document, in
order.
DocumentTransform_FieldTransform::setFieldPath() — Method in class DocumentTransform_FieldTransform
                    The path of the field. See [Document.fields][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document.fields] for the field path syntax
reference.
DocumentTransform_FieldTransform::setSetToServerValue() — Method in class DocumentTransform_FieldTransform
                    Sets the field to the given server value.
ExistenceFilter::setTargetId() — Method in class ExistenceFilter
                    The target ID to which this filter applies.
ExistenceFilter::setCount() — Method in class ExistenceFilter
                    The total count of documents that match [target_id][google.firestore.v1beta1.ExistenceFilter.target_id].
GetDocumentRequest::setName() — Method in class GetDocumentRequest
                    The resource name of the Document to get. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
GetDocumentRequest::setMask() — Method in class GetDocumentRequest
                    The fields to return. If not set, returns all fields.
GetDocumentRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class GetDocumentRequest
                    Reads the document in a transaction.
GetDocumentRequest::setReadTime() — Method in class GetDocumentRequest
                    Reads the version of the document at the given time.
ListCollectionIdsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsRequest
                    The parent document. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
ListCollectionIdsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return.
ListCollectionIdsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsRequest
                    A page token. Must be a value from
[ListCollectionIdsResponse][google.firestore.v1beta1.ListCollectionIdsResponse].
ListCollectionIdsResponse::setCollectionIds() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsResponse
                    The collection ids.
ListCollectionIdsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsResponse
                    A page token that may be used to continue the list.
ListDocumentsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The parent resource name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents or
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
ListDocumentsRequest::setCollectionId() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The collection ID, relative to parent, to list. For example: chatrooms
or messages.
ListDocumentsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The maximum number of documents to return.
ListDocumentsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.
ListDocumentsRequest::setOrderBy() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The order to sort results by. For example: priority desc, name.
ListDocumentsRequest::setMask() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    The fields to return. If not set, returns all fields.
ListDocumentsRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    Reads documents in a transaction.
ListDocumentsRequest::setReadTime() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    Reads documents as they were at the given time.
ListDocumentsRequest::setShowMissing() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    If the list should show missing documents. A missing document is a
document that does not exist but has sub-documents. These documents will
be returned with a key but will not have fields, [Document.create_time][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document.create_time],
or [Document.update_time][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document.update_time] set.
ListDocumentsResponse::setDocuments() — Method in class ListDocumentsResponse
                    The Documents found.
ListDocumentsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDocumentsResponse
                    The next page token.
ListenRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class ListenRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
ListenRequest::setAddTarget() — Method in class ListenRequest
                    A target to add to this stream.
ListenRequest::setRemoveTarget() — Method in class ListenRequest
                    The ID of a target to remove from this stream.
ListenRequest::setLabels() — Method in class ListenRequest
                    Labels associated with this target change.
ListenResponse::setTargetChange() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    Targets have changed.
ListenResponse::setDocumentChange() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    A [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] has changed.
ListenResponse::setDocumentDelete() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    A [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] has been deleted.
ListenResponse::setDocumentRemove() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    A [Document][google.firestore.v1beta1.Document] has been removed from a target (because it is no longer
relevant to that target).
ListenResponse::setFilter() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    A filter to apply to the set of documents previously returned for the
given target.
MapValue::setFields() — Method in class MapValue
                    The map's fields.
Precondition::setExists() — Method in class Precondition
                    When set to true, the target document must exist.
Precondition::setUpdateTime() — Method in class Precondition
                    When set, the target document must exist and have been last updated at
that time.
RollbackRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
RollbackRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    The transaction to roll back.
RunQueryRequest::setParent() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    The parent resource name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents or
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
RunQueryRequest::setStructuredQuery() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    A structured query.
RunQueryRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    Reads documents in a transaction.
RunQueryRequest::setNewTransaction() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    Starts a new transaction and reads the documents.
RunQueryRequest::setReadTime() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    Reads documents as they were at the given time.
RunQueryResponse::setTransaction() — Method in class RunQueryResponse
                    The transaction that was started as part of this request.
RunQueryResponse::setDocument() — Method in class RunQueryResponse
                    A query result.
RunQueryResponse::setReadTime() — Method in class RunQueryResponse
                    The time at which the document was read. This may be monotonically
increasing; in this case, the previous documents in the result stream are
guaranteed not to have changed between their read_time and this one.
RunQueryResponse::setSkippedResults() — Method in class RunQueryResponse
                    The number of results that have been skipped due to an offset between
the last response and the current response.
StructuredQuery — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A Firestore query.
StructuredQuery::setSelect() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The projection to return.
StructuredQuery::setFrom() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The collections to query.
StructuredQuery::setWhere() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The filter to apply.
StructuredQuery::setOrderBy() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The order to apply to the query results.
StructuredQuery::setStartAt() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    A starting point for the query results.
StructuredQuery::setEndAt() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    A end point for the query results.
StructuredQuery::setOffset() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The number of results to skip.
StructuredQuery::setLimit() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    The maximum number of results to return.
StructuredQuery_CollectionSelector — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A selection of a collection, such as messages as m1.
StructuredQuery_CollectionSelector::setCollectionId() — Method in class StructuredQuery_CollectionSelector
                    The collection ID.
StructuredQuery_CollectionSelector::setAllDescendants() — Method in class StructuredQuery_CollectionSelector
                    When false, selects only collections that are immediate children of
the parent specified in the containing RunQueryRequest.
StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A filter that merges multiple other filters using the given operator.
StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter::setOp() — Method in class StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter
                    The operator for combining multiple filters.
StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter::setFilters() — Method in class StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter
                    The list of filters to combine.
StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter_Operator — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A composite filter operator.
StructuredQuery_Direction — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A sort direction.
StructuredQuery_FieldFilter — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A filter on a specific field.
StructuredQuery_FieldFilter::setField() — Method in class StructuredQuery_FieldFilter
                    The field to filter by.
StructuredQuery_FieldFilter::setOp() — Method in class StructuredQuery_FieldFilter
                    The operator to filter by.
StructuredQuery_FieldFilter::setValue() — Method in class StructuredQuery_FieldFilter
                    The value to compare to.
StructuredQuery_FieldFilter_Operator — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A field filter operator.
StructuredQuery_FieldReference — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A reference to a field, such as max(messages.time) as max_time.
StructuredQuery_FieldReference::setFieldPath() — Method in class StructuredQuery_FieldReference
                    Generated from protobuf field string field_path = 2;
StructuredQuery_Filter — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A filter.
StructuredQuery_Filter::setCompositeFilter() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Filter
                    A composite filter.
StructuredQuery_Filter::setFieldFilter() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Filter
                    A filter on a document field.
StructuredQuery_Filter::setUnaryFilter() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Filter
                    A filter that takes exactly one argument.
StructuredQuery_Order — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    An order on a field.
StructuredQuery_Order::setField() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Order
                    The field to order by.
StructuredQuery_Order::setDirection() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Order
                    The direction to order by. Defaults to ASCENDING.
StructuredQuery_Projection — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The projection of document's fields to return.
StructuredQuery_Projection::setFields() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Projection
                    The fields to return.
StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A filter with a single operand.
StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter::setOp() — Method in class StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter
                    The unary operator to apply.
StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter::setField() — Method in class StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter
                    The field to which to apply the operator.
StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter_Operator — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A unary operator.
Target::setQuery() — Method in class Target
                    A target specified by a query.
Target::setDocuments() — Method in class Target
                    A target specified by a set of document names.
Target::setResumeToken() — Method in class Target
                    A resume token from a prior [TargetChange][google.firestore.v1beta1.TargetChange] for an identical target.
Target::setReadTime() — Method in class Target
                    Start listening after a specific read_time.
Target::setTargetId() — Method in class Target
                    A client provided target ID.
Target::setOnce() — Method in class Target
                    If the target should be removed once it is current and consistent.
TargetChange::setTargetChangeType() — Method in class TargetChange
                    The type of change that occurred.
TargetChange::setTargetIds() — Method in class TargetChange
                    The target IDs of targets that have changed.
TargetChange::setCause() — Method in class TargetChange
                    The error that resulted in this change, if applicable.
TargetChange::setResumeToken() — Method in class TargetChange
                    A token that can be used to resume the stream for the given target_ids,
or all targets if target_ids is empty.
TargetChange::setReadTime() — Method in class TargetChange
                    The consistent read_time for the given target_ids (omitted when the
target_ids are not at a consistent snapshot).
Target_DocumentsTarget::setDocuments() — Method in class Target_DocumentsTarget
                    The names of the documents to retrieve. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
Target_QueryTarget::setParent() — Method in class Target_QueryTarget
                    The parent resource name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents or
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
Target_QueryTarget::setStructuredQuery() — Method in class Target_QueryTarget
                    A structured query.
TransactionOptions::setReadOnly() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    The transaction can only be used for read operations.
TransactionOptions::setReadWrite() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    The transaction can be used for both read and write operations.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setReadTime() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Reads documents at the given time.
TransactionOptions_ReadWrite::setRetryTransaction() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadWrite
                    An optional transaction to retry.
UpdateDocumentRequest::setDocument() — Method in class UpdateDocumentRequest
                    The updated document.
UpdateDocumentRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateDocumentRequest
                    The fields to update.
UpdateDocumentRequest::setMask() — Method in class UpdateDocumentRequest
                    The fields to return. If not set, returns all fields.
UpdateDocumentRequest::setCurrentDocument() — Method in class UpdateDocumentRequest
                    An optional precondition on the document.
Value::setNullValue() — Method in class Value
                    A null value.
Value::setBooleanValue() — Method in class Value
                    A boolean value.
Value::setIntegerValue() — Method in class Value
                    An integer value.
Value::setDoubleValue() — Method in class Value
                    A double value.
Value::setTimestampValue() — Method in class Value
                    A timestamp value.
Value::setStringValue() — Method in class Value
                    A string value.
Value::setBytesValue() — Method in class Value
                    A bytes value.
Value::setReferenceValue() — Method in class Value
                    A reference to a document. For example:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
Value::setGeoPointValue() — Method in class Value
                    A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
Value::setArrayValue() — Method in class Value
                    An array value.
Value::setMapValue() — Method in class Value
                    A map value.
Write::setUpdate() — Method in class Write
                    A document to write.
Write::setDelete() — Method in class Write
                    A document name to delete. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}.
Write::setTransform() — Method in class Write
                    Applies a tranformation to a document.
Write::setUpdateMask() — Method in class Write
                    The fields to update in this write.
Write::setCurrentDocument() — Method in class Write
                    An optional precondition on the document.
WriteRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class WriteRequest
                    The database name. In the format:
projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}.
WriteRequest::setStreamId() — Method in class WriteRequest
                    The ID of the write stream to resume.
WriteRequest::setWrites() — Method in class WriteRequest
                    The writes to apply.
WriteRequest::setStreamToken() — Method in class WriteRequest
                    A stream token that was previously sent by the server.
WriteRequest::setLabels() — Method in class WriteRequest
                    Labels associated with this write request.
WriteResponse::setStreamId() — Method in class WriteResponse
                    The ID of the stream.
WriteResponse::setStreamToken() — Method in class WriteResponse
                    A token that represents the position of this response in the stream.
WriteResponse::setWriteResults() — Method in class WriteResponse
                    The result of applying the writes.
WriteResponse::setCommitTime() — Method in class WriteResponse
                    The time at which the commit occurred.
WriteResult::setUpdateTime() — Method in class WriteResult
                    The last update time of the document after applying the write. Not set
after a delete.
WriteResult::setTransformResults() — Method in class WriteResult
                    The results of applying each [DocumentTransform.FieldTransform][google.firestore.v1beta1.DocumentTransform.FieldTransform], in the
same order.
Binding::setRole() — Method in class Binding
                    Role that is assigned to members.
Binding::setMembers() — Method in class Binding
                    Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource.
BindingDelta::setAction() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    The action that was performed on a Binding.
BindingDelta::setRole() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    Role that is assigned to members.
BindingDelta::setMember() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    A single identity requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource.
GetIamPolicyRequest::setResource() — Method in class GetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested.
IAMPolicyGrpcClient::SetIamPolicy() — Method in class IAMPolicyGrpcClient
                    Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any
existing policy.
Policy::setVersion() — Method in class Policy
                    Version of the Policy. The default version is 0.
Policy::setBindings() — Method in class Policy
                    Associates a list of members to a role.
Policy::setEtag() — Method in class Policy
                    etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
PolicyDelta::setBindingDeltas() — Method in class PolicyDelta
                    The delta for Bindings between two policies.
SetIamPolicyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iam\V1
                    Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
SetIamPolicyRequest::setResource() — Method in class SetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified.
SetIamPolicyRequest::setPolicy() — Method in class SetIamPolicyRequest
                    REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of
the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a
valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects)
might reject them.
TestIamPermissionsRequest::setResource() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsRequest
                    REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested.
TestIamPermissionsRequest::setPermissions() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsRequest
                    The set of permissions to check for the resource. Permissions with
wildcards (such as '' or 'storage.') are not allowed. For more
information see
IAM Overview.
TestIamPermissionsResponse::setPermissions() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsResponse
                    A subset of TestPermissionsRequest.permissions that the caller is
allowed.
CreateDeviceRegistryRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateDeviceRegistryRequest
                    The project and cloud region where this device registry must be created.
CreateDeviceRegistryRequest::setDeviceRegistry() — Method in class CreateDeviceRegistryRequest
                    The device registry. The field name must be empty. The server will
generate that field from the device registry id provided and the
parent field.
CreateDeviceRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateDeviceRequest
                    The name of the device registry where this device should be created.
CreateDeviceRequest::setDevice() — Method in class CreateDeviceRequest
                    The device registration details. The field name must be empty. The server
will generate that field from the device registry id provided and the
parent field.
DeleteDeviceRegistryRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteDeviceRegistryRequest
                    The name of the device registry. For example,
projects/example-project/locations/us-central1/registries/my-registry.
DeleteDeviceRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteDeviceRequest
                    The name of the device. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0 or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
Device::setId() — Method in class Device
                    The user-defined device identifier. The device ID must be unique
within a device registry.
Device::setName() — Method in class Device
                    The resource path name. For example,
projects/p1/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/dev0 or
projects/p1/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
Device::setNumId() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] A server-defined unique numeric ID for the device. This is a
more compact way to identify devices, and it is globally unique.
Device::setCredentials() — Method in class Device
                    The credentials used to authenticate this device. To allow credential
rotation without interruption, multiple device credentials can be bound to
this device. No more than 3 credentials can be bound to a single device at
a time. When new credentials are added to a device, they are verified
against the registry credentials. For details, see the description of the
DeviceRegistry.credentials field.
Device::setLastHeartbeatTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The last time an MQTT PINGREQ was received. This field
applies only to devices connecting through MQTT. MQTT clients usually only
send PINGREQ messages if the connection is idle, and no other messages
have been sent. Timestamps are periodically collected and written to
storage; they may be stale by a few minutes.
Device::setLastEventTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The last time a telemetry event was received. Timestamps are
periodically collected and written to storage; they may be stale by a few
minutes.
Device::setLastStateTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The last time a state event was received. Timestamps are
periodically collected and written to storage; they may be stale by a few
minutes.
Device::setLastConfigAckTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The last time a cloud-to-device config version acknowledgment
was received from the device. This field is only for configurations
sent through MQTT.
Device::setLastConfigSendTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The last time a cloud-to-device config version was sent to
the device.
Device::setBlocked() — Method in class Device
                    If a device is blocked, connections or requests from this device will fail.
Device::setLastErrorTime() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The time the most recent error occurred, such as a failure to
publish to Cloud Pub/Sub. This field is the timestamp of
'last_error_status'.
Device::setLastErrorStatus() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The error message of the most recent error, such as a failure
to publish to Cloud Pub/Sub. 'last_error_time' is the timestamp of this
field. If no errors have occurred, this field has an empty message
and the status code 0 == OK. Otherwise, this field is expected to have a
status code other than OK.
Device::setConfig() — Method in class Device
                    The most recent device configuration, which is eventually sent from
Cloud IoT Core to the device. If not present on creation, the
configuration will be initialized with an empty payload and version value
of 1. To update this field after creation, use the
DeviceManager.ModifyCloudToDeviceConfig method.
Device::setState() — Method in class Device
                    [Output only] The state most recently received from the device. If no state
has been reported, this field is not present.
Device::setMetadata() — Method in class Device
                    The metadata key-value pairs assigned to the device. This metadata is not
interpreted or indexed by Cloud IoT Core. It can be used to add contextual
information for the device.
DeviceConfig::setVersion() — Method in class DeviceConfig
                    [Output only] The version of this update. The version number is assigned by
the server, and is always greater than 0 after device creation. The
version must be 0 on the CreateDevice request if a config is
specified; the response of CreateDevice will always have a value of 1.
DeviceConfig::setCloudUpdateTime() — Method in class DeviceConfig
                    [Output only] The time at which this configuration version was updated in
Cloud IoT Core. This timestamp is set by the server.
DeviceConfig::setDeviceAckTime() — Method in class DeviceConfig
                    [Output only] The time at which Cloud IoT Core received the
acknowledgment from the device, indicating that the device has received
this configuration version. If this field is not present, the device has
not yet acknowledged that it received this version. Note that when
the config was sent to the device, many config versions may have been
available in Cloud IoT Core while the device was disconnected, and on
connection, only the latest version is sent to the device. Some
versions may never be sent to the device, and therefore are never
acknowledged. This timestamp is set by Cloud IoT Core.
DeviceConfig::setBinaryData() — Method in class DeviceConfig
                    The device configuration data.
DeviceCredential::setPublicKey() — Method in class DeviceCredential
                    A public key used to verify the signature of JSON Web Tokens (JWTs).
DeviceCredential::setExpirationTime() — Method in class DeviceCredential
                    [Optional] The time at which this credential becomes invalid. This
credential will be ignored for new client authentication requests after
this timestamp; however, it will not be automatically deleted.
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::SetIamPolicy() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any
existing policy.
DeviceRegistry::setId() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The identifier of this device registry. For example, myRegistry.
DeviceRegistry::setName() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The resource path name. For example,
projects/example-project/locations/us-central1/registries/my-registry.
DeviceRegistry::setEventNotificationConfigs() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The configuration for notification of telemetry events received from the
device. All telemetry events that were successfully published by the
device and acknowledged by Cloud IoT Core are guaranteed to be
delivered to Cloud Pub/Sub. If multiple configurations match a message,
only the first matching configuration is used. If you try to publish a
device telemetry event using MQTT without specifying a Cloud Pub/Sub topic
for the device's registry, the connection closes automatically. If you try
to do so using an HTTP connection, an error is returned. Up to 10
configurations may be provided.
DeviceRegistry::setStateNotificationConfig() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The configuration for notification of new states received from the device.
DeviceRegistry::setMqttConfig() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The MQTT configuration for this device registry.
DeviceRegistry::setHttpConfig() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The DeviceService (HTTP) configuration for this device registry.
DeviceRegistry::setCredentials() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    The credentials used to verify the device credentials. No more than 10
credentials can be bound to a single registry at a time. The verification
process occurs at the time of device creation or update. If this field is
empty, no verification is performed. Otherwise, the credentials of a newly
created device or added credentials of an updated device should be signed
with one of these registry credentials.
DeviceState::setUpdateTime() — Method in class DeviceState
                    [Output only] The time at which this state version was updated in Cloud
IoT Core.
DeviceState::setBinaryData() — Method in class DeviceState
                    The device state data.
EventNotificationConfig::setSubfolderMatches() — Method in class EventNotificationConfig
                    If the subfolder name matches this string exactly, this configuration will
be used. The string must not include the leading '/' character. If empty,
all strings are matched. This field is used only for telemetry events;
subfolders are not supported for state changes.
EventNotificationConfig::setPubsubTopicName() — Method in class EventNotificationConfig
                    A Cloud Pub/Sub topic name. For example,
projects/myProject/topics/deviceEvents.
GetDeviceRegistryRequest::setName() — Method in class GetDeviceRegistryRequest
                    The name of the device registry. For example,
projects/example-project/locations/us-central1/registries/my-registry.
GetDeviceRequest::setName() — Method in class GetDeviceRequest
                    The name of the device. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0 or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
GetDeviceRequest::setFieldMask() — Method in class GetDeviceRequest
                    The fields of the Device resource to be returned in the response. If the
field mask is unset or empty, all fields are returned.
HttpConfig::setHttpEnabledState() — Method in class HttpConfig
                    If enabled, allows devices to use DeviceService via the HTTP protocol.
ListDeviceConfigVersionsRequest::setName() — Method in class ListDeviceConfigVersionsRequest
                    The name of the device. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0 or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
ListDeviceConfigVersionsRequest::setNumVersions() — Method in class ListDeviceConfigVersionsRequest
                    The number of versions to list. Versions are listed in decreasing order of
the version number. The maximum number of versions retained is 10. If this
value is zero, it will return all the versions available.
ListDeviceConfigVersionsResponse::setDeviceConfigs() — Method in class ListDeviceConfigVersionsResponse
                    The device configuration for the last few versions. Versions are listed
in decreasing order, starting from the most recent one.
ListDeviceRegistriesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesRequest
                    The project and cloud region path. For example,
projects/example-project/locations/us-central1.
ListDeviceRegistriesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesRequest
                    The maximum number of registries to return in the response. If this value
is zero, the service will select a default size. A call may return fewer
objects than requested, but if there is a non-empty page_token, it
indicates that more entries are available.
ListDeviceRegistriesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListDeviceRegistriesResponse; indicates
that this is a continuation of a prior ListDeviceRegistries call, and
that the system should return the next page of data.
ListDeviceRegistriesResponse::setDeviceRegistries() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesResponse
                    The registries that matched the query.
ListDeviceRegistriesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more registries that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new
ListDeviceRegistriesRequest.
ListDeviceStatesRequest::setName() — Method in class ListDeviceStatesRequest
                    The name of the device. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0 or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
ListDeviceStatesRequest::setNumStates() — Method in class ListDeviceStatesRequest
                    The number of states to list. States are listed in descending order of
update time. The maximum number of states retained is 10. If this
value is zero, it will return all the states available.
ListDeviceStatesResponse::setDeviceStates() — Method in class ListDeviceStatesResponse
                    The last few device states. States are listed in descending order of server
update time, starting from the most recent one.
ListDevicesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    The device registry path. Required. For example,
projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/registries/my-registry.
ListDevicesRequest::setDeviceNumIds() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    A list of device numerical ids. If empty, it will ignore this field. This
field cannot hold more than 10,000 entries.
ListDevicesRequest::setDeviceIds() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    A list of device string identifiers. If empty, it will ignore this field.
ListDevicesRequest::setFieldMask() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    The fields of the Device resource to be returned in the response. The
fields id, and num_id are always returned by default, along with any
other fields specified.
ListDevicesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    The maximum number of devices to return in the response. If this value
is zero, the service will select a default size. A call may return fewer
objects than requested, but if there is a non-empty page_token, it
indicates that more entries are available.
ListDevicesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListDevicesResponse; indicates
that this is a continuation of a prior ListDevices call, and
that the system should return the next page of data.
ListDevicesResponse::setDevices() — Method in class ListDevicesResponse
                    The devices that match the request.
ListDevicesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDevicesResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more devices that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new ListDevicesRequest.
ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest::setName() — Method in class ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest
                    The name of the device. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0 or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest::setVersionToUpdate() — Method in class ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest
                    The version number to update. If this value is zero, it will not check the
version number of the server and will always update the current version;
otherwise, this update will fail if the version number found on the server
does not match this version number. This is used to support multiple
simultaneous updates without losing data.
ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest::setBinaryData() — Method in class ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest
                    The configuration data for the device.
MqttConfig::setMqttEnabledState() — Method in class MqttConfig
                    If enabled, allows connections using the MQTT protocol. Otherwise, MQTT
connections to this registry will fail.
PublicKeyCertificate::setFormat() — Method in class PublicKeyCertificate
                    The certificate format.
PublicKeyCertificate::setCertificate() — Method in class PublicKeyCertificate
                    The certificate data.
PublicKeyCertificate::setX509Details() — Method in class PublicKeyCertificate
                    [Output only] The certificate details. Used only for X.509 certificates.
PublicKeyCredential::setFormat() — Method in class PublicKeyCredential
                    The format of the key.
PublicKeyCredential::setKey() — Method in class PublicKeyCredential
                    The key data.
RegistryCredential::setPublicKeyCertificate() — Method in class RegistryCredential
                    A public key certificate used to verify the device credentials.
StateNotificationConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    The configuration for notification of new states received from the device.
StateNotificationConfig::setPubsubTopicName() — Method in class StateNotificationConfig
                    A Cloud Pub/Sub topic name. For example,
projects/myProject/topics/deviceEvents.
UpdateDeviceRegistryRequest::setDeviceRegistry() — Method in class UpdateDeviceRegistryRequest
                    The new values for the device registry. The id field must be empty, and
the name field must indicate the path of the resource. For example,
projects/example-project/locations/us-central1/registries/my-registry.
UpdateDeviceRegistryRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateDeviceRegistryRequest
                    Only updates the device_registry fields indicated by this mask.
UpdateDeviceRequest::setDevice() — Method in class UpdateDeviceRequest
                    The new values for the device registry. The id and num_id fields must
be empty, and the field name must specify the name path. For example,
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/device0or
projects/p0/locations/us-central1/registries/registry0/devices/{num_id}.
UpdateDeviceRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateDeviceRequest
                    Only updates the device fields indicated by this mask.
X509CertificateDetails::setIssuer() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The entity that signed the certificate.
X509CertificateDetails::setSubject() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The entity the certificate and public key belong to.
X509CertificateDetails::setStartTime() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The time the certificate becomes valid.
X509CertificateDetails::setExpiryTime() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The time the certificate becomes invalid.
X509CertificateDetails::setSignatureAlgorithm() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The algorithm used to sign the certificate.
X509CertificateDetails::setPublicKeyType() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    The type of public key in the certificate.
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest::setDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest::setEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse::setEntities() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesResponse
                    The recognized entities in the input document.
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse::setLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest::setDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest::setEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse::setEntities() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse
                    The recognized entities in the input document with associated sentiments.
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse::setLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeSentimentRequest::setDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeSentimentRequest::setEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate sentence offsets for the
sentence sentiment.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::setDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The overall sentiment of the input document.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::setLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::setSentences() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    The sentiment for all the sentences in the document.
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest::setDocument() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxRequest
                    Input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest::setEncodingType() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::setSentences() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    Sentences in the input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::setTokens() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    Tokens, along with their syntactic information, in the input document.
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::setLanguage() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnnotateTextRequest::setDocument() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    Input document.
AnnotateTextRequest::setFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    The enabled features.
AnnotateTextRequest::setEncodingType() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    The encoding type used by the API to calculate offsets.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::setExtractSyntax() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract syntax information.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::setExtractEntities() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract entities.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::setExtractDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract document-level sentiment.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::setExtractEntitySentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Extract entities and their associated sentiment.
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::setClassifyText() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    Classify the full document into categories.
AnnotateTextResponse::setSentences() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Sentences in the input document. Populated if the user enables
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_syntax][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_syntax].
AnnotateTextResponse::setTokens() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Tokens, along with their syntactic information, in the input document.
AnnotateTextResponse::setEntities() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Entities, along with their semantic information, in the input document.
AnnotateTextResponse::setDocumentSentiment() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    The overall sentiment for the document. Populated if the user enables
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment].
AnnotateTextResponse::setLanguage() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    The language of the text, which will be the same as the language specified
in the request or, if not specified, the automatically-detected language.
AnnotateTextResponse::setCategories() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    Categories identified in the input document.
ClassificationCategory::setName() — Method in class ClassificationCategory
                    The name of the category representing the document.
ClassificationCategory::setConfidence() — Method in class ClassificationCategory
                    The classifier's confidence of the category. Number represents how certain
the classifier is that this category represents the given text.
ClassifyTextRequest::setDocument() — Method in class ClassifyTextRequest
                    Input document.
ClassifyTextResponse::setCategories() — Method in class ClassifyTextResponse
                    Categories representing the input document.
DependencyEdge::setHeadTokenIndex() — Method in class DependencyEdge
                    Represents the head of this token in the dependency tree.
DependencyEdge::setLabel() — Method in class DependencyEdge
                    The parse label for the token.
$Document#source — Property in class Document
                    
Document::setType() — Method in class Document
                    Required. If the type is not set or is TYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
returns an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
Document::setContent() — Method in class Document
                    The content of the input in string format.
Document::setGcsContentUri() — Method in class Document
                    The Google Cloud Storage URI where the file content is located.
Document::setLanguage() — Method in class Document
                    The language of the document (if not specified, the language is
automatically detected). Both ISO and BCP-47 language codes are
accepted.

Language Support
lists currently supported languages for each API method.
Entity::setName() — Method in class Entity
                    The representative name for the entity.
Entity::setType() — Method in class Entity
                    The entity type.
Entity::setMetadata() — Method in class Entity
                    Metadata associated with the entity.
Entity::setSalience() — Method in class Entity
                    The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range.
Entity::setMentions() — Method in class Entity
                    The mentions of this entity in the input document. The API currently
supports proper noun mentions.
Entity::setSentiment() — Method in class Entity
                    For calls to [AnalyzeEntitySentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the aggregate sentiment expressed for this
entity in the provided document.
EntityMention::setText() — Method in class EntityMention
                    The mention text.
EntityMention::setType() — Method in class EntityMention
                    The type of the entity mention.
EntityMention::setSentiment() — Method in class EntityMention
                    For calls to [AnalyzeEntitySentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_entity_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the sentiment expressed for this mention of
the entity in the provided document.
PartOfSpeech::setTag() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The part of speech tag.
PartOfSpeech::setAspect() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical aspect.
PartOfSpeech::setCase() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical case.
PartOfSpeech::setForm() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical form.
PartOfSpeech::setGender() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical gender.
PartOfSpeech::setMood() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical mood.
PartOfSpeech::setNumber() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical number.
PartOfSpeech::setPerson() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical person.
PartOfSpeech::setProper() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical properness.
PartOfSpeech::setReciprocity() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical reciprocity.
PartOfSpeech::setTense() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical tense.
PartOfSpeech::setVoice() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    The grammatical voice.
Sentence — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Represents a sentence in the input document.
Sentence::setText() — Method in class Sentence
                    The sentence text.
Sentence::setSentiment() — Method in class Sentence
                    For calls to [AnalyzeSentiment][] or if
[AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.AnnotateTextRequest.Features.extract_document_sentiment] is set to
true, this field will contain the sentiment for the sentence.
Sentiment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Represents the feeling associated with the entire text or entities in
the text.
Sentiment::setMagnitude() — Method in class Sentiment
                    A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents
the absolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score (positive or
negative).
Sentiment::setScore() — Method in class Sentiment
                    Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0
(positive sentiment).
TextSpan::setContent() — Method in class TextSpan
                    The content of the output text.
TextSpan::setBeginOffset() — Method in class TextSpan
                    The API calculates the beginning offset of the content in the original
document according to the [EncodingType][google.cloud.language.v1beta2.EncodingType] specified in the API request.
Token::setText() — Method in class Token
                    The token text.
Token::setPartOfSpeech() — Method in class Token
                    Parts of speech tag for this token.
Token::setDependencyEdge() — Method in class Token
                    Dependency tree parse for this token.
Token::setLemma() — Method in class Token
                    Lemma of the token.
HttpRequest::setRequestMethod() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The request method. Examples: "GET", "HEAD", "PUT", "POST".
HttpRequest::setRequestUrl() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The scheme (http, https), the host name, the path and the query
portion of the URL that was requested.
HttpRequest::setRequestSize() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The size of the HTTP request message in bytes, including the request
headers and the request body.
HttpRequest::setStatus() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The response code indicating the status of response.
HttpRequest::setResponseSize() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The size of the HTTP response message sent back to the client, in bytes,
including the response headers and the response body.
HttpRequest::setUserAgent() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The user agent sent by the client. Example:
"Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows 98; Q312461; .NET CLR 1.0.3705)".
HttpRequest::setRemoteIp() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the client that issued the HTTP
request. Examples: "192.168.1.1", "FE80::0202:B3FF:FE1E:8329".
HttpRequest::setServerIp() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the origin server that the request was
sent to.
HttpRequest::setReferer() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The referer URL of the request, as defined in
HTTP/1.1 Header Field Definitions.
HttpRequest::setLatency() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The request processing latency on the server, from the time the request was
received until the response was sent.
HttpRequest::setCacheLookup() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not a cache lookup was attempted.
HttpRequest::setCacheHit() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not an entity was served from cache
(with or without validation).
HttpRequest::setCacheValidatedWithOriginServer() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Whether or not the response was validated with the origin server before
being served from cache. This field is only meaningful if cache_hit is
True.
HttpRequest::setCacheFillBytes() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    The number of HTTP response bytes inserted into cache. Set only when a
cache fill was attempted.
HttpRequest::setProtocol() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    Protocol used for the request. Examples: "HTTP/1.1", "HTTP/2", "websocket"
CreateExclusionRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateExclusionRequest
                    Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
Examples: "projects/my-logging-project", "organizations/123456789".
CreateExclusionRequest::setExclusion() — Method in class CreateExclusionRequest
                    Required. The new exclusion, whose name parameter is an exclusion name
that is not already used in the parent resource.
CreateLogMetricRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the project in which to create the metric:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
The new metric must be provided in the request.
CreateLogMetricRequest::setMetric() — Method in class CreateLogMetricRequest
                    The new logs-based metric, which must not have an identifier that
already exists.
CreateSinkRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Required. The resource in which to create the sink:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
Examples: "projects/my-logging-project", "organizations/123456789".
CreateSinkRequest::setSink() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Required. The new sink, whose name parameter is a sink identifier that
is not already in use.
CreateSinkRequest::setUniqueWriterIdentity() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity
in the new sink.  If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the
sink's parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is
the same group or service account used by Stackdriver Logging before the
addition of writer identities to this API. The sink's destination must be
in the same project as the sink itself.
DeleteExclusionRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteExclusionRequest
                    Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id".
DeleteLogMetricRequest::setMetricName() — Method in class DeleteLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the metric to delete:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
DeleteLogRequest::setLogName() — Method in class DeleteLogRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the log to delete:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example,
"projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog",
"organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
DeleteSinkRequest::setSinkName() — Method in class DeleteSinkRequest
                    Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the
parent resource and the sink identifier:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
GetExclusionRequest::setName() — Method in class GetExclusionRequest
                    Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id".
GetLogMetricRequest::setMetricName() — Method in class GetLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the desired metric:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
GetSinkRequest::setSinkName() — Method in class GetSinkRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the sink:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
ListExclusionsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListExclusionsRequest
                    Required. The parent resource whose exclusions are to be listed.
ListExclusionsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListExclusionsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListExclusionsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListExclusionsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListExclusionsResponse::setExclusions() — Method in class ListExclusionsResponse
                    A list of exclusions.
ListExclusionsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListExclusionsResponse
                    If there might be more results than appear in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call the same
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListLogEntriesRequest::setProjectIds() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Deprecated. Use resource_names instead.  One or more project identifiers
or project numbers from which to retrieve log entries.  Example:
"my-project-1A". If present, these project identifiers are converted to
resource name format and added to the list of resources in
resource_names.
ListLogEntriesRequest::setResourceNames() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Required. Names of one or more parent resources from which to
retrieve log entries:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
Projects listed in the project_ids field are added to this list.
ListLogEntriesRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A filter that chooses which log entries to return.  See Advanced
Logs Filters.  Only log entries that
match the filter are returned.  An empty filter matches all log entries in
the resources listed in resource_names. Referencing a parent resource
that is not listed in resource_names will cause the filter to return no
results.
ListLogEntriesRequest::setOrderBy() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. How the results should be sorted.  Presently, the only permitted
values are "timestamp asc" (default) and "timestamp desc". The first
option returns entries in order of increasing values of
LogEntry.timestamp (oldest first), and the second option returns entries
in order of decreasing timestamps (newest first).  Entries with equal
timestamps are returned in order of their insert_id values.
ListLogEntriesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogEntriesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  page_token must be the value of
next_page_token from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogEntriesResponse::setEntries() — Method in class ListLogEntriesResponse
                    A list of log entries.  If entries is empty, nextPageToken may still be
returned, indicating that more entries may exist.  See nextPageToken for
more information.
ListLogEntriesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogEntriesResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListLogMetricsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Required. The name of the project containing the metrics:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
ListLogMetricsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogMetricsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogMetricsResponse::setMetrics() — Method in class ListLogMetricsResponse
                    A list of logs-based metrics.
ListLogMetricsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogMetricsResponse
                    If there might be more results than appear in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListLogsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Required. The resource name that owns the logs:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
ListLogsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListLogsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListLogsResponse::setLogNames() — Method in class ListLogsResponse
                    A list of log names. For example,
"projects/my-project/syslog" or
"organizations/123/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
ListLogsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListLogsResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::setResourceDescriptors() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    A list of resource descriptors.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    If there might be more results than those appearing in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call this
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
ListSinksRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Required. The parent resource whose sinks are to be listed:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]"
ListSinksRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the
preceding call to this method.  pageToken must be the value of
nextPageToken from the previous response.  The values of other method
parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
ListSinksRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.
ListSinksResponse::setSinks() — Method in class ListSinksResponse
                    A list of sinks.
ListSinksResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSinksResponse
                    If there might be more results than appear in this response, then
nextPageToken is included.  To get the next set of results, call the same
method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
LogEntry::setLogName() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Required. The resource name of the log to which this log entry belongs:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
 A project number may optionally be used in place of PROJECT_ID. The
 project number is translated to its corresponding PROJECT_ID internally
 and the log_name field will contain PROJECT_ID in queries and exports.
LogEntry::setResource() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Required. The monitored resource associated with this log entry.
LogEntry::setProtoPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a protocol buffer.  Some
Google Cloud Platform services use this field for their log
entry payloads.
LogEntry::setTextPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a Unicode string (UTF-8).
LogEntry::setJsonPayload() — Method in class LogEntry
                    The log entry payload, represented as a structure that is
expressed as a JSON object.
LogEntry::setTimestamp() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. The time the event described by the log entry occurred.
LogEntry::setReceiveTimestamp() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Output only. The time the log entry was received by Stackdriver Logging.
LogEntry::setSeverity() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. The severity of the log entry. The default value is
LogSeverity.DEFAULT.
LogEntry::setInsertId() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. A unique identifier for the log entry. If you provide a value,
then Stackdriver Logging considers other log entries in the same project,
with the same timestamp, and with the same insert_id to be duplicates
which can be removed.  If omitted in new log entries, then Stackdriver
Logging assigns its own unique identifier. The insert_id is also used
to order log entries that have the same timestamp value.
LogEntry::setHttpRequest() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Information about the HTTP request associated with this
log entry, if applicable.
LogEntry::setLabels() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. A set of user-defined (key, value) data that provides additional
information about the log entry.
LogEntry::setOperation() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Information about an operation associated with the log entry, if
applicable.
LogEntry::setTrace() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Resource name of the trace associated with the log entry, if any.
LogEntry::setSpanId() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Id of the span within the trace associated with the log entry.
LogEntry::setSourceLocation() — Method in class LogEntry
                    Optional. Source code location information associated with the log entry,
if any.
LogEntryOperation::setId() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. An arbitrary operation identifier. Log entries with the
same identifier are assumed to be part of the same operation.
LogEntryOperation::setProducer() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. An arbitrary producer identifier. The combination of
id and producer must be globally unique.  Examples for producer:
"MyDivision.MyBigCompany.com", "github.com/MyProject/MyApplication".
LogEntryOperation::setFirst() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. Set this to True if this is the first log entry in the operation.
LogEntryOperation::setLast() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    Optional. Set this to True if this is the last log entry in the operation.
LogEntrySourceLocation::setFile() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Source file name. Depending on the runtime environment, this
might be a simple name or a fully-qualified name.
LogEntrySourceLocation::setLine() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Line within the source file. 1-based; 0 indicates no line number
available.
LogEntrySourceLocation::setFunction() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    Optional. Human-readable name of the function or method being invoked, with
optional context such as the class or package name. This information may be
used in contexts such as the logs viewer, where a file and line number are
less meaningful. The format can vary by language. For example:
qual.if.ied.Class.method (Java), dir/package.func (Go), function
(Python).
LogExclusion::setName() — Method in class LogExclusion
                    Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as
"load-balancer-exclusion". Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and
can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods.
LogExclusion::setDescription() — Method in class LogExclusion
                    Optional. A description of this exclusion.
LogExclusion::setFilter() — Method in class LogExclusion
                    Required.
LogExclusion::setDisabled() — Method in class LogExclusion
                    Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not
exclude any log entries. You can use
exclusions.patch
to change the value of this field.
LogMetric::setName() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Required. The client-assigned metric identifier.
LogMetric::setDescription() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. A description of this metric, which is used in documentation.
LogMetric::setFilter() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Required. An advanced logs filter
which is used to match log entries.
LogMetric::setMetricDescriptor() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. The metric descriptor associated with the logs-based metric.
LogMetric::setValueExtractor() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. A value_extractor is required when using a distribution
logs-based metric to extract the values to record from a log entry.
LogMetric::setLabelExtractors() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. A map from a label key string to an extractor expression which is
used to extract data from a log entry field and assign as the label value.
LogMetric::setBucketOptions() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Optional. The bucket_options are required when the logs-based metric is
using a DISTRIBUTION value type and it describes the bucket boundaries
used to create a histogram of the extracted values.
LogMetric::setVersion() — Method in class LogMetric
                    Deprecated. The API version that created or updated this metric.
LogSink::setName() — Method in class LogSink
                    Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the
project. Example: "my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub".  Sink identifiers are
limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters:
upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and
periods.
LogSink::setDestination() — Method in class LogSink
                    Required. The export destination:
    "storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]"
    "bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]"
    "pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]"
The sink's writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must
have permission to write to the destination or else the log
entries are not exported.  For more information, see
Exporting Logs With Sinks.
LogSink::setFilter() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional.
LogSink::setOutputVersionFormat() — Method in class LogSink
                    Deprecated. The log entry format to use for this sink's exported log
entries.  The v2 format is used by default and cannot be changed.
LogSink::setWriterIdentity() — Method in class LogSink
                    Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under
which Stackdriver Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink's
destination.  This field is set by
sinks.create
and
sinks.update,
based on the setting of unique_writer_identity in those methods.
LogSink::setIncludeChildren() — Method in class LogSink
                    Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and
folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the
sink's parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then
logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the
sink's parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular
log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink's filter
expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter
resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance
log entries from all projects in the sink's parent. To only export entries
from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:
    logName:("projects/test-project1/" OR "projects/test-project2/") AND
    resource.type=gce_instance
LogSink::setStartTime() — Method in class LogSink
                    Deprecated. This field is ignored when creating or updating sinks.
LogSink::setEndTime() — Method in class LogSink
                    Deprecated. This field is ignored when creating or updating sinks.
UpdateExclusionRequest::setName() — Method in class UpdateExclusionRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id".
UpdateExclusionRequest::setExclusion() — Method in class UpdateExclusionRequest
                    Required. New values for the existing exclusion. Only the fields specified
in update_mask are relevant.
UpdateExclusionRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateExclusionRequest
                    Required. A nonempty list of fields to change in the existing exclusion.
UpdateLogMetricRequest::setMetricName() — Method in class UpdateLogMetricRequest
                    The resource name of the metric to update:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/metrics/[METRIC_ID]"
The updated metric must be provided in the request and it's
name field must be the same as [METRIC_ID] If the metric
does not exist in [PROJECT_ID], then a new metric is created.
UpdateLogMetricRequest::setMetric() — Method in class UpdateLogMetricRequest
                    The updated metric.
UpdateSinkRequest::setSinkName() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the
parent resource and the sink identifier:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]"
Example: "projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id".
UpdateSinkRequest::setSink() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Required. The updated sink, whose name is the same identifier that appears
as part of sink_name.
UpdateSinkRequest::setUniqueWriterIdentity() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Optional. See
sinks.create
for a description of this field.  When updating a sink, the effect of this
field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both
the old and new values of this field:
+   If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true,
    then there is no change to the sink's writer_identity.
UpdateSinkRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need
an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is
in the update mask.  name and output only fields cannot be updated.
WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors::setLogEntryErrors() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors
                    When WriteLogEntriesRequest.partial_success is true, records the error
status for entries that were not written due to a permanent error, keyed
by the entry's zero-based index in WriteLogEntriesRequest.entries.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::setLogName() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A default log resource name that is assigned to all log entries
in entries that do not specify a value for log_name:
    "projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
    "folders/[FOLDER_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]"
[LOG_ID] must be URL-encoded. For example,
"projects/my-project-id/logs/syslog" or
"organizations/1234567890/logs/cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com%2Factivity".
WriteLogEntriesRequest::setResource() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. A default monitored resource object that is assigned to all log
entries in entries that do not specify a value for resource. Example:
    { "type": "gce_instance",
      "labels": {
        "zone": "us-central1-a", "instance_id": "00000000000000000000" }}
See [LogEntry][google.logging.v2.LogEntry].
WriteLogEntriesRequest::setLabels() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. Default labels that are added to the labels field of all log
entries in entries. If a log entry already has a label with the same key
as a label in this parameter, then the log entry's label is not changed.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::setEntries() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Required. The log entries to send to Stackdriver Logging. The order of log
entries in this list does not matter. Values supplied in this method's
log_name, resource, and labels fields are copied into those log
entries in this list that do not include values for their corresponding
fields. For more information, see the [LogEntry][google.logging.v2.LogEntry] type.
WriteLogEntriesRequest::setPartialSuccess() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    Optional. Whether valid entries should be written even if some other
entries fail due to INVALID_ARGUMENT or PERMISSION_DENIED errors. If any
entry is not written, then the response status is the error associated
with one of the failed entries and the response includes error details
keyed by the entries' zero-based index in the entries.write method.
Aggregation::setAlignmentPeriod() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The alignment period for per-[time series][google.monitoring.v3.TimeSeries]
alignment. If present, alignmentPeriod must be at least 60
seconds.  After per-time series alignment, each time series will
contain data points only on the period boundaries. If
perSeriesAligner is not specified or equals ALIGN_NONE, then
this field is ignored. If perSeriesAligner is specified and
does not equal ALIGN_NONE, then this field must be defined;
otherwise an error is returned.
Aggregation::setPerSeriesAligner() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The approach to be used to align individual time series. Not all
alignment functions may be applied to all time series, depending
on the metric type and value type of the original time
series. Alignment may change the metric type or the value type of
the time series.
Aggregation::setCrossSeriesReducer() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The approach to be used to combine time series. Not all reducer
functions may be applied to all time series, depending on the
metric type and the value type of the original time
series. Reduction may change the metric type of value type of the
time series.
Aggregation::setGroupByFields() — Method in class Aggregation
                    The set of fields to preserve when crossSeriesReducer is
specified. The groupByFields determine how the time series are
partitioned into subsets prior to applying the aggregation
function. Each subset contains time series that have the same
value for each of the grouping fields. Each individual time
series is a member of exactly one subset. The
crossSeriesReducer is applied to each subset of time series.
AlertPolicy::setName() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    Required if the policy exists. The resource name for this policy. The
syntax is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/alertPolicies/[ALERT_POLICY_ID]
[ALERT_POLICY_ID] is assigned by Stackdriver Monitoring when the policy
is created.  When calling the
[alertPolicies.create][google.monitoring.v3.AlertPolicyService.CreateAlertPolicy]
method, do not include the name field in the alerting policy passed as
part of the request.
AlertPolicy::setDisplayName() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    A short name or phrase used to identify the policy in dashboards,
notifications, and incidents. To avoid confusion, don't use the same
display name for multiple policies in the same project. The name is
limited to 512 Unicode characters.
AlertPolicy::setDocumentation() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    Documentation that is included with notifications and incidents related to
this policy. Best practice is for the documentation to include information
to help responders understand, mitigate, escalate, and correct the
underlying problems detected by the alerting policy. Notification channels
that have limited capacity might not show this documentation.
AlertPolicy::setUserLabels() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    User-supplied key/value data to be used for organizing and
identifying the AlertPolicy objects.
AlertPolicy::setConditions() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    A list of conditions for the policy. The conditions are combined by AND or
OR according to the combiner field. If the combined conditions evaluate
to true, then an incident is created. A policy can have from one to six
conditions.
AlertPolicy::setCombiner() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    How to combine the results of multiple conditions
to determine if an incident should be opened.
AlertPolicy::setEnabled() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    Whether or not the policy is enabled. On write, the default interpretation
if unset is that the policy is enabled. On read, clients should not make
any assumption about the state if it has not been populated. The
field should always be populated on List and Get operations, unless
a field projection has been specified that strips it out.
AlertPolicy::setNotificationChannels() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    Identifies the notification channels to which notifications should be sent
when incidents are opened or closed or when new violations occur on
an already opened incident. Each element of this array corresponds to
the name field in each of the
[NotificationChannel][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannel]
objects that are returned from the [ListNotificationChannels]
[google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.ListNotificationChannels]
method. The syntax of the entries in this field is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannels/[CHANNEL_ID]
AlertPolicy::setCreationRecord() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    A read-only record of the creation of the alerting policy. If provided
in a call to create or update, this field will be ignored.
AlertPolicy::setMutationRecord() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    A read-only record of the most recent change to the alerting policy. If
provided in a call to create or update, this field will be ignored.
AlertPolicy_Condition::setName() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition
                    Required if the condition exists. The unique resource name for this
condition. Its syntax is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/alertPolicies/[POLICY_ID]/conditions/[CONDITION_ID]
[CONDITION_ID] is assigned by Stackdriver Monitoring when the
condition is created as part of a new or updated alerting policy.
AlertPolicy_Condition::setDisplayName() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition
                    A short name or phrase used to identify the condition in dashboards,
notifications, and incidents. To avoid confusion, don't use the same
display name for multiple conditions in the same policy.
AlertPolicy_Condition::setConditionThreshold() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition
                    A condition that compares a time series against a threshold.
AlertPolicy_Condition::setConditionAbsent() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition
                    A condition that checks that a time series continues to
receive new data points.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence::setFilter() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence
                    A filter that
identifies which time series should be compared with the threshold.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence::setAggregations() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence
                    Specifies the alignment of data points in individual time series as
well as how to combine the retrieved time series together (such as
when aggregating multiple streams on each resource to a single
stream for each resource or when aggregating streams across all
members of a group of resrouces). Multiple aggregations
are applied in the order specified.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence::setDuration() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence
                    The amount of time that a time series must fail to report new
data to be considered failing. Currently, only values that
are a multiple of a minute--e.g.  60, 120, or 300
seconds--are supported. If an invalid value is given, an
error will be returned. The Duration.nanos field is
ignored.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence::setTrigger() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence
                    The number/percent of time series for which the comparison must hold
in order for the condition to trigger. If unspecified, then the
condition will trigger if the comparison is true for any of the
time series that have been identified by filter and aggregations.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::setFilter() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    A filter that
identifies which time series should be compared with the threshold.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::setAggregations() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    Specifies the alignment of data points in individual time series as
well as how to combine the retrieved time series together (such as
when aggregating multiple streams on each resource to a single
stream for each resource or when aggregating streams across all
members of a group of resrouces). Multiple aggregations
are applied in the order specified.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::setDenominatorFilter() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    A filter that identifies a time
series that should be used as the denominator of a ratio that will be
compared with the threshold. If a denominator_filter is specified,
the time series specified by the filter field will be used as the
numerator.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::setDenominatorAggregations() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    Specifies the alignment of data points in individual time series
selected by denominatorFilter as
well as how to combine the retrieved time series together (such as
when aggregating multiple streams on each resource to a single
stream for each resource or when aggregating streams across all
members of a group of resources).
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::setComparison() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    The comparison to apply between the time series (indicated by filter
and aggregation) and the threshold (indicated by threshold_value).
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::setThresholdValue() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    A value against which to compare the time series.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::setDuration() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    The amount of time that a time series must violate the
threshold to be considered failing. Currently, only values
that are a multiple of a minute--e.g.  60, 120, or 300
seconds--are supported. If an invalid value is given, an
error will be returned. The Duration.nanos field is
ignored. When choosing a duration, it is useful to keep in mind the
frequency of the underlying time series data (which may also be
affected by any alignments specified in the aggregation field);
a good duration is long enough so that a single outlier does not
generate spurious alerts, but short enough that unhealthy states
are detected and alerted on quickly.
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::setTrigger() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    The number/percent of time series for which the comparison must hold
in order for the condition to trigger. If unspecified, then the
condition will trigger if the comparison is true for any of the
time series that have been identified by filter and aggregations,
or by the ratio, if denominator_filter and denominator_aggregations
are specified.
AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger::setCount() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger
                    The absolute number of time series that must fail
the predicate for the condition to be triggered.
AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger::setPercent() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger
                    The percentage of time series that must fail the
predicate for the condition to be triggered.
AlertPolicy_Documentation::setContent() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Documentation
                    The text of the documentation, interpreted according to mime_type.
AlertPolicy_Documentation::setMimeType() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Documentation
                    The format of the content field. Presently, only the value
"text/markdown" is supported. See
Markdown for more information.
CreateAlertPolicyRequest::setName() — Method in class CreateAlertPolicyRequest
                    The project in which to create the alerting policy. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID].
CreateAlertPolicyRequest::setAlertPolicy() — Method in class CreateAlertPolicyRequest
                    The requested alerting policy. You should omit the name field in this
policy. The name will be returned in the new policy, including
a new [ALERT_POLICY_ID] value.
CreateGroupRequest::setName() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    The project in which to create the group. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateGroupRequest::setGroup() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    A group definition. It is an error to define the name field because
the system assigns the name.
CreateGroupRequest::setValidateOnly() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    If true, validate this request but do not create the group.
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest::setName() — Method in class CreateMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest::setMetricDescriptor() — Method in class CreateMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The new custom metric
descriptor.
CreateNotificationChannelRequest::setName() — Method in class CreateNotificationChannelRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]
Note that this names the container into which the channel will be
written. This does not name the newly created channel. The resulting
channel's name will have a normalized version of this field as a prefix,
but will add /notificationChannels/[CHANNEL_ID] to identify the channel.
CreateNotificationChannelRequest::setNotificationChannel() — Method in class CreateNotificationChannelRequest
                    The definition of the NotificationChannel to create.
CreateTimeSeriesError::setTimeSeries() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesError
                    The time series, including the Metric, MonitoredResource,
and Points (including timestamp and value) that resulted
in the error. This field provides all of the context that
would be needed to retry the operation.
CreateTimeSeriesError::setStatus() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesError
                    The status of the requested write operation.
CreateTimeSeriesRequest::setName() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
CreateTimeSeriesRequest::setTimeSeries() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesRequest
                    The new data to be added to a list of time series.
CreateUptimeCheckConfigRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    The project in which to create the uptime check. The format is:
  projects/[PROJECT_ID].
CreateUptimeCheckConfigRequest::setUptimeCheckConfig() — Method in class CreateUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    The new uptime check configuration.
DeleteAlertPolicyRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteAlertPolicyRequest
                    The alerting policy to delete. The format is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/alertPolicies/[ALERT_POLICY_ID]
For more information, see [AlertPolicy][google.monitoring.v3.AlertPolicy].
DeleteGroupRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteGroupRequest
                    The group to delete. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The metric descriptor on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/metricDescriptors/{metric_id}".
DeleteNotificationChannelRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteNotificationChannelRequest
                    The channel for which to execute the request. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannels/[CHANNEL_ID].
DeleteNotificationChannelRequest::setForce() — Method in class DeleteNotificationChannelRequest
                    If true, the notification channel will be deleted regardless of its
use in alert policies (the policies will be updated to remove the
channel). If false, channels that are still referenced by an existing
alerting policy will fail to be deleted in a delete operation.
DeleteUptimeCheckConfigRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    The uptime check configuration to delete. The format is
  projects/[PROJECT_ID]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID].
GetAlertPolicyRequest::setName() — Method in class GetAlertPolicyRequest
                    The alerting policy to retrieve. The format is
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/alertPolicies/[ALERT_POLICY_ID]
GetGroupRequest::setName() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    The group to retrieve. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
GetMetricDescriptorRequest::setName() — Method in class GetMetricDescriptorRequest
                    The metric descriptor on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/metricDescriptors/{metric_id}".
GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest::setName() — Method in class GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest
                    The monitored resource descriptor to get.  The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{resource_type}".
GetNotificationChannelDescriptorRequest::setName() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelDescriptorRequest
                    The channel type for which to execute the request. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannelDescriptors/{channel_type}.
GetNotificationChannelRequest::setName() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelRequest
                    The channel for which to execute the request. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannels/[CHANNEL_ID].
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest::setName() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest
                    The notification channel for which a verification code is to be generated
and retrieved. This must name a channel that is already verified; if
the specified channel is not verified, the request will fail.
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest::setExpireTime() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest
                    The desired expiration time. If specified, the API will guarantee that
the returned code will not be valid after the specified timestamp;
however, the API cannot guarantee that the returned code will be
valid for at least as long as the requested time (the API puts an upper
bound on the amount of time for which a code may be valid). If omitted,
a default expiration will be used, which may be less than the max
permissible expiration (so specifying an expiration may extend the
code's lifetime over omitting an expiration, even though the API does
impose an upper limit on the maximum expiration that is permitted).
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeResponse::setCode() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeResponse
                    The verification code, which may be used to verify other channels
that have an equivalent identity (i.e. other channels of the same
type with the same fingerprint such as other email channels with
the same email address or other sms channels with the same number).
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeResponse::setExpireTime() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeResponse
                    The expiration time associated with the code that was returned. If
an expiration was provided in the request, this is the minimum of the
requested expiration in the request and the max permitted expiration.
GetUptimeCheckConfigRequest::setName() — Method in class GetUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    The uptime check configuration to retrieve. The format is
  projects/[PROJECT_ID]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID].
Group::setName() — Method in class Group
                    Output only. The name of this group. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
Group::setDisplayName() — Method in class Group
                    A user-assigned name for this group, used only for display purposes.
Group::setParentName() — Method in class Group
                    The name of the group's parent, if it has one.
Group::setFilter() — Method in class Group
                    The filter used to determine which monitored resources belong to this group.
Group::setIsCluster() — Method in class Group
                    If true, the members of this group are considered to be a cluster.
ListAlertPoliciesRequest::setName() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesRequest
                    The project whose alert policies are to be listed. The format is
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]
Note that this field names the parent container in which the alerting
policies to be listed are stored. To retrieve a single alerting policy
by name, use the
[GetAlertPolicy][google.monitoring.v3.AlertPolicyService.GetAlertPolicy]
operation, instead.
ListAlertPoliciesRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesRequest
                    If provided, this field specifies the criteria that must be met by
alert policies to be included in the response.
ListAlertPoliciesRequest::setOrderBy() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesRequest
                    A comma-separated list of fields by which to sort the result. Supports
the same set of field references as the filter field. Entries can be
prefixed with a minus sign to sort by the field in descending order.
ListAlertPoliciesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return in a single response.
ListAlertPoliciesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return more results from the previous method call.
ListAlertPoliciesResponse::setAlertPolicies() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesResponse
                    The returned alert policies.
ListAlertPoliciesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesResponse
                    If there might be more results than were returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value. To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListGroupMembersRequest::setName() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    The group whose members are listed. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupMembersRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListGroupMembersRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListGroupMembersRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    An optional list filter describing
the members to be returned.  The filter may reference the type, labels, and
metadata of monitored resources that comprise the group.
ListGroupMembersRequest::setInterval() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    An optional time interval for which results should be returned. Only
members that were part of the group during the specified interval are
included in the response.  If no interval is provided then the group
membership over the last minute is returned.
ListGroupMembersResponse::setMembers() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    A set of monitored resources in the group.
ListGroupMembersResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is
set to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results, use that value as
pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListGroupMembersResponse::setTotalSize() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    The total number of elements matching this request.
ListGroupsRequest::setName() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    The project whose groups are to be listed. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListGroupsRequest::setChildrenOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::setAncestorsOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::setDescendantsOfGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A group name: "projects/{project_id_or_number}/groups/{group_id}".
ListGroupsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListGroupsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListGroupsResponse::setGroup() — Method in class ListGroupsResponse
                    The groups that match the specified filters.
ListGroupsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListGroupsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::setName() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is empty, all custom and
system-defined metric descriptors are returned.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse::setMetricDescriptors() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsResponse
                    The metric descriptors that are available to the project
and that match the value of filter, if present.
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setName() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    An optional filter describing
the descriptors to be returned.  The filter can reference
the descriptor's type and labels. For example, the
following filter returns only Google Compute Engine descriptors
that have an id label:
    resource.type = starts_with("gce_") AND resource.label:id
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::setResourceDescriptors() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    The monitored resource descriptors that are available to this project
and that match filter, if present.
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest::setName() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest
                    The REST resource name of the parent from which to retrieve
the notification channel descriptors. The expected syntax is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]
Note that this names the parent container in which to look for the
descriptors; to retrieve a single descriptor by name, use the
[GetNotificationChannelDescriptor][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.GetNotificationChannelDescriptor]
operation, instead.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return in a single response. If
not set to a positive number, a reasonable value will be chosen by the
service.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token must contain a value returned as the
next_page_token in a previous response to request the next set
of results.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsResponse::setChannelDescriptors() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsResponse
                    The monitored resource descriptors supported for the specified
project, optionally filtered.
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more results that match
the request. Use the value in the page_token field in a
subsequent request to fetch the next set of results. If empty,
all results have been returned.
ListNotificationChannelsRequest::setName() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID]. That is, this names the container
in which to look for the notification channels; it does not name a
specific channel. To query a specific channel by REST resource name, use
the
[GetNotificationChannel][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.GetNotificationChannel] operation.
ListNotificationChannelsRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsRequest
                    If provided, this field specifies the criteria that must be met by
notification channels to be included in the response.
ListNotificationChannelsRequest::setOrderBy() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsRequest
                    A comma-separated list of fields by which to sort the result. Supports
the same set of fields as in filter. Entries can be prefixed with
a minus sign to sort in descending rather than ascending order.
ListNotificationChannelsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return in a single response. If
not set to a positive number, a reasonable value will be chosen by the
service.
ListNotificationChannelsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token must contain a value returned as the
next_page_token in a previous response to request the next set
of results.
ListNotificationChannelsResponse::setNotificationChannels() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsResponse
                    The notification channels defined for the specified project.
ListNotificationChannelsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more results that match
the request. Use the value in the page_token field in a
subsequent request to fetch the next set of results. If empty,
all results have been returned.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setName() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    The project on which to execute the request. The format is
"projects/{project_id_or_number}".
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    A monitoring filter that specifies which time
series should be returned.  The filter must specify a single metric type,
and can additionally specify metric labels and other information. For
example:
    metric.type = "compute.googleapis.com/instance/cpu/usage_time" AND
        metric.label.instance_name = "my-instance-name"
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setInterval() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    The time interval for which results should be returned. Only time series
that contain data points in the specified interval are included
in the response.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setAggregation() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    By default, the raw time series data is returned.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setOrderBy() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    Specifies the order in which the points of the time series should
be returned.  By default, results are not ordered.  Currently,
this field must be left blank.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setView() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    Specifies which information is returned about the time series.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return.
ListTimeSeriesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return additional results from the previous method call.
ListTimeSeriesResponse::setTimeSeries() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesResponse
                    One or more time series that match the filter included in the request.
ListTimeSeriesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesResponse
                    If there are more results than have been returned, then this field is set
to a non-empty value.  To see the additional results,
use that value as pageToken in the next call to this method.
ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest
                    The project whose uptime check configurations are listed. The format is
  projects/[PROJECT_ID].
ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return in a single response. The server
may further constrain the maximum number of results returned in a single
page. If the page_size is <=0, the server will decide the number of results
to be returned.
ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return more results from the previous method call.
ListUptimeCheckConfigsResponse::setUptimeCheckConfigs() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsResponse
                    The returned uptime check configurations.
ListUptimeCheckConfigsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsResponse
                    This field represents the pagination token to retrieve the next page of
results. If the value is empty, it means no further results for the
request. To retrieve the next page of results, the value of the
next_page_token is passed to the subsequent List method call (in the
request message's page_token field).
ListUptimeCheckIpsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckIpsRequest
                    The maximum number of results to return in a single response. The server
may further constrain the maximum number of results returned in a single
page. If the page_size is <=0, the server will decide the number of results
to be returned.
ListUptimeCheckIpsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckIpsRequest
                    If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value
returned by a previous call to this method.  Using this field causes the
method to return more results from the previous method call.
ListUptimeCheckIpsResponse::setUptimeCheckIps() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckIpsResponse
                    The returned list of IP addresses (including region and location) that the
checkers run from.
ListUptimeCheckIpsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckIpsResponse
                    This field represents the pagination token to retrieve the next page of
results. If the value is empty, it means no further results for the
request. To retrieve the next page of results, the value of the
next_page_token is passed to the subsequent List method call (in the
request message's page_token field).
MutationRecord::setMutateTime() — Method in class MutationRecord
                    When the change occurred.
MutationRecord::setMutatedBy() — Method in class MutationRecord
                    The email address of the user making the change.
NotificationChannel::setType() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    The type of the notification channel. This field matches the
value of the [NotificationChannelDescriptor.type][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelDescriptor.type] field.
NotificationChannel::setName() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    The full REST resource name for this channel. The syntax is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannels/[CHANNEL_ID]
The [CHANNEL_ID] is automatically assigned by the server on creation.
NotificationChannel::setDisplayName() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    An optional human-readable name for this notification channel. It is
recommended that you specify a non-empty and unique name in order to
make it easier to identify the channels in your project, though this is
not enforced. The display name is limited to 512 Unicode characters.
NotificationChannel::setDescription() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    An optional human-readable description of this notification channel. This
description may provide additional details, beyond the display
name, for the channel. This may not exceeed 1024 Unicode characters.
NotificationChannel::setLabels() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    Configuration fields that define the channel and its behavior. The
permissible and required labels are specified in the
[NotificationChannelDescriptor.labels][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelDescriptor.labels] of the
NotificationChannelDescriptor corresponding to the type field.
NotificationChannel::setUserLabels() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    User-supplied key/value data that does not need to conform to
the corresponding NotificationChannelDescriptor's schema, unlike
the labels field. This field is intended to be used for organizing
and identifying the NotificationChannel objects.
NotificationChannel::setVerificationStatus() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    Indicates whether this channel has been verified or not. On a
[ListNotificationChannels][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.ListNotificationChannels]
or
[GetNotificationChannel][google.monitoring.v3.NotificationChannelService.GetNotificationChannel]
operation, this field is expected to be populated.
NotificationChannel::setEnabled() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    Whether notifications are forwarded to the described channel. This makes
it possible to disable delivery of notifications to a particular channel
without removing the channel from all alerting policies that reference
the channel. This is a more convenient approach when the change is
temporary and you want to receive notifications from the same set
of alerting policies on the channel at some point in the future.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::setName() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    The full REST resource name for this descriptor. The syntax is:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/notificationChannelDescriptors/[TYPE]
In the above, [TYPE] is the value of the type field.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::setType() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    The type of notification channel, such as "email", "sms", etc.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::setDisplayName() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    A human-readable name for the notification channel type.  This
form of the name is suitable for a user interface.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::setDescription() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    A human-readable description of the notification channel
type. The description may include a description of the properties
of the channel and pointers to external documentation.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::setLabels() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    The set of labels that must be defined to identify a particular
channel of the corresponding type. Each label includes a
description for how that field should be populated.
NotificationChannelDescriptor::setSupportedTiers() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    The tiers that support this notification channel; the project service tier
must be one of the supported_tiers.
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient::SendNotificationChannelVerificationCode() — Method in class NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient
                    Causes a verification code to be delivered to the channel. The code
can then be supplied in VerifyNotificationChannel to verify the channel.
Point::setInterval() — Method in class Point
                    The time interval to which the data point applies.  For GAUGE metrics, only
the end time of the interval is used.  For DELTA metrics, the start and end
time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying
contiguous and non-overlapping intervals.  For CUMULATIVE metrics, the
start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent
points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an
event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the
following points.
Point::setValue() — Method in class Point
                    The value of the data point.
SendNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The SendNotificationChannelVerificationCode request.
SendNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest::setName() — Method in class SendNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest
                    The notification channel to which to send a verification code.
ServiceTier — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The tier of service for a Stackdriver account. Please see the
service tiers documentation
for more details.
TimeInterval::setEndTime() — Method in class TimeInterval
                    Required. The end of the time interval.
TimeInterval::setStartTime() — Method in class TimeInterval
                    Optional. The beginning of the time interval.  The default value
for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be
later than the end time.
TimeSeries::setMetric() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The associated metric. A fully-specified metric used to identify the time
series.
TimeSeries::setResource() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The associated resource. A fully-specified monitored resource used to
identify the time series.
TimeSeries::setMetricKind() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric
kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if
this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.
TimeSeries::setValueType() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The value type of the time series. When listing time series, this value
type might be different from the value type of the associated metric if
this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.
TimeSeries::setPoints() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    The data points of this time series. When listing time series, the order of
the points is specified by the list method.
TypedValue::setBoolValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A Boolean value: true or false.
TypedValue::setInt64Value() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A 64-bit integer. Its range is approximately ±9.2x10¹⁸.
TypedValue::setDoubleValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A 64-bit double-precision floating-point number. Its magnitude
is approximately ±10^±300 and it has 16
significant digits of precision.
TypedValue::setStringValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A variable-length string value.
TypedValue::setDistributionValue() — Method in class TypedValue
                    A distribution value.
UpdateAlertPolicyRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateAlertPolicyRequest
                    Optional. A list of alerting policy field names. If this field is not
empty, each listed field in the existing alerting policy is set to the
value of the corresponding field in the supplied policy (alert_policy),
or to the field's default value if the field is not in the supplied
alerting policy.  Fields not listed retain their previous value.
UpdateAlertPolicyRequest::setAlertPolicy() — Method in class UpdateAlertPolicyRequest
                    Required. The updated alerting policy or the updated values for the
fields listed in update_mask.
UpdateGroupRequest::setGroup() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    The new definition of the group.  All fields of the existing group,
excepting name, are replaced with the corresponding fields of this group.
UpdateGroupRequest::setValidateOnly() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    If true, validate this request but do not update the existing group.
UpdateNotificationChannelRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateNotificationChannelRequest
                    The fields to update.
UpdateNotificationChannelRequest::setNotificationChannel() — Method in class UpdateNotificationChannelRequest
                    A description of the changes to be applied to the specified
notification channel. The description must provide a definition for
fields to be updated; the names of these fields should also be
included in the update_mask.
UpdateUptimeCheckConfigRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    Optional. If present, only the listed fields in the current uptime check
configuration are updated with values from the new configuration. If this
field is empty, then the current configuration is completely replaced with
the new configuration.
UpdateUptimeCheckConfigRequest::setUptimeCheckConfig() — Method in class UpdateUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    Required. If an "updateMask" has been specified, this field gives
the values for the set of fields mentioned in the "updateMask". If an
"updateMask" has not been given, this uptime check configuration replaces
the current configuration. If a field is mentioned in "updateMask" but
the corresonding field is omitted in this partial uptime check
configuration, it has the effect of deleting/clearing the field from the
configuration on the server.
UptimeCheckConfig::setName() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    A unique resource name for this UptimeCheckConfig. The format is:
  projects/[PROJECT_ID]/uptimeCheckConfigs/[UPTIME_CHECK_ID].
UptimeCheckConfig::setDisplayName() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    A human-friendly name for the uptime check configuration. The display name
should be unique within a Stackdriver Account in order to make it easier
to identify; however, uniqueness is not enforced. Required.
UptimeCheckConfig::setMonitoredResource() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The monitored resource associated with the configuration.
UptimeCheckConfig::setResourceGroup() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The group resource associated with the configuration.
UptimeCheckConfig::setHttpCheck() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    Contains information needed to make an HTTP or HTTPS check.
UptimeCheckConfig::setTcpCheck() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    Contains information needed to make a TCP check.
UptimeCheckConfig::setPeriod() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    How often the uptime check is performed.
UptimeCheckConfig::setTimeout() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The maximum amount of time to wait for the request to complete (must be
between 1 and 60 seconds). Required.
UptimeCheckConfig::setContentMatchers() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The expected content on the page the check is run against.
UptimeCheckConfig::setSelectedRegions() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The list of regions from which the check will be run.
UptimeCheckConfig::setInternalCheckers() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    The internal checkers that this check will egress from.
UptimeCheckConfig_ContentMatcher::setContent() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_ContentMatcher
                    String content to match
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::setUseSsl() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    If true, use HTTPS instead of HTTP to run the check.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::setPath() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    The path to the page to run the check against. Will be combined with the
host (specified within the MonitoredResource) and port to construct the
full URL. Optional (defaults to "/").
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::setPort() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    The port to the page to run the check against. Will be combined with host
(specified within the MonitoredResource) and path to construct the full
URL. Optional (defaults to 80 without SSL, or 443 with SSL).
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::setAuthInfo() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    The authentication information. Optional when creating an HTTP check;
defaults to empty.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::setMaskHeaders() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    Boolean specifiying whether to encrypt the header information.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::setHeaders() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    The list of headers to send as part of the uptime check request.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck_BasicAuthentication::setUsername() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck_BasicAuthentication
                    The username to authenticate.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck_BasicAuthentication::setPassword() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck_BasicAuthentication
                    The password to authenticate.
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker::setProjectId() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker
                    The GCP project ID. Not necessarily the same as the project_id for the config.
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker::setNetwork() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker
                    The internal network to perform this uptime check on.
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker::setGcpZone() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker
                    The GCP zone the uptime check should egress from. Only respected for
internal uptime checks, where internal_network is specified.
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker::setCheckerId() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker
                    The checker ID.
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker::setDisplayName() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker
                    The checker's human-readable name.
UptimeCheckConfig_ResourceGroup::setGroupId() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_ResourceGroup
                    The group of resources being monitored. Should be only the
group_id, not projects//groups/.
UptimeCheckConfig_ResourceGroup::setResourceType() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_ResourceGroup
                    The resource type of the group members.
UptimeCheckConfig_TcpCheck::setPort() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_TcpCheck
                    The port to the page to run the check against. Will be combined with host
(specified within the MonitoredResource) to construct the full URL.
UptimeCheckIp::setRegion() — Method in class UptimeCheckIp
                    A broad region category in which the IP address is located.
UptimeCheckIp::setLocation() — Method in class UptimeCheckIp
                    A more specific location within the region that typically encodes
a particular city/town/metro (and its containing state/province or country)
within the broader umbrella region category.
UptimeCheckIp::setIpAddress() — Method in class UptimeCheckIp
                    The IP address from which the uptime check originates. This is a full
IP address (not an IP address range). Most IP addresses, as of this
publication, are in IPv4 format; however, one should not rely on the
IP addresses being in IPv4 format indefinitely and should support
interpreting this field in either IPv4 or IPv6 format.
VerifyNotificationChannelRequest::setName() — Method in class VerifyNotificationChannelRequest
                    The notification channel to verify.
VerifyNotificationChannelRequest::setCode() — Method in class VerifyNotificationChannelRequest
                    The verification code that was delivered to the channel as
a result of invoking the SendNotificationChannelVerificationCode API
method or that was retrieved from a verified channel via
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCode. For example, one might have
"G-123456" or "TKNZGhhd2EyN3I1MnRnMjRv" (in general, one is only
guaranteed that the code is valid UTF-8; one should not
make any assumptions regarding the structure or format of the code).
PosixAccount::setPrimary() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    Only one POSIX account can be marked as primary.
PosixAccount::setUsername() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The username of the POSIX account.
PosixAccount::setUid() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The user ID.
PosixAccount::setGid() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The default group ID.
PosixAccount::setHomeDirectory() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The path to the home directory for this account.
PosixAccount::setShell() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The path to the logic shell for this account.
PosixAccount::setGecos() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    The GECOS (user information) entry for this account.
PosixAccount::setSystemId() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    System identifier for which account the username or uid applies to.
PosixAccount::setAccountId() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    Output only. A POSIX account identifier.
SshPublicKey — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\OsLogin\Common
                    The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
SshPublicKey::setKey() — Method in class SshPublicKey
                    Public key text in SSH format, defined by
RFC4253
section 6.6.
SshPublicKey::setExpirationTimeUsec() — Method in class SshPublicKey
                    An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
SshPublicKey::setFingerprint() — Method in class SshPublicKey
                    Output only. The SHA-256 fingerprint of the SSH public key.
DeletePosixAccountRequest::setName() — Method in class DeletePosixAccountRequest
                    A reference to the POSIX account to update. POSIX accounts are identified
by the project ID they are associated with. A reference to the POSIX
account is in format users/{user}/projects/{project}.
DeleteSshPublicKeyRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The fingerprint of the public key to update. Public keys are identified by
their SHA-256 fingerprint. The fingerprint of the public key is in format
users/{user}/sshPublicKeys/{fingerprint}.
GetLoginProfileRequest::setName() — Method in class GetLoginProfileRequest
                    The unique ID for the user in format users/{user}.
GetSshPublicKeyRequest::setName() — Method in class GetSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The fingerprint of the public key to retrieve. Public keys are identified
by their SHA-256 fingerprint. The fingerprint of the public key is in
format users/{user}/sshPublicKeys/{fingerprint}.
ImportSshPublicKeyRequest::setParent() — Method in class ImportSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The unique ID for the user in format users/{user}.
ImportSshPublicKeyRequest::setSshPublicKey() — Method in class ImportSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The SSH public key and expiration time.
ImportSshPublicKeyRequest::setProjectId() — Method in class ImportSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The project ID of the Google Cloud Platform project.
ImportSshPublicKeyResponse::setLoginProfile() — Method in class ImportSshPublicKeyResponse
                    The login profile information for the user.
LoginProfile::setName() — Method in class LoginProfile
                    The primary email address that uniquely identifies the user.
LoginProfile::setPosixAccounts() — Method in class LoginProfile
                    The list of POSIX accounts associated with the user.
LoginProfile::setSshPublicKeys() — Method in class LoginProfile
                    A map from SSH public key fingerprint to the associated key object.
LoginProfile::setSuspended() — Method in class LoginProfile
                    Indicates if the user is suspended. A suspended user cannot log in but
their profile information is retained.
UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest::setName() — Method in class UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The fingerprint of the public key to update. Public keys are identified by
their SHA-256 fingerprint. The fingerprint of the public key is in format
users/{user}/sshPublicKeys/{fingerprint}.
UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest::setSshPublicKey() — Method in class UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest
                    The SSH public key and expiration time.
UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest
                    Mask to control which fields get updated. Updates all if not present.
AcknowledgeRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class AcknowledgeRequest
                    The subscription whose message is being acknowledged.
AcknowledgeRequest::setAckIds() — Method in class AcknowledgeRequest
                    The acknowledgment ID for the messages being acknowledged that was returned
by the Pub/Sub system in the Pull response. Must not be empty.
CreateSnapshotRequest::setName() — Method in class CreateSnapshotRequest
                    Optional user-provided name for this snapshot.
CreateSnapshotRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class CreateSnapshotRequest
                    The subscription whose backlog the snapshot retains.
DeleteSnapshotRequest::setSnapshot() — Method in class DeleteSnapshotRequest
                    The name of the snapshot to delete.
DeleteSubscriptionRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class DeleteSubscriptionRequest
                    The subscription to delete.
DeleteTopicRequest::setTopic() — Method in class DeleteTopicRequest
                    Name of the topic to delete.
GetSubscriptionRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class GetSubscriptionRequest
                    The name of the subscription to get.
GetTopicRequest::setTopic() — Method in class GetTopicRequest
                    The name of the topic to get.
ListSnapshotsRequest::setProject() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that snapshots belong to.
ListSnapshotsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    Maximum number of snapshots to return.
ListSnapshotsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListSnapshotsResponse; indicates that this
is a continuation of a prior ListSnapshots call, and that the system
should return the next page of data.
ListSnapshotsResponse::setSnapshots() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    The resulting snapshots.
ListSnapshotsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more snapshot that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new ListSnapshotsRequest.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::setProject() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that subscriptions belong to.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    Maximum number of subscriptions to return.
ListSubscriptionsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListSubscriptionsResponse; indicates that
this is a continuation of a prior ListSubscriptions call, and that the
system should return the next page of data.
ListSubscriptionsResponse::setSubscriptions() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsResponse
                    The subscriptions that match the request.
ListSubscriptionsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more subscriptions that match
the request; this value should be passed in a new
ListSubscriptionsRequest to get more subscriptions.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::setTopic() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    The name of the topic that subscriptions are attached to.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    Maximum number of subscription names to return.
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse; indicates
that this is a continuation of a prior ListTopicSubscriptions call, and
that the system should return the next page of data.
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse::setSubscriptions() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse
                    The names of the subscriptions that match the request.
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more subscriptions that match
the request; this value should be passed in a new
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest to get more subscriptions.
ListTopicsRequest::setProject() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    The name of the cloud project that topics belong to.
ListTopicsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    Maximum number of topics to return.
ListTopicsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    The value returned by the last ListTopicsResponse; indicates that this is
a continuation of a prior ListTopics call, and that the system should
return the next page of data.
ListTopicsResponse::setTopics() — Method in class ListTopicsResponse
                    The resulting topics.
ListTopicsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTopicsResponse
                    If not empty, indicates that there may be more topics that match the
request; this value should be passed in a new ListTopicsRequest.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    The name of the subscription.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::setAckIds() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    List of acknowledgment IDs.
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::setAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    The new ack deadline with respect to the time this request was sent to
the Pub/Sub system. For example, if the value is 10, the new
ack deadline will expire 10 seconds after the ModifyAckDeadline call
was made. Specifying zero may immediately make the message available for
another pull request.
ModifyPushConfigRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class ModifyPushConfigRequest
                    The name of the subscription.
ModifyPushConfigRequest::setPushConfig() — Method in class ModifyPushConfigRequest
                    The push configuration for future deliveries.
PublishRequest::setTopic() — Method in class PublishRequest
                    The messages in the request will be published on this topic.
PublishRequest::setMessages() — Method in class PublishRequest
                    The messages to publish.
PublishResponse::setMessageIds() — Method in class PublishResponse
                    The server-assigned ID of each published message, in the same order as
the messages in the request. IDs are guaranteed to be unique within
the topic.
PubsubMessage::setData() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    The message payload.
PubsubMessage::setAttributes() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    Optional attributes for this message.
PubsubMessage::setMessageId() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    ID of this message, assigned by the server when the message is published.
PubsubMessage::setPublishTime() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    The time at which the message was published, populated by the server when
it receives the Publish call. It must not be populated by the
publisher in a Publish call.
PullRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class PullRequest
                    The subscription from which messages should be pulled.
PullRequest::setReturnImmediately() — Method in class PullRequest
                    If this field set to true, the system will respond immediately even if
it there are no messages available to return in the Pull response.
PullRequest::setMaxMessages() — Method in class PullRequest
                    The maximum number of messages returned for this request. The Pub/Sub
system may return fewer than the number specified.
PullResponse::setReceivedMessages() — Method in class PullResponse
                    Received Pub/Sub messages. The Pub/Sub system will return zero messages if
there are no more available in the backlog. The Pub/Sub system may return
fewer than the maxMessages requested even if there are more messages
available in the backlog.
PushConfig::setPushEndpoint() — Method in class PushConfig
                    A URL locating the endpoint to which messages should be pushed.
PushConfig::setAttributes() — Method in class PushConfig
                    Endpoint configuration attributes.
ReceivedMessage::setAckId() — Method in class ReceivedMessage
                    This ID can be used to acknowledge the received message.
ReceivedMessage::setMessage() — Method in class ReceivedMessage
                    The message.
SeekRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the Seek method.
SeekRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The subscription to affect.
SeekRequest::setTime() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The time to seek to.
SeekRequest::setSnapshot() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    The snapshot to seek to. The snapshot's topic must be the same as that of
the provided subscription.
SeekResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Generated from protobuf message google.pubsub.v1.SeekResponse
Snapshot — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    A snapshot resource.
Snapshot::setName() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The name of the snapshot.
Snapshot::setTopic() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The name of the topic from which this snapshot is retaining messages.
Snapshot::setExpireTime() — Method in class Snapshot
                    The snapshot is guaranteed to exist up until this time.
Snapshot::setLabels() — Method in class Snapshot
                    User labels.
StreamingPullRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the StreamingPull streaming RPC method. This request is used to
establish the initial stream as well as to stream acknowledgements and ack
deadline modifications from the client to the server.
StreamingPullRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The subscription for which to initialize the new stream. This must be
provided in the first request on the stream, and must not be set in
subsequent requests from client to server.
StreamingPullRequest::setAckIds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    List of acknowledgement IDs for acknowledging previously received messages
(received on this stream or a different stream). If an ack ID has expired,
the corresponding message may be redelivered later. Acknowledging a message
more than once will not result in an error. If the acknowledgement ID is
malformed, the stream will be aborted with status INVALID_ARGUMENT.
StreamingPullRequest::setModifyDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The list of new ack deadlines for the IDs listed in
modify_deadline_ack_ids. The size of this list must be the same as the
size of modify_deadline_ack_ids. If it differs the stream will be aborted
with INVALID_ARGUMENT. Each element in this list is applied to the
element in the same position in modify_deadline_ack_ids. The new ack
deadline is with respect to the time this request was sent to the Pub/Sub
system. Must be >= 0. For example, if the value is 10, the new ack deadline
will expire 10 seconds after this request is received. If the value is 0,
the message is immediately made available for another streaming or
non-streaming pull request. If the value is < 0 (an error), the stream will
be aborted with status INVALID_ARGUMENT.
StreamingPullRequest::setModifyDeadlineAckIds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    List of acknowledgement IDs whose deadline will be modified based on the
corresponding element in modify_deadline_seconds. This field can be used
to indicate that more time is needed to process a message by the
subscriber, or to make the message available for redelivery if the
processing was interrupted.
StreamingPullRequest::setStreamAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    The ack deadline to use for the stream. This must be provided in the
first request on the stream, but it can also be updated on subsequent
requests from client to server. The minimum deadline you can specify is 10
seconds. The maximum deadline you can specify is 600 seconds (10 minutes).
StreamingPullResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Response for the StreamingPull method. This response is used to stream
messages from the server to the client.
StreamingPullResponse::setReceivedMessages() — Method in class StreamingPullResponse
                    Received Pub/Sub messages. This will not be empty.
SubscriberGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    The service that an application uses to manipulate subscriptions and to
consume messages from a subscription via the Pull method.
SubscriberGrpcClient::StreamingPull() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    (EXPERIMENTAL) StreamingPull is an experimental feature. This RPC will
respond with UNIMPLEMENTED errors unless you have been invited to test
this feature. Contact cloud-pubsub@google.com with any questions.
SubscriberGrpcClient::Seek() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Seeks an existing subscription to a point in time or to a given snapshot,
whichever is provided in the request.
Subscription — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    A subscription resource.
Subscription::setName() — Method in class Subscription
                    The name of the subscription. It must have the format
"projects/{project}/subscriptions/{subscription}". {subscription} must
start with a letter, and contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers
([0-9]), dashes (-), underscores (_), periods (.), tildes (~),
plus (+) or percent signs (%). It must be between 3 and 255 characters
in length, and it must not start with "goog".
Subscription::setTopic() — Method in class Subscription
                    The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages.
Subscription::setPushConfig() — Method in class Subscription
                    If push delivery is used with this subscription, this field is
used to configure it. An empty pushConfig signifies that the subscriber
will pull and ack messages using API methods.
Subscription::setAckDeadlineSeconds() — Method in class Subscription
                    This value is the maximum time after a subscriber receives a message
before the subscriber should acknowledge the message. After message
delivery but before the ack deadline expires and before the message is
acknowledged, it is an outstanding message and will not be delivered
again during that time (on a best-effort basis).
Subscription::setRetainAckedMessages() — Method in class Subscription
                    Indicates whether to retain acknowledged messages. If true, then
messages are not expunged from the subscription's backlog, even if they are
acknowledged, until they fall out of the message_retention_duration
window.
Subscription::setMessageRetentionDuration() — Method in class Subscription
                    How long to retain unacknowledged messages in the subscription's backlog,
from the moment a message is published.
Subscription::setLabels() — Method in class Subscription
                    User labels.
Topic::setName() — Method in class Topic
                    The name of the topic. It must have the format
"projects/{project}/topics/{topic}". {topic} must start with a letter,
and contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), dashes (-),
underscores (_), periods (.), tildes (~), plus (+) or percent
signs (%). It must be between 3 and 255 characters in length, and it
must not start with "goog".
Topic::setLabels() — Method in class Topic
                    User labels.
UpdateSnapshotRequest::setSnapshot() — Method in class UpdateSnapshotRequest
                    The updated snpashot object.
UpdateSnapshotRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSnapshotRequest
                    Indicates which fields in the provided snapshot to update.
UpdateSubscriptionRequest::setSubscription() — Method in class UpdateSubscriptionRequest
                    The updated subscription object.
UpdateSubscriptionRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateSubscriptionRequest
                    Indicates which fields in the provided subscription to update.
UpdateTopicRequest::setTopic() — Method in class UpdateTopicRequest
                    The topic to update.
UpdateTopicRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateTopicRequest
                    Indicates which fields in the provided topic to update.
CreateInstanceRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the instance location using the form:
    projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}
where location_id refers to a GCP region
CreateInstanceRequest::setInstanceId() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The logical name of the Redis instance in the customer project
with the following restrictions:
* Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.
CreateInstanceRequest::setInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. A Redis [Instance] resource
DeleteInstanceRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    Required. Redis instance resource name using the form:
    projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}
where location_id refers to a GCP region
GetInstanceRequest::setName() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    Required. Redis instance resource name using the form:
    projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}
where location_id refers to a GCP region
Instance::setName() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and
location using the form:
    projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}
Note: Redis instances are managed and addressed at regional level so
location_id here refers to a GCP region; however, users get to choose which
specific zone (or collection of zones for cross-zone instances) an instance
should be provisioned in. Refer to [location_id] and
[alternative_location_id] fields for more details.
Instance::setDisplayName() — Method in class Instance
                    An arbitrary and optional user-provided name for the instance.
Instance::setLabels() — Method in class Instance
                    Resource labels to represent user provided metadata
Instance::setLocationId() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. The zone where the instance will be provisioned. If not provided,
the service will choose a zone for the instance. For STANDARD_HA tier,
instances will be created across two zones for protection against zonal
failures. if [alternative_location_id] is also provided, it must be
different from [location_id].
Instance::setAlternativeLocationId() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. Only applicable to STANDARD_HA tier which protects the instance
against zonal failures by provisioning it across two zones. If provided, it
must be a different zone from the one provided in [location_id].
Instance::setRedisVersion() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. The version of Redis software.
Instance::setReservedIpRange() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. The CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this
instance. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block,
for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. Ranges must be unique
and non-overlapping with existing subnets in a network.
Instance::setHost() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. Hostname or IP address of the exposed redis endpoint used by
clients to connect to the service.
Instance::setPort() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The port number of the exposed redis endpoint.
Instance::setCurrentLocationId() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The current zone where the Redis endpoint is placed. In
single zone deployments, this will always be the same as [location_id]
provided by the user at creation time. In cross-zone instances (only
applicable in STANDARD_HA tier), this can be either [location_id] or
[alternative_location_id] and can change on a failover event.
Instance::setCreateTime() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The time the instance was created.
Instance::setState() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The current state of this instance.
Instance::setStatusMessage() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. Additional information about the current status of this
instance, if available.
Instance::setRedisConfigs() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. Redis configuration parameters, according to
http://redis.io/topics/config. Currently, the only supported parameters
are:
 * maxmemory-policy
 * notify-keyspace-events
Instance::setTier() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The service tier of the instance.
Instance::setMemorySizeGb() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. Redis memory size in GB.
Instance::setAuthorizedNetwork() — Method in class Instance
                    Optional. The full name of the Google Compute Engine
network to which the
instance is connected. If left unspecified, the default network
will be used.
ListInstancesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    Required. The resource name of the instance location using the form:
    projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}
where location_id refers to a GCP region
ListInstancesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    The maximum number of items to return.
ListInstancesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request,
if any.
ListInstancesResponse::setInstances() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    A list of Redis instances in the project in the specified location,
or across all locations.
ListInstancesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more
results in the list.
LocationMetadata::setAvailableZones() — Method in class LocationMetadata
                    Output only. The set of available zones in the location. The map is keyed
by the lowercase ID of each zone, as defined by GCE. These keys can be
specified in location_id or alternative_location_id fields when
creating a Redis instance.
UpdateInstanceRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in
this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these
fields from [Instance][CloudRedis.Instance]:
* display_name
* labels
* memory_size_gb
* redis_config
UpdateInstanceRequest::setInstance() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. Update description.
CreateDatabaseMetadata::setDatabase() — Method in class CreateDatabaseMetadata
                    The database being created.
CreateDatabaseRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The name of the instance that will serve the new database.
CreateDatabaseRequest::setCreateStatement() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    Required. A CREATE DATABASE statement, which specifies the ID of the
new database.  The database ID must conform to the regular expression
[a-z][a-z0-9_\-]*[a-z0-9] and be between 2 and 30 characters in length.
CreateDatabaseRequest::setExtraStatements() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    An optional list of DDL statements to run inside the newly created
database. Statements can create tables, indexes, etc. These
statements execute atomically with the creation of the database:
if there is an error in any statement, the database is not created.
Database::setName() — Method in class Database
                    Required. The name of the database. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/databases/<database>,
where <database> is as specified in the CREATE DATABASE
statement. This name can be passed to other API methods to
identify the database.
Database::setState() — Method in class Database
                    Output only. The current database state.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::SetIamPolicy() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Sets the access control policy on a database resource. Replaces any
existing policy.
DropDatabaseRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class DropDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The database to be dropped.
GetDatabaseDdlRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlRequest
                    Required. The database whose schema we wish to get.
GetDatabaseDdlResponse::setStatements() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlResponse
                    A list of formatted DDL statements defining the schema of the database
specified in the request.
GetDatabaseRequest::setName() — Method in class GetDatabaseRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested database. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>/databases/<database>.
ListDatabasesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    Required. The instance whose databases should be listed.
ListDatabasesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    Number of databases to be returned in the response. If 0 or less,
defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListDatabasesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.ListDatabasesResponse.next_page_token] from a
previous [ListDatabasesResponse][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.ListDatabasesResponse].
ListDatabasesResponse::setDatabases() — Method in class ListDatabasesResponse
                    Databases that matched the request.
ListDatabasesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListDatabasesResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListDatabases][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.ListDatabases] call to fetch more
of the matching databases.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::setDatabase() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    The database being modified.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::setStatements() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    For an update this list contains all the statements. For an
individual statement, this list contains only that statement.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::setCommitTimestamps() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    Reports the commit timestamps of all statements that have
succeeded so far, where commit_timestamps[i] is the commit
timestamp for the statement statements[i].
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    Required. The database to update.
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::setStatements() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    DDL statements to be applied to the database.
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::setOperationId() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    If empty, the new update request is assigned an
automatically-generated operation ID. Otherwise, operation_id
is used to construct the name of the resulting
[Operation][google.longrunning.Operation].
CreateInstanceMetadata::setInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The instance being created.
CreateInstanceMetadata::setStartTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which the
[CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance] request was
received.
CreateInstanceMetadata::setCancelTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation was cancelled. If set, this operation is
in the process of undoing itself (which is guaranteed to succeed) and
cannot be cancelled again.
CreateInstanceMetadata::setEndTime() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation failed or was completed successfully.
CreateInstanceRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the project in which to create the instance. Values
are of the form projects/<project>.
CreateInstanceRequest::setInstanceId() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The ID of the instance to create.  Valid identifiers are of the
form [a-z][-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9] and must be between 6 and 30 characters in
length.
CreateInstanceRequest::setInstance() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The instance to create.  The name may be omitted, but if
specified must be <parent>/instances/<instance_id>.
DeleteInstanceRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the instance to be deleted. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>
GetInstanceConfigRequest::setName() — Method in class GetInstanceConfigRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested instance configuration. Values are of
the form projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/<config>.
GetInstanceRequest::setName() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    Required. The name of the requested instance. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/<instance>.
Instance::setName() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. A unique identifier for the instance, which cannot be changed
after the instance is created. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instances/[a-z][-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9]. The final
segment of the name must be between 6 and 30 characters in length.
Instance::setConfig() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The name of the instance's configuration. Values are of the form
projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/<configuration>. See
also [InstanceConfig][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceConfig] and
[ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs].
Instance::setDisplayName() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The descriptive name for this instance as it appears in UIs.
Instance::setNodeCount() — Method in class Instance
                    Required. The number of nodes allocated to this instance. This may be zero
in API responses for instances that are not yet in state READY.
Instance::setState() — Method in class Instance
                    Output only. The current instance state. For
[CreateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.CreateInstance], the state must be
either omitted or set to CREATING. For
[UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance], the state must be
either omitted or set to READY.
Instance::setLabels() — Method in class Instance
                    Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud
resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and
deployment strategies. Cloud Labels can be used to filter collections of
resources. They can be used to control how resource metrics are aggregated.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::SetIamPolicy() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Sets the access control policy on an instance resource. Replaces any
existing policy.
InstanceConfig::setName() — Method in class InstanceConfig
                    A unique identifier for the instance configuration.  Values
are of the form
projects/<project>/instanceConfigs/[a-z][-a-z0-9]*
InstanceConfig::setDisplayName() — Method in class InstanceConfig
                    The name of this instance configuration as it appears in UIs.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    Required. The name of the project for which a list of supported instance
configurations is requested. Values are of the form
projects/<project>.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    Number of instance configurations to be returned in the response. If 0 or
less, defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstanceConfigsResponse.next_page_token]
from a previous [ListInstanceConfigsResponse][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstanceConfigsResponse].
ListInstanceConfigsResponse::setInstanceConfigs() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsResponse
                    The list of requested instance configurations.
ListInstanceConfigsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListInstanceConfigs][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstanceConfigs] call to
fetch more of the matching instance configurations.
ListInstancesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    Required. The name of the project for which a list of instances is
requested. Values are of the form projects/<project>.
ListInstancesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    Number of instances to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults
to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListInstancesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstancesResponse.next_page_token] from a
previous [ListInstancesResponse][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.ListInstancesResponse].
ListInstancesRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are
case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are:
  * name
  * display_name
  * labels.key where key is the name of a label
Some examples of using filters are:
  * name:* --> The instance has a name.
ListInstancesResponse::setInstances() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    The list of requested instances.
ListInstancesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListInstances][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.ListInstances] call to fetch more
of the matching instances.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::setInstance() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The desired end state of the update.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::setStartTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which [UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance]
request was received.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::setCancelTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation was cancelled. If set, this operation is
in the process of undoing itself (which is guaranteed to succeed) and
cannot be cancelled again.
UpdateInstanceMetadata::setEndTime() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    The time at which this operation failed or was completed successfully.
UpdateInstanceRequest::setInstance() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. The instance to update, which must always include the instance
name.  Otherwise, only fields mentioned in [][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.UpdateInstanceRequest.field_mask] need be included.
UpdateInstanceRequest::setFieldMask() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    Required. A mask specifying which fields in [][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.UpdateInstanceRequest.instance] should be updated.
BeginTransactionRequest::setSession() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction runs.
BeginTransactionRequest::setOptions() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    Required. Options for the new transaction.
CommitRequest::setSession() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction to be committed is running.
CommitRequest::setTransactionId() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Commit a previously-started transaction.
CommitRequest::setSingleUseTransaction() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    Execute mutations in a temporary transaction. Note that unlike
commit of a previously-started transaction, commit with a
temporary transaction is non-idempotent. That is, if the
CommitRequest is sent to Cloud Spanner more than once (for
instance, due to retries in the application, or in the
transport library), it is possible that the mutations are
executed more than once. If this is undesirable, use
[BeginTransaction][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.BeginTransaction] and
[Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit] instead.
CommitRequest::setMutations() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    The mutations to be executed when this transaction commits. All
mutations are applied atomically, in the order they appear in
this list.
CommitResponse::setCommitTimestamp() — Method in class CommitResponse
                    The Cloud Spanner timestamp at which the transaction committed.
CreateSessionRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class CreateSessionRequest
                    Required. The database in which the new session is created.
CreateSessionRequest::setSession() — Method in class CreateSessionRequest
                    The session to create.
DeleteSessionRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteSessionRequest
                    Required. The name of the session to delete.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setSession() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Required. The session in which the SQL query should be performed.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    The transaction to use. If none is provided, the default is a
temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setSql() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Required. The SQL query string.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setParams() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    The SQL query string can contain parameter placeholders. A parameter
placeholder consists of '&#64;' followed by the parameter
name. Parameter names consist of any combination of letters,
numbers, and underscores.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setParamTypes() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    It is not always possible for Cloud Spanner to infer the right SQL type
from a JSON value.  For example, values of type BYTES and values
of type STRING both appear in [params][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.params] as JSON strings.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setResumeToken() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    If this request is resuming a previously interrupted SQL query
execution, resume_token should be copied from the last
[PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet] yielded before the interruption. Doing this
enables the new SQL query execution to resume where the last one left
off. The rest of the request parameters must exactly match the
request that yielded this token.
ExecuteSqlRequest::setQueryMode() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    Used to control the amount of debugging information returned in
[ResultSetStats][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetStats]. If [partition_token][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.partition_token] is set, [query_mode][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode] can only
be set to [QueryMode.NORMAL][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.QueryMode.NORMAL].
ExecuteSqlRequest::setPartitionToken() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    If present, results will be restricted to the specified partition
previously created using PartitionQuery().  There must be an exact
match for the values of fields common to this message and the
PartitionQueryRequest message used to create this partition_token.
GetSessionRequest::setName() — Method in class GetSessionRequest
                    Required. The name of the session to retrieve.
$KeyRange#start_key_type — Property in class KeyRange
                    
KeyRange::setStartClosed() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the start is closed, then the range includes all rows whose
first len(start_closed) key columns exactly match start_closed.
KeyRange::setStartOpen() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the start is open, then the range excludes rows whose first
len(start_open) key columns exactly match start_open.
KeyRange::setEndClosed() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the end is closed, then the range includes all rows whose
first len(end_closed) key columns exactly match end_closed.
KeyRange::setEndOpen() — Method in class KeyRange
                    If the end is open, then the range excludes rows whose first
len(end_open) key columns exactly match end_open.
KeySet::setKeys() — Method in class KeySet
                    A list of specific keys. Entries in keys should have exactly as
many elements as there are columns in the primary or index key
with which this KeySet is used.  Individual key values are
encoded as described [here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
KeySet::setRanges() — Method in class KeySet
                    A list of key ranges. See [KeyRange][google.spanner.v1.KeyRange] for more information about
key range specifications.
KeySet::setAll() — Method in class KeySet
                    For convenience all can be set to true to indicate that this
KeySet matches all keys in the table or index. Note that any keys
specified in keys or ranges are only yielded once.
ListSessionsRequest::setDatabase() — Method in class ListSessionsRequest
                    Required. The database in which to list sessions.
ListSessionsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListSessionsRequest
                    Number of sessions to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults
to the server's maximum allowed page size.
ListSessionsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListSessionsRequest
                    If non-empty, page_token should contain a
[next_page_token][google.spanner.v1.ListSessionsResponse.next_page_token] from a previous
[ListSessionsResponse][google.spanner.v1.ListSessionsResponse].
ListSessionsRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListSessionsRequest
                    An expression for filtering the results of the request. Filter rules are
case insensitive. The fields eligible for filtering are:
  * labels.key where key is the name of a label
Some examples of using filters are:
  * labels.env:* --> The session has the label "env".
ListSessionsResponse::setSessions() — Method in class ListSessionsResponse
                    The list of requested sessions.
ListSessionsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListSessionsResponse
                    next_page_token can be sent in a subsequent
[ListSessions][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ListSessions] call to fetch more of the matching
sessions.
Mutation::setInsert() — Method in class Mutation
                    Insert new rows in a table. If any of the rows already exist,
the write or transaction fails with error ALREADY_EXISTS.
Mutation::setUpdate() — Method in class Mutation
                    Update existing rows in a table. If any of the rows does not
already exist, the transaction fails with error NOT_FOUND.
Mutation::setInsertOrUpdate() — Method in class Mutation
                    Like [insert][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert], except that if the row already exists, then
its column values are overwritten with the ones provided. Any
column values not explicitly written are preserved.
Mutation::setReplace() — Method in class Mutation
                    Like [insert][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert], except that if the row already exists, it is
deleted, and the column values provided are inserted
instead. Unlike [insert_or_update][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.insert_or_update], this means any values not
explicitly written become NULL.
Mutation::setDelete() — Method in class Mutation
                    Delete rows from a table. Succeeds whether or not the named
rows were present.
Mutation_Delete::setTable() — Method in class Mutation_Delete
                    Required. The table whose rows will be deleted.
Mutation_Delete::setKeySet() — Method in class Mutation_Delete
                    Required. The primary keys of the rows within [table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Delete.table] to delete.
Mutation_Write::setTable() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    Required. The table whose rows will be written.
Mutation_Write::setColumns() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    The names of the columns in [table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.table] to be written.
Mutation_Write::setValues() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    The values to be written. values can contain more than one
list of values. If it does, then multiple rows are written, one
for each entry in values. Each list in values must have
exactly as many entries as there are entries in [columns][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.columns]
above. Sending multiple lists is equivalent to sending multiple
Mutations, each containing one values entry and repeating
[table][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.table] and [columns][google.spanner.v1.Mutation.Write.columns]. Individual values in each list are
encoded as described [here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
PartialResultSet::setMetadata() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Metadata about the result set, such as row type information.
PartialResultSet::setValues() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    A streamed result set consists of a stream of values, which might
be split into many PartialResultSet messages to accommodate
large rows and/or large values. Every N complete values defines a
row, where N is equal to the number of entries in
[metadata.row_type.fields][google.spanner.v1.StructType.fields].
PartialResultSet::setChunkedValue() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    If true, then the final value in [values][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet.values] is chunked, and must
be combined with more values from subsequent PartialResultSets
to obtain a complete field value.
PartialResultSet::setResumeToken() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Streaming calls might be interrupted for a variety of reasons, such
as TCP connection loss. If this occurs, the stream of results can
be resumed by re-sending the original request and including
resume_token. Note that executing any other transaction in the
same session invalidates the token.
PartialResultSet::setStats() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    Query plan and execution statistics for the query that produced this
streaming result set. These can be requested by setting
[ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode] and are sent
only once with the last response in the stream.
Partition::setPartitionToken() — Method in class Partition
                    This token can be passed to Read, StreamingRead, ExecuteSql, or
ExecuteStreamingSql requests to restrict the results to those identified by
this partition token.
PartitionOptions::setPartitionSizeBytes() — Method in class PartitionOptions
                    Note: This hint is currently ignored by PartitionQuery and
PartitionRead requests.
PartitionOptions::setMaxPartitions() — Method in class PartitionOptions
                    Note: This hint is currently ignored by PartitionQuery and
PartitionRead requests.
PartitionQueryRequest::setSession() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    Required. The session used to create the partitions.
PartitionQueryRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    Read only snapshot transactions are supported, read/write and single use
transactions are not.
PartitionQueryRequest::setSql() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    The query request to generate partitions for. The request will fail if
the query is not root partitionable. The query plan of a root
partitionable query has a single distributed union operator. A distributed
union operator conceptually divides one or more tables into multiple
splits, remotely evaluates a subquery independently on each split, and
then unions all results.
PartitionQueryRequest::setParams() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    The SQL query string can contain parameter placeholders. A parameter
placeholder consists of '&#64;' followed by the parameter
name. Parameter names consist of any combination of letters,
numbers, and underscores.
PartitionQueryRequest::setParamTypes() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    It is not always possible for Cloud Spanner to infer the right SQL type
from a JSON value.  For example, values of type BYTES and values
of type STRING both appear in [params][google.spanner.v1.PartitionQueryRequest.params] as JSON strings.
PartitionQueryRequest::setPartitionOptions() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    Additional options that affect how many partitions are created.
PartitionReadRequest::setSession() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    Required. The session used to create the partitions.
PartitionReadRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    Read only snapshot transactions are supported, read/write and single use
transactions are not.
PartitionReadRequest::setTable() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    Required. The name of the table in the database to be read.
PartitionReadRequest::setIndex() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    If non-empty, the name of an index on [table][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.table]. This index is
used instead of the table primary key when interpreting [key_set][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.key_set]
and sorting result rows. See [key_set][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.key_set] for further information.
PartitionReadRequest::setColumns() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    The columns of [table][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.table] to be returned for each row matching
this request.
PartitionReadRequest::setKeySet() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    Required. key_set identifies the rows to be yielded. key_set names the
primary keys of the rows in [table][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.table] to be yielded, unless [index][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.index]
is present. If [index][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.index] is present, then [key_set][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.key_set] instead names
index keys in [index][google.spanner.v1.PartitionReadRequest.index].
PartitionReadRequest::setPartitionOptions() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    Additional options that affect how many partitions are created.
PartitionResponse::setPartitions() — Method in class PartitionResponse
                    Partitions created by this request.
PartitionResponse::setTransaction() — Method in class PartitionResponse
                    Transaction created by this request.
PlanNode::setIndex() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The PlanNode's index in [node list][google.spanner.v1.QueryPlan.plan_nodes].
PlanNode::setKind() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Used to determine the type of node. May be needed for visualizing
different kinds of nodes differently. For example, If the node is a
[SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] node, it will have a condensed representation
which can be used to directly embed a description of the node in its
parent.
PlanNode::setDisplayName() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The display name for the node.
PlanNode::setChildLinks() — Method in class PlanNode
                    List of child node indexes and their relationship to this parent.
PlanNode::setShortRepresentation() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Condensed representation for [SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] nodes.
PlanNode::setMetadata() — Method in class PlanNode
                    Attributes relevant to the node contained in a group of key-value pairs.
PlanNode::setExecutionStats() — Method in class PlanNode
                    The execution statistics associated with the node, contained in a group of
key-value pairs. Only present if the plan was returned as a result of a
profile query. For example, number of executions, number of rows/time per
execution etc.
PlanNode_ChildLink::setChildIndex() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    The node to which the link points.
PlanNode_ChildLink::setType() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    The type of the link. For example, in Hash Joins this could be used to
distinguish between the build child and the probe child, or in the case
of the child being an output variable, to represent the tag associated
with the output variable.
PlanNode_ChildLink::setVariable() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    Only present if the child node is [SCALAR][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode.Kind.SCALAR] and corresponds
to an output variable of the parent node. The field carries the name of
the output variable.
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation::setDescription() — Method in class PlanNode_ShortRepresentation
                    A string representation of the expression subtree rooted at this node.
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation::setSubqueries() — Method in class PlanNode_ShortRepresentation
                    A mapping of (subquery variable name) -> (subquery node id) for cases
where the description string of this node references a SCALAR
subquery contained in the expression subtree rooted at this node. The
referenced SCALAR subquery may not necessarily be a direct child of
this node.
QueryPlan::setPlanNodes() — Method in class QueryPlan
                    The nodes in the query plan. Plan nodes are returned in pre-order starting
with the plan root. Each [PlanNode][google.spanner.v1.PlanNode]'s id corresponds to its index in
plan_nodes.
ReadRequest::setSession() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. The session in which the read should be performed.
ReadRequest::setTransaction() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    The transaction to use. If none is provided, the default is a
temporary read-only transaction with strong concurrency.
ReadRequest::setTable() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. The name of the table in the database to be read.
ReadRequest::setIndex() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If non-empty, the name of an index on [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table]. This index is
used instead of the table primary key when interpreting [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set]
and sorting result rows. See [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set] for further information.
ReadRequest::setColumns() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    The columns of [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table] to be returned for each row matching
this request.
ReadRequest::setKeySet() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    Required. key_set identifies the rows to be yielded. key_set names the
primary keys of the rows in [table][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.table] to be yielded, unless [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index]
is present. If [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index] is present, then [key_set][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.key_set] instead names
index keys in [index][google.spanner.v1.ReadRequest.index].
ReadRequest::setLimit() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If greater than zero, only the first limit rows are yielded. If limit
is zero, the default is no limit. A limit cannot be specified if
partition_token is set.
ReadRequest::setResumeToken() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If this request is resuming a previously interrupted read,
resume_token should be copied from the last
[PartialResultSet][google.spanner.v1.PartialResultSet] yielded before the interruption. Doing this
enables the new read to resume where the last read left off. The
rest of the request parameters must exactly match the request
that yielded this token.
ReadRequest::setPartitionToken() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    If present, results will be restricted to the specified partition
previously created using PartitionRead().    There must be an exact
match for the values of fields common to this message and the
PartitionReadRequest message used to create this partition_token.
ResultSet::setMetadata() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Metadata about the result set, such as row type information.
ResultSet::setRows() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Each element in rows is a row whose format is defined by
[metadata.row_type][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.row_type]. The ith element
in each row matches the ith field in
[metadata.row_type][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.row_type]. Elements are
encoded based on type as described
[here][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode].
ResultSet::setStats() — Method in class ResultSet
                    Query plan and execution statistics for the query that produced this
result set. These can be requested by setting
[ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode][google.spanner.v1.ExecuteSqlRequest.query_mode].
ResultSetMetadata::setRowType() — Method in class ResultSetMetadata
                    Indicates the field names and types for the rows in the result
set.  For example, a SQL query like "SELECT UserId, UserName FROM
Users" could return a row_type value like:
    "fields": [
      { "name": "UserId", "type": { "code": "INT64" } },
      { "name": "UserName", "type": { "code": "STRING" } },
    ]
ResultSetMetadata::setTransaction() — Method in class ResultSetMetadata
                    If the read or SQL query began a transaction as a side-effect, the
information about the new transaction is yielded here.
ResultSetStats::setQueryPlan() — Method in class ResultSetStats
                    [QueryPlan][google.spanner.v1.QueryPlan] for the query associated with this result.
ResultSetStats::setQueryStats() — Method in class ResultSetStats
                    Aggregated statistics from the execution of the query. Only present when
the query is profiled. For example, a query could return the statistics as
follows:
    {
      "rows_returned": "3",
      "elapsed_time": "1.22 secs",
      "cpu_time": "1.19 secs"
    }
RollbackRequest::setSession() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    Required. The session in which the transaction to roll back is running.
RollbackRequest::setTransactionId() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    Required. The transaction to roll back.
Session — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    A session in the Cloud Spanner API.
Session::setName() — Method in class Session
                    The name of the session. This is always system-assigned; values provided
when creating a session are ignored.
Session::setLabels() — Method in class Session
                    The labels for the session.
Session::setCreateTime() — Method in class Session
                    Output only. The timestamp when the session is created.
Session::setApproximateLastUseTime() — Method in class Session
                    Output only. The approximate timestamp when the session is last used. It is
typically earlier than the actual last use time.
SpannerGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Cloud Spanner API
SpannerGrpcClient::StreamingRead() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    Like [Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read], except returns the result set as a
stream. Unlike [Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read], there is no limit on the
size of the returned result set. However, no individual row in
the result set can exceed 100 MiB, and no column value can exceed
10 MiB.
StructType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    StructType defines the fields of a [STRUCT][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode.STRUCT] type.
StructType::setFields() — Method in class StructType
                    The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is
significant, because values of this struct type are represented as
lists, where the order of field values matches the order of
fields in the [StructType][google.spanner.v1.StructType]. In turn, the order of fields
matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of
fields in the SELECT clause of a query.
StructType_Field — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Message representing a single field of a struct.
StructType_Field::setName() — Method in class StructType_Field
                    The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For
SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., "Word" in the
query "SELECT 'hello' AS Word"), or the column name (e.g.,
"ColName" in the query "SELECT ColName FROM Table"). Some
columns might have an empty name (e.g., !"SELECT
UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain
multiple fields with the same name.
StructType_Field::setType() — Method in class StructType_Field
                    The type of the field.
Transaction::setId() — Method in class Transaction
                    id may be used to identify the transaction in subsequent
[Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read],
[ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql],
[Commit][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Commit], or
[Rollback][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Rollback] calls.
Transaction::setReadTimestamp() — Method in class Transaction
                    For snapshot read-only transactions, the read timestamp chosen
for the transaction. Not returned by default: see
[TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.return_read_timestamp][google.spanner.v1.TransactionOptions.ReadOnly.return_read_timestamp].
TransactionOptions::setReadWrite() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    Transaction may write.
TransactionOptions::setReadOnly() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    Transaction will not write.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setStrong() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Read at a timestamp where all previously committed transactions
are visible.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setMinReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at a timestamp >= min_read_timestamp.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setMaxStaleness() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Read data at a timestamp >= NOW - max_staleness
seconds. Guarantees that all writes that have committed more
than the specified number of seconds ago are visible. Because
Cloud Spanner chooses the exact timestamp, this mode works even if
the client's local clock is substantially skewed from Cloud Spanner
commit timestamps.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at the given timestamp. Unlike other modes,
reads at a specific timestamp are repeatable; the same read at
the same timestamp always returns the same data. If the
timestamp is in the future, the read will block until the
specified timestamp, modulo the read's deadline.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setExactStaleness() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    Executes all reads at a timestamp that is exact_staleness
old. The timestamp is chosen soon after the read is started.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::setReturnReadTimestamp() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    If true, the Cloud Spanner-selected read timestamp is included in
the [Transaction][google.spanner.v1.Transaction] message that describes the transaction.
$TransactionSelector#selector — Property in class TransactionSelector
                    
TransactionSelector::setSingleUse() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Execute the read or SQL query in a temporary transaction.
TransactionSelector::setId() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Execute the read or SQL query in a previously-started transaction.
TransactionSelector::setBegin() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    Begin a new transaction and execute this read or SQL query in
it. The transaction ID of the new transaction is returned in
[ResultSetMetadata.transaction][google.spanner.v1.ResultSetMetadata.transaction], which is a [Transaction][google.spanner.v1.Transaction].
Type::setCode() — Method in class Type
                    Required. The [TypeCode][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode] for this type.
Type::setArrayElementType() — Method in class Type
                    If [code][google.spanner.v1.Type.code] == [ARRAY][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode.ARRAY], then array_element_type
is the type of the array elements.
Type::setStructType() — Method in class Type
                    If [code][google.spanner.v1.Type.code] == [STRUCT][google.spanner.v1.TypeCode.STRUCT], then struct_type
provides type information for the struct's fields.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::setProgressPercent() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Approximate percentage of audio processed thus far. Guaranteed to be 100
when the audio is fully processed and the results are available.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::setStartTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time when the request was received.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::setLastUpdateTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time of the most recent processing update.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::setConfig() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::setAudio() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
LongRunningRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
RecognitionAudio::setContent() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    The audio data bytes encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64.
RecognitionAudio::setUri() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    URI that points to a file that contains audio data bytes as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Currently, only Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
RecognitionConfig::setEncoding() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Encoding of audio data sent in all RecognitionAudio messages.
RecognitionConfig::setSampleRateHertz() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all
RecognitionAudio messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000.
RecognitionConfig::setLanguageCode() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required The language of the supplied audio as a
BCP-47 language tag.
RecognitionConfig::setMaxAlternatives() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Maximum number of recognition hypotheses to be returned.
RecognitionConfig::setProfanityFilter() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If set to true, the server will attempt to filter out
profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word
with asterisks, e.g. "f***". If set to false or omitted, profanities
won't be filtered out.
RecognitionConfig::setSpeechContexts() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition.
RecognitionConfig::setEnableWordTimeOffsets() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, the top result includes a list of words and
the start and end time offsets (timestamps) for those words. If
false, no word-level time offset information is returned. The default is
false.
RecognizeRequest::setConfig() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
RecognizeRequest::setAudio() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
RecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class RecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
SpeechContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Provides "hints" to the speech recognizer to favor specific words and phrases
in the results.
SpeechContext::setPhrases() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    Optional A list of strings containing words and phrases "hints" so that
the speech recognition is more likely to recognize them. This can be used
to improve the accuracy for specific words and phrases, for example, if
specific commands are typically spoken by the user. This can also be used
to add additional words to the vocabulary of the recognizer. See
usage limits.
SpeechGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Service that implements Google Cloud Speech API.
SpeechGrpcClient::StreamingRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs bidirectional streaming speech recognition: receive results while
sending audio. This method is only available via the gRPC API (not REST).
SpeechRecognitionAlternative — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Alternative hypotheses (a.k.a. n-best list).
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setTranscript() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setConfidence() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is typically provided only for the top hypothesis, and
only for is_final=true results. Clients should not rely on the
confidence field as it is not guaranteed to be accurate or consistent.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setWords() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only A list of word-specific information for each recognized word.
SpeechRecognitionResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    A speech recognition result corresponding to a portion of the audio.
SpeechRecognitionResult::setAlternatives() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If false or omitted, the recognizer will perform continuous
recognition (continuing to wait for and process audio even if the user
pauses speaking) until the client closes the input stream (gRPC API) or
until the maximum time limit has been reached. May return multiple
StreamingRecognitionResults with the is_final flag set to true.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setInterimResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, interim results (tentative hypotheses) may be
returned as they become available (these interim results are indicated with
the is_final=false flag).
StreamingRecognitionResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    A streaming speech recognition result corresponding to a portion of the audio
that is currently being processed.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setAlternatives() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionResult::setIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only If false, this StreamingRecognitionResult represents an
interim result that may change. If true, this is the final time the
speech service will return this particular StreamingRecognitionResult,
the recognizer will not return any further hypotheses for this portion of
the transcript and corresponding audio.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setStability() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only An estimate of the likelihood that the recognizer will not
change its guess about this interim result. Values range from 0.0
(completely unstable) to 1.0 (completely stable).
StreamingRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the StreamingRecognize method.
$StreamingRecognizeRequest#streaming_request — Property in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeRequest::setStreamingConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request. The first StreamingRecognizeRequest message must contain a
streaming_config  message.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::setAudioContent() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    The audio data to be recognized. Sequential chunks of audio data are sent
in sequential StreamingRecognizeRequest messages. The first
StreamingRecognizeRequest message must not contain audio_content data
and all subsequent StreamingRecognizeRequest messages must contain
audio_content data. The audio bytes must be encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation (not base64). See
audio limits.
StreamingRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    StreamingRecognizeResponse is the only message returned to the client by
StreamingRecognize. A series of zero or more StreamingRecognizeResponse
messages are streamed back to the client. If there is no recognizable
audio, and single_utterance is set to false, then no messages are streamed
back to the client.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setError() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only If set, returns a [google.rpc.Status][google.rpc.Status] message that
specifies the error for the operation.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only This repeated list contains zero or more results that
correspond to consecutive portions of the audio currently being processed.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setSpeechEventType() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the type of speech event.
StreamingRecognizeResponse_SpeechEventType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Indicates the type of speech event.
WordInfo::setStartTime() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output-only Time offset relative to the beginning of the audio,
and corresponding to the start of the spoken word.
WordInfo::setEndTime() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output-only Time offset relative to the beginning of the audio,
and corresponding to the end of the spoken word.
WordInfo::setWord() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output-only The word corresponding to this set of information.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::setProgressPercent() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Approximate percentage of audio processed thus far. Guaranteed to be 100
when the audio is fully processed and the results are available.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::setStartTime() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Time when the request was received.
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::setLastUpdateTime() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    Time of the most recent processing update.
AsyncRecognizeRequest::setConfig() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
AsyncRecognizeRequest::setAudio() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
AsyncRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
RecognitionAudio::setContent() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    The audio data bytes encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64.
RecognitionAudio::setUri() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    URI that points to a file that contains audio data bytes as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Currently, only Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
RecognitionConfig::setEncoding() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Encoding of audio data sent in all RecognitionAudio messages.
RecognitionConfig::setSampleRate() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all
RecognitionAudio messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000.
RecognitionConfig::setLanguageCode() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional The language of the supplied audio as a BCP-47 language tag.
RecognitionConfig::setMaxAlternatives() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Maximum number of recognition hypotheses to be returned.
RecognitionConfig::setProfanityFilter() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If set to true, the server will attempt to filter out
profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word
with asterisks, e.g. "f***". If set to false or omitted, profanities
won't be filtered out.
RecognitionConfig::setSpeechContext() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition.
SpeechContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Provides "hints" to the speech recognizer to favor specific words and phrases
in the results.
SpeechContext::setPhrases() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    Optional A list of strings containing words and phrases "hints" so that
the speech recognition is more likely to recognize them. This can be used
to improve the accuracy for specific words and phrases, for example, if
specific commands are typically spoken by the user. This can also be used
to add additional words to the vocabulary of the recognizer. See
usage limits.
SpeechGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Service that implements Google Cloud Speech API.
SpeechGrpcClient::SyncRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs synchronous speech recognition: receive results after all audio
has been sent and processed.
SpeechGrpcClient::StreamingRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs bidirectional streaming speech recognition: receive results while
sending audio. This method is only available via the gRPC API (not REST).
SpeechRecognitionAlternative — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Alternative hypotheses (a.k.a. n-best list).
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setTranscript() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setConfidence() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output-only The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is typically provided only for the top hypothesis, and
only for is_final=true results. Clients should not rely on the
confidence field as it is not guaranteed to be accurate, or even set, in
any of the results.
SpeechRecognitionResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    A speech recognition result corresponding to a portion of the audio.
SpeechRecognitionResult::setAlternatives() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If false or omitted, the recognizer will perform continuous
recognition (continuing to wait for and process audio even if the user
pauses speaking) until the client closes the input stream (gRPC API) or
until the maximum time limit has been reached. May return multiple
StreamingRecognitionResults with the is_final flag set to true.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setInterimResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, interim results (tentative hypotheses) may be
returned as they become available (these interim results are indicated with
the is_final=false flag).
StreamingRecognitionResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    A streaming speech recognition result corresponding to a portion of the audio
that is currently being processed.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setAlternatives() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionResult::setIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only If false, this StreamingRecognitionResult represents an
interim result that may change. If true, this is the final time the
speech service will return this particular StreamingRecognitionResult,
the recognizer will not return any further hypotheses for this portion of
the transcript and corresponding audio.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setStability() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output-only An estimate of the likelihood that the recognizer will not
change its guess about this interim result. Values range from 0.0
(completely unstable) to 1.0 (completely stable).
StreamingRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the StreamingRecognize method.
$StreamingRecognizeRequest#streaming_request — Property in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeRequest::setStreamingConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request. The first StreamingRecognizeRequest message must contain a
streaming_config  message.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::setAudioContent() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    The audio data to be recognized. Sequential chunks of audio data are sent
in sequential StreamingRecognizeRequest messages. The first
StreamingRecognizeRequest message must not contain audio_content data
and all subsequent StreamingRecognizeRequest messages must contain
audio_content data. The audio bytes must be encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation (not base64). See
audio limits.
StreamingRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    StreamingRecognizeResponse is the only message returned to the client by
StreamingRecognize. A series of one or more StreamingRecognizeResponse
messages are streamed back to the client.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setError() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only If set, returns a [google.rpc.Status][google.rpc.Status] message that
specifies the error for the operation.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only This repeated list contains zero or more results that
correspond to consecutive portions of the audio currently being processed.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setResultIndex() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the lowest index in the results array that has
changed. The repeated StreamingRecognitionResult results overwrite past
results at this index and higher.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setEndpointerType() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Indicates the type of endpointer event.
StreamingRecognizeResponse_EndpointerType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    Indicates the type of endpointer event.
SyncRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the SyncRecognize method.
SyncRecognizeRequest::setConfig() — Method in class SyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
SyncRecognizeRequest::setAudio() — Method in class SyncRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
SyncRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1beta1
                    The only message returned to the client by SyncRecognize. method. It
contains the result as zero or more sequential SpeechRecognitionResult
messages.
SyncRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class SyncRecognizeResponse
                    Output-only Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::setProgressPercent() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Approximate percentage of audio processed thus far. Guaranteed to be 100
when the audio is fully processed and the results are available.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::setStartTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time when the request was received.
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::setLastUpdateTime() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    Time of the most recent processing update.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::setConfig() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::setAudio() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
LongRunningRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeResponse
                    Output only. Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
RecognitionAudio::setContent() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    The audio data bytes encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64.
RecognitionAudio::setUri() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    URI that points to a file that contains audio data bytes as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Currently, only Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket_name/object_name (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
RecognitionConfig::setEncoding() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Encoding of audio data sent in all RecognitionAudio messages.
RecognitionConfig::setSampleRateHertz() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Sample rate in Hertz of the audio data sent in all
RecognitionAudio messages. Valid values are: 8000-48000.
RecognitionConfig::setAudioChannelCount() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional The number of channels in the input audio data.
RecognitionConfig::setEnableSeparateRecognitionPerChannel() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    This needs to be set to ‘true’ explicitly and audio_channel_count > 1
to get each channel recognized separately. The recognition result will
contain a channel_tag field to state which channel that result belongs to.
RecognitionConfig::setLanguageCode() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Required The language of the supplied audio as a
BCP-47 language tag.
RecognitionConfig::setAlternativeLanguageCodes() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A list of up to 3 additional
BCP-47 language tags,
listing possible alternative languages of the supplied audio.
RecognitionConfig::setMaxAlternatives() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Maximum number of recognition hypotheses to be returned.
RecognitionConfig::setProfanityFilter() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If set to true, the server will attempt to filter out
profanities, replacing all but the initial character in each filtered word
with asterisks, e.g. "f***". If set to false or omitted, profanities
won't be filtered out.
RecognitionConfig::setSpeechContexts() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional A means to provide context to assist the speech recognition.
RecognitionConfig::setEnableWordTimeOffsets() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, the top result includes a list of words and
the start and end time offsets (timestamps) for those words. If
false, no word-level time offset information is returned. The default is
false.
RecognitionConfig::setEnableWordConfidence() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, the top result includes a list of words and the
confidence for those words. If false, no word-level confidence
information is returned. The default is false.
RecognitionConfig::setEnableAutomaticPunctuation() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If 'true', adds punctuation to recognition result hypotheses.
RecognitionConfig::setEnableSpeakerDiarization() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional If 'true', enables speaker detection for each recognized word in
the top alternative of the recognition result using a speaker_tag provided
in the WordInfo.
RecognitionConfig::setDiarizationSpeakerCount() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional
If set, specifies the estimated number of speakers in the conversation.
RecognitionConfig::setMetadata() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Metadata regarding this request.
RecognitionConfig::setModel() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Which model to select for the given request. Select the model
best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not
explicitly specified, then we auto-select a model based on the parameters
in the RecognitionConfig.
RecognitionConfig::setUseEnhanced() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    Optional Set to true to use an enhanced model for speech recognition.
RecognitionMetadata::setInteractionType() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The use case most closely describing the audio content to be recognized.
RecognitionMetadata::setIndustryNaicsCodeOfAudio() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The industry vertical to which this speech recognition request most
closely applies. This is most indicative of the topics contained
in the audio.  Use the 6-digit NAICS code to identify the industry
vertical - see https://www.naics.com/search/.
RecognitionMetadata::setMicrophoneDistance() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The audio type that most closely describes the audio being recognized.
RecognitionMetadata::setOriginalMediaType() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The original media the speech was recorded on.
RecognitionMetadata::setRecordingDeviceType() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The type of device the speech was recorded with.
RecognitionMetadata::setRecordingDeviceName() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    The device used to make the recording.  Examples 'Nexus 5X' or
'Polycom SoundStation IP 6000' or 'POTS' or 'VoIP' or
'Cardioid Microphone'.
RecognitionMetadata::setOriginalMimeType() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    Mime type of the original audio file.  For example audio/m4a,
audio/x-alaw-basic, audio/mp3, audio/3gpp.
RecognitionMetadata::setObfuscatedId() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    Obfuscated (privacy-protected) ID of the user, to identify number of
unique users using the service.
RecognitionMetadata::setAudioTopic() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    Description of the content. Eg. "Recordings of federal supreme court
hearings from 2012".
RecognizeRequest::setConfig() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
RecognizeRequest::setAudio() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    Required The audio data to be recognized.
RecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class RecognizeResponse
                    Output only. Sequential list of transcription results corresponding to
sequential portions of audio.
SpeechContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Provides "hints" to the speech recognizer to favor specific words and phrases
in the results.
SpeechContext::setPhrases() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    Optional A list of strings containing words and phrases "hints" so that
the speech recognition is more likely to recognize them. This can be used
to improve the accuracy for specific words and phrases, for example, if
specific commands are typically spoken by the user. This can also be used
to add additional words to the vocabulary of the recognizer. See
usage limits.
SpeechGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Service that implements Google Cloud Speech API.
SpeechGrpcClient::StreamingRecognize() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    Performs bidirectional streaming speech recognition: receive results while
sending audio. This method is only available via the gRPC API (not REST).
SpeechRecognitionAlternative — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Alternative hypotheses (a.k.a. n-best list).
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setTranscript() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output only. Transcript text representing the words that the user spoke.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setConfidence() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output only. The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is set only for the top alternative of a non-streaming
result or, of a streaming result where is_final=true.
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::setWords() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    Output only. A list of word-specific information for each recognized word.
SpeechRecognitionResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    A speech recognition result corresponding to a portion of the audio.
SpeechRecognitionResult::setAlternatives() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output only. May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
SpeechRecognitionResult::setChannelTag() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    For multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the
recognized result for the audio from that channel.
SpeechRecognitionResult::setLanguageCode() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    Output only. The
BCP-47 language tag of the
language in this result. This language code was detected to have the most
likelihood of being spoken in the audio.
StreamingRecognitionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Required Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to
process the request.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setSingleUtterance() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If false or omitted, the recognizer will perform continuous
recognition (continuing to wait for and process audio even if the user
pauses speaking) until the client closes the input stream (gRPC API) or
until the maximum time limit has been reached. May return multiple
StreamingRecognitionResults with the is_final flag set to true.
StreamingRecognitionConfig::setInterimResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    Optional If true, interim results (tentative hypotheses) may be
returned as they become available (these interim results are indicated with
the is_final=false flag).
StreamingRecognitionResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    A streaming speech recognition result corresponding to a portion of the audio
that is currently being processed.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setAlternatives() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output only. May contain one or more recognition hypotheses (up to the
maximum specified in max_alternatives).
StreamingRecognitionResult::setIsFinal() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output only. If false, this StreamingRecognitionResult represents an
interim result that may change. If true, this is the final time the
speech service will return this particular StreamingRecognitionResult,
the recognizer will not return any further hypotheses for this portion of
the transcript and corresponding audio.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setStability() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output only. An estimate of the likelihood that the recognizer will not
change its guess about this interim result. Values range from 0.0
(completely unstable) to 1.0 (completely stable).
StreamingRecognitionResult::setChannelTag() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    For multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the
recognized result for the audio from that channel.
StreamingRecognitionResult::setLanguageCode() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    Output only. The
BCP-47 language tag of the
language in this result. This language code was detected to have the most
likelihood of being spoken in the audio.
StreamingRecognizeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    The top-level message sent by the client for the StreamingRecognize method.
$StreamingRecognizeRequest#streaming_request — Property in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeRequest::setStreamingConfig() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    Provides information to the recognizer that specifies how to process the
request. The first StreamingRecognizeRequest message must contain a
streaming_config  message.
StreamingRecognizeRequest::setAudioContent() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    The audio data to be recognized. Sequential chunks of audio data are sent
in sequential StreamingRecognizeRequest messages. The first
StreamingRecognizeRequest message must not contain audio_content data
and all subsequent StreamingRecognizeRequest messages must contain
audio_content data. The audio bytes must be encoded as specified in
RecognitionConfig. Note: as with all bytes fields, protobuffers use a
pure binary representation (not base64). See
audio limits.
StreamingRecognizeResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    StreamingRecognizeResponse is the only message returned to the client by
StreamingRecognize. A series of zero or more StreamingRecognizeResponse
messages are streamed back to the client. If there is no recognizable
audio, and single_utterance is set to false, then no messages are streamed
back to the client.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setError() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output only. If set, returns a [google.rpc.Status][google.rpc.Status] message that
specifies the error for the operation.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setResults() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output only. This repeated list contains zero or more results that
correspond to consecutive portions of the audio currently being processed.
StreamingRecognizeResponse::setSpeechEventType() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    Output only. Indicates the type of speech event.
StreamingRecognizeResponse_SpeechEventType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Indicates the type of speech event.
WordInfo::setStartTime() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output only. Time offset relative to the beginning of the audio,
and corresponding to the start of the spoken word.
WordInfo::setEndTime() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output only. Time offset relative to the beginning of the audio,
and corresponding to the end of the spoken word.
WordInfo::setWord() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output only. The word corresponding to this set of information.
WordInfo::setConfidence() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output only. The confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0. A higher number
indicates an estimated greater likelihood that the recognized words are
correct. This field is set only for the top alternative of a non-streaming
result or, of a streaming result where is_final=true.
WordInfo::setSpeakerTag() — Method in class WordInfo
                    Output only. A distinct integer value is assigned for every speaker within
the audio. This field specifies which one of those speakers was detected to
have spoken this word. Value ranges from '1' to diarization_speaker_count.
AcknowledgeTaskRequest::setName() — Method in class AcknowledgeTaskRequest
                    Required.
AcknowledgeTaskRequest::setScheduleTime() — Method in class AcknowledgeTaskRequest
                    Required.
AppEngineHttpRequest::setHttpMethod() — Method in class AppEngineHttpRequest
                    The HTTP method to use for the request. The default is POST.
AppEngineHttpRequest::setAppEngineRouting() — Method in class AppEngineHttpRequest
                    Task-level setting for App Engine routing.
AppEngineHttpRequest::setRelativeUrl() — Method in class AppEngineHttpRequest
                    The relative URL.
AppEngineHttpRequest::setHeaders() — Method in class AppEngineHttpRequest
                    HTTP request headers.
AppEngineHttpRequest::setPayload() — Method in class AppEngineHttpRequest
                    Payload.
AppEngineHttpTarget::setAppEngineRoutingOverride() — Method in class AppEngineHttpTarget
                    Overrides for the
[task-level app_engine_routing][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.AppEngineHttpRequest.app_engine_routing].
AppEngineRouting::setService() — Method in class AppEngineRouting
                    App service.
AppEngineRouting::setVersion() — Method in class AppEngineRouting
                    App version.
AppEngineRouting::setInstance() — Method in class AppEngineRouting
                    App instance.
AppEngineRouting::setHost() — Method in class AppEngineRouting
                    Output only. The host that the task is sent to.
AttemptStatus::setScheduleTime() — Method in class AttemptStatus
                    Output only. The time that this attempt was scheduled.
AttemptStatus::setDispatchTime() — Method in class AttemptStatus
                    Output only. The time that this attempt was dispatched.
AttemptStatus::setResponseTime() — Method in class AttemptStatus
                    Output only. The time that this attempt response was received.
AttemptStatus::setResponseStatus() — Method in class AttemptStatus
                    Output only. The response from the target for this attempt.
CancelLeaseRequest::setName() — Method in class CancelLeaseRequest
                    Required.
CancelLeaseRequest::setScheduleTime() — Method in class CancelLeaseRequest
                    Required.
CancelLeaseRequest::setResponseView() — Method in class CancelLeaseRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::SetIamPolicy() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Sets the access control policy for a [Queue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Queue]. Replaces any existing
policy.
CreateQueueRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateQueueRequest
                    Required.
CreateQueueRequest::setQueue() — Method in class CreateQueueRequest
                    Required.
CreateTaskRequest::setParent() — Method in class CreateTaskRequest
                    Required.
CreateTaskRequest::setTask() — Method in class CreateTaskRequest
                    Required.
CreateTaskRequest::setResponseView() — Method in class CreateTaskRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
DeleteQueueRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteQueueRequest
                    Required.
DeleteTaskRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteTaskRequest
                    Required.
GetQueueRequest::setName() — Method in class GetQueueRequest
                    Required.
GetTaskRequest::setName() — Method in class GetTaskRequest
                    Required.
GetTaskRequest::setResponseView() — Method in class GetTaskRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
LeaseTasksRequest::setParent() — Method in class LeaseTasksRequest
                    Required.
LeaseTasksRequest::setMaxTasks() — Method in class LeaseTasksRequest
                    The maximum number of tasks to lease. The maximum that can be
requested is 1000.
LeaseTasksRequest::setLeaseDuration() — Method in class LeaseTasksRequest
                    After the worker has successfully finished the work associated
with the task, the worker must call via
[AcknowledgeTask][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.AcknowledgeTask] before the
[schedule_time][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task.schedule_time]. Otherwise the task will be
returned to a later [LeaseTasks][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.LeaseTasks] call so
that another worker can retry it.
LeaseTasksRequest::setResponseView() — Method in class LeaseTasksRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
LeaseTasksRequest::setFilter() — Method in class LeaseTasksRequest
                    filter can be used to specify a subset of tasks to lease.
LeaseTasksResponse::setTasks() — Method in class LeaseTasksResponse
                    The leased tasks.
ListQueuesRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListQueuesRequest
                    Required.
ListQueuesRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListQueuesRequest
                    filter can be used to specify a subset of queues. Any [Queue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Queue]
field can be used as a filter and several operators as supported.
ListQueuesRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListQueuesRequest
                    Requested page size.
ListQueuesRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListQueuesRequest
                    A token identifying the page of results to return.
ListQueuesResponse::setQueues() — Method in class ListQueuesResponse
                    The list of queues.
ListQueuesResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListQueuesResponse
                    A token to retrieve next page of results.
ListTasksRequest::setParent() — Method in class ListTasksRequest
                    Required.
ListTasksRequest::setResponseView() — Method in class ListTasksRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
ListTasksRequest::setOrderBy() — Method in class ListTasksRequest
                    Sort order used for the query. The only fields supported for sorting
are schedule_time and pull_message.tag. All results will be
returned in approximately ascending order. The default ordering is by
schedule_time.
ListTasksRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListTasksRequest
                    Requested page size. Fewer tasks than requested might be returned.
ListTasksRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListTasksRequest
                    A token identifying the page of results to return.
ListTasksResponse::setTasks() — Method in class ListTasksResponse
                    The list of tasks.
ListTasksResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListTasksResponse
                    A token to retrieve next page of results.
PauseQueueRequest::setName() — Method in class PauseQueueRequest
                    Required.
PullMessage::setPayload() — Method in class PullMessage
                    A data payload consumed by the worker to execute the task.
PullMessage::setTag() — Method in class PullMessage
                    The task's tag.
PurgeQueueRequest::setName() — Method in class PurgeQueueRequest
                    Required.
Queue::setName() — Method in class Queue
                    The queue name.
Queue::setAppEngineHttpTarget() — Method in class Queue
                    App Engine HTTP target.
Queue::setPullTarget() — Method in class Queue
                    Pull target.
Queue::setRateLimits() — Method in class Queue
                    Rate limits for task dispatches.
Queue::setRetryConfig() — Method in class Queue
                    Settings that determine the retry behavior.
Queue::setState() — Method in class Queue
                    Output only. The state of the queue.
Queue::setPurgeTime() — Method in class Queue
                    Output only. The last time this queue was purged.
RateLimits::setMaxTasksDispatchedPerSecond() — Method in class RateLimits
                    The maximum rate at which tasks are dispatched from this queue.
RateLimits::setMaxBurstSize() — Method in class RateLimits
                    Output only. The max burst size.
RateLimits::setMaxConcurrentTasks() — Method in class RateLimits
                    The maximum number of concurrent tasks that Cloud Tasks allows
to be dispatched for this queue. After this threshold has been
reached, Cloud Tasks stops dispatching tasks until the number of
concurrent requests decreases.
RenewLeaseRequest::setName() — Method in class RenewLeaseRequest
                    Required.
RenewLeaseRequest::setScheduleTime() — Method in class RenewLeaseRequest
                    Required.
RenewLeaseRequest::setLeaseDuration() — Method in class RenewLeaseRequest
                    Required.
RenewLeaseRequest::setResponseView() — Method in class RenewLeaseRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
ResumeQueueRequest::setName() — Method in class ResumeQueueRequest
                    Required.
RetryConfig::setMaxAttempts() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    The maximum number of attempts for a task.
RetryConfig::setUnlimitedAttempts() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    If true, then the number of attempts is unlimited.
RetryConfig::setMaxRetryDuration() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    If positive, max_retry_duration specifies the time limit for
retrying a failed task, measured from when the task was first
attempted. Once max_retry_duration time has passed and the
task has been attempted [max_attempts][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig.max_attempts]
times, no further attempts will be made and the task will be
deleted.
RetryConfig::setMinBackoff() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    A task will be scheduled for retry between
[min_backoff][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig.min_backoff] and
[max_backoff][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig.max_backoff] duration after it fails,
if the queue's [RetryConfig][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig] specifies that the task should be
retried.
RetryConfig::setMaxBackoff() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    A task will be scheduled for retry between
[min_backoff][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig.min_backoff] and
[max_backoff][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig.max_backoff] duration after it fails,
if the queue's [RetryConfig][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.RetryConfig] specifies that the task should be
retried.
RetryConfig::setMaxDoublings() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    The time between retries will double max_doublings times.
RunTaskRequest::setName() — Method in class RunTaskRequest
                    Required.
RunTaskRequest::setResponseView() — Method in class RunTaskRequest
                    The response_view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] will be
returned.
Task::setName() — Method in class Task
                    The task name.
Task::setAppEngineHttpRequest() — Method in class Task
                    App Engine HTTP request that is sent to the task's target. Can
be set only if
[app_engine_http_target][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Queue.app_engine_http_target] is set
on the queue.
Task::setPullMessage() — Method in class Task
                    [LeaseTasks][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.LeaseTasks] to process the task. Can be
set only if [pull_target][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Queue.pull_target] is set on the queue.
Task::setScheduleTime() — Method in class Task
                    The time when the task is scheduled to be attempted.
Task::setCreateTime() — Method in class Task
                    Output only. The time that the task was created.
Task::setStatus() — Method in class Task
                    Output only. The task status.
Task::setView() — Method in class Task
                    Output only. The view specifies which subset of the [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] has
been returned.
TaskStatus::setAttemptDispatchCount() — Method in class TaskStatus
                    Output only. The number of attempts dispatched.
TaskStatus::setAttemptResponseCount() — Method in class TaskStatus
                    Output only. The number of attempts which have received a response.
TaskStatus::setFirstAttemptStatus() — Method in class TaskStatus
                    Output only. The status of the task's first attempt.
TaskStatus::setLastAttemptStatus() — Method in class TaskStatus
                    Output only. The status of the task's last attempt.
UpdateQueueRequest::setQueue() — Method in class UpdateQueueRequest
                    Required.
UpdateQueueRequest::setUpdateMask() — Method in class UpdateQueueRequest
                    A mask used to specify which fields of the queue are being updated.
AttributeValue::setStringValue() — Method in class AttributeValue
                    A string up to 256 bytes long.
AttributeValue::setIntValue() — Method in class AttributeValue
                    A 64-bit signed integer.
AttributeValue::setBoolValue() — Method in class AttributeValue
                    A Boolean value represented by true or false.
BatchWriteSpansRequest::setName() — Method in class BatchWriteSpansRequest
                    Required. The name of the project where the spans belong. The format is
projects/[PROJECT_ID].
BatchWriteSpansRequest::setSpans() — Method in class BatchWriteSpansRequest
                    A list of new spans. The span names must not match existing
spans, or the results are undefined.
Module::setModule() — Method in class Module
                    For example: main binary, kernel modules, and dynamic libraries
such as libc.so, sharedlib.so (up to 256 bytes).
Module::setBuildId() — Method in class Module
                    A unique identifier for the module, usually a hash of its
contents (up to 128 bytes).
Span — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    A span represents a single operation within a trace. Spans can be
nested to form a trace tree. Often, a trace contains a root span
that describes the end-to-end latency, and one or more subspans for
its sub-operations. A trace can also contain multiple root spans,
or none at all. Spans do not need to be contiguous—there may be
gaps or overlaps between spans in a trace.
Span::setName() — Method in class Span
                    The resource name of the span in the following format:
    projects/[PROJECT_ID]/traces/[TRACE_ID]/spans/[SPAN_ID]
[TRACE_ID] is a unique identifier for a trace within a project;
it is a 32-character hexadecimal encoding of a 16-byte array.
Span::setSpanId() — Method in class Span
                    The [SPAN_ID] portion of the span's resource name.
Span::setParentSpanId() — Method in class Span
                    The [SPAN_ID] of this span's parent span. If this is a root span,
then this field must be empty.
Span::setDisplayName() — Method in class Span
                    A description of the span's operation (up to 128 bytes).
Span::setStartTime() — Method in class Span
                    The start time of the span. On the client side, this is the time kept by
the local machine where the span execution starts. On the server side, this
is the time when the server's application handler starts running.
Span::setEndTime() — Method in class Span
                    The end time of the span. On the client side, this is the time kept by
the local machine where the span execution ends. On the server side, this
is the time when the server application handler stops running.
Span::setAttributes() — Method in class Span
                    A set of attributes on the span. You can have up to 32 attributes per
span.
Span::setStackTrace() — Method in class Span
                    Stack trace captured at the start of the span.
Span::setTimeEvents() — Method in class Span
                    A set of time events. You can have up to 32 annotations and 128 message
events per span.
Span::setLinks() — Method in class Span
                    Links associated with the span. You can have up to 128 links per Span.
Span::setStatus() — Method in class Span
                    An optional final status for this span.
Span::setSameProcessAsParentSpan() — Method in class Span
                    (Optional) Set this parameter to indicate whether this span is in
the same process as its parent. If you do not set this parameter,
Stackdriver Trace is unable to take advantage of this helpful
information.
Span::setChildSpanCount() — Method in class Span
                    An optional number of child spans that were generated while this span
was active. If set, allows implementation to detect missing child spans.
Span_Attributes — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    A set of attributes, each in the format [KEY]:[VALUE].
Span_Attributes::setAttributeMap() — Method in class Span_Attributes
                    The set of attributes. Each attribute's key can be up to 128 bytes
long. The value can be a string up to 256 bytes, an integer, or the
Boolean values true and false. For example:
    "/instance_id": "my-instance"
    "/http/user_agent": ""
    "/http/request_bytes": 300
    "abc.com/myattribute": true
Span_Attributes::setDroppedAttributesCount() — Method in class Span_Attributes
                    The number of attributes that were discarded. Attributes can be discarded
because their keys are too long or because there are too many attributes.
Span_Link — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    A pointer from the current span to another span in the same trace or in a
different trace. For example, this can be used in batching operations,
where a single batch handler processes multiple requests from different
traces or when the handler receives a request from a different project.
Span_Link::setTraceId() — Method in class Span_Link
                    The [TRACE_ID] for a trace within a project.
Span_Link::setSpanId() — Method in class Span_Link
                    The [SPAN_ID] for a span within a trace.
Span_Link::setType() — Method in class Span_Link
                    The relationship of the current span relative to the linked span.
Span_Link::setAttributes() — Method in class Span_Link
                    A set of attributes on the link. You have have up to  32 attributes per
link.
Span_Link_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    The relationship of the current span relative to the linked span: child,
parent, or unspecified.
Span_Links — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    A collection of links, which are references from this span to a span
in the same or different trace.
Span_Links::setLink() — Method in class Span_Links
                    A collection of links.
Span_Links::setDroppedLinksCount() — Method in class Span_Links
                    The number of dropped links after the maximum size was enforced. If
this value is 0, then no links were dropped.
Span_TimeEvent — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    A time-stamped annotation or message event in the Span.
Span_TimeEvent::setTime() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent
                    The timestamp indicating the time the event occurred.
Span_TimeEvent::setAnnotation() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent
                    Text annotation with a set of attributes.
Span_TimeEvent::setMessageEvent() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent
                    An event describing a message sent/received between Spans.
Span_TimeEvent_Annotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    Text annotation with a set of attributes.
Span_TimeEvent_Annotation::setDescription() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_Annotation
                    A user-supplied message describing the event. The maximum length for
the description is 256 bytes.
Span_TimeEvent_Annotation::setAttributes() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_Annotation
                    A set of attributes on the annotation. You can have up to 4 attributes
per Annotation.
Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    An event describing a message sent/received between Spans.
Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent::setType() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent
                    Type of MessageEvent. Indicates whether the message was sent or
received.
Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent::setId() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent
                    An identifier for the MessageEvent's message that can be used to match
SENT and RECEIVED MessageEvents. It is recommended to be unique within
a Span.
Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent::setUncompressedSizeBytes() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent
                    The number of uncompressed bytes sent or received.
Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent::setCompressedSizeBytes() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent
                    The number of compressed bytes sent or received. If missing assumed to
be the same size as uncompressed.
Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent_Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    Indicates whether the message was sent or received.
Span_TimeEvents — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    A collection of TimeEvents. A TimeEvent is a time-stamped annotation
on the span, consisting of either user-supplied key:value pairs, or
details of a message sent/received between Spans.
Span_TimeEvents::setTimeEvent() — Method in class Span_TimeEvents
                    A collection of TimeEvents.
Span_TimeEvents::setDroppedAnnotationsCount() — Method in class Span_TimeEvents
                    The number of dropped annotations in all the included time events.
Span_TimeEvents::setDroppedMessageEventsCount() — Method in class Span_TimeEvents
                    The number of dropped message events in all the included time events.
StackTrace — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    A call stack appearing in a trace.
StackTrace::setStackFrames() — Method in class StackTrace
                    Stack frames in this stack trace. A maximum of 128 frames are allowed.
StackTrace::setStackTraceHashId() — Method in class StackTrace
                    The hash ID is used to conserve network bandwidth for duplicate
stack traces within a single trace.
StackTrace_StackFrame — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    Represents a single stack frame in a stack trace.
StackTrace_StackFrame::setFunctionName() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The fully-qualified name that uniquely identifies the function or
method that is active in this frame (up to 1024 bytes).
StackTrace_StackFrame::setOriginalFunctionName() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    An un-mangled function name, if function_name is
mangled. The name can
be fully-qualified (up to 1024 bytes).
StackTrace_StackFrame::setFileName() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The name of the source file where the function call appears (up to 256
bytes).
StackTrace_StackFrame::setLineNumber() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The line number in file_name where the function call appears.
StackTrace_StackFrame::setColumnNumber() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The column number where the function call appears, if available.
StackTrace_StackFrame::setLoadModule() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The binary module from where the code was loaded.
StackTrace_StackFrame::setSourceVersion() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    The version of the deployed source code (up to 128 bytes).
StackTrace_StackFrames — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    A collection of stack frames, which can be truncated.
StackTrace_StackFrames::setFrame() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrames
                    Stack frames in this call stack.
StackTrace_StackFrames::setDroppedFramesCount() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrames
                    The number of stack frames that were dropped because there
were too many stack frames.
TruncatableString::setValue() — Method in class TruncatableString
                    The shortened string. For example, if the original string is 500
bytes long and the limit of the string is 128 bytes, then
value contains the first 128 bytes of the 500-byte string.
TruncatableString::setTruncatedByteCount() — Method in class TruncatableString
                    The number of bytes removed from the original string. If this
value is 0, then the string was not shortened.
AnnotateVideoProgress::setAnnotationProgress() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    Progress metadata for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setInputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Input video location. Currently, only
Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket-id/object-id (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setInputContent() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    The video data bytes.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Requested video annotation features.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setVideoContext() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Additional video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setOutputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional location where the output (in JSON format) should be stored.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setLocationId() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional cloud region where annotation should take place. Supported cloud
regions: us-east1, us-west1, europe-west1, asia-east1. If no region
is specified, a region will be determined based on video file location.
AnnotateVideoResponse::setAnnotationResults() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    Annotation results for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
Entity::setEntityId() — Method in class Entity
                    Opaque entity ID. Some IDs may be available in
Google Knowledge Graph Search
API.
Entity::setDescription() — Method in class Entity
                    Textual description, e.g. Fixed-gear bicycle.
Entity::setLanguageCode() — Method in class Entity
                    Language code for description in BCP-47 format.
ExplicitContentAnnotation::setFrames() — Method in class ExplicitContentAnnotation
                    All video frames where explicit content was detected.
ExplicitContentDetectionConfig::setModel() — Method in class ExplicitContentDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for explicit content detection.
ExplicitContentFrame::setTimeOffset() — Method in class ExplicitContentFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video, corresponding to the
video frame for this location.
ExplicitContentFrame::setPornographyLikelihood() — Method in class ExplicitContentFrame
                    Likelihood of the pornography content.
FaceAnnotation::setThumbnail() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Thumbnail of a representative face view (in JPEG format).
FaceAnnotation::setSegments() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All video segments where a face was detected.
FaceAnnotation::setFrames() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All video frames where a face was detected.
FaceDetectionConfig::setModel() — Method in class FaceDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for face detection.
FaceDetectionConfig::setIncludeBoundingBoxes() — Method in class FaceDetectionConfig
                    Whether bounding boxes be included in the face annotation output.
FaceFrame::setNormalizedBoundingBoxes() — Method in class FaceFrame
                    Normalized Bounding boxes in a frame.
FaceFrame::setTimeOffset() — Method in class FaceFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the video frame for this location.
FaceSegment::setSegment() — Method in class FaceSegment
                    Video segment where a face was detected.
LabelAnnotation::setEntity() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Detected entity.
LabelAnnotation::setCategoryEntities() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Common categories for the detected entity.
LabelAnnotation::setSegments() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    All video segments where a label was detected.
LabelAnnotation::setFrames() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    All video frames where a label was detected.
LabelDetectionConfig::setLabelDetectionMode() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    What labels should be detected with LABEL_DETECTION, in addition to
video-level labels or segment-level labels.
LabelDetectionConfig::setStationaryCamera() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    Whether the video has been shot from a stationary (i.e. non-moving) camera.
LabelDetectionConfig::setModel() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for label detection.
LabelFrame::setTimeOffset() — Method in class LabelFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video, corresponding to the
video frame for this location.
LabelFrame::setConfidence() — Method in class LabelFrame
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
LabelSegment::setSegment() — Method in class LabelSegment
                    Video segment where a label was detected.
LabelSegment::setConfidence() — Method in class LabelSegment
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
NormalizedBoundingBox::setLeft() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Left X coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::setTop() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Top Y coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::setRight() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Right X coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::setBottom() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Bottom Y coordinate.
ShotChangeDetectionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Config for SHOT_CHANGE_DETECTION.
ShotChangeDetectionConfig::setModel() — Method in class ShotChangeDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for shot change detection.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setProgressPercent() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Approximate percentage processed thus far.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setStartTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time when the request was received.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setUpdateTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time of the most recent update.
VideoAnnotationResults::setInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationResults::setSegmentLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on video level or user specified segment level.
VideoAnnotationResults::setShotLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on shot level.
VideoAnnotationResults::setFrameLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on frame level.
VideoAnnotationResults::setFaceAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Face annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique face.
VideoAnnotationResults::setShotAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Shot annotations. Each shot is represented as a video segment.
VideoAnnotationResults::setExplicitAnnotation() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Explicit content annotation.
VideoAnnotationResults::setError() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    If set, indicates an error. Note that for a single AnnotateVideoRequest
some videos may succeed and some may fail.
VideoContext::setSegments() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Video segments to annotate. The segments may overlap and are not required
to be contiguous or span the whole video. If unspecified, each video
is treated as a single segment.
VideoContext::setLabelDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for LABEL_DETECTION.
VideoContext::setShotChangeDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for SHOT_CHANGE_DETECTION.
VideoContext::setExplicitContentDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for EXPLICIT_CONTENT_DETECTION.
VideoContext::setFaceDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for FACE_DETECTION.
VideoSegment::setStartTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the start of the segment (inclusive).
VideoSegment::setEndTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the end of the segment (inclusive).
AnnotateVideoProgress::setAnnotationProgress() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    Progress metadata for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setInputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Input video location. Currently, only
Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket-id/object-id (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setInputContent() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    The video data bytes. Encoding: base64. If unset, the input video(s)
should be specified via input_uri. If set, input_uri should be unset.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Requested video annotation features.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setVideoContext() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Additional video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setOutputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional location where the output (in JSON format) should be stored.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setLocationId() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional cloud region where annotation should take place. Supported cloud
regions: us-east1, us-west1, europe-west1, asia-east1. If no region
is specified, a region will be determined based on video file location.
AnnotateVideoResponse::setAnnotationResults() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    Annotation results for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
BoundingBox::setLeft() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Left X coordinate.
BoundingBox::setRight() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Right X coordinate.
BoundingBox::setBottom() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Bottom Y coordinate.
BoundingBox::setTop() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    Top Y coordinate.
FaceAnnotation::setThumbnail() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Thumbnail of a representative face view (in JPEG format). Encoding: base64.
FaceAnnotation::setSegments() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All locations where a face was detected.
FaceAnnotation::setLocations() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Face locations at one frame per second.
FaceLocation::setBoundingBox() — Method in class FaceLocation
                    Bounding box in a frame.
FaceLocation::setTimeOffset() — Method in class FaceLocation
                    Video time offset in microseconds.
LabelAnnotation::setDescription() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Textual description, e.g. Fixed-gear bicycle.
LabelAnnotation::setLanguageCode() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Language code for description in BCP-47 format.
LabelAnnotation::setLocations() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Where the label was detected and with what confidence.
LabelLocation::setSegment() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Video segment. Set to [-1, -1] for video-level labels.
LabelLocation::setConfidence() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
LabelLocation::setLevel() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    Label level.
SafeSearchAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1
                    Safe search annotation (based on per-frame visual signals only).
SafeSearchAnnotation::setAdult() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of adult content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setSpoof() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that an obvious modification was made to the original
version to make it appear funny or offensive.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setMedical() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of medical content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setViolent() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of violent content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setRacy() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood of racy content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setTimeOffset() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Video time offset in microseconds.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setProgressPercent() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Approximate percentage processed thus far.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setStartTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time when the request was received.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setUpdateTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time of the most recent update.
VideoAnnotationResults::setInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationResults::setLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique label.
VideoAnnotationResults::setFaceAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Face annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique face.
VideoAnnotationResults::setShotAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Shot annotations. Each shot is represented as a video segment.
VideoAnnotationResults::setSafeSearchAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Safe search annotations.
VideoAnnotationResults::setError() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    If set, indicates an error. Note that for a single AnnotateVideoRequest
some videos may succeed and some may fail.
VideoContext::setSegments() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Video segments to annotate. The segments may overlap and are not required
to be contiguous or span the whole video. If unspecified, each video
is treated as a single segment.
VideoContext::setLabelDetectionMode() — Method in class VideoContext
                    If label detection has been requested, what labels should be detected
in addition to video-level labels or segment-level labels. If unspecified,
defaults to SHOT_MODE.
VideoContext::setStationaryCamera() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Whether the video has been shot from a stationary (i.e. non-moving) camera.
VideoContext::setLabelDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for label detection.
VideoContext::setFaceDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for face detection.
VideoContext::setShotChangeDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for shot change detection.
VideoContext::setSafeSearchDetectionModel() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Model to use for safe search detection.
VideoSegment::setStartTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Start offset in microseconds (inclusive). Unset means 0.
VideoSegment::setEndTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    End offset in microseconds (inclusive). Unset means 0.
AnnotateVideoProgress::setAnnotationProgress() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    Progress metadata for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setInputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Input video location. Currently, only
Google Cloud Storage URIs are
supported, which must be specified in the following format:
gs://bucket-id/object-id (other URI formats return
[google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT][google.rpc.Code.INVALID_ARGUMENT]). For more information, see
Request URIs.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setInputContent() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    The video data bytes.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Requested video annotation features.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setVideoContext() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Additional video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setOutputUri() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional location where the output (in JSON format) should be stored.
AnnotateVideoRequest::setLocationId() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    Optional cloud region where annotation should take place. Supported cloud
regions: us-east1, us-west1, europe-west1, asia-east1. If no region
is specified, a region will be determined based on video file location.
AnnotateVideoResponse::setAnnotationResults() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    Annotation results for all videos specified in AnnotateVideoRequest.
Entity::setEntityId() — Method in class Entity
                    Opaque entity ID. Some IDs may be available in
Google Knowledge Graph Search
API.
Entity::setDescription() — Method in class Entity
                    Textual description, e.g. Fixed-gear bicycle.
Entity::setLanguageCode() — Method in class Entity
                    Language code for description in BCP-47 format.
ExplicitContentAnnotation::setFrames() — Method in class ExplicitContentAnnotation
                    All video frames where explicit content was detected.
ExplicitContentDetectionConfig::setModel() — Method in class ExplicitContentDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for explicit content detection.
ExplicitContentFrame::setTimeOffset() — Method in class ExplicitContentFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video, corresponding to the
video frame for this location.
ExplicitContentFrame::setPornographyLikelihood() — Method in class ExplicitContentFrame
                    Likelihood of the pornography content.
FaceAnnotation::setThumbnail() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Thumbnail of a representative face view (in JPEG format).
FaceAnnotation::setSegments() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All video segments where a face was detected.
FaceAnnotation::setFrames() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    All video frames where a face was detected.
FaceDetectionConfig::setModel() — Method in class FaceDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for face detection.
FaceDetectionConfig::setIncludeBoundingBoxes() — Method in class FaceDetectionConfig
                    Whether bounding boxes be included in the face annotation output.
FaceFrame::setNormalizedBoundingBoxes() — Method in class FaceFrame
                    Normalized Bounding boxes in a frame.
FaceFrame::setTimeOffset() — Method in class FaceFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the video frame for this location.
FaceSegment::setSegment() — Method in class FaceSegment
                    Video segment where a face was detected.
LabelAnnotation::setEntity() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Detected entity.
LabelAnnotation::setCategoryEntities() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    Common categories for the detected entity.
LabelAnnotation::setSegments() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    All video segments where a label was detected.
LabelAnnotation::setFrames() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    All video frames where a label was detected.
LabelDetectionConfig::setLabelDetectionMode() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    What labels should be detected with LABEL_DETECTION, in addition to
video-level labels or segment-level labels.
LabelDetectionConfig::setStationaryCamera() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    Whether the video has been shot from a stationary (i.e. non-moving) camera.
LabelDetectionConfig::setModel() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for label detection.
LabelFrame::setTimeOffset() — Method in class LabelFrame
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video, corresponding to the
video frame for this location.
LabelFrame::setConfidence() — Method in class LabelFrame
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
LabelSegment::setSegment() — Method in class LabelSegment
                    Video segment where a label was detected.
LabelSegment::setConfidence() — Method in class LabelSegment
                    Confidence that the label is accurate. Range: [0, 1].
NormalizedBoundingBox::setLeft() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Left X coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::setTop() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Top Y coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::setRight() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Right X coordinate.
NormalizedBoundingBox::setBottom() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    Bottom Y coordinate.
ShotChangeDetectionConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Config for SHOT_CHANGE_DETECTION.
ShotChangeDetectionConfig::setModel() — Method in class ShotChangeDetectionConfig
                    Model to use for shot change detection.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setProgressPercent() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Approximate percentage processed thus far.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setStartTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time when the request was received.
VideoAnnotationProgress::setUpdateTime() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    Time of the most recent update.
VideoAnnotationResults::setInputUri() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Video file location in
Google Cloud Storage.
VideoAnnotationResults::setSegmentLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on video level or user specified segment level.
VideoAnnotationResults::setShotLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on shot level.
VideoAnnotationResults::setFrameLabelAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Label annotations on frame level.
VideoAnnotationResults::setFaceAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Face annotations. There is exactly one element for each unique face.
VideoAnnotationResults::setShotAnnotations() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Shot annotations. Each shot is represented as a video segment.
VideoAnnotationResults::setExplicitAnnotation() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    Explicit content annotation.
VideoAnnotationResults::setError() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    If set, indicates an error. Note that for a single AnnotateVideoRequest
some videos may succeed and some may fail.
VideoContext::setSegments() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Video segments to annotate. The segments may overlap and are not required
to be contiguous or span the whole video. If unspecified, each video
is treated as a single segment.
VideoContext::setLabelDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for LABEL_DETECTION.
VideoContext::setShotChangeDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for SHOT_CHANGE_DETECTION.
VideoContext::setExplicitContentDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for EXPLICIT_CONTENT_DETECTION.
VideoContext::setFaceDetectionConfig() — Method in class VideoContext
                    Config for FACE_DETECTION.
VideoSegment::setStartTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the start of the segment (inclusive).
VideoSegment::setEndTimeOffset() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    Time-offset, relative to the beginning of the video,
corresponding to the end of the segment (inclusive).
AnnotateFileResponse::setInputConfig() — Method in class AnnotateFileResponse
                    Information about the file for which this response is generated.
AnnotateFileResponse::setResponses() — Method in class AnnotateFileResponse
                    Individual responses to images found within the file.
AnnotateImageRequest::setImage() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    The image to be processed.
AnnotateImageRequest::setFeatures() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    Requested features.
AnnotateImageRequest::setImageContext() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    Additional context that may accompany the image.
AnnotateImageResponse::setFaceAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, face detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setLandmarkAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, landmark detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setLogoAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, logo detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setLabelAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, label detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setTextAnnotations() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, text (OCR) detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setFullTextAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, text (OCR) detection or document (OCR) text detection has
completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setSafeSearchAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, safe-search annotation has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setImagePropertiesAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, image properties were extracted successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setCropHintsAnnotation() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, crop hints have completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setWebDetection() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, web detection has completed successfully.
AnnotateImageResponse::setError() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If set, represents the error message for the operation.
AnnotateImageResponse::setContext() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    If present, contextual information is needed to understand where this image
comes from.
AsyncAnnotateFileRequest::setInputConfig() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileRequest
                    Required. Information about the input file.
AsyncAnnotateFileRequest::setFeatures() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileRequest
                    Required. Requested features.
AsyncAnnotateFileRequest::setImageContext() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileRequest
                    Additional context that may accompany the image(s) in the file.
AsyncAnnotateFileRequest::setOutputConfig() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileRequest
                    Required. The desired output location and metadata (e.g. format).
AsyncAnnotateFileResponse::setOutputConfig() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileResponse
                    The output location and metadata from AsyncAnnotateFileRequest.
AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesRequest::setRequests() — Method in class AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesRequest
                    Individual async file annotation requests for this batch.
AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesResponse::setResponses() — Method in class AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesResponse
                    The list of file annotation responses, one for each request in
AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesRequest.
BatchAnnotateImagesRequest::setRequests() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesRequest
                    Individual image annotation requests for this batch.
BatchAnnotateImagesResponse::setResponses() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesResponse
                    Individual responses to image annotation requests within the batch.
Block::setProperty() — Method in class Block
                    Additional information detected for the block.
Block::setBoundingBox() — Method in class Block
                    The bounding box for the block.
Block::setParagraphs() — Method in class Block
                    List of paragraphs in this block (if this blocks is of type text).
Block::setBlockType() — Method in class Block
                    Detected block type (text, image etc) for this block.
Block::setConfidence() — Method in class Block
                    Confidence of the OCR results on the block. Range [0, 1].
BoundingPoly::setVertices() — Method in class BoundingPoly
                    The bounding polygon vertices.
BoundingPoly::setNormalizedVertices() — Method in class BoundingPoly
                    The bounding polygon normalized vertices.
ColorInfo::setColor() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    RGB components of the color.
ColorInfo::setScore() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    Image-specific score for this color. Value in range [0, 1].
ColorInfo::setPixelFraction() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    The fraction of pixels the color occupies in the image.
CropHint::setBoundingPoly() — Method in class CropHint
                    The bounding polygon for the crop region. The coordinates of the bounding
box are in the original image's scale, as returned in ImageParams.
CropHint::setConfidence() — Method in class CropHint
                    Confidence of this being a salient region.  Range [0, 1].
CropHint::setImportanceFraction() — Method in class CropHint
                    Fraction of importance of this salient region with respect to the original
image.
CropHintsAnnotation::setCropHints() — Method in class CropHintsAnnotation
                    Crop hint results.
CropHintsParams::setAspectRatios() — Method in class CropHintsParams
                    Aspect ratios in floats, representing the ratio of the width to the height
of the image. For example, if the desired aspect ratio is 4/3, the
corresponding float value should be 1.33333.  If not specified, the
best possible crop is returned. The number of provided aspect ratios is
limited to a maximum of 16; any aspect ratios provided after the 16th are
ignored.
DominantColorsAnnotation::setColors() — Method in class DominantColorsAnnotation
                    RGB color values with their score and pixel fraction.
EntityAnnotation::setMid() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Opaque entity ID. Some IDs may be available in
Google Knowledge Graph Search
API.
EntityAnnotation::setLocale() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The language code for the locale in which the entity textual
description is expressed.
EntityAnnotation::setDescription() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Entity textual description, expressed in its locale language.
EntityAnnotation::setScore() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Overall score of the result. Range [0, 1].
EntityAnnotation::setConfidence() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Deprecated. Use score instead.
The accuracy of the entity detection in an image.
EntityAnnotation::setTopicality() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The relevancy of the ICA (Image Content Annotation) label to the
image. For example, the relevancy of "tower" is likely higher to an image
containing the detected "Eiffel Tower" than to an image containing a
detected distant towering building, even though the confidence that
there is a tower in each image may be the same. Range [0, 1].
EntityAnnotation::setBoundingPoly() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Image region to which this entity belongs. Not produced
for LABEL_DETECTION features.
EntityAnnotation::setLocations() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    The location information for the detected entity. Multiple
LocationInfo elements can be present because one location may
indicate the location of the scene in the image, and another location
may indicate the location of the place where the image was taken.
EntityAnnotation::setProperties() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    Some entities may have optional user-supplied Property (name/value)
fields, such a score or string that qualifies the entity.
FaceAnnotation::setBoundingPoly() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    The bounding polygon around the face. The coordinates of the bounding box
are in the original image's scale, as returned in ImageParams.
FaceAnnotation::setFdBoundingPoly() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    The fd_bounding_poly bounding polygon is tighter than the
boundingPoly, and encloses only the skin part of the face. Typically, it
is used to eliminate the face from any image analysis that detects the
"amount of skin" visible in an image. It is not based on the
landmarker results, only on the initial face detection, hence
the fd (face detection) prefix.
FaceAnnotation::setLandmarks() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Detected face landmarks.
FaceAnnotation::setRollAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Roll angle, which indicates the amount of clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation
of the face relative to the image vertical about the axis perpendicular to
the face. Range [-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::setPanAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Yaw angle, which indicates the leftward/rightward angle that the face is
pointing relative to the vertical plane perpendicular to the image. Range
[-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::setTiltAngle() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Pitch angle, which indicates the upwards/downwards angle that the face is
pointing relative to the image's horizontal plane. Range [-180,180].
FaceAnnotation::setDetectionConfidence() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Detection confidence. Range [0, 1].
FaceAnnotation::setLandmarkingConfidence() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Face landmarking confidence. Range [0, 1].
FaceAnnotation::setJoyLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Joy likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setSorrowLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Sorrow likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setAngerLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Anger likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setSurpriseLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Surprise likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setUnderExposedLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Under-exposed likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setBlurredLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Blurred likelihood.
FaceAnnotation::setHeadwearLikelihood() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    Headwear likelihood.
FaceAnnotation_Landmark::setType() — Method in class FaceAnnotation_Landmark
                    Face landmark type.
FaceAnnotation_Landmark::setPosition() — Method in class FaceAnnotation_Landmark
                    Face landmark position.
Feature::setType() — Method in class Feature
                    The feature type.
Feature::setMaxResults() — Method in class Feature
                    Maximum number of results of this type. Does not apply to
TEXT_DETECTION, DOCUMENT_TEXT_DETECTION, or CROP_HINTS.
Feature::setModel() — Method in class Feature
                    Model to use for the feature.
GcsDestination::setUri() — Method in class GcsDestination
                    Google Cloud Storage URI where the results will be stored. Results will
be in JSON format and preceded by its corresponding input URI. This field
can either represent a single file, or a prefix for multiple outputs.
GcsSource::setUri() — Method in class GcsSource
                    Google Cloud Storage URI for the input file. This must only be a
Google Cloud Storage object. Wildcards are not currently supported.
Image::setContent() — Method in class Image
                    Image content, represented as a stream of bytes.
Image::setSource() — Method in class Image
                    Google Cloud Storage image location, or publicly-accessible image
URL. If both content and source are provided for an image, content
takes precedence and is used to perform the image annotation request.
ImageAnnotationContext::setUri() — Method in class ImageAnnotationContext
                    The URI of the file used to produce the image.
ImageAnnotationContext::setPageNumber() — Method in class ImageAnnotationContext
                    If the file was a PDF or TIFF, this field gives the page number within
the file used to produce the image.
ImageContext::setLatLongRect() — Method in class ImageContext
                    Not used.
ImageContext::setLanguageHints() — Method in class ImageContext
                    List of languages to use for TEXT_DETECTION. In most cases, an empty value
yields the best results since it enables automatic language detection. For
languages based on the Latin alphabet, setting language_hints is not
needed. In rare cases, when the language of the text in the image is known,
setting a hint will help get better results (although it will be a
significant hindrance if the hint is wrong). Text detection returns an
error if one or more of the specified languages is not one of the
supported languages.
ImageContext::setCropHintsParams() — Method in class ImageContext
                    Parameters for crop hints annotation request.
ImageContext::setWebDetectionParams() — Method in class ImageContext
                    Parameters for web detection.
ImageProperties::setDominantColors() — Method in class ImageProperties
                    If present, dominant colors completed successfully.
ImageSource::setGcsImageUri() — Method in class ImageSource
                    Use image_uri instead.
The Google Cloud Storage  URI of the form
gs://bucket_name/object_name. Object versioning is not supported. See
Google Cloud Storage Request
URIs for more info.
ImageSource::setImageUri() — Method in class ImageSource
                    The URI of the source image. Can be either:
1. A Google Cloud Storage URI of the form
   gs://bucket_name/object_name. Object versioning is not supported. See
   Google Cloud Storage Request
   URIs for more
   info.
InputConfig::setGcsSource() — Method in class InputConfig
                    The Google Cloud Storage location to read the input from.
InputConfig::setMimeType() — Method in class InputConfig
                    The type of the file. Currently only "application/pdf" and "image/tiff"
are supported. Wildcards are not supported.
LatLongRect::setMinLatLng() — Method in class LatLongRect
                    Min lat/long pair.
LatLongRect::setMaxLatLng() — Method in class LatLongRect
                    Max lat/long pair.
LocationInfo::setLatLng() — Method in class LocationInfo
                    lat/long location coordinates.
NormalizedVertex::setX() — Method in class NormalizedVertex
                    X coordinate.
NormalizedVertex::setY() — Method in class NormalizedVertex
                    Y coordinate.
OperationMetadata::setState() — Method in class OperationMetadata
                    Current state of the batch operation.
OperationMetadata::setCreateTime() — Method in class OperationMetadata
                    The time when the batch request was received.
OperationMetadata::setUpdateTime() — Method in class OperationMetadata
                    The time when the operation result was last updated.
OutputConfig::setGcsDestination() — Method in class OutputConfig
                    The Google Cloud Storage location to write the output(s) to.
OutputConfig::setBatchSize() — Method in class OutputConfig
                    The max number of response protos to put into each output JSON file on
Google Cloud Storage.
Page::setProperty() — Method in class Page
                    Additional information detected on the page.
Page::setWidth() — Method in class Page
                    Page width. For PDFs the unit is points. For images (including
TIFFs) the unit is pixels.
Page::setHeight() — Method in class Page
                    Page height. For PDFs the unit is points. For images (including
TIFFs) the unit is pixels.
Page::setBlocks() — Method in class Page
                    List of blocks of text, images etc on this page.
Page::setConfidence() — Method in class Page
                    Confidence of the OCR results on the page. Range [0, 1].
Paragraph::setProperty() — Method in class Paragraph
                    Additional information detected for the paragraph.
Paragraph::setBoundingBox() — Method in class Paragraph
                    The bounding box for the paragraph.
Paragraph::setWords() — Method in class Paragraph
                    List of words in this paragraph.
Paragraph::setConfidence() — Method in class Paragraph
                    Confidence of the OCR results for the paragraph. Range [0, 1].
Position::setX() — Method in class Position
                    X coordinate.
Position::setY() — Method in class Position
                    Y coordinate.
Position::setZ() — Method in class Position
                    Z coordinate (or depth).
Property::setName() — Method in class Property
                    Name of the property.
Property::setValue() — Method in class Property
                    Value of the property.
Property::setUint64Value() — Method in class Property
                    Value of numeric properties.
SafeSearchAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Set of features pertaining to the image, computed by computer vision
methods over safe-search verticals (for example, adult, spoof, medical,
violence).
SafeSearchAnnotation::setAdult() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Represents the adult content likelihood for the image. Adult content may
contain elements such as nudity, pornographic images or cartoons, or
sexual activities.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setSpoof() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Spoof likelihood. The likelihood that an modification
was made to the image's canonical version to make it appear
funny or offensive.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setMedical() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that this is a medical image.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setViolence() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that this image contains violent content.
SafeSearchAnnotation::setRacy() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    Likelihood that the request image contains racy content. Racy content may
include (but is not limited to) skimpy or sheer clothing, strategically
covered nudity, lewd or provocative poses, or close-ups of sensitive
body areas.
Symbol — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A single symbol representation.
Symbol::setProperty() — Method in class Symbol
                    Additional information detected for the symbol.
Symbol::setBoundingBox() — Method in class Symbol
                    The bounding box for the symbol.
Symbol::setText() — Method in class Symbol
                    The actual UTF-8 representation of the symbol.
Symbol::setConfidence() — Method in class Symbol
                    Confidence of the OCR results for the symbol. Range [0, 1].
TextAnnotation::setPages() — Method in class TextAnnotation
                    List of pages detected by OCR.
TextAnnotation::setText() — Method in class TextAnnotation
                    UTF-8 text detected on the pages.
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak::setType() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak
                    Detected break type.
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak::setIsPrefix() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak
                    True if break prepends the element.
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage::setLanguageCode() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage
                    The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more
information, see
http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage::setConfidence() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage
                    Confidence of detected language. Range [0, 1].
TextAnnotation_TextProperty::setDetectedLanguages() — Method in class TextAnnotation_TextProperty
                    A list of detected languages together with confidence.
TextAnnotation_TextProperty::setDetectedBreak() — Method in class TextAnnotation_TextProperty
                    Detected start or end of a text segment.
Vertex::setX() — Method in class Vertex
                    X coordinate.
Vertex::setY() — Method in class Vertex
                    Y coordinate.
WebDetection::setWebEntities() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Deduced entities from similar images on the Internet.
WebDetection::setFullMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Fully matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection::setPartialMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Partial matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection::setPagesWithMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Web pages containing the matching images from the Internet.
WebDetection::setVisuallySimilarImages() — Method in class WebDetection
                    The visually similar image results.
WebDetection::setBestGuessLabels() — Method in class WebDetection
                    Best guess text labels for the request image.
WebDetectionParams::setIncludeGeoResults() — Method in class WebDetectionParams
                    Whether to include results derived from the geo information in the image.
WebDetection_WebEntity::setEntityId() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Opaque entity ID.
WebDetection_WebEntity::setScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Overall relevancy score for the entity.
WebDetection_WebEntity::setDescription() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    Canonical description of the entity, in English.
WebDetection_WebImage::setUrl() — Method in class WebDetection_WebImage
                    The result image URL.
WebDetection_WebImage::setScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebImage
                    (Deprecated) Overall relevancy score for the image.
WebDetection_WebLabel::setLabel() — Method in class WebDetection_WebLabel
                    Label for extra metadata.
WebDetection_WebLabel::setLanguageCode() — Method in class WebDetection_WebLabel
                    The BCP-47 language code for label, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn".
WebDetection_WebPage::setUrl() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    The result web page URL.
WebDetection_WebPage::setScore() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    (Deprecated) Overall relevancy score for the web page.
WebDetection_WebPage::setPageTitle() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    Title for the web page, may contain HTML markups.
WebDetection_WebPage::setFullMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    Fully matching images on the page.
WebDetection_WebPage::setPartialMatchingImages() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    Partial matching images on the page.
Word::setProperty() — Method in class Word
                    Additional information detected for the word.
Word::setBoundingBox() — Method in class Word
                    The bounding box for the word.
Word::setSymbols() — Method in class Word
                    List of symbols in the word.
Word::setConfidence() — Method in class Word
                    Confidence of the OCR results for the word. Range [0, 1].
AuditData::setPolicyDelta() — Method in class AuditData
                    Policy delta between the original policy and the newly set policy.
CancelOperationRequest::setName() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.
DeleteOperationRequest::setName() — Method in class DeleteOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource to be deleted.
GetOperationRequest::setName() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    The name of the operation resource.
ListOperationsRequest::setName() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The name of the operation collection.
ListOperationsRequest::setFilter() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list filter.
ListOperationsRequest::setPageSize() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list page size.
ListOperationsRequest::setPageToken() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    The standard list page token.
ListOperationsResponse::setOperations() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
ListOperationsResponse::setNextPageToken() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    The standard List next-page token.
Operation::setName() — Method in class Operation
                    The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that
originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the
name should have the format of operations/some/unique/name.
Operation::setMetadata() — Method in class Operation
                    Service-specific metadata associated with the operation.  It typically
contains progress information and common metadata such as create time.
Operation::setDone() — Method in class Operation
                    If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress.
Operation::setError() — Method in class Operation
                    The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
Operation::setResponse() — Method in class Operation
                    The normal response of the operation in case of success.  If the original
method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is
google.protobuf.Empty.  If the original method is standard
Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource.  For other
methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx
is the original method name.  For example, if the original method name
is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is
TakeSnapshotResponse.
BadRequest::setFieldViolations() — Method in class BadRequest
                    Describes all violations in a client request.
BadRequest_FieldViolation::setField() — Method in class BadRequest_FieldViolation
                    A path leading to a field in the request body. The value will be a
sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer
field. E.g., "field_violations.field" would identify this field.
BadRequest_FieldViolation::setDescription() — Method in class BadRequest_FieldViolation
                    A description of why the request element is bad.
DebugInfo::setStackEntries() — Method in class DebugInfo
                    The stack trace entries indicating where the error occurred.
DebugInfo::setDetail() — Method in class DebugInfo
                    Additional debugging information provided by the server.
Help::setLinks() — Method in class Help
                    URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
Help_Link::setDescription() — Method in class Help_Link
                    Describes what the link offers.
Help_Link::setUrl() — Method in class Help_Link
                    The URL of the link.
LocalizedMessage::setLocale() — Method in class LocalizedMessage
                    The locale used following the specification defined at
http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
LocalizedMessage::setMessage() — Method in class LocalizedMessage
                    The localized error message in the above locale.
PreconditionFailure::setViolations() — Method in class PreconditionFailure
                    Describes all precondition violations.
PreconditionFailure_Violation::setType() — Method in class PreconditionFailure_Violation
                    The type of PreconditionFailure. We recommend using a service-specific
enum type to define the supported precondition violation types. For
example, "TOS" for "Terms of Service violation".
PreconditionFailure_Violation::setSubject() — Method in class PreconditionFailure_Violation
                    The subject, relative to the type, that failed.
PreconditionFailure_Violation::setDescription() — Method in class PreconditionFailure_Violation
                    A description of how the precondition failed. Developers can use this
description to understand how to fix the failure.
QuotaFailure::setViolations() — Method in class QuotaFailure
                    Describes all quota violations.
QuotaFailure_Violation::setSubject() — Method in class QuotaFailure_Violation
                    The subject on which the quota check failed.
QuotaFailure_Violation::setDescription() — Method in class QuotaFailure_Violation
                    A description of how the quota check failed. Clients can use this
description to find more about the quota configuration in the service's
public documentation, or find the relevant quota limit to adjust through
developer console.
RequestInfo::setRequestId() — Method in class RequestInfo
                    An opaque string that should only be interpreted by the service generating
it. For example, it can be used to identify requests in the service's logs.
RequestInfo::setServingData() — Method in class RequestInfo
                    Any data that was used to serve this request. For example, an encrypted
stack trace that can be sent back to the service provider for debugging.
ResourceInfo::setResourceType() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    A name for the type of resource being accessed, e.g. "sql table",
"cloud storage bucket", "file", "Google calendar"; or the type URL
of the resource: e.g. "type.googleapis.com/google.pubsub.v1.Topic".
ResourceInfo::setResourceName() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    The name of the resource being accessed.  For example, a shared calendar
name: "example.com_4fghdhgsrgh@group.calendar.google.com", if the current
error is [google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED][google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED].
ResourceInfo::setOwner() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    The owner of the resource (optional).
ResourceInfo::setDescription() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    Describes what error is encountered when accessing this resource.
RetryInfo::setRetryDelay() — Method in class RetryInfo
                    Clients should wait at least this long between retrying the same request.
Status — Class in namespace Google\Rpc
                    The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different
programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by
gRPC. The error model is designed to be:
- Simple to use and understand for most users
- Flexible enough to meet unexpected needs

Overview

The Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message,
and error details. The error code should be an enum value of
[google.rpc.Code][google.rpc.Code], but it may accept additional error codes if needed.  The
error message should be a developer-facing English message that helps
developers understand and resolve the error. If a localized user-facing
error message is needed, put the localized message in the error details or
localize it in the client. The optional error details may contain arbitrary
information about the error. There is a predefined set of error detail types
in the package google.rpc that can be used for common error conditions.
Status::setCode() — Method in class Status
                    The status code, which should be an enum value of [google.rpc.Code][google.rpc.Code].
Status::setMessage() — Method in class Status
                    A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
[google.rpc.Status.details][google.rpc.Status.details] field, or localized by the client.
Status::setDetails() — Method in class Status
                    A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
message types for APIs to use.
Color::setRed() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::setGreen() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::setBlue() — Method in class Color
                    The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1].
Color::setAlpha() — Method in class Color
                    The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is,
the final pixel color is defined by the equation:
  pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)
This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas
a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This
uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is
possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset.
Date::setYear() — Method in class Date
                    Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a date without
a year.
Date::setMonth() — Method in class Date
                    Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12.
Date::setDay() — Method in class Date
                    Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0
if specifying a year/month where the day is not significant.
LatLng::setLatitude() — Method in class LatLng
                    The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
LatLng::setLongitude() — Method in class LatLng
                    The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
Money::setCurrencyCode() — Method in class Money
                    The 3-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
Money::setUnits() — Method in class Money
                    The whole units of the amount.
Money::setNanos() — Method in class Money
                    Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount.
PostalAddress::setRevision() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    The schema revision of the PostalAddress.
PostalAddress::setRegionCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This
is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is
correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and
http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html
for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
PostalAddress::setLanguageCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if
known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected
to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their
transliterated equivalents.
PostalAddress::setPostalCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require
postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger
additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip
validation in the U.S.A.).
PostalAddress::setSortingCode() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used
in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like
"CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number
alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator"
(Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
PostalAddress::setAdministrativeArea() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal
addresses of a country or region.
PostalAddress::setLocality() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address.
PostalAddress::setSublocality() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. Sublocality of the address.
PostalAddress::setAddressLines() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address.
PostalAddress::setRecipients() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. The recipient at the address.
PostalAddress::setOrganization() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
TimeOfDay::setHours() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose
to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
TimeOfDay::setMinutes() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
TimeOfDay::setSeconds() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may
allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
TimeOfDay::setNanos() — Method in class TimeOfDay
                    Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
        
T

        $GapicClientTrait#transport — Property in class GapicClientTrait
                    
$LexerError#text — Property in class LexerError
                    
$LexerError#token — Property in class LexerError
                    
$Parser#terminals — Property in class Parser
                    
$Parser#table — Property in class Parser
                    
Parser::trace() — Method in class Parser
                    
$ParserError#text — Property in class ParserError
                    
$ParserValue#text — Property in class ParserValue
                    
Serializer::toSnakeCase() — Method in class Serializer
                    Convert string from camelCase to snake_case
Serializer::toCamelCase() — Method in class Serializer
                    Convert string from snake_case to camelCase
TransportFactory — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    
TransportInterface — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore\Transport
                    
TransferConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    Represents a data transfer configuration. A transfer configuration
contains all metadata needed to perform a data transfer. For example,
destination_dataset_id specifies where data should be stored.
TransferMessage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    Represents a user facing message for a particular data transfer run.
TransferMessage_MessageSeverity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    Represents data transfer user facing message severity.
TransferRun — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    Represents a data transfer run.
TransferState — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    Represents data transfer run state.
TransferType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    DEPRECATED. Represents data transfer type.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::TestIamPermissions() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Returns permissions that the caller has on the specified instance resource.
$DropRowRangeRequest#target — Property in class DropRowRangeRequest
                    
Table — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    A collection of user data indexed by row, column, and timestamp.
Table_ClusterState — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    The state of a table's data in a particular cluster.
Table_ClusterState_ReplicationState — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Table replication states.
Table_TimestampGranularity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Possible timestamp granularities to use when keeping multiple versions
of data in a table.
Table_View — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Defines a view over a table's fields.
TimestampRange — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Specified a contiguous range of microsecond timestamps.
$Job#type_job — Property in class Job
                    
AgentsGrpcClient::TrainAgent() — Method in class AgentsGrpcClient
                    Trains the specified agent.
TextInput — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    Represents the natural language text to be processed.
TrainAgentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [Agents.TrainAgent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Agents.TrainAgent].
$CustomInfoType#type — Property in class CustomInfoType
                    
$CustomInfoType_DetectionRule#type — Property in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule
                    
$DeidentifyConfig#transformation — Property in class DeidentifyConfig
                    
$FieldTransformation#transformation — Property in class FieldTransformation
                    
$JobTrigger_Trigger#trigger — Property in class JobTrigger_Trigger
                    
$OutputStorageConfig#type — Property in class OutputStorageConfig
                    
$PrimitiveTransformation#transformation — Property in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    
$PrivacyMetric#type — Property in class PrivacyMetric
                    
$PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField#tag — Property in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField
                    
$RecordCondition_Expressions#type — Property in class RecordCondition_Expressions
                    
$RecordKey#type — Property in class RecordKey
                    
$RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig#target — Property in class RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig
                    
$StorageConfig#type — Property in class StorageConfig
                    
Table — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Structured content to inspect. Up to 50,000 Values per request allowed.
TableLocation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Location of a finding within a table.
Table_Row — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Generated from protobuf message google.privacy.dlp.v2.Table.Row
TimePartConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    For use with Date, Timestamp, and TimeOfDay, extract or preserve a
portion of the value.
TimePartConfig_TimePart — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Protobuf enum Google\Privacy\Dlp\V2\TimePartConfig\TimePart
TransformationOverview — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Overview of the modifications that occurred.
TransformationSummary — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Summary of a single tranformation.
TransformationSummary_SummaryResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A collection that informs the user the number of times a particular
TransformationResultCode and error details occurred.
TransformationSummary_TransformationResultCode — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Possible outcomes of transformations.
TransientCryptoKey — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Use this to have a random data crypto key generated.
$Value#type — Property in class Value
                    
TimedCount — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    The number of errors in a given time period.
TimedCountAlignment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    Specifies how the time periods of error group counts are aligned.
TrackingIssue — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    Information related to tracking the progress on resolving the error.
$DocumentTransform_FieldTransform#transform_type — Property in class DocumentTransform_FieldTransform
                    
$ListenRequest#target_change — Property in class ListenRequest
                    
Target — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A specification of a set of documents to listen to.
$Target#target_type — Property in class Target
                    
TargetChange — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    Targets being watched have changed.
TargetChange_TargetChangeType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The type of change.
Target_DocumentsTarget — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A target specified by a set of documents names.
Target_QueryTarget — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A target specified by a query.
TransactionOptions — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    Options for creating a new transaction.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    Options for a transaction that can only be used to read documents.
TransactionOptions_ReadWrite — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    Options for a transaction that can be used to read and write documents.
IAMPolicyGrpcClient::TestIamPermissions() — Method in class IAMPolicyGrpcClient
                    Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
TestIamPermissionsRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iam\V1
                    Request message for TestIamPermissions method.
TestIamPermissionsResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iam\V1
                    Response message for TestIamPermissions method.
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::TestIamPermissions() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
TextSpan — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Represents an output piece of text.
Token — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Language\V1beta2
                    Represents the smallest syntactic building block of the text.
$AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger#type — Property in class AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger
                    
TimeInterval — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    A time interval extending just after a start time through an end time.
TimeSeries — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    A collection of data points that describes the time-varying values
of a metric. A time series is identified by a combination of a
fully-specified monitored resource and a fully-specified metric.
TypedValue — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    A single strongly-typed value.
$SeekRequest#target — Property in class SeekRequest
                    
Topic — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    A topic resource.
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::TestIamPermissions() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Returns permissions that the caller has on the specified database resource.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::TestIamPermissions() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Returns permissions that the caller has on the specified instance resource.
$CommitRequest#transaction — Property in class CommitRequest
                    
Transaction — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    A transaction.
TransactionOptions — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Transactions

Each session can have at most one active transaction at a time. After the
active transaction is completed, the session can immediately be
re-used for the next transaction. It is not necessary to create a
new session for each transaction.
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Message type to initiate a read-only transaction.
$TransactionOptions_ReadOnly#timestamp_bound — Property in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadWrite — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Message type to initiate a read-write transaction. Currently this
transaction type has no options.
TransactionSelector — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    This message is used to select the transaction in which a
[Read][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.Read] or
[ExecuteSql][google.spanner.v1.Spanner.ExecuteSql] call runs.
Type — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    Type indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a
table cell or returned from an SQL query.
TypeCode — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\V1
                    TypeCode is used as part of [Type][google.spanner.v1.Type] to
indicate the type of a Cloud Spanner value.
CloudTasksGrpcClient::TestIamPermissions() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Returns permissions that a caller has on a [Queue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Queue].
$Queue#target_type — Property in class Queue
                    
Task — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    A unit of scheduled work.
TaskStatus — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Status of the task.
Task_View — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    The view specifies a subset of [Task][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.Task] data.
TraceServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    This file describes an API for collecting and viewing traces and spans
within a trace.  A Trace is a collection of spans corresponding to a single
operation or set of operations for an application. A span is an individual
timed event which forms a node of the trace tree. A single trace may
contain span(s) from multiple services.
TruncatableString — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Trace\V2
                    Represents a string that might be shortened to a specified length.
TextAnnotation — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    TextAnnotation contains a structured representation of OCR extracted text.
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Detected start or end of a structural component.
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak_BreakType — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Enum to denote the type of break found. New line, space etc.
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Detected language for a structural component.
TextAnnotation_TextProperty — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Additional information detected on the structural component.
TimeOfDay — Class in namespace Google\Type
                    Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant
or are specified elsewhere. An API may chose to allow leap seconds. Related
types are [google.type.Date][google.type.Date] and google.protobuf.Timestamp.
        
U
        Parser::unput() — Method in class Parser
                    
Parser::upcomingInput() — Method in class Parser
                    
UriTrait — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    Provides a light wrapper around often used URI related functions.
Usage — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Configuration controlling usage of a service.
UsageRule — Class in namespace Google\Api
                    Usage configuration rules for the service.
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::UpdateTransferConfig() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient
                    Updates a data transfer configuration.
UpdateTransferConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\BigQuery\DataTransfer\V1
                    A request to update a transfer configuration. To update the user id of the
transfer configuration, an authorization code needs to be provided.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::UpdateInstance() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Updates an instance within a project.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::UpdateCluster() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Updates a cluster within an instance.
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::UpdateAppProfile() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Updates an app profile within an instance.
UpdateAppProfileMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    The metadata for the Operation returned by UpdateAppProfile.
UpdateAppProfileRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    Request message for BigtableInstanceAdmin.UpdateAppProfile.
UpdateClusterMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    The metadata for the Operation returned by UpdateCluster.
UpdateInstanceMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\Admin\V2
                    The metadata for the Operation returned by UpdateInstance.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::UpdateCluster() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Updates the settings of a specific cluster.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::UpdateNodePool() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Updates the version and/or image type of a specific node pool.
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::UpdateMaster() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    Updates the master of a specific cluster.
UpdateClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    UpdateClusterRequest updates the settings of a cluster.
UpdateMasterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    UpdateMasterRequest updates the master of the cluster.
UpdateNodePoolRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Container\V1
                    UpdateNodePoolRequests update a node pool's image and/or version.
ClusterControllerGrpcClient::UpdateCluster() — Method in class ClusterControllerGrpcClient
                    Updates a cluster in a project.
JobControllerGrpcClient::UpdateJob() — Method in class JobControllerGrpcClient
                    Updates a job in a project.
UpdateClusterRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A request to update a cluster.
UpdateJobRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A request to update a job.
Controller2GrpcClient::UpdateActiveBreakpoint() — Method in class Controller2GrpcClient
                    Updates the breakpoint state or mutable fields.
UpdateActiveBreakpointRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Request to update an active breakpoint.
UpdateActiveBreakpointResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Response for updating an active breakpoint.
ContextsGrpcClient::UpdateContext() — Method in class ContextsGrpcClient
                    Updates the specified context.
EntityTypesGrpcClient::UpdateEntityType() — Method in class EntityTypesGrpcClient
                    Updates the specified entity type.
IntentsGrpcClient::UpdateIntent() — Method in class IntentsGrpcClient
                    Updates the specified intent.
SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient::UpdateSessionEntityType() — Method in class SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient
                    Updates the specified session entity type.
UpdateContextRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [Contexts.UpdateContext][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Contexts.UpdateContext].
UpdateEntityTypeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [EntityTypes.UpdateEntityType][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.EntityTypes.UpdateEntityType].
UpdateIntentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [Intents.UpdateIntent][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.Intents.UpdateIntent].
UpdateSessionEntityTypeRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for [SessionEntityTypes.UpdateSessionEntityType][google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.SessionEntityTypes.UpdateSessionEntityType].
DlpServiceGrpcClient::UpdateInspectTemplate() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Updates the InspectTemplate.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::UpdateDeidentifyTemplate() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Updates the DeidentifyTemplate.
DlpServiceGrpcClient::UpdateJobTrigger() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    Updates a job trigger.
UnwrappedCryptoKey — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Using raw keys is prone to security risks due to accidentally
leaking the key. Choose another type of key if possible.
UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request message for UpdateDeidentifyTemplate.
UpdateInspectTemplateRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request message for UpdateInspectTemplate.
UpdateJobTriggerRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Request message for UpdateJobTrigger.
ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient::UpdateGroup() — Method in class ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Replace the data for the specified group.
UpdateGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\ErrorReporting\V1beta1
                    A request to replace the existing data for the given group.
FirestoreGrpcClient::UpdateDocument() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient
                    Updates or inserts a document.
UpdateDocumentRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The request for [Firestore.UpdateDocument][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.UpdateDocument].
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::UpdateDeviceRegistry() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    Updates a device registry configuration.
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::UpdateDevice() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    Updates a device.
UpdateDeviceRegistryRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Request for UpdateDeviceRegistry.
UpdateDeviceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Request for UpdateDevice.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::UpdateSink() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Updates a sink.  This method replaces the following fields in the existing
sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::UpdateExclusion() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Changes one or more properties of an existing exclusion.
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::UpdateLogMetric() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Creates or updates a logs-based metric.
UpdateExclusionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to UpdateExclusion.
UpdateLogMetricRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to UpdateLogMetric.
UpdateSinkRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to UpdateSink.
AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient::UpdateAlertPolicy() — Method in class AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient
                    Updates an alerting policy. You can either replace the entire policy with
a new one or replace only certain fields in the current alerting policy by
specifying the fields to be updated via updateMask. Returns the
updated alerting policy.
GroupServiceGrpcClient::UpdateGroup() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient
                    Updates an existing group.
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient::UpdateNotificationChannel() — Method in class NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient
                    Updates a notification channel. Fields not specified in the field mask
remain unchanged.
UpdateAlertPolicyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The protocol for the UpdateAlertPolicy request.
UpdateGroupRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The UpdateGroup request.
UpdateNotificationChannelRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The UpdateNotificationChannel request.
UpdateUptimeCheckConfigRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The protocol for the UpdateUptimeCheckConfig request.
UptimeCheckConfig — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    This message configures which resources and services to monitor for
availability.
UptimeCheckConfig_ContentMatcher — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    Used to perform string matching. Currently, this matches on the exact
content. In the future, it can be expanded to allow for regular expressions
and more complex matching.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    Information involved in an HTTP/HTTPS uptime check request.
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck_BasicAuthentication — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    A type of authentication to perform against the specified resource or URL
that uses username and password.
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    Nimbus InternalCheckers.
UptimeCheckConfig_ResourceGroup — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The resource submessage for group checks. It can be used instead of a
monitored resource, when multiple resources are being monitored.
UptimeCheckConfig_TcpCheck — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    Information required for a TCP uptime check request.
UptimeCheckIp — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    Contains the region, location, and list of IP
addresses where checkers in the location run from.
UptimeCheckRegion — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The regions from which an uptime check can be run.
UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The UptimeCheckService API is used to manage (list, create, delete, edit)
uptime check configurations in the Stackdriver Monitoring product. An uptime
check is a piece of configuration that determines which resources and
services to monitor for availability. These configurations can also be
configured interactively by navigating to the [Cloud Console]
(http://console.cloud.google.com), selecting the appropriate project,
clicking on "Monitoring" on the left-hand side to navigate to Stackdriver,
and then clicking on "Uptime".
UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient::UpdateUptimeCheckConfig() — Method in class UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient
                    Updates an uptime check configuration. You can either replace the entire
configuration with a new one or replace only certain fields in the current
configuration by specifying the fields to be updated via "updateMask".
OsLoginServiceGrpcClient::UpdateSshPublicKey() — Method in class OsLoginServiceGrpcClient
                    Updates an SSH public key and returns the profile information. This method
supports patch semantics.
UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\OsLogin\V1beta
                    A request message for updating an SSH public key.
PublisherGrpcClient::UpdateTopic() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient
                    Updates an existing topic. Note that certain properties of a topic are not
modifiable.  Options settings follow the style guide:
NOTE:  The style guide requires body: "topic" instead of body: "*".
SubscriberGrpcClient::UpdateSubscription() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Updates an existing subscription. Note that certain properties of a
subscription, such as its topic, are not modifiable.
SubscriberGrpcClient::UpdateSnapshot() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    Updates an existing snapshot. Note that certain properties of a snapshot
are not modifiable.
UpdateSnapshotRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the UpdateSnapshot method.
UpdateSubscriptionRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the UpdateSubscription method.
UpdateTopicRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\PubSub\V1
                    Request for the UpdateTopic method.
CloudRedisGrpcClient::UpdateInstance() — Method in class CloudRedisGrpcClient
                    Updates the metadata and configuration of a specific Redis instance.
UpdateInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1
                    Request for [UpdateInstance][google.cloud.redis.v1beta1.CloudRedis.UpdateInstance].
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::UpdateDatabaseDdl() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    Updates the schema of a Cloud Spanner database by
creating/altering/dropping tables, columns, indexes, etc. The returned
[long-running operation][google.longrunning.Operation] will have a name of
the format <database_name>/operations/<operation_id> and can be used to
track execution of the schema change(s). The
[metadata][google.longrunning.Operation.metadata] field type is
[UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata].  The operation has no response.
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    Metadata type for the operation returned by
[UpdateDatabaseDdl][google.spanner.admin.database.v1.DatabaseAdmin.UpdateDatabaseDdl].
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Database\V1
                    Enqueues the given DDL statements to be applied, in order but not
necessarily all at once, to the database schema at some point (or
points) in the future. The server checks that the statements
are executable (syntactically valid, name tables that exist, etc.)
before enqueueing them, but they may still fail upon
later execution (e.g., if a statement from another batch of
statements is applied first and it conflicts in some way, or if
there is some data-related problem like a NULL value in a column to
which NOT NULL would be added). If a statement fails, all
subsequent statements in the batch are automatically cancelled.
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::UpdateInstance() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    Updates an instance, and begins allocating or releasing resources
as requested. The returned [long-running
operation][google.longrunning.Operation] can be used to track the
progress of updating the instance. If the named instance does not
exist, returns NOT_FOUND.
UpdateInstanceMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    Metadata type for the operation returned by
[UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance].
UpdateInstanceRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Spanner\Admin\Instance\V1
                    The request for [UpdateInstance][google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.InstanceAdmin.UpdateInstance].
CloudTasksGrpcClient::UpdateQueue() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    Updates a queue.
UpdateQueueRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Tasks\V2beta2
                    Request message for [UpdateQueue][google.cloud.tasks.v2beta2.CloudTasks.UpdateQueue].
        
V
        $Parser#version — Property in class Parser
                    
ValidationException — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    ValidationException represents a local error (i.e. not during an RPC call).
ValidationTrait — Class in namespace Google\ApiCore
                    
ValidationTrait::validate() — Method in class ValidationTrait
                    
ValidationTrait::validateNotNull() — Method in class ValidationTrait
                    
ValueRange — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Bigtable\V2
                    Specifies a contiguous range of raw byte values.
Variable — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Debugger\V2
                    Represents a variable or an argument possibly of a compound object type.
Value — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    Set of primitive values supported by the system.
ValueFrequency — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dlp\V2
                    A value of a field, including its frequency.
Value — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
$Value#value_type — Property in class Value
                    
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient::VerifyNotificationChannel() — Method in class NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient
                    Verifies a NotificationChannel by proving receipt of the code
delivered to the channel as a result of calling
SendNotificationChannelVerificationCode.
$TypedValue#value — Property in class TypedValue
                    
VerifyNotificationChannelRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Monitoring\V3
                    The VerifyNotificationChannel request.
$AttributeValue#value — Property in class AttributeValue
                    
$Span_TimeEvent#value — Property in class Span_TimeEvent
                    
VideoAnnotationProgress — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Annotation progress for a single video.
VideoAnnotationResults — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Annotation results for a single video.
VideoContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Service that implements Google Cloud Video Intelligence API.
VideoSegment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1
                    Video segment.
VideoAnnotationProgress — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1
                    Annotation progress for a single video.
VideoAnnotationResults — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1
                    Annotation results for a single video.
VideoContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1
                    Video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1
                    Service that implements Google Cloud Video Intelligence API.
VideoSegment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta1
                    Video segment.
VideoAnnotationProgress — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Annotation progress for a single video.
VideoAnnotationResults — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Annotation results for a single video.
VideoContext — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Video context and/or feature-specific parameters.
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Service that implements Google Cloud Video Intelligence API.
VideoSegment — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\VideoIntelligence\V1beta2
                    Video segment.
Vertex — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A vertex represents a 2D point in the image.
        
W
        BidiStream::write() — Method in class BidiStream
                    Write request to the server.
BidiStream::writeAll() — Method in class BidiStream
                    Write all requests in $requests.
Call::withMessage() — Method in class Call
                    
ClientStream::write() — Method in class ClientStream
                    Write request to the server.
ClientStream::writeAllAndReadResponse() — Method in class ClientStream
                    Write all data in $dataArray and read the response from the server, completing the streaming
call.
RetrySettings::with() — Method in class RetrySettings
                    Creates a new instance of RetrySettings that updates the settings in the existing instance
with the settings specified in the $settings parameter.
MockBidiStreamingCall::write() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall
                    Save the request object, to be retrieved via getReceivedCalls()
MockBidiStreamingCall::writesDone() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall
                    Set writesDone to true
MockClientStreamingCall::wait() — Method in class MockClientStreamingCall
                    Immediately return the preset response object and status.
MockClientStreamingCall::write() — Method in class MockClientStreamingCall
                    Save the request object, to be retrieved via getReceivedCalls()
MockUnaryCall::wait() — Method in class MockUnaryCall
                    Immediately return the preset response object and status.
WebhookRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The request message for a webhook call.
WebhookResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dialogflow\V2
                    The response message for a webhook call.
FirestoreGrpcClient::Write() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient
                    Streams batches of document updates and deletes, in order.
Write — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    A write on a document.
WriteRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The request for [Firestore.Write][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.Write].
WriteResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The response for [Firestore.Write][google.firestore.v1beta1.Firestore.Write].
WriteResult — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Firestore\V1beta1
                    The result of applying a write.
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::WriteLogEntries() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient
                    Log entry resources
WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Error details for WriteLogEntries with partial success.
WriteLogEntriesRequest — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    The parameters to WriteLogEntries.
WriteLogEntriesResponse — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Logging\V2
                    Result returned from WriteLogEntries.
WordInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1
                    Word-specific information for recognized words. Word information is only
included in the response when certain request parameters are set, such
as enable_word_time_offsets.
WordInfo — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Speech\V1p1beta1
                    Word-specific information for recognized words.
WebDetection — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Relevant information for the image from the Internet.
WebDetectionParams — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Parameters for web detection request.
WebDetection_WebEntity — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Entity deduced from similar images on the Internet.
WebDetection_WebImage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Metadata for online images.
WebDetection_WebLabel — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Label to provide extra metadata for the web detection.
WebDetection_WebPage — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    Metadata for web pages.
Word — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Vision\V1
                    A word representation.
        
X
        $ParserRange#x — Property in class ParserRange
                    
X509CertificateDetails — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Iot\V1
                    Details of an X.509 certificate. For informational purposes only.
        
Y
        $Parser#yy — Property in class Parser
                    
$ParserRange#y — Property in class ParserRange
                    
YarnApplication — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    A YARN application created by a job. Application information is a subset of
org.apache.hadoop.yarn.proto.YarnProtos.ApplicationReportProto.
YarnApplication_State — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Dataproc\V1
                    The application state, corresponding to
YarnProtos.YarnApplicationStateProto.
        
Z
        ZoneMetadata — Class in namespace Google\Cloud\Redis\V1beta1
                    Defines specific information for a particular zone. Currently empty and
reserved for future use only.
        
_
        AgentHeaderDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class AgentHeaderDescriptor
                    
ApiException::__construct() — Method in class ApiException
                    ApiException constructor.
ApiException::__toString() — Method in class ApiException
                    String representation of ApiException
BidiStream::__construct() — Method in class BidiStream
                    BidiStream constructor.
Call::__construct() — Method in class Call
                    
ClientStream::__construct() — Method in class ClientStream
                    ClientStream constructor.
FixedSizeCollection::__construct() — Method in class FixedSizeCollection
                    FixedSizeCollection constructor.
LexerConditions::__construct() — Method in class LexerConditions
                    
LexerError::__construct() — Method in class LexerError
                    
Parser::__construct() — Method in class Parser
                    
ParserAction::__construct() — Method in class ParserAction
                    
ParserCachedAction::__construct() — Method in class ParserCachedAction
                    
ParserError::__construct() — Method in class ParserError
                    
ParserLocation::__construct() — Method in class ParserLocation
                    
ParserLocation::__clone() — Method in class ParserLocation
                    
ParserProduction::__construct() — Method in class ParserProduction
                    
ParserRange::__construct() — Method in class ParserRange
                    
ParserState::__construct() — Method in class ParserState
                    
ParserSymbol::__construct() — Method in class ParserSymbol
                    
ParserValue::__clone() — Method in class ParserValue
                    
Segment::__construct() — Method in class Segment
                    
OperationsGapicClient::__construct() — Method in class OperationsGapicClient
                    Constructor.
AgentHeaderMiddleware::__construct() — Method in class AgentHeaderMiddleware
                    
AgentHeaderMiddleware::__invoke() — Method in class AgentHeaderMiddleware
                    
RetryMiddleware::__construct() — Method in class RetryMiddleware
                    
RetryMiddleware::__invoke() — Method in class RetryMiddleware
                    
OperationResponse::__construct() — Method in class OperationResponse
                    OperationResponse constructor.
Page::__construct() — Method in class Page
                    Page constructor.
PageStreamingDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class PageStreamingDescriptor
                    
PagedListResponse::__construct() — Method in class PagedListResponse
                    PagedListResponse constructor.
Parser::__construct() — Method in class Parser
                    Parser constructor.
PathTemplate::__construct() — Method in class PathTemplate
                    PathTemplate constructor.
PathTemplate::__toString() — Method in class PathTemplate
                    
RequestBuilder::__construct() — Method in class RequestBuilder
                    
RequestParamsHeaderDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class RequestParamsHeaderDescriptor
                    RequestParamsHeaderDescriptor constructor.
RetrySettings::__construct() — Method in class RetrySettings
                    Constructs an instance.
Serializer::__construct() — Method in class Serializer
                    Serializer constructor.
ServerStream::__construct() — Method in class ServerStream
                    ServerStream constructor.
MockBidiStreamingCall::__construct() — Method in class MockBidiStreamingCall
                    MockBidiStreamingCall constructor.
MockClientStreamingCall::__construct() — Method in class MockClientStreamingCall
                    MockClientStreamingCall constructor.
MockGrpcTransport::__construct() — Method in class MockGrpcTransport
                    
MockGrpcTransport::_simpleRequest() — Method in class MockGrpcTransport
                    
MockGrpcTransport::_clientStreamRequest() — Method in class MockGrpcTransport
                    
MockGrpcTransport::_serverStreamRequest() — Method in class MockGrpcTransport
                    
MockGrpcTransport::_bidiRequest() — Method in class MockGrpcTransport
                    
MockRequest::__construct() — Method in class MockRequest
                    
MockRequestBody::__construct() — Method in class MockRequestBody
                    
MockResponse::__construct() — Method in class MockResponse
                    
MockServerStreamingCall::__construct() — Method in class MockServerStreamingCall
                    MockServerStreamingCall constructor.
MockStatus::__construct() — Method in class MockStatus
                    
MockStubTrait::__construct() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    
MockStubTrait::_simpleRequest() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Overrides the _simpleRequest method in \Grpc\BaseStub
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BaseStub.php)
Returns a MockUnaryCall object that will return the first item from $responses
MockStubTrait::_clientStreamRequest() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Overrides the _clientStreamRequest method in \Grpc\BaseStub
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BaseStub.php)
Returns a MockClientStreamingCall object that will return the first item from $responses
MockStubTrait::_serverStreamRequest() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Overrides the _serverStreamRequest method in \Grpc\BaseStub
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BaseStub.php)
Returns a MockServerStreamingCall object that will stream items from $responses, and return
a final status of $serverStreamingStatus.
MockStubTrait::_bidiRequest() — Method in class MockStubTrait
                    Overrides the _bidiRequest method in \Grpc\BaseStub
(https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/src/php/lib/Grpc/BaseStub.php)
Returns a MockBidiStreamingCall object that will stream items from $responses, and return
a final status of $serverStreamingStatus.
MockTransport::__call() — Method in class MockTransport
                    
MockUnaryCall::__construct() — Method in class MockUnaryCall
                    MockUnaryCall constructor.
ReceivedRequest::__construct() — Method in class ReceivedRequest
                    
GrpcTransport::__construct() — Method in class GrpcTransport
                    
RestTransport::__construct() — Method in class RestTransport
                    
Advice::__construct() — Method in class Advice
                    
AuthProvider::__construct() — Method in class AuthProvider
                    
AuthRequirement::__construct() — Method in class AuthRequirement
                    
Authentication::__construct() — Method in class Authentication
                    
AuthenticationRule::__construct() — Method in class AuthenticationRule
                    
AuthorizationConfig::__construct() — Method in class AuthorizationConfig
                    
Backend::__construct() — Method in class Backend
                    
BackendRule::__construct() — Method in class BackendRule
                    
Billing::__construct() — Method in class Billing
                    
Billing_BillingDestination::__construct() — Method in class Billing_BillingDestination
                    
ConfigChange::__construct() — Method in class ConfigChange
                    
Context::__construct() — Method in class Context
                    
ContextRule::__construct() — Method in class ContextRule
                    
Control::__construct() — Method in class Control
                    
CustomHttpPattern::__construct() — Method in class CustomHttpPattern
                    
Distribution::__construct() — Method in class Distribution
                    
Distribution_BucketOptions::__construct() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions
                    
Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit::__construct() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Explicit
                    
Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential::__construct() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Exponential
                    
Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear::__construct() — Method in class Distribution_BucketOptions_Linear
                    
Distribution_Range::__construct() — Method in class Distribution_Range
                    
Documentation::__construct() — Method in class Documentation
                    
DocumentationRule::__construct() — Method in class DocumentationRule
                    
Endpoint::__construct() — Method in class Endpoint
                    
Experimental::__construct() — Method in class Experimental
                    
Http::__construct() — Method in class Http
                    
HttpBody::__construct() — Method in class HttpBody
                    
HttpRule::__construct() — Method in class HttpRule
                    
LabelDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class LabelDescriptor
                    
LogDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class LogDescriptor
                    
Logging::__construct() — Method in class Logging
                    
Logging_LoggingDestination::__construct() — Method in class Logging_LoggingDestination
                    
Metric::__construct() — Method in class Metric
                    
MetricDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class MetricDescriptor
                    
MetricRule::__construct() — Method in class MetricRule
                    
MonitoredResource::__construct() — Method in class MonitoredResource
                    
MonitoredResourceDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class MonitoredResourceDescriptor
                    
Monitoring::__construct() — Method in class Monitoring
                    
Monitoring_MonitoringDestination::__construct() — Method in class Monitoring_MonitoringDestination
                    
OAuthRequirements::__construct() — Method in class OAuthRequirements
                    
Page::__construct() — Method in class Page
                    
ProjectProperties::__construct() — Method in class ProjectProperties
                    
Property::__construct() — Method in class Property
                    
Quota::__construct() — Method in class Quota
                    
QuotaLimit::__construct() — Method in class QuotaLimit
                    
Service::__construct() — Method in class Service
                    
SourceInfo::__construct() — Method in class SourceInfo
                    
SystemParameter::__construct() — Method in class SystemParameter
                    
SystemParameterRule::__construct() — Method in class SystemParameterRule
                    
SystemParameters::__construct() — Method in class SystemParameters
                    
Usage::__construct() — Method in class Usage
                    
UsageRule::__construct() — Method in class UsageRule
                    
AuditLog::__construct() — Method in class AuditLog
                    
AuthenticationInfo::__construct() — Method in class AuthenticationInfo
                    
AuthorizationInfo::__construct() — Method in class AuthorizationInfo
                    
RequestMetadata::__construct() — Method in class RequestMetadata
                    
CheckValidCredsRequest::__construct() — Method in class CheckValidCredsRequest
                    
CheckValidCredsResponse::__construct() — Method in class CheckValidCredsResponse
                    
CreateTransferConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateTransferConfigRequest
                    
DataSource::__construct() — Method in class DataSource
                    
DataSourceParameter::__construct() — Method in class DataSourceParameter
                    
DataTransferServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class DataTransferServiceGrpcClient
                    
DeleteTransferConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteTransferConfigRequest
                    
DeleteTransferRunRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteTransferRunRequest
                    
GetDataSourceRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetDataSourceRequest
                    
GetTransferConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetTransferConfigRequest
                    
GetTransferRunRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetTransferRunRequest
                    
ListDataSourcesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListDataSourcesRequest
                    
ListDataSourcesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListDataSourcesResponse
                    
ListTransferConfigsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsRequest
                    
ListTransferConfigsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTransferConfigsResponse
                    
ListTransferLogsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTransferLogsRequest
                    
ListTransferLogsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTransferLogsResponse
                    
ListTransferRunsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTransferRunsRequest
                    
ListTransferRunsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTransferRunsResponse
                    
ScheduleTransferRunsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ScheduleTransferRunsRequest
                    
ScheduleTransferRunsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ScheduleTransferRunsResponse
                    
TransferConfig::__construct() — Method in class TransferConfig
                    
TransferMessage::__construct() — Method in class TransferMessage
                    
TransferRun::__construct() — Method in class TransferRun
                    
UpdateTransferConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateTransferConfigRequest
                    
AppProfile::__construct() — Method in class AppProfile
                    
AppProfile_MultiClusterRoutingUseAny::__construct() — Method in class AppProfile_MultiClusterRoutingUseAny
                    
AppProfile_SingleClusterRouting::__construct() — Method in class AppProfile_SingleClusterRouting
                    
BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class BigtableInstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    
BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class BigtableTableAdminGrpcClient
                    
CheckConsistencyRequest::__construct() — Method in class CheckConsistencyRequest
                    
CheckConsistencyResponse::__construct() — Method in class CheckConsistencyResponse
                    
Cluster::__construct() — Method in class Cluster
                    
ColumnFamily::__construct() — Method in class ColumnFamily
                    
CreateAppProfileRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateAppProfileRequest
                    
CreateClusterMetadata::__construct() — Method in class CreateClusterMetadata
                    
CreateClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    
CreateInstanceMetadata::__construct() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    
CreateInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    
CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata::__construct() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotMetadata
                    
CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateTableFromSnapshotRequest
                    
CreateTableRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateTableRequest
                    
CreateTableRequest_Split::__construct() — Method in class CreateTableRequest_Split
                    
DeleteAppProfileRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteAppProfileRequest
                    
DeleteClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    
DeleteInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    
DeleteSnapshotRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteSnapshotRequest
                    
DeleteTableRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteTableRequest
                    
DropRowRangeRequest::__construct() — Method in class DropRowRangeRequest
                    
GcRule::__construct() — Method in class GcRule
                    
GcRule_Intersection::__construct() — Method in class GcRule_Intersection
                    
GcRule_Union::__construct() — Method in class GcRule_Union
                    
GenerateConsistencyTokenRequest::__construct() — Method in class GenerateConsistencyTokenRequest
                    
GenerateConsistencyTokenResponse::__construct() — Method in class GenerateConsistencyTokenResponse
                    
GetAppProfileRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetAppProfileRequest
                    
GetClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    
GetInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    
GetSnapshotRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetSnapshotRequest
                    
GetTableRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetTableRequest
                    
Instance::__construct() — Method in class Instance
                    
ListAppProfilesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListAppProfilesRequest
                    
ListAppProfilesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListAppProfilesResponse
                    
ListClustersRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    
ListClustersResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    
ListInstancesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    
ListInstancesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    
ListSnapshotsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    
ListSnapshotsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    
ListTablesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTablesRequest
                    
ListTablesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTablesResponse
                    
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest
                    
ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification::__construct() — Method in class ModifyColumnFamiliesRequest_Modification
                    
PartialUpdateInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class PartialUpdateInstanceRequest
                    
Snapshot::__construct() — Method in class Snapshot
                    
SnapshotTableMetadata::__construct() — Method in class SnapshotTableMetadata
                    
SnapshotTableRequest::__construct() — Method in class SnapshotTableRequest
                    
Table::__construct() — Method in class Table
                    
Table_ClusterState::__construct() — Method in class Table_ClusterState
                    
UpdateAppProfileMetadata::__construct() — Method in class UpdateAppProfileMetadata
                    
UpdateAppProfileRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateAppProfileRequest
                    
UpdateClusterMetadata::__construct() — Method in class UpdateClusterMetadata
                    
UpdateInstanceMetadata::__construct() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    
BigtableGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class BigtableGrpcClient
                    
Cell::__construct() — Method in class Cell
                    
CheckAndMutateRowRequest::__construct() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowRequest
                    
CheckAndMutateRowResponse::__construct() — Method in class CheckAndMutateRowResponse
                    
Column::__construct() — Method in class Column
                    
ColumnRange::__construct() — Method in class ColumnRange
                    
Family::__construct() — Method in class Family
                    
MutateRowRequest::__construct() — Method in class MutateRowRequest
                    
MutateRowResponse::__construct() — Method in class MutateRowResponse
                    
MutateRowsRequest::__construct() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest
                    
MutateRowsRequest_Entry::__construct() — Method in class MutateRowsRequest_Entry
                    
MutateRowsResponse::__construct() — Method in class MutateRowsResponse
                    
MutateRowsResponse_Entry::__construct() — Method in class MutateRowsResponse_Entry
                    
Mutation::__construct() — Method in class Mutation
                    
Mutation_DeleteFromColumn::__construct() — Method in class Mutation_DeleteFromColumn
                    
Mutation_DeleteFromFamily::__construct() — Method in class Mutation_DeleteFromFamily
                    
Mutation_DeleteFromRow::__construct() — Method in class Mutation_DeleteFromRow
                    
Mutation_SetCell::__construct() — Method in class Mutation_SetCell
                    
ReadModifyWriteRowRequest::__construct() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowRequest
                    
ReadModifyWriteRowResponse::__construct() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRowResponse
                    
ReadModifyWriteRule::__construct() — Method in class ReadModifyWriteRule
                    
ReadRowsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ReadRowsRequest
                    
ReadRowsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse
                    
ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk::__construct() — Method in class ReadRowsResponse_CellChunk
                    
Row::__construct() — Method in class Row
                    
RowFilter::__construct() — Method in class RowFilter
                    
RowFilter_Chain::__construct() — Method in class RowFilter_Chain
                    
RowFilter_Condition::__construct() — Method in class RowFilter_Condition
                    
RowFilter_Interleave::__construct() — Method in class RowFilter_Interleave
                    
RowRange::__construct() — Method in class RowRange
                    
RowSet::__construct() — Method in class RowSet
                    
SampleRowKeysRequest::__construct() — Method in class SampleRowKeysRequest
                    
SampleRowKeysResponse::__construct() — Method in class SampleRowKeysResponse
                    
TimestampRange::__construct() — Method in class TimestampRange
                    
ValueRange::__construct() — Method in class ValueRange
                    
AcceleratorConfig::__construct() — Method in class AcceleratorConfig
                    
AddonsConfig::__construct() — Method in class AddonsConfig
                    
AutoUpgradeOptions::__construct() — Method in class AutoUpgradeOptions
                    
CancelOperationRequest::__construct() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    
ClientCertificateConfig::__construct() — Method in class ClientCertificateConfig
                    
Cluster::__construct() — Method in class Cluster
                    
ClusterManagerGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ClusterManagerGrpcClient
                    
ClusterUpdate::__construct() — Method in class ClusterUpdate
                    
CompleteIPRotationRequest::__construct() — Method in class CompleteIPRotationRequest
                    
CreateClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    
CreateNodePoolRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateNodePoolRequest
                    
DailyMaintenanceWindow::__construct() — Method in class DailyMaintenanceWindow
                    
DeleteClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    
DeleteNodePoolRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteNodePoolRequest
                    
GetClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    
GetNodePoolRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetNodePoolRequest
                    
GetOperationRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    
GetServerConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetServerConfigRequest
                    
HorizontalPodAutoscaling::__construct() — Method in class HorizontalPodAutoscaling
                    
HttpLoadBalancing::__construct() — Method in class HttpLoadBalancing
                    
IPAllocationPolicy::__construct() — Method in class IPAllocationPolicy
                    
KubernetesDashboard::__construct() — Method in class KubernetesDashboard
                    
LegacyAbac::__construct() — Method in class LegacyAbac
                    
ListClustersRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    
ListClustersResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    
ListNodePoolsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListNodePoolsRequest
                    
ListNodePoolsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListNodePoolsResponse
                    
ListOperationsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    
ListOperationsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    
MaintenancePolicy::__construct() — Method in class MaintenancePolicy
                    
MaintenanceWindow::__construct() — Method in class MaintenanceWindow
                    
MasterAuth::__construct() — Method in class MasterAuth
                    
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig::__construct() — Method in class MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig
                    
MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig_CidrBlock::__construct() — Method in class MasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig_CidrBlock
                    
NetworkPolicy::__construct() — Method in class NetworkPolicy
                    
NetworkPolicyConfig::__construct() — Method in class NetworkPolicyConfig
                    
NodeConfig::__construct() — Method in class NodeConfig
                    
NodeManagement::__construct() — Method in class NodeManagement
                    
NodePool::__construct() — Method in class NodePool
                    
NodePoolAutoscaling::__construct() — Method in class NodePoolAutoscaling
                    
Operation::__construct() — Method in class Operation
                    
RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest::__construct() — Method in class RollbackNodePoolUpgradeRequest
                    
ServerConfig::__construct() — Method in class ServerConfig
                    
SetAddonsConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetAddonsConfigRequest
                    
SetLabelsRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetLabelsRequest
                    
SetLegacyAbacRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetLegacyAbacRequest
                    
SetLocationsRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetLocationsRequest
                    
SetLoggingServiceRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetLoggingServiceRequest
                    
SetMaintenancePolicyRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetMaintenancePolicyRequest
                    
SetMasterAuthRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetMasterAuthRequest
                    
SetMonitoringServiceRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetMonitoringServiceRequest
                    
SetNetworkPolicyRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetNetworkPolicyRequest
                    
SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetNodePoolAutoscalingRequest
                    
SetNodePoolManagementRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetNodePoolManagementRequest
                    
SetNodePoolSizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetNodePoolSizeRequest
                    
StartIPRotationRequest::__construct() — Method in class StartIPRotationRequest
                    
UpdateClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    
UpdateMasterRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateMasterRequest
                    
UpdateNodePoolRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateNodePoolRequest
                    
AcceleratorConfig::__construct() — Method in class AcceleratorConfig
                    
CancelJobRequest::__construct() — Method in class CancelJobRequest
                    
Cluster::__construct() — Method in class Cluster
                    
ClusterConfig::__construct() — Method in class ClusterConfig
                    
ClusterControllerGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ClusterControllerGrpcClient
                    
ClusterMetrics::__construct() — Method in class ClusterMetrics
                    
ClusterOperationMetadata::__construct() — Method in class ClusterOperationMetadata
                    
ClusterOperationStatus::__construct() — Method in class ClusterOperationStatus
                    
ClusterStatus::__construct() — Method in class ClusterStatus
                    
CreateClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateClusterRequest
                    
DeleteClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteClusterRequest
                    
DeleteJobRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteJobRequest
                    
DiagnoseClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class DiagnoseClusterRequest
                    
DiagnoseClusterResults::__construct() — Method in class DiagnoseClusterResults
                    
DiskConfig::__construct() — Method in class DiskConfig
                    
GceClusterConfig::__construct() — Method in class GceClusterConfig
                    
GetClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetClusterRequest
                    
GetJobRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetJobRequest
                    
HadoopJob::__construct() — Method in class HadoopJob
                    
HiveJob::__construct() — Method in class HiveJob
                    
InstanceGroupConfig::__construct() — Method in class InstanceGroupConfig
                    
Job::__construct() — Method in class Job
                    
JobControllerGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class JobControllerGrpcClient
                    
JobPlacement::__construct() — Method in class JobPlacement
                    
JobReference::__construct() — Method in class JobReference
                    
JobScheduling::__construct() — Method in class JobScheduling
                    
JobStatus::__construct() — Method in class JobStatus
                    
ListClustersRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListClustersRequest
                    
ListClustersResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListClustersResponse
                    
ListJobsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListJobsRequest
                    
ListJobsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListJobsResponse
                    
LoggingConfig::__construct() — Method in class LoggingConfig
                    
ManagedGroupConfig::__construct() — Method in class ManagedGroupConfig
                    
NodeInitializationAction::__construct() — Method in class NodeInitializationAction
                    
PigJob::__construct() — Method in class PigJob
                    
PySparkJob::__construct() — Method in class PySparkJob
                    
QueryList::__construct() — Method in class QueryList
                    
SoftwareConfig::__construct() — Method in class SoftwareConfig
                    
SparkJob::__construct() — Method in class SparkJob
                    
SparkSqlJob::__construct() — Method in class SparkSqlJob
                    
SubmitJobRequest::__construct() — Method in class SubmitJobRequest
                    
UpdateClusterRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateClusterRequest
                    
UpdateJobRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateJobRequest
                    
YarnApplication::__construct() — Method in class YarnApplication
                    
Breakpoint::__construct() — Method in class Breakpoint
                    
Controller2GrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class Controller2GrpcClient
                    
Debuggee::__construct() — Method in class Debuggee
                    
Debugger2GrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class Debugger2GrpcClient
                    
DeleteBreakpointRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteBreakpointRequest
                    
FormatMessage::__construct() — Method in class FormatMessage
                    
GetBreakpointRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetBreakpointRequest
                    
GetBreakpointResponse::__construct() — Method in class GetBreakpointResponse
                    
ListActiveBreakpointsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsRequest
                    
ListActiveBreakpointsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListActiveBreakpointsResponse
                    
ListBreakpointsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest
                    
ListBreakpointsRequest_BreakpointActionValue::__construct() — Method in class ListBreakpointsRequest_BreakpointActionValue
                    
ListBreakpointsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListBreakpointsResponse
                    
ListDebuggeesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListDebuggeesRequest
                    
ListDebuggeesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListDebuggeesResponse
                    
RegisterDebuggeeRequest::__construct() — Method in class RegisterDebuggeeRequest
                    
RegisterDebuggeeResponse::__construct() — Method in class RegisterDebuggeeResponse
                    
SetBreakpointRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetBreakpointRequest
                    
SetBreakpointResponse::__construct() — Method in class SetBreakpointResponse
                    
SourceLocation::__construct() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    
StackFrame::__construct() — Method in class StackFrame
                    
StatusMessage::__construct() — Method in class StatusMessage
                    
UpdateActiveBreakpointRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateActiveBreakpointRequest
                    
UpdateActiveBreakpointResponse::__construct() — Method in class UpdateActiveBreakpointResponse
                    
Variable::__construct() — Method in class Variable
                    
AliasContext::__construct() — Method in class AliasContext
                    
CloudRepoSourceContext::__construct() — Method in class CloudRepoSourceContext
                    
CloudWorkspaceId::__construct() — Method in class CloudWorkspaceId
                    
CloudWorkspaceSourceContext::__construct() — Method in class CloudWorkspaceSourceContext
                    
ExtendedSourceContext::__construct() — Method in class ExtendedSourceContext
                    
GerritSourceContext::__construct() — Method in class GerritSourceContext
                    
GitSourceContext::__construct() — Method in class GitSourceContext
                    
ProjectRepoId::__construct() — Method in class ProjectRepoId
                    
RepoId::__construct() — Method in class RepoId
                    
SourceContext::__construct() — Method in class SourceContext
                    
Agent::__construct() — Method in class Agent
                    
AgentsGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class AgentsGrpcClient
                    
BatchCreateEntitiesRequest::__construct() — Method in class BatchCreateEntitiesRequest
                    
BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest::__construct() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntitiesRequest
                    
BatchDeleteEntityTypesRequest::__construct() — Method in class BatchDeleteEntityTypesRequest
                    
BatchDeleteIntentsRequest::__construct() — Method in class BatchDeleteIntentsRequest
                    
BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest::__construct() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntitiesRequest
                    
BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest::__construct() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesRequest
                    
BatchUpdateEntityTypesResponse::__construct() — Method in class BatchUpdateEntityTypesResponse
                    
BatchUpdateIntentsRequest::__construct() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsRequest
                    
BatchUpdateIntentsResponse::__construct() — Method in class BatchUpdateIntentsResponse
                    
Context::__construct() — Method in class Context
                    
ContextsGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ContextsGrpcClient
                    
CreateContextRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateContextRequest
                    
CreateEntityTypeRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateEntityTypeRequest
                    
CreateIntentRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateIntentRequest
                    
CreateSessionEntityTypeRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    
DeleteAllContextsRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteAllContextsRequest
                    
DeleteContextRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteContextRequest
                    
DeleteEntityTypeRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteEntityTypeRequest
                    
DeleteIntentRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteIntentRequest
                    
DeleteSessionEntityTypeRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    
DetectIntentRequest::__construct() — Method in class DetectIntentRequest
                    
DetectIntentResponse::__construct() — Method in class DetectIntentResponse
                    
EntityType::__construct() — Method in class EntityType
                    
EntityTypeBatch::__construct() — Method in class EntityTypeBatch
                    
EntityType_Entity::__construct() — Method in class EntityType_Entity
                    
EntityTypesGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class EntityTypesGrpcClient
                    
EventInput::__construct() — Method in class EventInput
                    
ExportAgentRequest::__construct() — Method in class ExportAgentRequest
                    
ExportAgentResponse::__construct() — Method in class ExportAgentResponse
                    
GetAgentRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetAgentRequest
                    
GetContextRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetContextRequest
                    
GetEntityTypeRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetEntityTypeRequest
                    
GetIntentRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetIntentRequest
                    
GetSessionEntityTypeRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    
ImportAgentRequest::__construct() — Method in class ImportAgentRequest
                    
InputAudioConfig::__construct() — Method in class InputAudioConfig
                    
Intent::__construct() — Method in class Intent
                    
IntentBatch::__construct() — Method in class IntentBatch
                    
Intent_FollowupIntentInfo::__construct() — Method in class Intent_FollowupIntentInfo
                    
Intent_Message::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message
                    
Intent_Message_BasicCard::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard
                    
Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button
                    
Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button_OpenUriAction::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_BasicCard_Button_OpenUriAction
                    
Intent_Message_Card::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card
                    
Intent_Message_Card_Button::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_Card_Button
                    
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect
                    
Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_CarouselSelect_Item
                    
Intent_Message_Image::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_Image
                    
Intent_Message_LinkOutSuggestion::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_LinkOutSuggestion
                    
Intent_Message_ListSelect::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect
                    
Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_ListSelect_Item
                    
Intent_Message_QuickReplies::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_QuickReplies
                    
Intent_Message_SelectItemInfo::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_SelectItemInfo
                    
Intent_Message_SimpleResponse::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_SimpleResponse
                    
Intent_Message_SimpleResponses::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_SimpleResponses
                    
Intent_Message_Suggestion::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_Suggestion
                    
Intent_Message_Suggestions::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_Suggestions
                    
Intent_Message_Text::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Message_Text
                    
Intent_Parameter::__construct() — Method in class Intent_Parameter
                    
Intent_TrainingPhrase::__construct() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase
                    
Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part::__construct() — Method in class Intent_TrainingPhrase_Part
                    
IntentsGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class IntentsGrpcClient
                    
ListContextsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListContextsRequest
                    
ListContextsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListContextsResponse
                    
ListEntityTypesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListEntityTypesRequest
                    
ListEntityTypesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListEntityTypesResponse
                    
ListIntentsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListIntentsRequest
                    
ListIntentsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListIntentsResponse
                    
ListSessionEntityTypesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesRequest
                    
ListSessionEntityTypesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListSessionEntityTypesResponse
                    
OriginalDetectIntentRequest::__construct() — Method in class OriginalDetectIntentRequest
                    
QueryInput::__construct() — Method in class QueryInput
                    
QueryParameters::__construct() — Method in class QueryParameters
                    
QueryResult::__construct() — Method in class QueryResult
                    
RestoreAgentRequest::__construct() — Method in class RestoreAgentRequest
                    
SearchAgentsRequest::__construct() — Method in class SearchAgentsRequest
                    
SearchAgentsResponse::__construct() — Method in class SearchAgentsResponse
                    
SessionEntityType::__construct() — Method in class SessionEntityType
                    
SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class SessionEntityTypesGrpcClient
                    
SessionsGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class SessionsGrpcClient
                    
StreamingDetectIntentRequest::__construct() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentRequest
                    
StreamingDetectIntentResponse::__construct() — Method in class StreamingDetectIntentResponse
                    
StreamingRecognitionResult::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    
TextInput::__construct() — Method in class TextInput
                    
TrainAgentRequest::__construct() — Method in class TrainAgentRequest
                    
UpdateContextRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateContextRequest
                    
UpdateEntityTypeRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateEntityTypeRequest
                    
UpdateIntentRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateIntentRequest
                    
UpdateSessionEntityTypeRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateSessionEntityTypeRequest
                    
WebhookRequest::__construct() — Method in class WebhookRequest
                    
WebhookResponse::__construct() — Method in class WebhookResponse
                    
Action::__construct() — Method in class Action
                    
Action_PublishSummaryToCscc::__construct() — Method in class Action_PublishSummaryToCscc
                    
Action_PublishToPubSub::__construct() — Method in class Action_PublishToPubSub
                    
Action_SaveFindings::__construct() — Method in class Action_SaveFindings
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_CategoricalStatsResult_CategoricalStatsHistogramBucket
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityEquivalenceClass::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityEquivalenceClass
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KAnonymityResult_KAnonymityHistogramBucket
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationHistogramBucket
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationQuasiIdValues::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_KMapEstimationResult_KMapEstimationQuasiIdValues
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityEquivalenceClass
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_LDiversityResult_LDiversityHistogramBucket
                    
AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeDataSourceRiskDetails_NumericalStatsResult
                    
BigQueryKey::__construct() — Method in class BigQueryKey
                    
BigQueryOptions::__construct() — Method in class BigQueryOptions
                    
BigQueryTable::__construct() — Method in class BigQueryTable
                    
BoundingBox::__construct() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    
BucketingConfig::__construct() — Method in class BucketingConfig
                    
BucketingConfig_Bucket::__construct() — Method in class BucketingConfig_Bucket
                    
ByteContentItem::__construct() — Method in class ByteContentItem
                    
CancelDlpJobRequest::__construct() — Method in class CancelDlpJobRequest
                    
CharacterMaskConfig::__construct() — Method in class CharacterMaskConfig
                    
CharsToIgnore::__construct() — Method in class CharsToIgnore
                    
CloudStorageOptions::__construct() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions
                    
CloudStorageOptions_FileSet::__construct() — Method in class CloudStorageOptions_FileSet
                    
CloudStoragePath::__construct() — Method in class CloudStoragePath
                    
Color::__construct() — Method in class Color
                    
ContentItem::__construct() — Method in class ContentItem
                    
ContentLocation::__construct() — Method in class ContentLocation
                    
CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    
CreateDlpJobRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateDlpJobRequest
                    
CreateInspectTemplateRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateInspectTemplateRequest
                    
CreateJobTriggerRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateJobTriggerRequest
                    
CryptoHashConfig::__construct() — Method in class CryptoHashConfig
                    
CryptoKey::__construct() — Method in class CryptoKey
                    
CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig::__construct() — Method in class CryptoReplaceFfxFpeConfig
                    
CustomInfoType::__construct() — Method in class CustomInfoType
                    
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule::__construct() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule
                    
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule::__construct() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_HotwordRule
                    
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment::__construct() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_LikelihoodAdjustment
                    
CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_Proximity::__construct() — Method in class CustomInfoType_DetectionRule_Proximity
                    
CustomInfoType_Dictionary::__construct() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Dictionary
                    
CustomInfoType_Dictionary_WordList::__construct() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Dictionary_WordList
                    
CustomInfoType_Regex::__construct() — Method in class CustomInfoType_Regex
                    
CustomInfoType_SurrogateType::__construct() — Method in class CustomInfoType_SurrogateType
                    
DatastoreKey::__construct() — Method in class DatastoreKey
                    
DatastoreOptions::__construct() — Method in class DatastoreOptions
                    
DateShiftConfig::__construct() — Method in class DateShiftConfig
                    
DateTime::__construct() — Method in class DateTime
                    
DateTime_TimeZone::__construct() — Method in class DateTime_TimeZone
                    
DeidentifyConfig::__construct() — Method in class DeidentifyConfig
                    
DeidentifyContentRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeidentifyContentRequest
                    
DeidentifyContentResponse::__construct() — Method in class DeidentifyContentResponse
                    
DeidentifyTemplate::__construct() — Method in class DeidentifyTemplate
                    
DeleteDeidentifyTemplateRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    
DeleteDlpJobRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteDlpJobRequest
                    
DeleteInspectTemplateRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteInspectTemplateRequest
                    
DeleteJobTriggerRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteJobTriggerRequest
                    
DlpJob::__construct() — Method in class DlpJob
                    
DlpServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class DlpServiceGrpcClient
                    
DocumentLocation::__construct() — Method in class DocumentLocation
                    
EntityId::__construct() — Method in class EntityId
                    
Error::__construct() — Method in class Error
                    
FieldId::__construct() — Method in class FieldId
                    
FieldTransformation::__construct() — Method in class FieldTransformation
                    
Finding::__construct() — Method in class Finding
                    
FixedSizeBucketingConfig::__construct() — Method in class FixedSizeBucketingConfig
                    
GetDeidentifyTemplateRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    
GetDlpJobRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetDlpJobRequest
                    
GetInspectTemplateRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetInspectTemplateRequest
                    
GetJobTriggerRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetJobTriggerRequest
                    
ImageLocation::__construct() — Method in class ImageLocation
                    
InfoType::__construct() — Method in class InfoType
                    
InfoTypeDescription::__construct() — Method in class InfoTypeDescription
                    
InfoTypeStats::__construct() — Method in class InfoTypeStats
                    
InfoTypeTransformations::__construct() — Method in class InfoTypeTransformations
                    
InfoTypeTransformations_InfoTypeTransformation::__construct() — Method in class InfoTypeTransformations_InfoTypeTransformation
                    
InspectConfig::__construct() — Method in class InspectConfig
                    
InspectConfig_FindingLimits::__construct() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits
                    
InspectConfig_FindingLimits_InfoTypeLimit::__construct() — Method in class InspectConfig_FindingLimits_InfoTypeLimit
                    
InspectContentRequest::__construct() — Method in class InspectContentRequest
                    
InspectContentResponse::__construct() — Method in class InspectContentResponse
                    
InspectDataSourceDetails::__construct() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails
                    
InspectDataSourceDetails_RequestedOptions::__construct() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_RequestedOptions
                    
InspectDataSourceDetails_Result::__construct() — Method in class InspectDataSourceDetails_Result
                    
InspectJobConfig::__construct() — Method in class InspectJobConfig
                    
InspectResult::__construct() — Method in class InspectResult
                    
InspectTemplate::__construct() — Method in class InspectTemplate
                    
JobTrigger::__construct() — Method in class JobTrigger
                    
JobTrigger_Trigger::__construct() — Method in class JobTrigger_Trigger
                    
Key::__construct() — Method in class Key
                    
Key_PathElement::__construct() — Method in class Key_PathElement
                    
KindExpression::__construct() — Method in class KindExpression
                    
KmsWrappedCryptoKey::__construct() — Method in class KmsWrappedCryptoKey
                    
ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesRequest
                    
ListDeidentifyTemplatesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListDeidentifyTemplatesResponse
                    
ListDlpJobsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListDlpJobsRequest
                    
ListDlpJobsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListDlpJobsResponse
                    
ListInfoTypesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListInfoTypesRequest
                    
ListInfoTypesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListInfoTypesResponse
                    
ListInspectTemplatesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesRequest
                    
ListInspectTemplatesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListInspectTemplatesResponse
                    
ListJobTriggersRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListJobTriggersRequest
                    
ListJobTriggersResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListJobTriggersResponse
                    
Location::__construct() — Method in class Location
                    
OutputStorageConfig::__construct() — Method in class OutputStorageConfig
                    
PartitionId::__construct() — Method in class PartitionId
                    
PrimitiveTransformation::__construct() — Method in class PrimitiveTransformation
                    
PrivacyMetric::__construct() — Method in class PrivacyMetric
                    
PrivacyMetric_CategoricalStatsConfig::__construct() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_CategoricalStatsConfig
                    
PrivacyMetric_KAnonymityConfig::__construct() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KAnonymityConfig
                    
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig::__construct() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig
                    
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable::__construct() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable
                    
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable_QuasiIdField::__construct() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_AuxiliaryTable_QuasiIdField
                    
PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField::__construct() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_KMapEstimationConfig_TaggedField
                    
PrivacyMetric_LDiversityConfig::__construct() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_LDiversityConfig
                    
PrivacyMetric_NumericalStatsConfig::__construct() — Method in class PrivacyMetric_NumericalStatsConfig
                    
QuoteInfo::__construct() — Method in class QuoteInfo
                    
Range::__construct() — Method in class Range
                    
RecordCondition::__construct() — Method in class RecordCondition
                    
RecordCondition_Condition::__construct() — Method in class RecordCondition_Condition
                    
RecordCondition_Conditions::__construct() — Method in class RecordCondition_Conditions
                    
RecordCondition_Expressions::__construct() — Method in class RecordCondition_Expressions
                    
RecordKey::__construct() — Method in class RecordKey
                    
RecordLocation::__construct() — Method in class RecordLocation
                    
RecordSuppression::__construct() — Method in class RecordSuppression
                    
RecordTransformations::__construct() — Method in class RecordTransformations
                    
RedactConfig::__construct() — Method in class RedactConfig
                    
RedactImageRequest::__construct() — Method in class RedactImageRequest
                    
RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig::__construct() — Method in class RedactImageRequest_ImageRedactionConfig
                    
RedactImageResponse::__construct() — Method in class RedactImageResponse
                    
ReidentifyContentRequest::__construct() — Method in class ReidentifyContentRequest
                    
ReidentifyContentResponse::__construct() — Method in class ReidentifyContentResponse
                    
ReplaceValueConfig::__construct() — Method in class ReplaceValueConfig
                    
ReplaceWithInfoTypeConfig::__construct() — Method in class ReplaceWithInfoTypeConfig
                    
RiskAnalysisJobConfig::__construct() — Method in class RiskAnalysisJobConfig
                    
Schedule::__construct() — Method in class Schedule
                    
StorageConfig::__construct() — Method in class StorageConfig
                    
StorageConfig_TimespanConfig::__construct() — Method in class StorageConfig_TimespanConfig
                    
Table::__construct() — Method in class Table
                    
TableLocation::__construct() — Method in class TableLocation
                    
Table_Row::__construct() — Method in class Table_Row
                    
TimePartConfig::__construct() — Method in class TimePartConfig
                    
TransformationOverview::__construct() — Method in class TransformationOverview
                    
TransformationSummary::__construct() — Method in class TransformationSummary
                    
TransformationSummary_SummaryResult::__construct() — Method in class TransformationSummary_SummaryResult
                    
TransientCryptoKey::__construct() — Method in class TransientCryptoKey
                    
UnwrappedCryptoKey::__construct() — Method in class UnwrappedCryptoKey
                    
UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateDeidentifyTemplateRequest
                    
UpdateInspectTemplateRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateInspectTemplateRequest
                    
UpdateJobTriggerRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateJobTriggerRequest
                    
Value::__construct() — Method in class Value
                    
ValueFrequency::__construct() — Method in class ValueFrequency
                    
DeleteEventsRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteEventsRequest
                    
DeleteEventsResponse::__construct() — Method in class DeleteEventsResponse
                    
ErrorContext::__construct() — Method in class ErrorContext
                    
ErrorEvent::__construct() — Method in class ErrorEvent
                    
ErrorGroup::__construct() — Method in class ErrorGroup
                    
ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ErrorGroupServiceGrpcClient
                    
ErrorGroupStats::__construct() — Method in class ErrorGroupStats
                    
ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ErrorStatsServiceGrpcClient
                    
GetGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    
HttpRequestContext::__construct() — Method in class HttpRequestContext
                    
ListEventsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListEventsRequest
                    
ListEventsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListEventsResponse
                    
ListGroupStatsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupStatsRequest
                    
ListGroupStatsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupStatsResponse
                    
QueryTimeRange::__construct() — Method in class QueryTimeRange
                    
ReportErrorEventRequest::__construct() — Method in class ReportErrorEventRequest
                    
ReportErrorEventResponse::__construct() — Method in class ReportErrorEventResponse
                    
ReportErrorsServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ReportErrorsServiceGrpcClient
                    
ReportedErrorEvent::__construct() — Method in class ReportedErrorEvent
                    
ServiceContext::__construct() — Method in class ServiceContext
                    
ServiceContextFilter::__construct() — Method in class ServiceContextFilter
                    
SourceLocation::__construct() — Method in class SourceLocation
                    
TimedCount::__construct() — Method in class TimedCount
                    
TrackingIssue::__construct() — Method in class TrackingIssue
                    
UpdateGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    
ArrayValue::__construct() — Method in class ArrayValue
                    
BatchGetDocumentsRequest::__construct() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsRequest
                    
BatchGetDocumentsResponse::__construct() — Method in class BatchGetDocumentsResponse
                    
BeginTransactionRequest::__construct() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    
BeginTransactionResponse::__construct() — Method in class BeginTransactionResponse
                    
CommitRequest::__construct() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    
CommitResponse::__construct() — Method in class CommitResponse
                    
CreateDocumentRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateDocumentRequest
                    
Cursor::__construct() — Method in class Cursor
                    
DeleteDocumentRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteDocumentRequest
                    
Document::__construct() — Method in class Document
                    
DocumentChange::__construct() — Method in class DocumentChange
                    
DocumentDelete::__construct() — Method in class DocumentDelete
                    
DocumentMask::__construct() — Method in class DocumentMask
                    
DocumentRemove::__construct() — Method in class DocumentRemove
                    
DocumentTransform::__construct() — Method in class DocumentTransform
                    
DocumentTransform_FieldTransform::__construct() — Method in class DocumentTransform_FieldTransform
                    
ExistenceFilter::__construct() — Method in class ExistenceFilter
                    
FirestoreGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class FirestoreGrpcClient
                    
GetDocumentRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetDocumentRequest
                    
ListCollectionIdsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsRequest
                    
ListCollectionIdsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListCollectionIdsResponse
                    
ListDocumentsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListDocumentsRequest
                    
ListDocumentsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListDocumentsResponse
                    
ListenRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListenRequest
                    
ListenResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListenResponse
                    
MapValue::__construct() — Method in class MapValue
                    
Precondition::__construct() — Method in class Precondition
                    
RollbackRequest::__construct() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    
RunQueryRequest::__construct() — Method in class RunQueryRequest
                    
RunQueryResponse::__construct() — Method in class RunQueryResponse
                    
StructuredQuery::__construct() — Method in class StructuredQuery
                    
StructuredQuery_CollectionSelector::__construct() — Method in class StructuredQuery_CollectionSelector
                    
StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter::__construct() — Method in class StructuredQuery_CompositeFilter
                    
StructuredQuery_FieldFilter::__construct() — Method in class StructuredQuery_FieldFilter
                    
StructuredQuery_FieldReference::__construct() — Method in class StructuredQuery_FieldReference
                    
StructuredQuery_Filter::__construct() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Filter
                    
StructuredQuery_Order::__construct() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Order
                    
StructuredQuery_Projection::__construct() — Method in class StructuredQuery_Projection
                    
StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter::__construct() — Method in class StructuredQuery_UnaryFilter
                    
Target::__construct() — Method in class Target
                    
TargetChange::__construct() — Method in class TargetChange
                    
Target_DocumentsTarget::__construct() — Method in class Target_DocumentsTarget
                    
Target_QueryTarget::__construct() — Method in class Target_QueryTarget
                    
TransactionOptions::__construct() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::__construct() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadWrite::__construct() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadWrite
                    
UpdateDocumentRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateDocumentRequest
                    
Value::__construct() — Method in class Value
                    
Write::__construct() — Method in class Write
                    
WriteRequest::__construct() — Method in class WriteRequest
                    
WriteResponse::__construct() — Method in class WriteResponse
                    
WriteResult::__construct() — Method in class WriteResult
                    
Binding::__construct() — Method in class Binding
                    
BindingDelta::__construct() — Method in class BindingDelta
                    
GetIamPolicyRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetIamPolicyRequest
                    
IAMPolicyGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class IAMPolicyGrpcClient
                    
Policy::__construct() — Method in class Policy
                    
PolicyDelta::__construct() — Method in class PolicyDelta
                    
SetIamPolicyRequest::__construct() — Method in class SetIamPolicyRequest
                    
TestIamPermissionsRequest::__construct() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsRequest
                    
TestIamPermissionsResponse::__construct() — Method in class TestIamPermissionsResponse
                    
CreateDeviceRegistryRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateDeviceRegistryRequest
                    
CreateDeviceRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateDeviceRequest
                    
DeleteDeviceRegistryRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteDeviceRegistryRequest
                    
DeleteDeviceRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteDeviceRequest
                    
Device::__construct() — Method in class Device
                    
DeviceConfig::__construct() — Method in class DeviceConfig
                    
DeviceCredential::__construct() — Method in class DeviceCredential
                    
DeviceManagerGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class DeviceManagerGrpcClient
                    
DeviceRegistry::__construct() — Method in class DeviceRegistry
                    
DeviceState::__construct() — Method in class DeviceState
                    
EventNotificationConfig::__construct() — Method in class EventNotificationConfig
                    
GetDeviceRegistryRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetDeviceRegistryRequest
                    
GetDeviceRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetDeviceRequest
                    
HttpConfig::__construct() — Method in class HttpConfig
                    
ListDeviceConfigVersionsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListDeviceConfigVersionsRequest
                    
ListDeviceConfigVersionsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListDeviceConfigVersionsResponse
                    
ListDeviceRegistriesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesRequest
                    
ListDeviceRegistriesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListDeviceRegistriesResponse
                    
ListDeviceStatesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListDeviceStatesRequest
                    
ListDeviceStatesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListDeviceStatesResponse
                    
ListDevicesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListDevicesRequest
                    
ListDevicesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListDevicesResponse
                    
ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class ModifyCloudToDeviceConfigRequest
                    
MqttConfig::__construct() — Method in class MqttConfig
                    
PublicKeyCertificate::__construct() — Method in class PublicKeyCertificate
                    
PublicKeyCredential::__construct() — Method in class PublicKeyCredential
                    
RegistryCredential::__construct() — Method in class RegistryCredential
                    
StateNotificationConfig::__construct() — Method in class StateNotificationConfig
                    
UpdateDeviceRegistryRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateDeviceRegistryRequest
                    
UpdateDeviceRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateDeviceRequest
                    
X509CertificateDetails::__construct() — Method in class X509CertificateDetails
                    
AnalyzeEntitiesRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesRequest
                    
AnalyzeEntitiesResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitiesResponse
                    
AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentRequest
                    
AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeEntitySentimentResponse
                    
AnalyzeSentimentRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentRequest
                    
AnalyzeSentimentResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeSentimentResponse
                    
AnalyzeSyntaxRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxRequest
                    
AnalyzeSyntaxResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnalyzeSyntaxResponse
                    
AnnotateTextRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest
                    
AnnotateTextRequest_Features::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateTextRequest_Features
                    
AnnotateTextResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateTextResponse
                    
ClassificationCategory::__construct() — Method in class ClassificationCategory
                    
ClassifyTextRequest::__construct() — Method in class ClassifyTextRequest
                    
ClassifyTextResponse::__construct() — Method in class ClassifyTextResponse
                    
DependencyEdge::__construct() — Method in class DependencyEdge
                    
Document::__construct() — Method in class Document
                    
Entity::__construct() — Method in class Entity
                    
EntityMention::__construct() — Method in class EntityMention
                    
LanguageServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class LanguageServiceGrpcClient
                    
PartOfSpeech::__construct() — Method in class PartOfSpeech
                    
Sentence::__construct() — Method in class Sentence
                    
Sentiment::__construct() — Method in class Sentiment
                    
TextSpan::__construct() — Method in class TextSpan
                    
Token::__construct() — Method in class Token
                    
HttpRequest::__construct() — Method in class HttpRequest
                    
ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ConfigServiceV2GrpcClient
                    
CreateExclusionRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateExclusionRequest
                    
CreateLogMetricRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateLogMetricRequest
                    
CreateSinkRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateSinkRequest
                    
DeleteExclusionRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteExclusionRequest
                    
DeleteLogMetricRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteLogMetricRequest
                    
DeleteLogRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteLogRequest
                    
DeleteSinkRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteSinkRequest
                    
GetExclusionRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetExclusionRequest
                    
GetLogMetricRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetLogMetricRequest
                    
GetSinkRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetSinkRequest
                    
ListExclusionsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListExclusionsRequest
                    
ListExclusionsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListExclusionsResponse
                    
ListLogEntriesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListLogEntriesRequest
                    
ListLogEntriesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListLogEntriesResponse
                    
ListLogMetricsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListLogMetricsRequest
                    
ListLogMetricsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListLogMetricsResponse
                    
ListLogsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListLogsRequest
                    
ListLogsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListLogsResponse
                    
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    
ListSinksRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListSinksRequest
                    
ListSinksResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListSinksResponse
                    
LogEntry::__construct() — Method in class LogEntry
                    
LogEntryOperation::__construct() — Method in class LogEntryOperation
                    
LogEntrySourceLocation::__construct() — Method in class LogEntrySourceLocation
                    
LogExclusion::__construct() — Method in class LogExclusion
                    
LogMetric::__construct() — Method in class LogMetric
                    
LogSink::__construct() — Method in class LogSink
                    
LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class LoggingServiceV2GrpcClient
                    
MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class MetricsServiceV2GrpcClient
                    
UpdateExclusionRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateExclusionRequest
                    
UpdateLogMetricRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateLogMetricRequest
                    
UpdateSinkRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateSinkRequest
                    
WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors::__construct() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesPartialErrors
                    
WriteLogEntriesRequest::__construct() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesRequest
                    
WriteLogEntriesResponse::__construct() — Method in class WriteLogEntriesResponse
                    
Aggregation::__construct() — Method in class Aggregation
                    
AlertPolicy::__construct() — Method in class AlertPolicy
                    
AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class AlertPolicyServiceGrpcClient
                    
AlertPolicy_Condition::__construct() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition
                    
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence::__construct() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricAbsence
                    
AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold::__construct() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_MetricThreshold
                    
AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger::__construct() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Condition_Trigger
                    
AlertPolicy_Documentation::__construct() — Method in class AlertPolicy_Documentation
                    
CreateAlertPolicyRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateAlertPolicyRequest
                    
CreateGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateGroupRequest
                    
CreateMetricDescriptorRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateMetricDescriptorRequest
                    
CreateNotificationChannelRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateNotificationChannelRequest
                    
CreateTimeSeriesError::__construct() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesError
                    
CreateTimeSeriesRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateTimeSeriesRequest
                    
CreateUptimeCheckConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    
DeleteAlertPolicyRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteAlertPolicyRequest
                    
DeleteGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteGroupRequest
                    
DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteMetricDescriptorRequest
                    
DeleteNotificationChannelRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteNotificationChannelRequest
                    
DeleteUptimeCheckConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    
GetAlertPolicyRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetAlertPolicyRequest
                    
GetGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetGroupRequest
                    
GetMetricDescriptorRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetMetricDescriptorRequest
                    
GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetMonitoredResourceDescriptorRequest
                    
GetNotificationChannelDescriptorRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelDescriptorRequest
                    
GetNotificationChannelRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelRequest
                    
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest
                    
GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeResponse::__construct() — Method in class GetNotificationChannelVerificationCodeResponse
                    
GetUptimeCheckConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    
Group::__construct() — Method in class Group
                    
GroupServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class GroupServiceGrpcClient
                    
ListAlertPoliciesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesRequest
                    
ListAlertPoliciesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListAlertPoliciesResponse
                    
ListGroupMembersRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupMembersRequest
                    
ListGroupMembersResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupMembersResponse
                    
ListGroupsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupsRequest
                    
ListGroupsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListGroupsResponse
                    
ListMetricDescriptorsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsRequest
                    
ListMetricDescriptorsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListMetricDescriptorsResponse
                    
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsRequest
                    
ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListMonitoredResourceDescriptorsResponse
                    
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsRequest
                    
ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelDescriptorsResponse
                    
ListNotificationChannelsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsRequest
                    
ListNotificationChannelsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListNotificationChannelsResponse
                    
ListTimeSeriesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesRequest
                    
ListTimeSeriesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTimeSeriesResponse
                    
ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsRequest
                    
ListUptimeCheckConfigsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckConfigsResponse
                    
ListUptimeCheckIpsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckIpsRequest
                    
ListUptimeCheckIpsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListUptimeCheckIpsResponse
                    
MetricServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class MetricServiceGrpcClient
                    
MutationRecord::__construct() — Method in class MutationRecord
                    
NotificationChannel::__construct() — Method in class NotificationChannel
                    
NotificationChannelDescriptor::__construct() — Method in class NotificationChannelDescriptor
                    
NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class NotificationChannelServiceGrpcClient
                    
Point::__construct() — Method in class Point
                    
SendNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest::__construct() — Method in class SendNotificationChannelVerificationCodeRequest
                    
TimeInterval::__construct() — Method in class TimeInterval
                    
TimeSeries::__construct() — Method in class TimeSeries
                    
TypedValue::__construct() — Method in class TypedValue
                    
UpdateAlertPolicyRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateAlertPolicyRequest
                    
UpdateGroupRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateGroupRequest
                    
UpdateNotificationChannelRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateNotificationChannelRequest
                    
UpdateUptimeCheckConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateUptimeCheckConfigRequest
                    
UptimeCheckConfig::__construct() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig
                    
UptimeCheckConfig_ContentMatcher::__construct() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_ContentMatcher
                    
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck::__construct() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck
                    
UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck_BasicAuthentication::__construct() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_HttpCheck_BasicAuthentication
                    
UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker::__construct() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_InternalChecker
                    
UptimeCheckConfig_ResourceGroup::__construct() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_ResourceGroup
                    
UptimeCheckConfig_TcpCheck::__construct() — Method in class UptimeCheckConfig_TcpCheck
                    
UptimeCheckIp::__construct() — Method in class UptimeCheckIp
                    
UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class UptimeCheckServiceGrpcClient
                    
VerifyNotificationChannelRequest::__construct() — Method in class VerifyNotificationChannelRequest
                    
PosixAccount::__construct() — Method in class PosixAccount
                    
SshPublicKey::__construct() — Method in class SshPublicKey
                    
DeletePosixAccountRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeletePosixAccountRequest
                    
DeleteSshPublicKeyRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteSshPublicKeyRequest
                    
GetLoginProfileRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetLoginProfileRequest
                    
GetSshPublicKeyRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetSshPublicKeyRequest
                    
ImportSshPublicKeyRequest::__construct() — Method in class ImportSshPublicKeyRequest
                    
ImportSshPublicKeyResponse::__construct() — Method in class ImportSshPublicKeyResponse
                    
LoginProfile::__construct() — Method in class LoginProfile
                    
OsLoginServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class OsLoginServiceGrpcClient
                    
UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateSshPublicKeyRequest
                    
AcknowledgeRequest::__construct() — Method in class AcknowledgeRequest
                    
CreateSnapshotRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateSnapshotRequest
                    
DeleteSnapshotRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteSnapshotRequest
                    
DeleteSubscriptionRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteSubscriptionRequest
                    
DeleteTopicRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteTopicRequest
                    
GetSubscriptionRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetSubscriptionRequest
                    
GetTopicRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetTopicRequest
                    
ListSnapshotsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListSnapshotsRequest
                    
ListSnapshotsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListSnapshotsResponse
                    
ListSubscriptionsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsRequest
                    
ListSubscriptionsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListSubscriptionsResponse
                    
ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsRequest
                    
ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTopicSubscriptionsResponse
                    
ListTopicsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTopicsRequest
                    
ListTopicsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTopicsResponse
                    
ModifyAckDeadlineRequest::__construct() — Method in class ModifyAckDeadlineRequest
                    
ModifyPushConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class ModifyPushConfigRequest
                    
PublishRequest::__construct() — Method in class PublishRequest
                    
PublishResponse::__construct() — Method in class PublishResponse
                    
PublisherGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class PublisherGrpcClient
                    
PubsubMessage::__construct() — Method in class PubsubMessage
                    
PullRequest::__construct() — Method in class PullRequest
                    
PullResponse::__construct() — Method in class PullResponse
                    
PushConfig::__construct() — Method in class PushConfig
                    
ReceivedMessage::__construct() — Method in class ReceivedMessage
                    
SeekRequest::__construct() — Method in class SeekRequest
                    
SeekResponse::__construct() — Method in class SeekResponse
                    
Snapshot::__construct() — Method in class Snapshot
                    
StreamingPullRequest::__construct() — Method in class StreamingPullRequest
                    
StreamingPullResponse::__construct() — Method in class StreamingPullResponse
                    
SubscriberGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class SubscriberGrpcClient
                    
Subscription::__construct() — Method in class Subscription
                    
Topic::__construct() — Method in class Topic
                    
UpdateSnapshotRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateSnapshotRequest
                    
UpdateSubscriptionRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateSubscriptionRequest
                    
UpdateTopicRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateTopicRequest
                    
CloudRedisGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class CloudRedisGrpcClient
                    
CreateInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    
DeleteInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    
GetInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    
Instance::__construct() — Method in class Instance
                    
ListInstancesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    
ListInstancesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    
LocationMetadata::__construct() — Method in class LocationMetadata
                    
UpdateInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    
ZoneMetadata::__construct() — Method in class ZoneMetadata
                    
CreateDatabaseMetadata::__construct() — Method in class CreateDatabaseMetadata
                    
CreateDatabaseRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateDatabaseRequest
                    
Database::__construct() — Method in class Database
                    
DatabaseAdminGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class DatabaseAdminGrpcClient
                    
DropDatabaseRequest::__construct() — Method in class DropDatabaseRequest
                    
GetDatabaseDdlRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlRequest
                    
GetDatabaseDdlResponse::__construct() — Method in class GetDatabaseDdlResponse
                    
GetDatabaseRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetDatabaseRequest
                    
ListDatabasesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListDatabasesRequest
                    
ListDatabasesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListDatabasesResponse
                    
UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata::__construct() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlMetadata
                    
UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateDatabaseDdlRequest
                    
CreateInstanceMetadata::__construct() — Method in class CreateInstanceMetadata
                    
CreateInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateInstanceRequest
                    
DeleteInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteInstanceRequest
                    
GetInstanceConfigRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetInstanceConfigRequest
                    
GetInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetInstanceRequest
                    
Instance::__construct() — Method in class Instance
                    
InstanceAdminGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class InstanceAdminGrpcClient
                    
InstanceConfig::__construct() — Method in class InstanceConfig
                    
ListInstanceConfigsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsRequest
                    
ListInstanceConfigsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListInstanceConfigsResponse
                    
ListInstancesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListInstancesRequest
                    
ListInstancesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListInstancesResponse
                    
UpdateInstanceMetadata::__construct() — Method in class UpdateInstanceMetadata
                    
UpdateInstanceRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateInstanceRequest
                    
BeginTransactionRequest::__construct() — Method in class BeginTransactionRequest
                    
CommitRequest::__construct() — Method in class CommitRequest
                    
CommitResponse::__construct() — Method in class CommitResponse
                    
CreateSessionRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateSessionRequest
                    
DeleteSessionRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteSessionRequest
                    
ExecuteSqlRequest::__construct() — Method in class ExecuteSqlRequest
                    
GetSessionRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetSessionRequest
                    
KeyRange::__construct() — Method in class KeyRange
                    
KeySet::__construct() — Method in class KeySet
                    
ListSessionsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListSessionsRequest
                    
ListSessionsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListSessionsResponse
                    
Mutation::__construct() — Method in class Mutation
                    
Mutation_Delete::__construct() — Method in class Mutation_Delete
                    
Mutation_Write::__construct() — Method in class Mutation_Write
                    
PartialResultSet::__construct() — Method in class PartialResultSet
                    
Partition::__construct() — Method in class Partition
                    
PartitionOptions::__construct() — Method in class PartitionOptions
                    
PartitionQueryRequest::__construct() — Method in class PartitionQueryRequest
                    
PartitionReadRequest::__construct() — Method in class PartitionReadRequest
                    
PartitionResponse::__construct() — Method in class PartitionResponse
                    
PlanNode::__construct() — Method in class PlanNode
                    
PlanNode_ChildLink::__construct() — Method in class PlanNode_ChildLink
                    
PlanNode_ShortRepresentation::__construct() — Method in class PlanNode_ShortRepresentation
                    
QueryPlan::__construct() — Method in class QueryPlan
                    
ReadRequest::__construct() — Method in class ReadRequest
                    
ResultSet::__construct() — Method in class ResultSet
                    
ResultSetMetadata::__construct() — Method in class ResultSetMetadata
                    
ResultSetStats::__construct() — Method in class ResultSetStats
                    
RollbackRequest::__construct() — Method in class RollbackRequest
                    
Session::__construct() — Method in class Session
                    
SpannerGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class SpannerGrpcClient
                    
StructType::__construct() — Method in class StructType
                    
StructType_Field::__construct() — Method in class StructType_Field
                    
Transaction::__construct() — Method in class Transaction
                    
TransactionOptions::__construct() — Method in class TransactionOptions
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadOnly::__construct() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadOnly
                    
TransactionOptions_ReadWrite::__construct() — Method in class TransactionOptions_ReadWrite
                    
TransactionSelector::__construct() — Method in class TransactionSelector
                    
Type::__construct() — Method in class Type
                    
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::__construct() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    
LongRunningRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeResponse
                    
RecognitionAudio::__construct() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    
RecognitionConfig::__construct() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    
RecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    
RecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class RecognizeResponse
                    
SpeechContext::__construct() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    
SpeechGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::__construct() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    
SpeechRecognitionResult::__construct() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    
StreamingRecognitionConfig::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    
StreamingRecognitionResult::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    
StreamingRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    
WordInfo::__construct() — Method in class WordInfo
                    
AsyncRecognizeMetadata::__construct() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeMetadata
                    
AsyncRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeRequest
                    
AsyncRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class AsyncRecognizeResponse
                    
RecognitionAudio::__construct() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    
RecognitionConfig::__construct() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    
SpeechContext::__construct() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    
SpeechGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::__construct() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    
SpeechRecognitionResult::__construct() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    
StreamingRecognitionConfig::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    
StreamingRecognitionResult::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    
StreamingRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    
SyncRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class SyncRecognizeRequest
                    
SyncRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class SyncRecognizeResponse
                    
LongRunningRecognizeMetadata::__construct() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeMetadata
                    
LongRunningRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeRequest
                    
LongRunningRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class LongRunningRecognizeResponse
                    
RecognitionAudio::__construct() — Method in class RecognitionAudio
                    
RecognitionConfig::__construct() — Method in class RecognitionConfig
                    
RecognitionMetadata::__construct() — Method in class RecognitionMetadata
                    
RecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class RecognizeRequest
                    
RecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class RecognizeResponse
                    
SpeechContext::__construct() — Method in class SpeechContext
                    
SpeechGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class SpeechGrpcClient
                    
SpeechRecognitionAlternative::__construct() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionAlternative
                    
SpeechRecognitionResult::__construct() — Method in class SpeechRecognitionResult
                    
StreamingRecognitionConfig::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionConfig
                    
StreamingRecognitionResult::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognitionResult
                    
StreamingRecognizeRequest::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeRequest
                    
StreamingRecognizeResponse::__construct() — Method in class StreamingRecognizeResponse
                    
WordInfo::__construct() — Method in class WordInfo
                    
AcknowledgeTaskRequest::__construct() — Method in class AcknowledgeTaskRequest
                    
AppEngineHttpRequest::__construct() — Method in class AppEngineHttpRequest
                    
AppEngineHttpTarget::__construct() — Method in class AppEngineHttpTarget
                    
AppEngineRouting::__construct() — Method in class AppEngineRouting
                    
AttemptStatus::__construct() — Method in class AttemptStatus
                    
CancelLeaseRequest::__construct() — Method in class CancelLeaseRequest
                    
CloudTasksGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class CloudTasksGrpcClient
                    
CreateQueueRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateQueueRequest
                    
CreateTaskRequest::__construct() — Method in class CreateTaskRequest
                    
DeleteQueueRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteQueueRequest
                    
DeleteTaskRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteTaskRequest
                    
GetQueueRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetQueueRequest
                    
GetTaskRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetTaskRequest
                    
LeaseTasksRequest::__construct() — Method in class LeaseTasksRequest
                    
LeaseTasksResponse::__construct() — Method in class LeaseTasksResponse
                    
ListQueuesRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListQueuesRequest
                    
ListQueuesResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListQueuesResponse
                    
ListTasksRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListTasksRequest
                    
ListTasksResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListTasksResponse
                    
PauseQueueRequest::__construct() — Method in class PauseQueueRequest
                    
PullMessage::__construct() — Method in class PullMessage
                    
PullTarget::__construct() — Method in class PullTarget
                    
PurgeQueueRequest::__construct() — Method in class PurgeQueueRequest
                    
Queue::__construct() — Method in class Queue
                    
RateLimits::__construct() — Method in class RateLimits
                    
RenewLeaseRequest::__construct() — Method in class RenewLeaseRequest
                    
ResumeQueueRequest::__construct() — Method in class ResumeQueueRequest
                    
RetryConfig::__construct() — Method in class RetryConfig
                    
RunTaskRequest::__construct() — Method in class RunTaskRequest
                    
Task::__construct() — Method in class Task
                    
TaskStatus::__construct() — Method in class TaskStatus
                    
UpdateQueueRequest::__construct() — Method in class UpdateQueueRequest
                    
AttributeValue::__construct() — Method in class AttributeValue
                    
BatchWriteSpansRequest::__construct() — Method in class BatchWriteSpansRequest
                    
Module::__construct() — Method in class Module
                    
Span::__construct() — Method in class Span
                    
Span_Attributes::__construct() — Method in class Span_Attributes
                    
Span_Link::__construct() — Method in class Span_Link
                    
Span_Links::__construct() — Method in class Span_Links
                    
Span_TimeEvent::__construct() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent
                    
Span_TimeEvent_Annotation::__construct() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_Annotation
                    
Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent::__construct() — Method in class Span_TimeEvent_MessageEvent
                    
Span_TimeEvents::__construct() — Method in class Span_TimeEvents
                    
StackTrace::__construct() — Method in class StackTrace
                    
StackTrace_StackFrame::__construct() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrame
                    
StackTrace_StackFrames::__construct() — Method in class StackTrace_StackFrames
                    
TraceServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class TraceServiceGrpcClient
                    
TruncatableString::__construct() — Method in class TruncatableString
                    
AnnotateVideoProgress::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    
AnnotateVideoRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    
AnnotateVideoResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    
Entity::__construct() — Method in class Entity
                    
ExplicitContentAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class ExplicitContentAnnotation
                    
ExplicitContentDetectionConfig::__construct() — Method in class ExplicitContentDetectionConfig
                    
ExplicitContentFrame::__construct() — Method in class ExplicitContentFrame
                    
FaceAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    
FaceDetectionConfig::__construct() — Method in class FaceDetectionConfig
                    
FaceFrame::__construct() — Method in class FaceFrame
                    
FaceSegment::__construct() — Method in class FaceSegment
                    
LabelAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    
LabelDetectionConfig::__construct() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    
LabelFrame::__construct() — Method in class LabelFrame
                    
LabelSegment::__construct() — Method in class LabelSegment
                    
NormalizedBoundingBox::__construct() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    
ShotChangeDetectionConfig::__construct() — Method in class ShotChangeDetectionConfig
                    
VideoAnnotationProgress::__construct() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    
VideoAnnotationResults::__construct() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    
VideoContext::__construct() — Method in class VideoContext
                    
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient
                    
VideoSegment::__construct() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    
AnnotateVideoProgress::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    
AnnotateVideoRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    
AnnotateVideoResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    
BoundingBox::__construct() — Method in class BoundingBox
                    
FaceAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    
FaceLocation::__construct() — Method in class FaceLocation
                    
LabelAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    
LabelLocation::__construct() — Method in class LabelLocation
                    
SafeSearchAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    
VideoAnnotationProgress::__construct() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    
VideoAnnotationResults::__construct() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    
VideoContext::__construct() — Method in class VideoContext
                    
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient
                    
VideoSegment::__construct() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    
AnnotateVideoProgress::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoProgress
                    
AnnotateVideoRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoRequest
                    
AnnotateVideoResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateVideoResponse
                    
Entity::__construct() — Method in class Entity
                    
ExplicitContentAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class ExplicitContentAnnotation
                    
ExplicitContentDetectionConfig::__construct() — Method in class ExplicitContentDetectionConfig
                    
ExplicitContentFrame::__construct() — Method in class ExplicitContentFrame
                    
FaceAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    
FaceDetectionConfig::__construct() — Method in class FaceDetectionConfig
                    
FaceFrame::__construct() — Method in class FaceFrame
                    
FaceSegment::__construct() — Method in class FaceSegment
                    
LabelAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class LabelAnnotation
                    
LabelDetectionConfig::__construct() — Method in class LabelDetectionConfig
                    
LabelFrame::__construct() — Method in class LabelFrame
                    
LabelSegment::__construct() — Method in class LabelSegment
                    
NormalizedBoundingBox::__construct() — Method in class NormalizedBoundingBox
                    
ShotChangeDetectionConfig::__construct() — Method in class ShotChangeDetectionConfig
                    
VideoAnnotationProgress::__construct() — Method in class VideoAnnotationProgress
                    
VideoAnnotationResults::__construct() — Method in class VideoAnnotationResults
                    
VideoContext::__construct() — Method in class VideoContext
                    
VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class VideoIntelligenceServiceGrpcClient
                    
VideoSegment::__construct() — Method in class VideoSegment
                    
AnnotateFileResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateFileResponse
                    
AnnotateImageRequest::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateImageRequest
                    
AnnotateImageResponse::__construct() — Method in class AnnotateImageResponse
                    
AsyncAnnotateFileRequest::__construct() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileRequest
                    
AsyncAnnotateFileResponse::__construct() — Method in class AsyncAnnotateFileResponse
                    
AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesRequest::__construct() — Method in class AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesRequest
                    
AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesResponse::__construct() — Method in class AsyncBatchAnnotateFilesResponse
                    
BatchAnnotateImagesRequest::__construct() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesRequest
                    
BatchAnnotateImagesResponse::__construct() — Method in class BatchAnnotateImagesResponse
                    
Block::__construct() — Method in class Block
                    
BoundingPoly::__construct() — Method in class BoundingPoly
                    
ColorInfo::__construct() — Method in class ColorInfo
                    
CropHint::__construct() — Method in class CropHint
                    
CropHintsAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class CropHintsAnnotation
                    
CropHintsParams::__construct() — Method in class CropHintsParams
                    
DominantColorsAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class DominantColorsAnnotation
                    
EntityAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class EntityAnnotation
                    
FaceAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class FaceAnnotation
                    
FaceAnnotation_Landmark::__construct() — Method in class FaceAnnotation_Landmark
                    
Feature::__construct() — Method in class Feature
                    
GcsDestination::__construct() — Method in class GcsDestination
                    
GcsSource::__construct() — Method in class GcsSource
                    
Image::__construct() — Method in class Image
                    
ImageAnnotationContext::__construct() — Method in class ImageAnnotationContext
                    
ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class ImageAnnotatorGrpcClient
                    
ImageContext::__construct() — Method in class ImageContext
                    
ImageProperties::__construct() — Method in class ImageProperties
                    
ImageSource::__construct() — Method in class ImageSource
                    
InputConfig::__construct() — Method in class InputConfig
                    
LatLongRect::__construct() — Method in class LatLongRect
                    
LocationInfo::__construct() — Method in class LocationInfo
                    
NormalizedVertex::__construct() — Method in class NormalizedVertex
                    
OperationMetadata::__construct() — Method in class OperationMetadata
                    
OutputConfig::__construct() — Method in class OutputConfig
                    
Page::__construct() — Method in class Page
                    
Paragraph::__construct() — Method in class Paragraph
                    
Position::__construct() — Method in class Position
                    
Property::__construct() — Method in class Property
                    
SafeSearchAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class SafeSearchAnnotation
                    
Symbol::__construct() — Method in class Symbol
                    
TextAnnotation::__construct() — Method in class TextAnnotation
                    
TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak::__construct() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedBreak
                    
TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage::__construct() — Method in class TextAnnotation_DetectedLanguage
                    
TextAnnotation_TextProperty::__construct() — Method in class TextAnnotation_TextProperty
                    
Vertex::__construct() — Method in class Vertex
                    
WebDetection::__construct() — Method in class WebDetection
                    
WebDetectionParams::__construct() — Method in class WebDetectionParams
                    
WebDetection_WebEntity::__construct() — Method in class WebDetection_WebEntity
                    
WebDetection_WebImage::__construct() — Method in class WebDetection_WebImage
                    
WebDetection_WebLabel::__construct() — Method in class WebDetection_WebLabel
                    
WebDetection_WebPage::__construct() — Method in class WebDetection_WebPage
                    
Word::__construct() — Method in class Word
                    
AuditData::__construct() — Method in class AuditData
                    
CancelOperationRequest::__construct() — Method in class CancelOperationRequest
                    
DeleteOperationRequest::__construct() — Method in class DeleteOperationRequest
                    
GetOperationRequest::__construct() — Method in class GetOperationRequest
                    
ListOperationsRequest::__construct() — Method in class ListOperationsRequest
                    
ListOperationsResponse::__construct() — Method in class ListOperationsResponse
                    
Operation::__construct() — Method in class Operation
                    
OperationsGrpcClient::__construct() — Method in class OperationsGrpcClient
                    
BadRequest::__construct() — Method in class BadRequest
                    
BadRequest_FieldViolation::__construct() — Method in class BadRequest_FieldViolation
                    
DebugInfo::__construct() — Method in class DebugInfo
                    
Help::__construct() — Method in class Help
                    
Help_Link::__construct() — Method in class Help_Link
                    
LocalizedMessage::__construct() — Method in class LocalizedMessage
                    
PreconditionFailure::__construct() — Method in class PreconditionFailure
                    
PreconditionFailure_Violation::__construct() — Method in class PreconditionFailure_Violation
                    
QuotaFailure::__construct() — Method in class QuotaFailure
                    
QuotaFailure_Violation::__construct() — Method in class QuotaFailure_Violation
                    
RequestInfo::__construct() — Method in class RequestInfo
                    
ResourceInfo::__construct() — Method in class ResourceInfo
                    
RetryInfo::__construct() — Method in class RetryInfo
                    
Status::__construct() — Method in class Status
                    
Color::__construct() — Method in class Color
                    
Date::__construct() — Method in class Date
                    
LatLng::__construct() — Method in class LatLng
                    
Money::__construct() — Method in class Money
                    
PostalAddress::__construct() — Method in class PostalAddress
                    
TimeOfDay::__construct() — Method in class TimeOfDay


                
        Generated by Sami, the API Documentation Generator.

Mask	Purpose
*labels*	Update labels
*config.worker_config.num_instances*	Resize primary worker group
*config.secondary_worker_config.num_instances*	Resize secondary worker group

Mask	Purpose
*labels*	Update labels
*config.worker_config.num_instances*	Resize primary worker group
*config.secondary_worker_config.num_instances*	Resize secondary worker group

A

B

C

D

##########################################################

E

F

G

H

I

API Overview

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

System parameter configuration

Overview

T

Transactions

U

V

W

Log entry resources

X

Y

Z

_

`H`

`T`